Jones – The Geography of Strabo, vol. VIII: book XVII (Loeb, 1932) — archive.org text layer

Source and licence

share: publicnone

Source: text layer of corpus/incoming/histories/historians/strabo-geography-xvii/geographyofstrab08strauoft.pdf (archive.org OCR; tools/build_repository.py histories())

Attribution: Jones – The Geography of Strabo, vol. VIII: book XVII (Loeb, 1932); public domain in Canada (death years verified: H. L. Jones d.1954 (https://www.wikidata.org/wiki/Q21524303 d. 1954-10-31; LC heading in https://archive.org/metadata/geographyofstrab08strauoft gives only "b. 1879"); Sterrett d.1914 (same LC record, 1851-1914) — staged at corpus/incoming/histories/historians/strabo-geography-xvii/geographyofstrab08strauoft.pdf from https://archive.org/details/geographyofstrab08strauoft (HIST-1, 2026-09-29)); OCR text by the Kemetic project, Yousef Hanna 2026.

Licence: public domain in Canada (author died ≤ 1971, verified; LICENCES.md §7) — US position (recorded, does not gate the class; PD-CA 2026-09-26): US: published 1931–1963 — renewal not checked (records the US position only; PD-CA 2026-09-26: Canada decides)

Jurisdiction note: this text is public domain under Canadian law (the project is published from Canada; LICENCES.md §7: author died in or before 1971). It may still be in copyright elsewhere — in countries with a life + 70 term, or where a later edition claims its own rights. The licence line above says what was verified. If you are outside Canada, check your own law before re-using it.

Full provenance and citation

The text — part 1 of 4

13,372 lines · a line number is a link to itself

ref	L0 witness
p. 1
p. 2
1	Digitized by the Internet Archive
2	in 2008 with funding from
3	Andrew W. Mellon Foundation
4	https://archive.org/details/geographyofstrab08strauoft
p. 3
5	ya
6	Pay,
p. 4
p. 5
7	δ᾿ νλναν ὧν φέμαπο τ
8	7
9	mH
10	7
11	ΝΙΝ τ ᾿
12	Ν
13	ὙΠ
p. 6
p. 7
14	THE LOEB CLASSICAL LIBRARY
15	FOUNDED BY JAMES LOEB, LL.D,
16	EDITED BY
17	EK. H. WARMINGTON, M.A., F.R.HIST.SOO.
18	FORMER EDITORS
19	11. E. PAGE, c.H., LITT.D.
20	+E. CAPPS, PH.D., LL.D.
21	+W. H. Ὁ: ROUSE, tirt.p.
22	L. A. POST, L.H.p.
23	THE GEOGRAPHY OF STRABO
24	Vil!
25	267
p. 8
26	᾿
27	Ἃ
28	1
29	.
30	1
31	#
32	ἢ
33	ἱ
34	i
35	tg
36	ἡ
37	μ
38	v
39	ay
40	ve
41	joe)
42	ie 4
43	te
44	io
45	\|
46	᾿
47	ἀντ
48	τ
49	te νυ
50	it
51	Ἢ,
52	rh τ re
p. 9
53	THE GEOGRAPHY
54	OF STRABO
55	WITH AN ENGLISH TRANSLATION BY
56	HORACE LEONARD JONES, Pu.D., LL.D.
57	CORNELL UNIVERSITY
58	IN EIGHT VOLUMES
59	VIII
60	CAMBRIDGE, MASSACHUSETTS
61	HARVARD
62	UNIVERSITY
63	PRESS
64	LONDON
65	WILLIAM HEINEMANN LTD
66	MOMLXVII
67	os
p. 10
68	First printed 1932
69	Revised and reprinted 1935, 1949
70	Reprinted 1959, 1967
71	mas 4
72	fy
73	i}
74	bn
75	4}
76	<‘
77	ξ
78	Ι΄
79	tO
80	\ 2
81	CY
82	Ὡς ἢ
83	Printed in Great Britain
p. 11
84	CONTENTS
85	ΒΟΟῈ NIG
86	GG
87	OF
88	GO
89	oF
90	tO
91	6
92	Oo
93	Go
94	©
95	NID ESXi
96	els
97	ς΄
98	τ
99	ὁ
100	τ
101	δ᾽
102	ν'
103	5
104	5΄
105	δ᾽
106	ceil
107	Ὁ
108	ΜΑΡΗ
109	GG
110	τὸ
111	ἢ
112	ἡ
113	Ὁ
114	OF
115	Oo
116	Ὁ
117	ὁ
118	ὦ
119	EGYPT AND ETHIOPIA
120	LIBYA
121	THE ANCIENT CITY OF ALEXANDRIA
122	PAGE
123	:
124	3
125	:
126	917
127	At end
p. 12
128	Pint ᾿
129	ἐτον 1 δὴ waht pre tia a *.
130	᾿
p. 13
131	THE
132	GEOGRAPHY OF STRABO
133	BOOK XVII
p. 14
134	C 786
135	ΣΤΡΑΒΩ͂ ΝΟΣ ΓΕΩΓΡΑΦΙΚΩΝ
136	IZ’
137	I
138	1. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ τὴν ᾿Αραβίαν ἐφοδεύοντες καὶ τοὺς
139	κόλπους συμπεριελάβομεν τοὺς σφίγγοντας αὐτὴν
140	καὶ ποιοῦντας χερρόνησον, τὸν Ilepatxov καὶ τὸν
141	᾿Αράβιον, τούτῳ δέ τινα συμπεριωδεύθη καὶ τῆς
142	Αἰγύπτου καὶ τῆς Αἰθιοπίας, τὰ τῶν Τρωγλοδυ-
143	τῶν καὶ τῶν ἑξῆς μέχρι τῶν ἐσχάτων τῆς κιννα-
144	μωμοφόρου, τὰ λειπόμενα καὶ συνεχῆ τοῖς ἔθνεσι
145	τούτοις,
146	ταῦτα δ᾽ ἐστὶ
147	τὰ περὶ τὸν Νεῖλον,
148	ἐκθετέον:
149	μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα τὴν ΛΔιβύην ἔπιμεν,
150	ἥπερ ἐστὶ λοιπὴ τῆς συμπάσης γεωγραφίας.
151	κἀνταῦθα δ᾽ ᾿Ερατοσθένους ἀποφάσεις προεκθε-
152	τέον.
153	2. Φησὶ δὴ τοῦ ᾿Αραβίου κόλπου πρὸς τὴν
154	ἑσπέραν ἐννακοσίους ἢ χιλίους ' σταδίους διέχειν
155	τὸν NetXov, παραπλήσιον ὄντα κατὰ τὸ σχῆμα 3
156	τῷ γράμματι τῷ Ν3 κειμένῳ ἀνάπαλιν:
157	ῥυεὶς
158	γάρ, φησίν, ἀπὸ Μερόης ἐπὶ τὰς ἄρκτους ὡς
159	δισχιλίους
160	καὶ
161	ἑπτακοσίους
162	σταδίους,
163	πάλιν
164	ἀναστρέφει πρὸς ὁ μεσημβρίαν καὶ τὴν χειμερινὴν
165	1 ἐννακοσίους ἢ χιλίους, Groskurd, for ἐννακισχιλίους (F has
166	να in margin) ; ἐννακοσίους, Corais; χιλίους, Kramer.
167	2 σχῆμα, C. Miiller, for orédua.
168	Meineke ejects κατὰ τὸ
169	στόμα.
170	5. τῷ νυ EFDr, though D has N above νυ.
171	2
p. 15
172	ΠΕ GCHOGRArE YW Or
173	ΕΑ ΒΘ
174	BOOK XVII
175	Ι
176	1. Since, in my description of Arabia, I have also
177	included the gulfs which pinch it and make it a
178	peninsula,
179	I mean the Persian and Arabian Gulfs,
180	and at the same time have gone the rounds of cer-
181	tain parts both of Aegypt and of Aethiopia, I mean
182	the countries of the Troglodytes and the peoples
183	situated in order thereafter as far as the Cinnamon-
184	bearing country, I must now set forth the remaining
185	parts that are continuous with these tribes, that is,
186	the parts in the neighbourhood of the Nile; and
187	after this I shall traverse Libya, which is the last
188	remaining subject of my whole geography.
189	And
190	here too I must first set forth the declarations of
191	Eratosthenes.
192	2. Now according to him the Nile is nine hundred
193	or a thousand stadia distant towards the west from
194	the Arabian Gulf, and
195	is similar in shape to the
196	letter N written reversed;! for after flowing, he
197	says, from Meroé
198	towards
199	the north about
200	two
201	thousand seven hundred stadia, it turns back towards
202	the south and the winter sunset about three thousand
203	lie. Yl, This is true, roughly speaking, of the course of
204	the Nile from Meroé to Syené (see critica] note).
205	* Dh insert τήν after πρός.
p. 16
206	STRABO
207	δύσιν ὡς τρισχιλίους καὶ ἑπτακοσίους σταδίους,
208	καὶ σχεδὸν
209	ἀ ἀντάρας τοῖς κατὰ Μερόην τόποις καὶ
210	εἰς τὴν Διβύην πολὺ προπεσὼν ' καὶ τὴν ἑτέραν
211	ἐπιστροφὴν ποιησάμενος πρὸς τὰς ἄρκτους φέρεται
212	πεντακισχιλίους μὲν καὶ τριακοσίους σταδίους
213	ἐπὶ
214	τὸν
215	μέγαν. καταράκτην, μικρὸν παρεπι-
216	στρέφων πρὸς τὴν ἕω, χιλίους δὲ καὶ διακοσίους
217	τοὺς ἐπὶ τὸν ἐλάττω τὸν κατὰ Συήνην, πεντακισ-
218	χιλίους
219	δὲ ἄλλους
220	καὶ τριακοσίους
221	ἐπὶ τὴν
222	θάλατταν.
223	ἐμβάλλουσι δ᾽ εἰς αὐτὸν δύο ποταμοί,
224	φερόμενοι μὲν ἔκ τινων λιμνῶν ἀπὸ τῆς ἕω, περι-
225	λαμβάνοντες δὲ νῆσον εὐμεγέθη τὴν Μερόην: ὧν
226	ὁ μὲν ᾿Ασταβόρας καλεῖται κατὰ τὸ πρὸς ἕω
227	Ν
228	εἰ
229	“
230	th
231	/
232	.
233	3
234	πλευρὸν ῥέων, ἅτερος δ᾽ ᾿Αστάπους" οἱ δ᾽ ᾿Αστα-
235	΄
236	fal
237	\
238	ee)
239	΄
240	»
241	s
242	σόβαν καλοῦσι, τὸν δ᾽ ᾿Αστάπουν ἄλλον εἶναι,
243	ῥέοντα ἔκ τινων λιμνῶν ἀπὸ μεσημβρίας, καὶ
244	σχεδὸν τὸ κατ᾽ εὐθεῖαν σῶμα τοῦ Νείλου τοῦτον
245	ποιεῖν:
246	τὴν δὲ πλήρωσιν αὐτοῦ τοὺς θερινοὺς
247	ὄμβρους παρασκευάζειν.
248	ὑπὲρ δὲ τὰς συμβο-
249	Ν
250	“
251	?
252	/
253	\
254	fa]
255	N
256	/
257	OL
258	Aas τοῦ
259	᾿Ασταβόρα
260	καὶ
261	τοῦ
262	Νείλου σταδίοις
263	«
264	/
265	-
266	ἑπτακοσίοις
267	Μερόην εἶναι πόλιν ὁμώνυμον τῇ
268	΄
269	BA
270	᾽
271	3
272	~
273	ς
274	\
275	A
276	΄
277	A
278	νήσῳ: ἄλλην δ᾽ εἶναι νῆσον ὑπὲρ τῆς Μερόης, ἣν
279	τ να οἱ Αἰγυπτίων φυγάδες οἱ ἀποστάντες
280	i? Ψαμμιτίχου,) καλοῦνται δὲ Σεμβρῖται, ὡς
281	ἂν ἐπήλυδες:
282	βασιλεύονται
283	δὲ ὑπὸ
284	γυναικός,
285	ὑπακούουσι“ δὲ τῶν ἐν Μερόῃ.
286	τὰ δὲ κατωτέρω
287	ἑκατέρωθεν Μερόης, παρὰ μὲν τὸν Νεῖλον πρὸς
288	1 προπεσών 1), προσπεσών other MSS.
289	5. ἐπί, Corais emends to ἀπό, citing Herodotus 2. 30; and
290	so Meineke, but both ἐπὶ Ψαμμητίχου and ἀπὸ Ψαμμητίχου are
291	found in that passage.
292	3 Ψαμμητίχου CD¥Ehiuz.
293	4 ὑπακούουσι, Corais emends to ἐπαρχούσης (cp. 16. 4. 8).
294	4
p. 17
295	GEOGRAPHY, 17. 1. 2
296	seven hundred stadia, and after almost reaching the
297	same parallel as that of the region of Meroé and
298	projecting far into Libya and making the second
299	turn, flows towards the north five thousand three
300	bundred stadia to the great cataract, turning aside
301	slightly towards the east, and then one thousand
302	two hundred stadia to the smaller cataract at Syené,
303	and then five thousand three hundred more to the
304	sea.
305	Two rivers empty into it, which flow from
306	some lakes on the east and enclose Meroé, a rather
307	large island.
308	One of these rivers, which flows on
309	the eastern side of the island, is called Astaboras 1
310	and the other is called Astapus,? though some call it
311	Astasobas and say that another river, which flows
312	from some lakes from the south, is the Astapus and
313	that this river forms almost all the straight part of
314	the body of the Nile, and that it is filled by the
315	summer rains.
316	Above the confluence of the Asta-
317	boras and the Nile, he says, at a distance of seven
318	hundred stadia, lies Meroé, a city bearing the same
319	name as the island; and there is another island above
320	Meroé which is held by the Aegyptian fugitives
321	who revolted in the time of Psammitichus, and are
322	called “Sembritae,’ meaning “ foreigners.’’4
323	They
324	are ruled by a queen, but they are subject to the
325	kings of Meroé.6
326	The lower parts of the country
327	on either side of Meroé, along the Nile towards the
328	! Now Atbara or Takazze.
329	2 Now Bahr el-Abiad.
330	3 Now Bahr el-Asrek.
331	4 See 16.4.8.
332	According to Herodotus (2. 30), the original
333	number of these fugitives was 240,000 (see Rawlinson’s note,
334	Vol. II, p. 37).
335	5 This statement
336	is inconsistent
337	with that in 16. 4. 8,
338	which, however, appears to have been taken from Artemi-
339	dorus.
340	5
p. 18
341	C 787
342	STRABO
343	τὴν Epvépav Μεγάβαροι καὶ Βλέμμυες, Αἰθιόπων
344	ὑπακούοντες, Αἰγυπτίοις δ᾽ ὅμοροι: παρὰ θάλατ-
345	ταν
346	δὲ Τρωγλοδύται:
347	διεστᾶσι δὲ εἰς δέκα ἢ
348	δώδεκα
349	ἡ ἡμερῶν ὁδὸν οἱ κατὰ τὴν Μερόην Τρωγλο-
350	δύται τοῦ Νείλου.
351	ἐξ ἀριστερῶν δὲ τῆς ῥύσεως
352	τοῦ Νείλου Νοῦβαι κατοικοῦσιν ἐν τῇ Λιβύῃ,
353	μέγα ἔθνος, ἀπὸ τῆς Μερόης ἀρξάμενοι μέχρι τῶν
354	ἀγκώνων, οὐχ ὑποταττόμενοι τοῖς Αἰθίοψιν, ἀλλ᾽
355	ἰδίᾳ κατὰ πλείους βασιλείας διειλημμένοι. τῆς δ᾽
356	Αἰγύπτου τὸ παρὰ τὴν θάλαττάν ἐστιν ἀπὸ τοῦ
357	Πηλουσιακοῦ στόματος πρὸς τὸ Κανωβικὸν στάδιοι
358	χίλιοι" τριακόσιοι.
359	᾿Ε!ρατοσθένης μὲν οὖν οὕτως.
360	8. Δεῖ δὲ ἐπὶ πλέον εἰπεῖν, καὶ πρῶτον τὰ περὶ
361	τὴν Αὔγυπτον, ὅπως ἀπὸ τῶν γνωριμωτέρων ἐπὶ
362	τὰ ἑξῆς προΐωμεν" κοινὰ μὲν γάρ τινα καὶ ταύτῃ
363	τῇ χώρᾳ καὶ τῇ συνεχεῖ καὶ ὑπὲρ αὐτὴν τῇ τῶν
364	Αἰθιόπων ὁ Νεῖλος παρασκευάζει, ποτίζων τε
365	αὐτὰς κατὰ τὰς ἀναβάσεις καὶ τοῦτ᾽ οἰκήσιμον
366	αὐτῶν τὸ μέρος ἀπολείπων μόνον τὸ καλυπτό-
367	μενον ἐν ταῖς πλημμυρίσι, τὸ δ᾽ ὑπερδέξιον καὶ
368	μετεωρότερον τοῦ ῥεύματος πᾶν ἀοίκητον διεξιὼν
369	ἑκατέρωθεν καὶ ἔρημον διὰ τὴν αὐτὴν ἀνυδρίαν.
370	ἀλλὰ τὴν μὲν Αἰθιοπίαν οὔτε πᾶσαν διέξεισιν ὁ
371	Νεῖλος οὔτε μόνος οὔτ᾽ ἐπ᾽ εὐθείας οὔτ᾽ οἰκουμένην
372	καλῶς: τὴν δὲ Αἴγυπτον καὶ μόνος καὶ πᾶσαν καὶ
373	ἐπ᾽ εὐθείας ἀπὸ
374	τοῦ μικροῦ καταράκτου ὑπὲρ
375	Συήνης καὶ ᾿Ελεφαντίνης ἀρξάμενος, οἵπερ εἰσὶν
376	ὅροι τῆς Αἰγύπτου καὶ τῆς Αἰθιοπίας, ἕως τῶν ἐπὶ
377	1 χίλιοι (as in 15. 1. 33; cp. 1. 4. 5), the editors, for τρισ-
378	χίλιοι (Εἰ reads yo’),
379	6
p. 19
380	GEOGRAPHY, 17. 1. 2-3
381	Red Sea, are inhabited by Megabari and Blemmyes,
382	who are subject to the Aethiopians and border on
383	the Aegyptians, and, along the sea, by Troglodytes
384	(the Troglodytes opposite Meroé are a ten or twelve
385	days’ journey distant from the Nile), but the parts on
386	the left side of the course of the Nile, in Libya,
387	are inhabited by Nubae, a large tribe, who, begin-
388	ning at Meroé, extend as far as the bends of the
389	river, and are not subject to the Aethiopians but
390	are divided into several separate kingdoms.
391	The
392	extent of Aegypt along the sea from the Pelusiac
393	to the Canobic mouth is one thousand three hundred
394	stadia.
395	This, then, is what Eratosthenes says.
396	3. But it is necessary to speak at greater length,
397	and first of the parts about Aegypt, in order to
398	proceed from those that are better known to those
399	that come in order thereafter; for the Nile effects
400	certain common results in this country and in that
401	which is continuous with it and lies above it, I mean
402	the country of the Aethiopians, in that it waters
403	them at the time of its rise and also leaves only
404	those parts of them habitable
405	which have
406	been
407	covered during the overflows, and in that it merely
408	passes through all the higher parts that are at a
409	greater altitude than its current, leaving them un-
410	inhabited and desert on both sides because of the
411	same lack of water.
412	However, the Nile does not
413	pass through the whole of Aethiopia, nor alone, nor
414	in a straight line, nor through country that is well
415	inhabited, but it alone
416	passes
417	through
418	Aegypt,
419	through the whole of it and in a straight line, begin-
420	ning from the
421	little cataract
422	above
423	Syené and
424	Elephantiné, which are the boundaries of Aegypt
425	and Aethiopia, to its outlets on the sea-coast.
426	And
427	7
p. 20
428	STRABO
429	θάλατταν ἐκβολῶν.
430	καὶ μὴν οἵ ye Αἰθίοπες το
431	πλέον νομαδικῶς ζῶσι καὶ ἀπόρως διά τε τὴν λυπ-
432	ρότητα τῆς χώρας καὶ τὴν τῶν ἀέρων ἀσυμμετρίαν
433	καὶ τὸν ἀφ᾽ ἡμῶν ἐκτοπισμόν, τοῖς δ᾽ Αἰγυπτίοις
434	ἅπαντα τἀναντία συμβέβηκε: καὶ γὰρ πολιτικῶς
435	καὶ ἡμέρως ἐξ ἀρχῆς ζῶσι καὶ ἐν γνωρίμοις
436	ἴδρυνται, τόποις, ὥστε καὶ αἱ διατάξεις αὐτῶν
437	μνημονεύονται.
438	καὶ ἐπαινοῦνταί γε, δοκοῦντες
439	ἀξίως χρήσασθαι τῇ τῆς χώρας εὐδαιμονίᾳ, μερί-
440	σαντές τε εὖ καὶ ἐπιμεληθέντες" βασιλέα γὰρ
441	ἀποδείξαντες τριχῆ τὸ πλῆθος διεῖλον, καὶ τοὺς
442	μὲν στρατιώτας ἐκάλεσαν, τοὺς δὲ γεωργούς, τοὺς
443	δὲ ἱερέας: καὶ τοὺς μὲν τῶν ἱερῶν ἐπιμελητάς,
444	τοὺς δ᾽ ἄλλους τῶν περὶ τὸν ἄνθρωπον: καὶ τοὺς
445	μὲν Ta ἐν τῷ πολέμῳ, τοὺς δ᾽ ὅσα ἐν εἰρήνῃ, γῆν
446	τε καὶ τέχνας ἐργαζομένους, ἀφ᾽ ὧνπερ καὶ αἱ
447	πρόσοδοι συνήγοντο τῷ βασιλεῖ.
448	οἱ δ᾽ ἱερεῖς καὶ
449	φιλοσοφίαν ἤσκουν καὶ ἀστρονομίαν" ὁμιληταί τε
450	τῶν βασιλέων ἦσαν. ἡ δὲ χώρα τὴν μὲν πρώτην
451	διαίρεσιν εἰς νομοὺς ἔσχε, δέκα μὲν ἡ OnBais,
452	δέκα δ᾽ ἡ ἐν τῷ Δέλτα, ἑκκαίδεκα δ᾽ ἡ μεταξύ
453	(ὡς δέ τινες, τοσοῦτοι ἦσαν οἱ σύμπαντες νομοί,
454	ὅσαι αἱ ἐν τῷ λαβυρίνθῳ αὐλαί: 1 αὗται δ᾽ ἐλάτ-
455	Tous τῶν τριάκοντα 5)" πάλιν δ᾽ οἱ νομοὶ τομὰς
456	ἄλλας ἔσχον, εἰς γὰρ τοπαρχίας
457	οἱ πλεῖστοι
458	1 τοῦ Νείλου, after ἐκβολῶν, Groskurd and later editors
459	eject.
460	τά, added from the Epitome.
461	ἐργαζομένους, Kramer, for ἐργαζομένων.
462	αὐλαί F, αὐταί other MSS.
463	maidicourel Meineke, following conj. of Groskurd, emends
464	to τριάκοντα ἕξ.
465	8
466	Oo
467	fe
468	wo
469	Ὁ
p. 21
470	GEOGRAPHY, πη. τ. 3
471	indeed the Aethiopians lead for the most part a
472	nomadic and resourceless
473	life, on account of the
474	barrenness of the country and of the unseasonable-
475	ness of its climate and of its remoteness from us,
476	whereas with the Aegyptians the contrary is the
477	case in all these respects; for from the outset they
478	have led a civic and cultivated life and have been
479	settled in well-known regions, so that their organ-
480	isations are a matter of comment.
481	And they are
482	commended in that they are thought to have used
483	worthily the good fortune of their country, having
484	divided it well and having taken good care of it;
485	for when they had appointed a king they divided
486	the people into three classes, and they called one
487	class soldiers, another farmers, and another priests ;
488	and the last class had the care of things sacred and
489	the other two of things relating to man; and some
490	had charge of the affairs of war, and others of all the
491	affairs of peace, both tilling soil and following trades,
492	from which sources the revenues were gathered for
493	the king.
494	The priests devoted themselves both to
495	philosophy and to astronomy; and they were com-
496	panions of the king.
497	The country was first divided
498	into Nomes,! the Thebais containing ten, the country
499	in the Delta ten, and the country between them
500	sixteen (according
501	to some,
502	the number of the
503	Nomes all told was the same as that of the halls in
504	the Labyrinth, but the number of these is less than
505	thirty”); and again the Nomes were divided into
506	other sections, for most of them were divided into
507	1 The Greek word (Νομοί) here means Districts or Provinces.
508	Pliny (5. 9) refers to them as praefecturae oppidorum.
509	2 Meineke and others unnecessarily emend the text to read
510	‘< thirty-six ” (see critical note),
511	9
p. 22
512	STRABO
513	/
514	\
515	e
516	3
517	>
518	Μ
519	/
520	/
521	διήρηντο, καὶ αὗται δ᾽ εἰς ἄλλας τομάς: ἐλάχισται
522	3
523	ew
524	/,
525	5
526	/
527	Ἂς
528	fol
529	>
530	1
531	>
532	\
533	δ᾽ ai ἄρουραι μερίδες.
534	ἐδέησε δὲ τῆς ἐπ᾽ ἀκριβὲς
535	καὶ κατὰ λεπτὸν διαιρέσεως διὰ τὰς συνεχεῖς τῶν
536	«
537	al
538	ὅρων συγχύσεις, ἃς ὁ Νεῖλος ἀπεργάζεται κατὰ
539	τὰς αὐξήσεις, ἀφαιρῶν καὶ προστιθεὶς καὶ ἐναλ-
540	λάττων τὰ σχήματα καὶ τἄλλα σημεῖα ἀποκρύπ-
541	των,
542	οἷς διακρίνεται
543	τό τε ἀλλότριον
544	καὶ
545	τὸ
546	»
547	3
548	,
549	x
550	’
551	-“
552	4
553	\
554	/
555	ἴδιον: ἀνάγκη δὴ ἀναμετρεῖσθαι πάλιν καὶ πάλιν.
556	r
557	\
558	rn
559	,
560	ἐντεῦθεν δὲ καὶ τὴν γεωμετρίαν συστῆναί φασιν,
561	ὡς τὴν λογιστικὴν καὶ ἀριθμητικὴν παρὰ Φοινίκων
562	διὰ τὰς ἐμπορίας.
563	τριχῆ δὲ διήρητο, ὥσπερ τὸ
564	σύμπαν, καὶ τὸ ἐν ἑκάστῳ τῷ νομῷ πλῆθος, εἰς
565	τρία ἴσα μερισθείσης τῆς χώρας.
566	ἡ δὲ περὶ τὸν
567	ποταμὸν πραγματεία διαφέρει τοσοῦτον, ὅσον τῇ
568	>
569	΄
570	-“
571	\
572	/
573	vA
574	A
575	J
576	ἐπιμελείᾳ νικᾶν τὴν φύσιν.
577	φύσει yap πλείονα
578	Ἀ
579	\
580	rn
581	-“
582	"2
583	φέρει καρπὸν καὶ ποτισθεῖσα μᾶλλον, φύσει καὶ
584	1788 ἡ μείζων ἀνάβασις τοῦ ποταμοῦ πλείω ποτίζει
585	a
586	»
587	>
588	ες
589	>
590	/
591	/
592	A
593	n
594	/
595	γὴν, GAN
596	ἡ ἐπιμέλεια πολλάκις καὶ τῆς φύσεως
597	s
598	\
599	ἐξίσχυσεν ἐπιλιπούσης, ὥστε καὶ κατὰ τὰς ἐλάτ-
600	τους ἀναβάσεις τοσαύτην ποτισθῆναι γῆν, ὅσην
601	ἐν ταῖς μείζοσι, διά τε τῶν διωρύγων καὶ τῶν
602	παραχωμάτων'
603	ἐπὶ γοῦν τῶν πρὸ Iletpwviov
604	΄
605	\
606	χρόνων ἡ μεγίστη μὲν ἦν φορὰ καὶ ἀνάβασις,
607	ἡνίκα ἐπὶ τεσσαρεσκαίδεκα πήχεις ἀνέβαινεν ὁ
608	ca
609	΄
610	>
611	,
612	Νεῖλος, ἡνίκα δ᾽ ἐπ᾽ ὀκτώ, συνέβαινε λιμός" ἐπ᾽
613	ἐκείνου δὲ ἄρξαντος τῆς χώρας καὶ δώδεκα μόνον
614	1 By “arourae” Strabo refersto the Aegyptianland-measure,
615	which was 100 Aegyptian cubits square (Herodotus 2. 168),
616	1.6. about seven-elevenths of our acre.
617	Each soldier was
618	Io
p. 23
619	GEOGRAPHY, 17. τ. 3
620	toparchies, and these also into other sections; and
621	the smallest portions were the arourae.t
622	There was
623	need of this accurate and minute division on account
624	of the continuous confusion of the boundaries caused
625	by the Nile at the time of its increases, since the Nile
626	takes away and adds soil, and changes conformations
627	of lands, and in general hides from view the signs by
628	which one’s own land is distinguished from that of
629	another.
630	Of necessity, therefore, the lands must be
631	re-measured again and again.
632	And here it was, they
633	say, that the science of geometry? originated, just
634	as accounting and arithmetic originated with the
635	Phoenicians, because of their commerce.*
636	Like the
637	people as a whole, the people in each Nome were also
638	divided into three parts, since the land had been
639	divided into three equal parts.
640	The activity of the
641	people in connection with the river goes so far as to
642	conquer nature through diligence.
643	For by nature
644	the land produces more fruit than do other lands, and
645	still more when watered ; and by nature a greater rise
646	of the river waters more land ; but diligence has often-
647	times, even when nature has failed, availed to bring
648	about the watering of as much land even at the
649	time of the smaller rises of the river as at the greater
650	rises, that
651	is, through
652	the means
653	of canals and
654	embankments.
655	At any rate, in the times
656	before
657	Petronius* the crop was the largest and the rise
658	the highest when the Nile would rise to fourteen
659	cubits, and when it would rise to only eight a famine
660	would ensue; but in the time of his reign over the
661	granted the free use of twelve arourae of land without tax-
662	ation (Herodotus 2. 168).
663	2 Literally, ‘‘land-measuring.”
664	8. See 16. 2. 24.
665	4 C. Petronius (see 17. 1. 54).
666	if
p. 24
667	STRABO
668	πληρώσαντος πήχεις τοῦ Νείλου μέτρου, μεγίστη
669	ἣν ἡ φορά, καὶ ὀκτώ ποτε μόνον πληρώσαντος,
670	οὐ οὐδεὶς ἤσθετο.
671	τοιαύτη μὲν ἡ διάταξις, τὰ
672	δ᾽ ἑξῆς λέγωμεν νυνί.
673	᾿Απὸ γὰρ τῶν Αἰθιοπικῶν τερμόνων ῥεῖ ἐπ᾽
674	εὐθείας ὁ Νεῖλος πρὸς ἄρκτους, ἕως τοῦ καλου-
675	μένου χωρίου Δέλτα: εἶτ᾽ ἐπὶ κορυφὴν σχιζόμενος
676	ὁ Νεῖλος, ὥς φησιν. ὁ Πλάτων, ὡς ἂν τριγώνου
677	κορυφὴν ἀποτελεῖ τὸν τόπον τοῦτον, πλευρὰς δὲ
678	τοῦ τριγώνου τὰ σχιζόμενα ἐφ᾽ ἑκάτερα oles
679	καθήκοντα μέχρι τῆς θαλάττης, τὸ μὲν ἐν δεξιᾷ
680	τῆς κατὰ Πηλούσιον, τὸ δ᾽ ἐν ἀριστερᾷ τῆς κατὰ
681	Κάνωβον καὶ τὸ πλησίον
682	Ἡράκλειον
683	προσα-
684	γορευόμενον, βάσιν δὲ τὴν παραλίαν τὴν μεταξὺ
685	τοῦ Πηλουσίου καὶ τοῦ Ἡρακλείου.
686	γέγονε δὴ 3
687	νῆσος ἔκ τε τῆς θαλάττης καὶ τῶν ῥευμάτων
688	ἀμφοῖν τοῦ ποταμοῦ, καὶ καλεῖται Δέλτα διὰ
689	τὴν ὁμοιότητα τοῦ σχήματος" τὸ δ᾽ ἐπὶ τῇ «κορυφῇ
690	χωρίον ὁμωνύμως κέκληται. διὰ τὸ ἀρχὴν εἶναι τοῦ
691	λεχθέντος σχήματος, καὶ ἡ κώμη δὲ ἡ ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ
692	καλεῖται Δέλτα.
693	δύο μὲν οὖν ταῦτα τοῦ Νείλου
694	στόματα, ὧν τὸ μὲν Πηλουσιακὸν καλεῖται, τὸ δὲ
695	Κανωβικὸν καὶ Ἡρακλειωτικόν, μεταξὺ δὲ τούτων
696	ἄλλαι πέντε εἰσὶν ἐκβολαὶ αἵ ye ἀξιόλογοι, λεπτό-
697	τεραι δὲ πλείους: ἀπὸ γὰρ τῶν πρώτων μερῶν
698	ἀπορρῶγες πολλαὶ καθ᾽ ὅλην μερισθεῖσαι τὴν
699	νῆσον πολλὰ καὶ ῥεῖθρα καὶ νήσους ἐποίησαν,
700	ὥσθ᾽ ὅλην γενέσθαι πλωτὴν διωρύγων ἐ
701	ἐπὶ διώρυξι
702	τμηθεισῶν, αἱ κατὰ ῥᾳστώνην πλέονται τοσαύτην,
703	1 Νείλου μέτρον 7; Νειλομετρίου, Corais; πηχέων.
704	.
705	- μέτρον
706	conj. Villebrun.
707	2 δή, Groskurd, for δ᾽ 7.
708	12
p. 25
709	GEOGRAPHY, 17. 1. 3-4
710	country, and when the Nilometer registered only
711	twelve cubits, the crop was the largest, and once,
712	when it registered only eight cubits, no one felt
713	hunger.
714	Such is the organisation of Aegypt; but
715	let me now describe the things that come next in
716	order.
717	4. The Nile flows from the Aethiopian boundaries
718	towards the north in a straight line to the district
719	called “ Delta,’ and then, being “ split at the head,”
720	as Plato says,! the Nile makes this place as it were
721	the vertex of a triangle, the sides of the triangle being
722	formed by the streams that split in either direction
723	and extend to the sea—the one on the right to the
724	sea at Pelusium and the other on the left to the sea
725	at Canobus and the neighbouring Heracleium, as it is
726	called,—and
727	the base by the coast-line
728	between
729	Pelusium and the Heracleium.
730	An island, therefore,
731	has been formed by the sea and the two streams of
732	the river; and it is called Delta on account of the
733	similarity of its shape; and the district at the vertex
734	has been given the same name because it is the
735	beginning of the above-mentioned figure; and the
736	village there is also called Delta.
737	Now these are two
738	mouths of the Nile, of which one is called Pelusiac
739	and the other Canobic or Heracleiotic ; but between
740	these there are five other outlets, those at least that
741	are worth mentioning, and several that are smaller ;
742	for, beginning with the first parts of the Delta, many
743	branches of the river have been split off throughout
744	the whole island and have formed many streams and
745	islands, so that the whole Delta has become navigable
746	—canals
747	on
748	canals having been
749	cut, which
750	are
751	1 Timaeus 21 &.
752	13
p. 26
753	C 789
754	STRABO
755	ὥστε καὶ ὀστράκινα ἐνίοις εἶναι πορθμεῖα.
756	τὴν
757	μὲν οὖν περίμετρον ὅσον τρισχιλίων σταδίων
758	ἐστὶν ἡ σύμπασα νῆσος" καλοῦσι δ᾽ αὐτὴν καὶ
759	τὴν κάτω χώραν σὺν ταῖς ἀπαντικρὺ ποταμίαις
760	τοῦ Δέλτα:
761	ἐν δὲ ταῖς ἀναβάσεσι τοῦ Νείλου
762	καλύπτεται πᾶσα καὶ πελαγίζει πλὴν τῶν οἰκή-
763	σεων: αὗται δ᾽ ἐπὶ λόφων αὐτοφυῶν ἢ χωμάτων
764	ἵδρυνται, πόλεις τε ἀξιόλογοι καὶ κῶμαι, νησίξου-
765	σαι κατὰ τὴν πόρρωθεν ὄψιν.
766	πλείους
767	δ᾽ ἢ
768	τετταράκοντα ἡμέρας τοῦ θέρους διαμεῖναν τὸ
769	ὕδωρ
770	ἔπειθ᾽ ὑπόβασιν λαμβάνει κατ᾽
771	ὀλίγον,
772	καθάπερ καὶ τὴν αὔξησιν ἔσχεν" ἐν ἑξήκοντα δὲ
773	ἡμέραις τελέως γυμνοῦται καὶ ἀναψύχεται
774	τὸ
775	πεδίον" ὅσῳ δὲ θᾶττον ἡ
776	ἡ ἀνάψυξις, τοσῷδε θᾶττον
777	ὁ ἄροτος καὶ ὁ σπόρος" θᾶττον δέ, παρ᾽ οἷς τὰ
778	μείζω θάλπη.
779	τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον καὶ τὰ ἐπάνω
780	τοῦ Δέλτα ποτίζεται, πλὴν ὅτι ἐπ᾽ εὐθείας ὅσον
781	τετρακισχιλίοις
782	σταδίοις
783	δι’ ἑνὸς ῥείθρου τοῦ
784	ποταμοῦ φερομένου, πλὴν εἴ πού τις ἐντρέχει
785	νῆσος, ὧν ἀξιολογωτάτη ἡ τὸν Ἡρακλειωτικὸν
786	νομὸν περιέχουσα, ἢ εἴ πού τις ἐκτροπὴ διώρυγι
787	ἐπὶ πλέον
788	εἰς λίμνην μεγάλην καὶ χώραν, ἣν
789	ποτίζειν δύναται, καθάπερ ἐ
790	ἐπὶ τῆς τὸν ᾿Αρσινοΐτην
791	νομὸν ποτιζούσης ὃ καὶ τὴν Moipidos λίμνην καὶ
792	τῶν εἰς τὴν Μαρεῶτιν ὃ ἀναχεομένων. συλλήβδην
793	δ᾽ εἰπεῖν,
794	ἡ ποταμία μόνον ἐστὶν Αἴγυπτος ἡ
795	ἑκατέρωθεν ἐσχάτη τοῦ Νείλου, σπάνιον εἴ που
796	καλοῦσι, Brequigny, for κολποῦσι ; κατοικοῦσι, Corais.
797	δ᾽ ἤ hmox, ἤ Εἰ, δέ other MSS.
798	εἴπου EF; εἰ μή που other MSS.
799	᾿Αρσινοΐτην D; ᾿Αρσινοήτην other MSS.
800	ποτι(ούσης Letronne, for ποιούσης.
801	aor
802	wn
803	~
804	14
p. 27
805	GEOGRAPHY,
806	17. 1. 4
807	navigated with such ease that some people even use
808	earthenware ferry-boats.1_
809	Now the island as a whole
810	is as much as three thousand stadia in perimeter ; and
811	they also call it, together with the opposite river-
812	lands of the Delta, Lower Egypt
813	;? but at the rising
814	of the Nile the whole country is under water and
815	becomes a lake, except the settlements ; and these are
816	situated on natural hills or on artificial mounds, and
817	contain cities of considerable size and villages, which,
818	when viewed from afar, resemble islands.
819	The water
820	stays more than forty days in summer and then goes
821	down gradually just as it rose ; and in sixty days the
822	plain is completely bared and begins to dry out; and
823	the sooner the drying takes place, the sooner the
824	ploughing and the sowing ; and the drying takes place
825	sooner in those parts where the heat is greater.
826	The
827	parts above the Delta are also watered in the same
828	way, except that the river flows in a straight course
829	about four thousand stadia through only one channel,
830	except where some island intervenes, of which the
831	most
832	noteworthy
833	is that
834	which
835	comprises
836	the
837	Heracleiotic Nome, or except where the river
838	is
839	diverted toa greater extent than usual by a canal
840	into a large lake or a territory which it can water, as,
841	for instance, in the case of the canal which waters the
842	Arsinoite Nome and Lake Moeris 3 and of those which
843	spread over Lake Mareotis.4 In short, Aegypt consists
844	of only the river-land, I mean the last stretch of river-
845	1 Cp. Juvenal 15. 126.
846	2 Cp. 1. 2. 23 and 16. 2. 35.
847	5 See Herodotus 2. 149 and Breasted’s A History of Egypt,
848	pp. 191-94.
849	4 Now Lake Mariout.
850	ὃ Mapeatw E, Μαραιῶτιν other MSS,
851	15
p. 28
852	STRABO
853	τριακοσίων σταδίων ἐπέχουσα συνεχῶς πλάτος
854	τὸ οἰκήσιμον, ἀρξαμένη ἀπὸ τῶν ὅρων" τῆς
855	Αἰθιοπίας, μέχρι τῆς Cope e ts tov Δέλτα.
856	ἔοικεν
857	οὖν κειρίᾳ 5 ψυχομένη 5 ἐπὶ μῆκος, ὑπεξαιρου-
858	μένων τῶν ἐπὶ πλέον ἐκτροπῶν.
859	ποιεῖ
860	δὲ το
861	σχῆμα τοῦτο τῆς ποταμίας, ἧς λέγω, καὶ τῆς
862	χώρας τὰ ὄρη τὰ ἑκατέρωθεν ἀπὸ τῶν περὶ
863	Συήνην τόπων καταγόμενα μέχρι τοῦ Αἰγυπτίου
864	πελάγους"
865	ἐφ᾽ ὅσον γὰρ ταῦτα παρατείνει καὶ
866	διέστηκεν
867	ἀπ᾿
868	ἀλλήλων,
869	ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον
870	καὶ ὁ
871	ποταμὸς συνάγεταί τε καὶ διαχεῖται καὶ διασχη-
872	pariver τὴν χώραν διαφόρως τὴν οἰκήσιμον. ἡ δὲ
873	ὑπὲρ τῶν ὀρῶν ἐπὶ συχνὸν ἀοίκητός ἐστιν.
874	ὅ. Οἱ μὲν οὖν “ἀρχαῖοι στοχασμῷ τὸ πλέον, οἱ
875	δ᾽ ὕστερον αὐτόπται
876	γενηθέντες ἤσθοντο
877	ὑπὸ
878	ὄμβρων
879	θερινῶν πληρούμενον τὸν Νεῖλον, τῆς
880	Αἰθιοπίας τῆς ἄνω κλυζομένης, καὶ μάλιστα ἐν τοῖς
881	ἐσχάτοις
882	ὄρεσι, παυσαμένων
883	δὲ τῶν ὄμβρων
884	πανομένην κατ᾽ ὀλίγον τὴν πλημμυρίδα.
885	τοῦτο
886	δ᾽ ὑπῆρξε
887	μάλιστα
888	δῆλον
889	τοῖς
890	πλέουσι
891	τὸν
892	᾿Αράβιον κόλπον μέχρι τῆς κινναμωμοφόρου καὶ
893	τοῖς ἐκπεμπομένοις ἐπὶ τὴν τῶν ἐλεφάντων. θήραν,
894	καὶ εἴ τινες ἄλλαι χρεῖαι παρώξυνον ἐκεῖσε ἄν-
895	δρας προχειρίζεσθαι τοὺς τῆς Αἰγύπτου βασιλέας
896	τοὺς ΠΙτολεμαϊκούς.
897	οὗτοι γὰρ ἐφρόντισαν τῶν
898	τοιούτων, διαφερόντως δ᾽ ὁ Φιλάδελφος ἐπικλη-
899	1 ὅρων, Corais, for ὀρῶν.
900	2 κηρίᾳ CEFs (C adding v above 7), κειρίᾳ Dhimowaxz (D
901	adding the εἰ above 7), κυρίᾳ Ald.
902	3 ψυχομένη,
903	Corais
904	(who
905	conj. τεταμένη,
906	however), for
907	ψυχομένῃ ; ἀναπτυσσομένῃ Or ἀνεπτυγμένῃ conj. Kramer.
908	1 But the text seems corrupt (see critical note).
909	Strabo
910	may have written, ‘‘ Accordingly, it resembles length-wise an
911	16
p. 29
912	GEOGRAPHY, 17. 1. 4-5
913	land on either side of the Nile, which, beginning at
914	the boundaries of Aethiopia and extending to the
915	vertex of the Delta, scarcely anywhere occupies a
916	continuous habitable space as broad as three hundred
917	stadia.
918	Accordingly, when it is dried, it resembles
919	lengthwise a girdle-band,! the greater diversions of
920	the river being excepted.
921	This shape of the river-
922	land of which I am speaking, as also of the country,
923	is caused by the mountains on either side, which
924	extend from the region of Syené down
925	to the
926	Aegyptian Sea; for in proportion as these mountains
927	lie near together or at a distance from one another,
928	in that proportion the river is contracted or widened,
929	and gives to the lands that are habitable
930	their
931	different
932	shapes.
933	But
934	the
935	country
936	beyond
937	the
938	mountains is for a great distance uninhabited.”
939	5. Now the ancients depended mostly on conjec-
940	ture, but the men of later times, having become eye-
941	witnesses, perceived that the Nile was filled by summer
942	rains, when Upper Aethiopia was flooded, and particu-
943	larly in the region of its farthermost mountains, and
944	that when the rains ceased the inundation gradually
945	ceased, This fact was particularly clear to those who
946	navigated the Arabian Gulf as far as the Cinnamon-
947	bearing country, and to those who were sent out to
948	huntelephants 3 or upon any other business which may
949	have prompted the Ptolemaic kings of Aegypt to
950	despatch men thither.
951	For these kings were con-
952	cerned with things of this kind; and especially the
953	Ptolemy surnamed Philadelphus, since he was of an
954	unwound girdle-band,” or else, ‘* Accordingly, it resembles a
955	hand outstretched to full length,” meaning both arm and
956	hand, and thus referring to the Delta as well as to the stretch
957	of river-land from Aethiopia to the vertex.
958	ΒΘ ΘΒ: 25/25:
959	5 See 16. 4. 7.
960	17
p. 30
961	STRABO
962	θείς, φιλιστορῶν
963	καὶ διὰ τὴν ἀσθένειαν
964	τοῦ
965	σώματος διαγωγὰς ἀεί τινας καὶ τέρψεις ζητῶν
966	καινοτέρας.
967	οἱ πάλαι
968	δὲ βασιλεῖς
969	οὐ πάνυ
970	Ο 190 ἐφρόντισαν τῶν τοιούτων, καίπερ οἰκεῖοι σοφίας
971	γεγονότες καὶ αὐτοὶ καὶ οἱ ἱερεῖς, μεθ᾽ ὧν ἣν
972	᾽
973	>
974	c
975	,
976	,
977	“
978	\
979	΄
980	”
981	αὐτοῖς ὁ πλείων βίος: ὥστε καὶ θαυμάζειν ἄξιον
982	Ν ὃ Ν
983	“
984	\
985	ὃ s
986	ΕΝ /
987	\
988	Hal
989	/
990	καὶ
991	διὰ τοῦτο καὶ
992	διότι Σέσωστρις τὴν Αἰθιοπίαν
993	ἐπῆλθεν ἅπασαν μέχρι τῆς κινναμωμοφόύρου, καὶ
994	ὑπομνήματα τῆς στρατείας αὐτοῦ
995	καὶ νῦν ἔτι
996	δείκνυται, στῆλαι καὶ ἐπιγραφαί.
997	Καμβύσης τε
998	τὴν Αἴγυπτον κατασχὼν προῆλθε καὶ μέχρι τῆς
999	Μερόης μετὰ τῶν Αἰγυπτίων: καὶ δὴ καὶ τοὔνομα
1000	τῇ τε νήσῳ καὶ τῇ πόλει τοῦτο Tap ἐκείνου
1001	»
1002	/
1003	>
1004	“
1005	fal
1006	᾽
1007	lol
1008	,
1009	4
1010	τεθῆναί φασιν, ἐκεῖ
1011	τῆς ἀδελφῆς ἀποθανούσης
1012	αὐτῷ Μερόης (οἱ δὲ γυναῖκά φασι): τὴν ἐπωνυμίαν
1013	οὖν ἐχαρίσατο αὐτῇ τιμῶν τὴν “ἄνθρωπον.
1014	θαυ-
1015	μαστὸν οὖν, πῶς ἐκ τῶν τοιούτων ἀφορμῶν οὐ
1016	τελέως ἐναργὴς ἣν ἡ περὶ τῶν ὄμβρων ἱστορία
1017	τοῖς τότε, καὶ ταῦτα τῶν ἱερέων φιλοπραγμονέσ-
1018	τερον ἀναφερόντων
1019	εἰς τὰ ἱερὰ γράμματα καὶ
1020	ο
1021	,
1022	ἀποτιθεμένων, ὅσα μάθησιν περιττὴν ἐπιφαίνει."
1023	εἰ γὰρ ἄρα, τοῦτ᾽ ἐχρῆν ζητεῖν, ὅπερ καὶ νῦν ἔτι
1024	ζητεῖται, τί δή ποτε θέρους, χειμῶνος δὲ οὔ, καὶ
1025	ἐν τοῖς νοτιωτώτοις, ἐν δὲ τῇ Θηβαΐδι καὶ τῇ περὶ
1026	’
1027	ο
1028	Συήνην οὐ συμπίπτουσιν ὄμβροι:
1029	τὸ δ᾽ ὅτι ἐξ
1030	»
1031	/
1032	“
1033	ip
1034	ὄμβρων ai ἀναβάσεις μὴ ζητεῖν, μηδὲ τοιούτων
1035	δεῖσθαι
1036	μαρτύρων,
1037	οἵους
1038	ἸΠοσειδώνιος
1039	εἴρηκε.
1040	Ν
1041	\
1042	/
1043	,
1044	\
1045	>
1046	Lod
1047	Μ
1048	φησὶ γὰρ Καλλισθένη λέγειν τὴν ἐκ τῶν ὄμβρων
1049	1 ὑποφαίνει moz,
1050	ἐπιτείνει Εἰ, marg. F, D first hand but
1051	changed to ἐπιφαίνει.
1052	1 Diodorus Siculus (1. 33) says his mother.
1053	2 So 15. 1. 19.
1054	18
p. 31
1055	GEOGRAPHY, 17. 1. 5
1056	inquiring disposition, and on account of the infirmity
1057	of his body was always searching for novel pastimes
1058	and enjoyments.
1059	But the kings of old were not at
1060	all concerned with such things, although they proved
1061	themselves congenial to learning, both they and the
1062	priests, with whom they spent the greater part of
1063	their lives; and therefore we may well be surprised,
1064	not only on this account, but also by the fact that
1065	Sesostris traversed the whole of Aethiopia as far as
1066	the Cinnamon-bearing country, and that memorials
1067	of his expedition, pillars and inscriptions, are to be
1068	seen
1069	even to this day.
1070	Further, when Cambyses
1071	took possession of Aegypt, he advanced with the
1072	Aegyptians even as far as Meroé; and indeed this
1073	name was given by him to both the island and the
1074	city, it is said, because his sister Meroé—some say his
1075	wife—! died there.
1076	The name,
1077	at any rate, he
1078	bestowed upon the place in honour of the woman.
1079	It is surprising, therefore, that the men of that time,
1080	having such knowledge to begin with, did not possess
1081	a perfectly clear knowledge of the rains, especially
1082	since the priests rather meticulously record in their
1083	sacred books, and thus store away, all facts that re-
1084	veal any curious information; for they should have
1085	investigated, if they made any investigations at all,
1086	the question, which even to this day is still being
1087	investigated,
1088	I mean why in the world rains fall in
1089	summer but not in winter, and in the southernmost
1090	parts but notin Thebais and the country round Syené ;?
1091	but the fact that the rising of the river results from
1092	rains should not have been investigated, nor yet
1093	should this matter have needed such witnesses as
1094	Poseidonius mentions;
1095	for instance, he says that
1096	it was Callisthenes who states that the summer rains
1097	19
p. 32
1098	C 791
1099	STRABO
1100	fol
1101	lal
1102	.)
1103	αἰτίαν τῶν θερινῶν, παρὰ ᾿Αριστοτέλους λαβόντα,
1104	ἐκεῖνον δὲ παρὰ Θρασυάλκου τοῦ Θασίου (τῶν
1105	ἀρχαίων δὲ φυσικῶν εἷς οὗτος), ἐκεῖνον δὲ παρ᾽
1106	Μ
1107	1
1108	Ν
1109	δὲ
1110	᾽
1111	‘O
1112	/
1113	ὃ
1114	la
1115	΄ὔ
1116	ἄλλου,
1117	τὸν
1118	ὃξΣ παρ
1119	Ομηρου
1120	διίπετέα φάσκοντος
1121	τὸν Νεῖλον"
1122	ΕΝ
1123	7259
1124	2)
1125	7
1126	΄
1127	na
1128	av ὃ εις Αἰγύπτοιο διιπετέος ποταμοίιο.
1129	᾿Αλλ᾽ ἐῶ ταῦτα, πολλῶν εἰρηκότων, ὧν ἀρκέσει
1130	δύο μηνῦσαι τοὺς ποιήσαντας καθ᾽ ἡμᾶς τὸ περὶ τοῦ
1131	Νείλου βιβλίον, Εὔδωρόν τε καὶ ᾿Αρίστωνα τὸν
1132	ἐκ τῶν περιπάτων" πλὴν γὰρ τῆς τάξεως τά γε
1133	ἄλλα καὶ τῇ φράσει καὶ τῇ ἐπιχειρήσει ταὐτά 5
1134	ἐστι κείμενα παρ᾽ ἀμφοτέροις.
1135	ἐγὼ γοῦν ἀπορού-
1136	μενος ἀντιγράφων εἰς τὴν ἀντιβολὴν ἐκ θατέρου
1137	θάτερον ἀντέβαλον' πότερος δ᾽ ἦν ὁ τἀλλότρια
1138	ὑποβαλλόμενος, ἐν Ά μμωνος εὕροι τις ἄν. Εὔδωρος
1139	δ᾽ ἡτιᾶτο τὸν ᾿Αρίστωνα" ἡ μέντοι φράσις ᾿Αρισ-
1140	τώνειος μᾶλλόν ἐστιν.
1141	Οἱ μὲν οὖν ἀρχαῖοι τὸ οἰκούμενον αὐτὸ καὶ
1142	ποτιζόμενον
1143	ὑπὸ τοῦ Νείλου μόνον Αἴγυπτον
1144	ἐκάλουν, ἀπὸ τῶν περὶ Συήνην τόπων ἀρξάμενοι
1145	μέχρι τῆς θαλάττης"
1146	οἱ δ᾽ ὕστερον μέχρι νῦν
1147	προσέλαβον ἐκ μὲν τῶν πρὸς ἕω μερῶν τὰ 3
1148	μεταξὺ τοῦ ᾿Αραβίου κόλπου καὶ τοῦ Νείλου
1149	σχεδόν τι πάντα (οἱ δ᾽ Αἰθίοπες οὐ πάνυ χρῶνται
1150	τῇ ρυθρᾷ θαλάττῃ), ἐκ δὲ τῶν ἑσπερίων τὰ
1151	1 For ἄλλου C. Miiller conj. παρὰ Θαλοῦ (citing 1. 1. 11).
1152	2. ταὐτά, Corais, for ταῦτα.
1153	8. τά, before μεταξύ, Corais inserts.
1154	1 Literally ‘‘antigraphs”;
1155	7.e., apparently, ‘‘copies” of
1156	parallel passages from the two works,
1157	20
p. 33
1158	GEOGRAPHY, 17. τ. 5
1159	are the cause of the risings, though Callisthenes took
1160	the assertion
1161	from Aristotle,
1162	and Aristotle
1163	from
1164	Thrasyalces the Thasian (one of the early physicists),
1165	and Thrasyalces from someone
1166	else, and he from
1167	Homer, who calls the Nile “heaven-fed’’:
1168	“ And
1169	back again to the land of Aegyptus, heaven-fed
1170	river.
1171	But I dismiss this subject, since it has been dis-
1172	cussed by many writers, of whom it will suffice to
1173	report only the two who in my time have written the
1174	book about the Nile, I mean Eudorus and Ariston the
1175	Peripatetic philosopher ; for except in the matter of
1176	arrangement everything found in the two writers is
1177	the same as regards both style and treatment.
1178	I, at
1179	any rate, being in want of copies } with which to make
1180	a comparison, compared the one work with the other ;?
1181	but which of the two men it was who appropriated
1182	to himself the other's work might be discovered at
1183	Ammon’s temple! Eudorus
1184	accused
1185	Ariston;
1186	the
1187	style, however, is more like that of Ariston.
1188	Now the early writers gave the name Aegypt to
1189	only the part of the country that was inhabited and
1190	watered by the Nile, beginning at the region of Syené
1191	and extending to the sea; but the later writers down
1192	to the present time have added on the eastern side
1193	approximately
1194	all the parts between the Arabian
1195	Gulf and the Nile (the Aethiopians do not use the
1196	Red Sea at all*), and on the western side the parts
1197	2 In the Alexandrian library, apparently.
1198	3 The other translators interpret πάνυ as meaning ‘‘ much,”
1199	or ‘‘to such an extent,” or the like.
1200	But Strabo is speaking
1201	of Aethiopians in the strict sense of the term; for ‘‘the
1202	country between the Nile and Arabian Gulf is Arabia” (17.1.
1203	21), and even Aegyptian Heliupolis (17. 1. 30) and Thebes
1204	(17. 1. 46) are in ‘‘ Arabia,”
1205	21
p. 34
1206	STRABO
1207	μέχρι τῶν Αὐάσεων καὶ ἐν τῇ παραλίᾳ τὰ ἀπὸ
1208	τοῦ Κανωβικοῦ στόματος μέχρι Καταβαθμοῦ καὶ
1209	τῆς Κυρηναίων ἐπικρατείας.
1210	οἵ τε γὰρ ἀπὸ τοῦ
1211	Πτολεμαίου βασιλεῖς ἴσχυσαν τοσοῦτον, wate}
1212	καὶ τὴν Κυρηναίαν αὐτὴν κατέσχον καὶ διενεί-
1213	μαντο
1214	πρὸς τὴν Αἴγυπτον. καὶ τὴν Κύπρον.
1215	Ῥωμαῖοί τε οἱ διαδεξάμενοι τὴν ἐκείνων ἐπαρχίαν
1216	κρίναντες τὴν Αἴγυπτον ἐν τοῖς αὐτοῖς
1217	ὅροις
1218	διεφύλαξαν.
1219	Αὐάσεις Ὁ; δῇ Αἰγύπτιοι καλοῦσι
1220	τὰς οἰκουμένας χώρας περιεχομένας κύκλῳ μεγά-
1221	λαις ἐρημίαις, ὡς ἂν νήσους πελαγίας.
1222	πολὺ δὲ
1223	τοῦτ᾽ ἔστι κατὰ τὴν Λιβύην, τρεῖς δ᾽ εἰσὶν αἱ
1224	πρόσχωροι τῇ Αἰγύπτῳ καὶ ὑπ᾽ αὐτῇ τεταγμέναι.
1225	τὰ μὲν οὖν καθ᾽ ὅλου καὶ ἀνωτάτω περὶ τῆς
1226	Αὐγύπτου ταῦτα λέγομεν, τὰ καθ᾽ ἕκαστα δὲ καὶ 3
1227	τὰς ἀρετὰς αὐτῆς νῦν διέξιμεν.
1228	0. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ τὸ πλεῖστον τοῦ ἔργου τούτου καὶ
1229	τὸ κυριώτατον ἡ ᾿Αλεξάνδρειά ἐστι καὶ τὰ περὶ
1230	αὐτήν, ἐντεῦθεν ἀρκτέον.
1231	ἔστι
1232	τοίνυν ἡ ἀπὸ
1233	Πηλουσίου παραλία πρὸς τὴν ἑσπέραν πλέουσι
1234	μέχρι μὲν τοῦ Κανωβικοῦ στόματος χιλίων που
1235	καὶ τριακοσίων σταδίων, ὃ δὴ καὶ βάσιν τοῦ
1236	Δέλτα ἔφαμεν: ἐντεῦθεν δ᾽ ἐπὶ Φάρον τὴν νῆσον
1237	ἄλλοι στάδιοι πεντήκοντα, πρὸς τοῖς ἑκατόν. ἡ
1238	δὲ Φάρος νησίον ἐστὶ παράμηκες, προσεχέστατον
1239	τῇ ἠπείρῳ, λιμένα πρὸς αὐτὴν ποιοῦν ἀμφίστομον.
1240	ὥστε, Letronne and Groskurd, for οἵ γε.
1241	ὑπ᾽ m for ἐπ᾿ ; so Corais and Meineke.
1242	The text of F from καί to Πτολεμαῖος (17. 1. 11) is lost.
1243	on
1244	1 Ptolemy I (Soter), reigned 323-285 B.0,
1245	22
p. 35
1246	GEOGRAPHY, 17. τ. 5-6
1247	extending as far as the oases, and on the sea-coast
1248	the parts extending from the Canobic mouth to
1249	Catabathmus and the domain of the Cyrenaeans.
1250	For the kings after Ptolemy! became so powerful
1251	that they took possession of Cyrenaea itself and even
1252	united Cypros with Aegypt.
1253	The Romans,
1254	who
1255	succeeded
1256	the
1257	Ptolemies,
1258	separated
1259	their
1260	three
1261	dominions and have kept Aegypt within its former
1262	limits.2.
1263	The Aegyptians call “ oases’’? the inhabited
1264	districts which are surrounded by large deserts, like
1265	islands in the open sea.
1266	There is many an oasis in
1267	Libya, and three of them lie close to Aegypt and are
1268	classed as subject to it.
1269	This, then, is my general,
1270	or summary, account of Aegypt, and I shall now
1271	discuss the separate parts and the excellent attributes
1272	of the country.
1273	6. Since Alexandria‘ and its neighbourhood con-
1274	stitute the largest and most important part of this
1275	subject, I shall begin with them.
1276	The sea-coast,
1277	then, from Pelusium, as one sails towards the west,
1278	as far as the Canobic mouth, is about one thousand
1279	three hundred stadia—the “base” of the Delta, as
1280	I have called it;® and thence to the island Pharos,
1281	one hundred and fifty stadia more.
1282	Pharos is an
1283	oblong isle, is very close
1284	to the mainland, and
1285	forms
1286	with
1287	it a harbour with two mouths;
1288	for
1289	2 The Romans made Cyrenaea an ‘‘allied state”’ (civitas
1290	foederata) in 96 B.c.,
1291	a Roman province in 88 B.c., and later
1292	(see 17. 3. 25) united it with Crete.
1293	Cypros was annexed to
1294	the province of Cilicia in 47 B.c., presented by Antony to
1295	Cleopatra in 32 B.c., made an imperial province in 27 B.c.,
1296	and a senatorial province in 22 B.c.
1297	3 The Greek spelling is ‘‘ auases.”
1298	4 See Map of Alexandria at end of volume,
1299	On Wop
1300	Res
1301	23
p. 36
1302	STRABO
1303	ἠιὼν yap ἐστι κολπώδης, ἄκρας εἰς τὸ πέλαγος
1304	προβεβλημένη δύο" τούτων δὲ μεταξὺ ἡ νῆσος
1305	ἵδρυται κλείουσα τὸν κόλπον, παραβέβληται γὰρ
1306	αὐτῷ κατὰ μῆκος.
1307	τῶν δ᾽ ἄκρων τῆς Φάρου τὸ
1308	μὲν ἑῷον μᾶλλόν ἐστι προσεχὲς τῇ ἠπείρῳ καὶ
1309	τῇ κατ᾽ αὐτὴν ἄκρᾳ (καλεῖται δ᾽ ἄκρα ΔΛοχιάς).
1310	καὶ ποιεῖ τὸν λιμένα ἀρτίστομον" 1 πρὸς δὲ τῇ
1311	στενότητι τοῦ μεταξὺ πόρου καὶ πέτραι εἰσίν, αἱ
1312	μὲν ὕφαλοι, αἱ δὲ καὶ ἐξέχουσαι, τραχύνουσαι
1313	πᾶσαν ὥραν τὸ προσπῖπτον ἐκ τοῦ πελάγους
1314	κλυδώνιον.
1315	ἔστι δὲ καὶ αὐτὸ τὸ τῆς νησῖδος
1316	ἄκρον
1317	πέτρα
1318	περίκλυστος,
1319	ἔχουσα
1320	πύργον
1321	θαυμαστῶς κατεσκευασμένον λευκοῦ λίθου πο-
1322	λυόροφον, ὁμώνυμον τῇ νήσῳ.
1323	τοῦτον δ᾽ ἀνέθηκε
1324	Σώστρατος Kvidios, φίλος τῶν βασιλέων, τῆς
1325	τῶν πλωϊζομένων σωτηρίας χάριν, ὥς φησιν ἡ
1326	ἐπιγραφή: Σ ἀλιμένου γὰρ οὔσης καὶ ταπεινῆς
1327	τῆς ἑκατέρωθεν παραλίας, ἐχούσης δὲ καὶ χοιρά-
1328	δας καὶ βράχη τινά, ἔδει σημείου τινὸς ὑψηλοῦ
1329	Ε ἀμφίστομον w, Corais.
1330	2 After
1331	exrypagh C, in the margin, adds : ᾿Ἐπίγραμμα.
1332	Σώστρατος Κνίδιος Δεξιφάνους θεοῖς σωτῆρσιν ὑπὲρ τῶν πλωϊζο-
1333	μένων:
1334	The same words are found in Dhirw, and also, with
1335	᾿ἘἘπίγραμμα omitted, in morz.
1336	1 This tower, one of the ‘‘ Wonders of the World,” cost
1337	800 talents (Pliny 6. 18).
1338	According to Eusebius (Chron. ad
1339	Olymp. 124. 1), it was built in the ‘time of Ptolemy Phila-
1340	delphus, but, according to Suidas, at the beginning of the
1341	reign of Py rrhus (299 B.c.), 1.6. in the time of Ptolemy Soter.
1342	According to Josephus (Bell. Jud. 4. 10. 5, or L.C.L. edition,
1343	Vol. III, pp. 181 and 251), it was visible from the sea at
1344	300 stadia ; according to Epiphanes (Steph. Byz., s.v. Φάρος),
1345	it was 306 fathoms high;
1346	and the Schol. Lucian ad Icaro-
1347	menippum, § 12, says that it was visible 300 miles away! See
1348	24
p. 37
1349	GEOGRAPHY, 17. 1. 6
1350	the shore of the mainland
1351	forms
1352	a bay, since
1353	it
1354	thrusts two promontories
1355	into the open sea, and
1356	between these is situated the island, which closes
1357	the bay, for it lies lengthwise parallel to the shore.
1358	Of the extremities of Pharos, the eastern one lies
1359	closer
1360	to the mainland and
1361	to
1362	the promontory
1363	opposite
1364	it (the promontory called
1365	Lochias), and
1366	thus makes the harbour narrow at the mouth; and
1367	in addition
1368	to the narrowness
1369	of the intervening
1370	passage there are also rocks, some under the water,
1371	and others projecting out of it, which at all Hours
1372	roughen the waves that strike them from the open
1373	sea.
1374	And likewise the extremity of the isle is a
1375	rock, which is washed all round by the sea and has
1376	upon it a tower that is admirably constructed of
1377	white marble with many stories and bears the same
1378	name as the island.!.
1379	This was an offering made by
1380	Sostratus of Cnidus, a friend of the kings, for the
1381	safety of mariners, as the inscription says :* for since
1382	the coast was harbourless and low on either side, and
1383	also had reefs and shallows, those who were sailing
1384	from the open sea thither needed some lofty and
1385	A. M. de Zogheb, Etudes sur L’ Ancienne Alexandrie, Paris,
1386	1910 ; and Thiersch’s restoration of the tower in Rostovtzeft’s
1387	A History of the Ancient World, Vol. I, p. 369.
1388	2 Some of the MSS. (see critical note) record the inscription,
1389	which
1390	is preserved in Lucian, How to Write History, § 62
1391	(but is obviously a gloss in Strabo): ‘‘Sostratus of Cnidus,
1392	son
1393	of Dexiphanes, on behalf of mariners, to the Divine
1394	Saviours.”
1395	‘‘The Divine Saviours”’ might refer to Ptolemy
1396	Soter and Berenicé
1397	(see the Corais-Letronne edition, which
1398	cites Spannheim, De Praestantia et Usu Numismat. I, Ὁ. 415,
1399	and Visconti, Jconographie Grecque 11, 18, p. 564), but it was
1400	the Diosecuri (Castor and Pollux) who were known by ‘‘all”
1401	as ‘‘guardians of the sea” and ‘‘the saviours of sailors”
1402	(1. 3. 2 and 5. 3. 5).
1403	VOL. VIIi.
1404	B
1405	25
p. 38
1406	C 792
1407	STRABO
1408	καὶ λαμπροῦ τοῖς ἀπὸ τοῦ πελάγους προσπλέου-
1409	σιν, ὥστ᾽ εὐστοχεῖν τῆς εἰσβολῆς τοῦ λιμένος.
1410	καὶ τὸ ἑσπέριον δὲ στόμα οὐκ εὐείσβολόν ἐστιν,
1411	οὐ μὴν τοσαύτης γε δεῖται προνοίας.
1412	ποιεῖ δὲ
1413	καὶ τοῦτο ἄλλον λιμένα τὸν τοῦ Εὐνόστου καλού-
1414	μενον" πρόκειται δ᾽ οὗτος τοῦ ὀρυκτοῦ καὶ κλεισ-
1415	τοῦ λιμένος: ὁ μὲν γὰρ ἐκ τοῦ λεχθέντος πύργου
1416	τῆς Φάρου τὸν εἴσπλουν “ἔχων ὁ μέγας ἐστὶ
1417	λιμήν: οὗτοι δὲ συνεχεῖς ἐν βάθει ἐκείνῳ, τῷ
1418	ἑπτασταδίῳ καλουμένῳ χώματι διειργόμενοι ἀπ᾽
1419	αὐτοῦ, παράκεινται. τὸ δὲ χῶμά ἐστιν ἀπὸ τῆς
1420	ἠπείρου γέφυρα ἐπὶ τὴν νῆσον κατὰ τὸ ἑσπέριον
1421	αὐτῆς μέρος ἐκτεταμένη, δύο διάπλους ἀπολείπ-
1422	ουσα μόνον εἰς τὸν Εὐνόστου λιμένα, καὶ αὐτοὺς
1423	γεγεφυρωμένους" ἣν δ᾽ οὐ γέφυρα μόνον ἐπὶ τὴν
1424	νῆσον τὸ ἔργον τοῦτο, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὑδραγώγιον, ὅ
1425	ὅτε
1426	γε ὠκεῖτο: νῦν δ᾽ ἠρήμωσεν αὐτὴν ὁ θεὸς Καῖσαρ
1427	ἐν τῷ πρὸς ᾿Αλεξανδρέας πολέμῳ, τεταγμένην
1428	μετὰ τῶν βασιλέων" ὀλίγοι δ᾽ οἰκοῦσι πρὸς τῷ
1429	πύργῳ ναυτικοὶ ἄνδρες.
1430	ὁ γοῦν μέγας λιμὴν πρὸς
1431	τῷ κεκλεῖσθαι καλῶς τῷ τε χώματι, καὶ τῇ φύσει,
1432	ἀγχιβαθής τέ ἐστιν, ὥστε τὴν μεγίστην ναῦν ἐπὶ
1433	κλίμακος ὁρμεῖν, καὶ εἰς πλείους σχίξεται λιμένας.
1434	οἱ μὲν οὖν πρότεροι τῶν Αἰγυπτίων βασιλεῖς,
1435	1 2.6. ‘‘ Harbour of the happy return.” This harbour might
1436	have been so named after Eunostus, king of Soli in Cypros
1437	and son-in-law of Ptolemy Soter (C. Wachsmuth, Géttinger
1438	Festrede, 1876, 4), the idea being inspired, perhaps, by the
1439	fact that Eunostus was so good a harbour as compared with
1440	the eastern.
1441	5 This harbour (called ‘‘ Cibotus,” z.e. ‘‘ Chest” or ‘‘ Box”),
1442	which was fortified, was connected with Lake Mareotis by
1443	acanal.
1444	Its shape and size are to-day problematical, for it
1445	26
p. 39
1446	GEOGRAPHY
1447	,,°17. τ. 6
1448	conspicuous sign to enable them to direct their course
1449	aright to the entrance of the harbour.
1450	And the
1451	western mouth is also not easy to enter, although
1452	it does not require so much caution as the other.
1453	And it likewise forms
1454	a second harbour, that of
1455	Eunostus,! as it is called, which
1456	lies in front of
1457	the closed harbour which was dug by the hand of
1458	man.2_
1459	For the harbour which affords the entrance
1460	on
1461	the
1462	side
1463	of the above-mentioned
1464	tower
1465	of
1466	Pharos is the Great Harbour, whereas these two
1467	lie continuous with that harbour in their innermost
1468	recess, being separated from it only by the embank-
1469	ment called the Heptastadium.*
1470	The embankment
1471	forms a bridge extending from the mainland to the
1472	western portion of the island, and leaves open only
1473	two passages into the harbour of Eunostus, which
1474	are bridged over.
1475	However, this work formed not
1476	only a bridge to the island but also an aqueduct, at
1477	least when
1478	Pharos was inhabited.
1479	But in these
1480	present times it has been laid waste by the deified
1481	Caesar 4 in his war against the Alexandrians, since
1482	it had sided with the kings.
1483	A few seamen, how-
1484	ever, live near the tower.
1485	As for the Great Harbour,
1486	in addition to its being beautifully enclosed both by
1487	the embankment and by nature, it is not only so
1488	deep close to the shore that the largest ship can
1489	be moored at the steps, but also is cut up into
1490	several
1491	harbours.
1492	Now the earlier kings of the
1493	has been filled up and its site lies within that of the present
1494	Heptastadium.
1495	3 So called from its being ‘‘Seven Stadia” in length.
1496	It
1497	has been so much enlarged by alluvial deposits and debris
1498	from the old city that it is now, generally speaking, a mile
1499	wide, and forms a large part of the site of the city of to-day.
1500	4 Julius Caesar.
1501	27
p. 40
1502	STRABO
1503	ἀγαπῶντες οἷς εἶχον Kai ov πάνυ ἐπεισάκτων
1504	δεόμενοι, διαβεβλημένοι πρὸς ἅπαντας τοὺς πλέον-
1505	τας, καὶ μάλιστα τοὺς “ἔλληνας (πορθηταὶ γὰρ
1506	ἦσαν καὶ ἐπιθυμηταὶ τῆς ἀλλοτρίας κατὰ σπάνιν
1507	γῆς), ἐπέστησαν φυλακὴν τῷ τόπῳ τούτῳ, κελεύ-
1508	σαντες ἀπείργειν. τοὺς προσιόντας" κατοικίαν δ᾽
1509	αὐτοῖς ἔδοσαν τὴν προσαγορευομένην Ῥακῶτιν,
1510	ἣ νῦν μὲν τῆς ᾿Αλεξανδρέων πόλεώς ἐστι μέρος τὸ
1511	ὑπερκείμενον τῶν νεωρίων, τότε δὲ κώμη ὑπῆρχε"
1512	τὰ δὲ κύκλῳ τῆς κώμης βουκόλοις παρέδοσαν,
1513	δυναμένοις
1514	καὶ
1515	αὐτοῖς
1516	κωλύειν
1517	τοὺς
1518	ἔξωθεν
1519	ἐπιόντας.
1520	ἐπελθὼν
1521	δὲ ᾿Αλέξανδρος, ἰδὼν τὴν
1522	εὐκαιρίαν, ἔγνω τειχίζειν ἐπὶ τῷ λιμένι τὴν πόλιν"
1523	τῆς δ᾽ ὕστερον ἐπηκολουθηκυίας εὐδαιμονίας τῇ
1524	πόλει μνημονεύουσί TL σημεῖον κατὰ τὴν ὑπο-
1525	γραφὴν τοῦ Ἰετεσιμεπὸς συμβάν: τῶν γὰρ ἀρχιτεκ-
1526	τόνων γῇ " λευκῇ διασημαινομένων
1527	τὴν τοῦ
1528	περιβόλου γραμμήν,
1529	ἐπιλιπούσης τῆς γῆς καὶ
1530	τοῦ βασιλέως ἐπιόντος, οἱ διοικηταὶ τῶν ἀλφίτων
1531	μέρος
1532	τῶν
1533	παρεσκευασμένων
1534	τοῖς
1535	ἐργάταις
1536	παρέσχον, δι᾿ ὧν καὶ αἱ ὁδοὶ κατετμήθησαν εἰς
1537	πλείους" 5 τοῦτ᾽
1538	οὖν οἰωνίσθαι λέγονται 3 πρὸς
1539	ἀγαθοῦ γεγονός."
1540	(mel:
1541	ΤΟ, εὐκαιρία πολύτροπος"
1542	ἀμφίκλυστόν
1543	τε γάρ ἐστι τὸ χωρίον δυσὶ πελάγεσι, τῷ μὲν ὃ
1544	1 γῇ, Groskurd, for τῇ.
1545	εἰς πλείους, Tozer suspects as being a gloss.
1546	λέγεται Oz.
1547	4 γεγονότος Dhi.
1548	5. τῷ mtv... τῷ δέ HE, τὸ μὲν.
1549	.
1550	. τὸ δέ other MSS.
1551	1 Literally, ‘‘ white earth.”
1552	2 According to Plutarch (Alexander 26), birds of all kinds
1553	settled on the place like clouds and ate up all the barley-
1554	28
p. 41
1555	GEOGRAPHY, 17. 1. 6-7
1556	Aegyptians, being content with what they had and
1557	not wanting foreign imports at all, and being pre-
1558	judiced against all who sailed the seas, and _ par-
1559	ticularly against the Greeks (for owing to scarcity
1560	of land of their own the Greeks were ravagers and
1561	coveters of that of others), set a guard over this
1562	region and ordered it to keep away any who should
1563	approach ; and they gave them as a place of abode
1564	Rhacotis, as it is called, which is now that part of
1565	the city of the Alexandrians which lies above the
1566	ship-houses, but was at that time a village;
1567	and
1568	they gave over the parts round about the village
1569	to herdsmen, who likewise were able to prevent the
1570	approach of outsiders.
1571	But when Alexander visited
1572	the place and saw the advantages of the site, he
1573	resolved to fortify the city on the harbour.
1574	Writers
1575	record, as a sign of the good fortune that has since
1576	attended the city, an incident which occurred at
1577	the time of tracing the lines of the foundation :
1578	When the architects were marking the lines of the
1579	enclosure with chalk,! the supply of chalk gave out;
1580	and when the king arrived, his stewards furnished
1581	a part of the barley-meal which had been prepared
1582	for the workmen, and by means of this the streets
1583	also, to a larger number than before, were laid out.
1584	This occurrence,
1585	then, they are said to have interpreted
1586	as a good omen.”
1587	7. The advantages of the city’s site are various ;
1588	for, first, the place is washed by two seas, on the
1589	meal with which the area had been marked out, so that
1590	Alexander was greatly disturbed at the omen; but the seers
1591	assured him that the omen was good.
1592	The barley-meal
1593	betokened an abundance of food (Ammianus Marcellinus
1594	Ἄν, Gens) s
1595	29
p. 42
1596	STRABO
1597	C 793 a
1598	ἀπὸ τῶν ἄρκτων τῷ Αἰγυπτίῳ λεγομένῳ, τῷ
1599	δ᾽ ἀπὸ μεσημβρίας τῷ τῆς λίμνης τῆς Μαρείας,
1600	ἣ καὶ Μαρεῶτις 1 λέγεται" πληροῖ δὲ ταύτην
1601	πολλαῖς διώρυξιν ὁ Νεῖλος, ἄνωθέν τε καὶ ἐκ
1602	πλαγίων, δι’ ὧν τὰ εἰσκομιζόμενα πολλῷ πλείω
1603	τῶν ἀπὸ θαλάττης ἐστίν, ὥσθ᾽ ὁ λιμὴν ὁ λιμναῖος
1604	ὑπῆρχε πλουσιώτερος τοῦ θαλαττίου: ταύτῃ δὲ
1605	καὶ τὰ ἐκκομιξόμενα "ἘΞ ᾿Αλεξανδρείας πλείω τῶν
1606	εἰσκομιζομένων ἐστί: γνοίη δ᾽ ἄν τις ἔν τε τῇ
1607	᾿Αλεξανδρείᾳ καὶ τῇ Δικαιαρχίᾳ γενόμενος, ὁρῶν
1608	τὰς ὁλκάδας, ἔν τε TO κατάπλῳ καὶ ἐν ταῖς
1609	ἀναγωγαῖς, ὅσον βαρύτεραί τε καὶ κουφότεραι
1610	δεῦρο κἀκεῖσε πλέοιεν.
1611	πρὸς δὲ τῷ πλούτῳ τῶν
1612	καταγομένων ἑκατέρωσε εἴς τε τὸν κατὰ θάλατταν
1613	λιμένα καὶ εἰς τὸν λιμναῖον, καὶ τὸ εὐάερον ἄξιον
1614	σημειώσεώς ἐστιν: ὃ καὶ αὐτὸ συμβαίνει διὰ τὸ
1615	ἀμφίκλυστον καὶ τὸ εὔκαιρον τῆς ἀναβάσεως τοῦ
1616	Νείλου.
1617	αἱ μὲν γὰρ ἄλλαι πόλεις αἱ ἐπὶ λιμνῶν
1618	ἱδρυμέναι βαρεῖς καὶ πνιγώδεις. ἔχουσι τοὺς ἀέρας
1619	ἐν τοῖς καύμασι τοῦ θέρους" ἐπὶ γὰρ τοῖς χείλεσιν
1620	αἱ λίμναι τελματοῦνται διὰ τὴν ἐκ τῶν ἡλίων
1621	ἀναθυμίασιν:
1622	βορβορώδους
1623	οὖν
1624	ἀναφερομένης
1625	τοσαύτης ἰκμάδος, νοσώδης ὁ ἀὴρ ἕλκεται καὶ
1626	λοιμικῶν κατάρχει παθῶν:
1627	ἐν ᾿Αλεξανδρείᾳ δὲ
1628	τοῦ
1629	θέρους ἀρχομένου
1630	πληρούμενος ὁ Νεῖλος
1631	πληροῖ καὶ τὴν λίμνην καὶ οὐδὲν ἐᾷ τελματῶδες
1632	τὸ τὴν ἀναφορὰν ποιῆσον 5 μοχθηράν' τότε δὲ
1633	καὶ οἱ ἐτησίαι πνέουσιν ἐκ τῶν βορείων καὶ τοῦ
1634	τοσούτου πελάγους, ὥστε κάλλιστα τοῦ θέρους
1635	᾿Αλεξανδρεῖς διάγουσιν.
1636	1 Μαρείας.
1637	.. Μαρεῶτις
1638	E, Maplas ... Μαραιῶτις
1639	other
1640	MSS.
1641	2 ποιῆσον moz, ποιῆσαν Other MSS.
1642	30
p. 43
1643	GEOGRAPHY, 17. 1.7
1644	north by the Aegyptian Sea, as it is called, and on
1645	the south by Lake Mareia, also called Mareotis.
1646	This
1647	is filled by many canals from the Nile, both from
1648	above and on the sides, and through these canals
1649	the imports are much larger than those from the sea,
1650	so that the harbour on the lake was in fact richer
1651	than that on the sea; and here the exports from
1652	Alexandria also are larger than the imports; and
1653	anyone might judge, if he were at either Alexandria
1654	or Dicaearchia! and saw the merchant vessels both
1655	at their arrival and at their departure, how much
1656	heavier or lighter they sailed thither or therefrom.
1657	And in addition to the great value of the things
1658	brought down from both directions, both into the
1659	harbour on the sea and into that on the lake, the
1660	salubrity of the air is also worthy of remark.
1661	And
1662	this likewise results from the fact that the land
1663	is washed by water on both sides and because of the
1664	timeliness of the Nile’s risings; for the other cities
1665	that are situated on lakes have heavy and stifling
1666	air in the heats of summer, because the lakes then
1667	become marshy along their edges because of the
1668	evaporation caused by the sun’s rays, and, accord-
1669	ingly, when so much filth-laden moisture rises, the
1670	air inhaled is noisome and starts pestilential diseases,
1671	whereas at Alexandria, at the beginning of summer,
1672	the Nile, being full, fills the lake also, and leaves
1673	no marshy matter
1674	to corrupt the rising vapours.
1675	At that time, also, the Etesian winds blow from
1676	the north and from a vast sea,? so that the Alex-
1677	andrians pass their time most pleasantly in summer.
1678	1 Now Puteoli.
1679	2 The Aegyptian monsoons, here called the
1680	‘‘ Etesian”’
1681	(i.e.
1682	‘‘Annual”)
1683	winds,
1684	blow
1685	from
1686	the north-west
1687	all
1688	summer.
1689	31
p. 44
1690	STRABO
1691	v1)
1692	\
1693	fol
1694	A
1695	8. Ἔστι δὲ χλαμυδοειδὲς τὸ σχῆμα τοῦ ἐδάφους
1696	-
1697	\
1698	a
1699	‘
1700	τῆς πόλεως" οὗ τὰ μὲν ἐπὶ μῆκος πλευρά ἐστι TA
1701	ἀμφίκλυστα, ὅσον τριάκοντα σταδίων ἔχοντα διά-
1702	\ δὲ ΡΝ
1703	΄
1704	ers.
1705	Te
1706	we
1707	NP
1708	Ae
1709	\
1710	μετρον, Ta
1711	δὲ ἐπὶ πλάτος οἱ ἰσθμοί, ἑπτὰ ἢ ὀκτὼ
1712	fe
1713	΄ὔ
1714	lal
1715	σταδίων ἑκάτερος, σφιγγόμενος TH μὲν ὑπὸ θαλάτ-
1716	τῆς, τῇ δ᾽ ὑπὸ τῆς λίμνης.
1717	ἅπασα μὲν ὁδοῖς
1718	κατατέτμηται ἱππηλάτοις καὶ ἁρματηλάτοις, δυσὶ
1719	\
1720	,
1721	5
1722	\
1723	/
1724	a»
1725	4
1726	>
1727	δὲ πλατυτάταις, ἐπὶ πλέον ἢ πλέθρον ἀναπεπτα-
1728	μέναις, αἱ δὴ δίχα καὶ πρὸς ὀρθὰς τέμνουσιν
1729	ἀλλήλας.
1730	ἔχει δ᾽ ἡ πόλις τεμένη τε κοινὰ κάἀλ-
1731	λιστα καὶ τὰ βασίλεια, τέταρτον ἢ καὶ τρίτον
1732	cal
1733	Ν
1734	[4
1735	la
1736	r
1737	\
1738	ἊΝ
1739	τοῦ παντὸς περιβόλου μέρος: τῶν γὰρ βασιλέων
1740	ἕκαστος ὥσπερ τοῖς κοινοῖς ἀναθήμασι προσεφι-
1741	͵
1742	Ν
1743	la
1744	λοκάλει
1745	τινὰ
1746	κόσμον, οὕτω
1747	καὶ οἴκησιν ἰδίᾳ
1748	1 According to Plutarch (5. 11), the shape was like that of
1749	a Macedonian chlamys, or military cloak ; and the plan was
1750	designed by ‘‘ Diochares” (probably an error for ‘‘ Deino-
1751	crates”),
1752	Likewise,
1753	‘‘the
1754	inhabited
1755	world
1756	is chlamys-
1757	shaped” (see Vol. I, p. 435 and footnote 3).
1758	See Tarbell,
1759	Classical Philology, 1, p. 283, for a discussion of this passage
1760	as bearing on the shape of the chlamys.
1761	* Strabo is thinking apparently of a line drawn from the
1762	centre of the skirt of the chlainys, which was circular, to
1763	the centre of the collar.
1764	° According to Philo (Jn Flaccwm 973A) the city was
1765	divided into five sections, which were designated as Alpha,
1766	Beta, Gamma, Delta, and Epsilon.
1767	Beta apparently com-
1768	prised the palaces, including the Museum, the Sema and
1769	many other buildings ; Delta, the
1770	Jewish quarter (Josephus,
1771	Bell. Jud. 2. 8) ; but the sites of the three others are doubtful.
1772	On the dimensions of the city, ep. Josephus, Bell. Jud.
1773	2. 16. 4 (30 x 10 stadia) ; Philo, /w Flaccwm 757 (10 stadia in
1774	breadth); Stephanus Byzantinus, s.v. ᾿Αλεξάνδρεια (34 X 8,
1775	32
p. 45
1776	GEOGRAPHY, 17. 1. 8
1777	8. The shape of the area of the city is like a
1778	chlamys;1 the long sides of it are those that are
1779	washed by the two waters, having a diameter? of
1780	about thirty stadia, and the short sides are the
1781	isthmuses, each being seven or eight stadia wide and
1782	pinched in on one side by the sea and on the other
1783	by the lake.
1784	The city as a whole is intersected by
1785	streets
1786	practicable
1787	for
1788	horse-riding
1789	and chariot-
1790	driving, and by two that are very broad, extending
1791	to more than a plethrum in breadth, which cut one
1792	another into two sections and at right angles.4 And
1793	the city contains most beautiful public precincts and
1794	also the royal palaces, which constitute one-fourth
1795	or even one-third of the whole circuit of the city ;
1796	for just as each of the kings, from love of splendour,
1797	was wont to add some adornment to the public
1798	monuments, so also he would invest himself at his
1799	own expense with a residence, in addition to those
1800	and 110 in circuit); Pliny 5. 10 (15 miles in circuit) ; and
1801	Diodorus Siculus
1802	17. 59 (40 in breadth), who obviously
1803	means by ‘“‘ breadth” what others call ‘‘length,”’ and seems
1804	to include suburban districts on east and west.
1805	4 The main longitudinal street ran straight through from
1806	the ‘‘Canobic Gate,” or ‘‘Gate of the Sun,” on the east to
1807	the ‘‘Gate of the Moon” on the west.
1808	Its site has been
1809	identified in part with that of the present Rosetta Street
1810	(see A. M. de Zogher,
1811	Htudes sur L’Ancienne Alexandrie,
1812	p. 11); but Dr. Botti (cited by Zogher) takes a different
1813	view.
1814	‘The most important of the latitudinal streets was
1815	that of the Sema, which had on its right the tomb of Alex-
1816	ander the Great, and, on its left, very probably the Museum.
1817	Then it crossed the Canobic avenue, passed the Adrianum
1818	and Caesareum on the right, the temple of Isis-Plousia and
1819	the Emporium on the left, and ends on the quay of the great
1820	maritime port and the place of embarkation, near the two
1821	obelisks” (Neroutsos-Bey, quoted by Zogher, p. 15).
1822	See
1823	Map at end of volume,
1824	33
p. 46
1825	C 794
1826	STRABO
1827	περιεβάλλετο πρὸς ταῖς ὑπαρχούσαις, ὥστε νῦν
1828	τὸ τοῦ ποιητοῦ,
1829	ἐξ ἑτέρων ἕτερ᾽ ἐστίν"
1830	ἅπαντα μέντοι συναφῆ καὶ ἀλλήλοις
1831	καὶ τῷ
1832	λιμένι, καὶ ὅσα ἔξω αὐτοῦ.
1833	τῶν δὲ βασιλείων
1834	μέρος ἐστὶ καὶ τὸ Μουσεῖον, ἐ
1835	ἔχον περίπατον καὶ
1836	ἐξέδραν καὶ οἶκον μέγαν, ἐν ᾧ τὸ συσσίτιον τῶν
1837	μετεχόντων
1838	τοῦ
1839	Μουσείου “φιλολόγων ἀνδρῶν.
1840	ἔστι δὲ τῇ συνόδῳ ταύτῃ καὶ χρήματα κοινὰ καὶ
1841	ἱερεὺς ὁ ἐπὶ} τῷ Μουσείῳ, τεταγμένος τότε μὲν
1842	ὑπὸ τῶν βασιλέων, νῦν δ᾽ ὑπὸ Καίσαρος.
1843	μέρος
1844	δὲ τῶν βασιλείων ἐ ἐστὶ καὶ τὸ καλούμενον Σῆμα,"
1845	ὃ περίβολος 7)
1846	ἦν, ἐν ᾧ αἱ τῶν βασιλέων ταφαὶ καὶ
1847	ἡ ᾿Αλεξάνδρου" ἔφθη γὰρ τὸ σῶμα ἀφελόμενος
1848	Περδίκκαν. ὁ τοῦ Λάγου Πτολεμαῖος, κατακομί-
1849	ζοντα
1850	ἐ ἐκ τῆς Βαβυλῶνος καὶ ἐκτρεπόμενον ταύτῃ
1851	κατὰ πλεονεξίαν καὶ ἐξιδιασμὸν τῆς Αἰγύπτου:
1852	1 ὑπό Dhi.
1853	2 Σῆμα, Tzschucke, for Σῶμα ; so later editors.
1854	2 Odyssey, 17. 266 (concerning the palace of Odysseus).
1855	2 i.e. on the promontory called Lochias (see § 9 following).
1856	3 Cp. the structure described by Vitruvius, De Architectura
1857	(5. 11 2): “Spacious exedras within three porticoes with
1858	seats, where philosophers, rhetoricians and all others who
1859	take delight i in studies can engage in disputation.”
1860	Suidas
1861	(s.v. ἐξέδρα) seems to make the Exedra a building distinct
1862	from the Museum,
1863	‘‘ They live near the Museum and the
1864	Exedra.”
1865	* i.e. “Tomb.”
1866	However, the MSS.
1867	(see critical note)
1868	read Soma, 1.6. ‘‘Body.’”’
1869	And so does the Greek version
1870	of the Pseudo-Callisthenes (C. Miller, Didot Edition, Scrip-
1871	tores Rerum Alexandri Magni 111, 3. 4): ‘‘ And Ptolemy
1872	made a tomb in the holy place called ‘ Body of Alexander,’
1873	and there he laid the body, or remains, of Alexander”; but
1874	34
p. 47
1875	GEOGRAPHY, 17. τ. 8
1876	already built, so that now, to quote the words of
1877	the poet,! “there is building upon building.”
1878	All,
1879	however, are connected with one another and the
1880	harbour, even those that lie outside? the harbour.
1881	The Museum is also a part of the royal palaces; it
1882	has a public walk, an Exedra with seats, and a large
1883	house,’ in which is the common mess-hall
1884	of the
1885	men of learning who share the Museum,
1886	This group
1887	of men not only hold property in common, but also
1888	have a priest in charge of the Museum, who formerly
1889	was appointed by the kings, but is now appointed
1890	by Caesar.
1891	The Sema also,‘ as it is called, is a part
1892	of the royal palaces.
1893	This was the enclosure which
1894	contained the burial-places of the kings and that of
1895	Alexander; for Ptolemy,® the son of Lagus, fore-
1896	stalled Perdiccas by taking the body away from him
1897	when he was bringing it down from Babylon and
1898	was turning aside towards Aegypt, moved by greed
1899	and a desire to make that country his own.®
1900	Further-
1901	the Syrian version (Alexander the Great, trans. by E. A. W.
1902	Budge, p. 142) reads: ‘‘and they call that place ‘The tomb
1903	of Alexander’ unto this day.”
1904	But more important is the
1905	statement of Zenobius (Proverbia III, 94): ‘ Ptolemy (Philo-
1906	pator) built in the middle of the city a mnema (μνῆμα oiko-
1907	dounoas), which is now called the Sema, and he laid there all
1908	his forefathers together with his mother, and aiso Alexander
1909	the Macedonian.”
1910	5 Ptolemy Soter.
1911	ὃ The accounts
1912	vary.
1913	According
1914	to Diodorus
1915	Siculus
1916	(18. 26-28), Arrhidaeus spent two years making elaborate
1917	preparations for the removal of Alexander’s body; and
1918	Ptolemy I went as far as Syria to meet him, and thence took
1919	the body to Aegypt for burial.
1920	Pausanias (1. 6. 3, 1. 7. 1)
1921	says that Ptolemy I buried it at Memphis and Ptolemy II
1922	transferred it to Alexandria,
1923	The Pseudo-Callisthenes (d.c.)
1924	says that the Macedonians were at first determined to take
1925	the body back to Macedonia, but later, upon consulting the
1926	35
p. 48
1927	STRABO
1928	δ
1929	Ν
1930	πῶ»
1931	΄
1932	\
1933	.
1934	Ν
1935	n
1936	καὶ δὴ καὶ ἀπώλετο διαφθαρεὶς ὑπὸ τῶν στρατιω-
1937	nr
1938	,
1939	a
1940	τῶν, ἐπελθόντος τοῦ [ἰτολεμαίου καὶ κατακλεί-
1941	σαντος αὐτὸν ἐν νήσῳ ἐρήμῃ:
1942	ἐκεῖνος μὲν οὖν
1943	ἀπέθανεν ἐμπεριπαρεὶς ἱ ταῖς σαρίσσαις, ἐπελ-
1944	θόντων ἐπ᾽ αὐτὸν" τῶν στρατιωτῶν, σὺν αὐτῷ
1945	δὲ καὶ οἱ βασιλεῖς, ᾿Αριδαῖός τε καὶ τὰ παιδία
1946	τὰ ᾿Αλεξάνδρου, καὶ ἡ γυνὴ Ῥωξάνη ἀπῆραν εἰς
1947	,
1948	Ν
1949	Ν
1950	fal
1951	an?
1952	/
1953	ἕω
1954	Μακεδονίαν" τὸ δὲ σῶμα τοῦ ᾿Αλεξάνδρου κομίσας
1955	ὁ Πτολεμαῖος ἐκήδευσεν ἐ
1956	ἐν τῇ ᾿Αλεξανδρείᾳ, ὅ
1957	ὅπου
1958	νῦν ἔτι κεῖται: οὐ μὴν ἐν τῇ αὐτῇ πυέλῳ: ὑαλίνη
1959	γὰρ αὕτη, ἐκεῖνος δ᾽ ἐν χρυσῇ κατέθηκεν: ἐσύλησε
1960	δ᾽
1961	>
1962	\
1963	3
1964	ς
1965	Κό
1966	\ TI
1967	/
1968	>
1969	θ \
1970	αὐτὴν 3 ὁ
1971	Koxens καὶ
1972	Ilapeicaxtos ἐπικληθεὶς
1973	lal
1974	>
1975	a
1976	/
1977	>
1978	\
1979	Ἄν
1980	5
1981	\
1982	Πτολεμαῖος, ἐκ τῆς Συρίας ἐπελθὼν καὶ ἐκπεσὼν
1983	΄
1984	Co
1985	/
1986	nr
1987	a
1988	εὐθύς, ὥστ᾽ ἀνόνητα αὐτῷ τὰ σῦλα γενέσθαι.
1989	9: Ἔστι δ᾽ ἐν τῷ μεγάλῳ λιμένι κατὰ μὲν τὸν
1990	εἴσπλουν ἐν δεξιᾷ ἡ ἡ νῆσος καὶ ὁ πύργος ὁ Φάρος,
1991	A
1992	κατὰ δὲ τὴν ἑτέραν χεῖρα ai τε χοιράδες Kal ἡ
1993	i περιπαρείς Corais.
1994	2 ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ στρατιωτῶν Dii.
1995	8. αὐτήν Emoz, αὐτόν other MSS.
1996	oracle of the Babylonian Zeus,
1997	all agreed
1998	that
1999	‘‘ Philip
2000	Ptolemy” (surely an error for
2001	‘‘ Philip Arrhidaeus,” the
2002	immediate successor of Alexander, or for
2003	‘‘ Ptolemy I”)
2004	should take it from Babylon to Aegypt and bury it at
2005	Memphis; and that he took the body to Memphis, but, by
2006	order of the chief priest of the temple there, immediately
2007	took it to Alexandria.
2008	There, according to Diodorus Siculus
2009	(Z.c.), Ptolemy devised a sacred precinct (τέμενος), which in
2010	size and construction was worthy of Alexander’s glory.
2011	When Augustus was in Alexandria, he saw the body, having
2012	had the coffin and body brought forth from its shrine,
2013	penelrali (Suetonius, Augustus 18); and ‘‘he not only saw the
2014	body, but touched it, whereupon, it is said, a piece of nose
2015	broke off” (Dio Cassius 51. 16).
2016	1 Perdiccas first attacked Ptolemy on the Pelusiac branch
2017	of the Nile ‘‘not far from a fortress called ‘Camel’s Wall,’”
2018	36
p. 49
2019	GEOGRAPHY, τη. 1. 8-9
2020	more, Perdiccas lost his life, having been slain by
2021	his soldiers at the time when Ptolemy attacked him
2022	and hemmed him up in a desert island.t_
2023	So Per-
2024	diccas was
2025	killed, having been transfixed by his
2026	soldiers’ sarissae? when they attacked him; but the
2027	kings who were with him, both Aridacus? and the
2028	children of Alexander, and also Rhoxané, Alexander’s
2029	wife, departed
2030	for Macedonia;
2031	and the body of
2032	Alexander was carried off by Ptolemy and given
2033	sepulture in Alexandria, where it still now lies—not,
2034	however, in the same sarcophagus as before, for the
2035	present one
2036	is made of glass,t whereas the one
2037	wherein Ptolemy laid it was made of gold.
2038	The
2039	latter was plundered by the Ptolemy nicknamed
2040	“Cocces’” 5 and
2041	“ Pareisactus,’® who came
2042	over
2043	from Syria but was immediately? expelled, so that
2044	his plunder proved unprofitable to him.
2045	9. In the Great Harbour at the entrance, on the
2046	right hand, are the island and the tower Pharos,
2047	and on the other hand are the reefs and also the
2048	where he was unsuccessful; and then later near Memphis,
2049	where his soldiers mutinied (Diodorus Siculus 18. 33 ff.).
2050	2 Long Macedonian pikes.
2051	8 Also spelled Arrhidaeus.
2052	4 Or, possibly, ‘‘alabaster.” Cp. the so-called ‘‘ Sarcophagus
2053	of Alexander” found at Sidon and now at the Ottoman
2054	Museum in Constantinople.
2055	ben -ascarlet..-
2056	ὁ Literally,
2057	‘‘Pareisactus” means
2058	‘‘one who has been
2059	brought in (7.e. upon the throne) privily,”’ 1.6. ‘‘usurper.”
2060	But scholars take the word to mean “Illegitimate” (i.e.
2061	‘*Pretender”’) in this passage and identify this Ptolemy
2062	with Ptolemy XI (so Tozer, Selections, p. 350).
2063	7 This must mean ‘‘immediately ” after his violation of
2064	the tomb, for Ptolemy XI mounted the throne in 80 8.6.
2065	and, so far as is known, he was never expelled till 58 B.c.
2066	37
p. 50
2067	C 795
2068	STRABO
2069	Λοχιὰς ἄκρα, “ἔχουσα βασίλειον.
2070	εἰσπλεύσαντι
2071	δ᾽ ἐν ἀριστερᾷ ἐστι συνεχῆ τοῖς ἐν τῇ Λοχιάδι
2072	τὰ ἐνδοτέρω
2073	βασίλεια, πολλὰς καὶ ποικίλας
2074	ἔχοντα διαίτας καὶ ἄλση" τούτοις δ᾽ ὑπόκειται
2075	ὅ τε ὀρυκτὸς λιμὴν
2076	καὶ
2077	κρυπτός,
2078	ἴδιος
2079	τῶν
2080	βασιλέων, καὶ ἡ ᾿Αντίρροδος, νησίον προκείμενον
2081	τοῦ ὀρυκτοῦ λιμένος, βασίλειον ἅμα καὶ λιμένιον
2082	ἔχον: ἐκάλεσαν δ᾽ οὕτως, ὡς ἂν τῇ “Ρόδῳ ἐνά-
2083	μέλλον.
2084	ὑπέρκειται δὲ τούτου τὸ θέατρον: εἶτα
2085	τὸ Ποσείδιον , ἀγκών τις ἀπὸ τοῦ ᾿Εμπορίου καλου-
2086	μένου προπεπτωκώς, ἔχων ἱερὸν Ποσειδῶνος: ᾧ
2087	προσθεὶς χῶμα ᾿Αντώνιος ἔτι μᾶλλον προνεῦον
2088	εἰς μέσον τὸν λιμένα ἐπὶ τῷ ἄκρῳ κατεσκεύασε
2089	δίαιταν βασιλικήν, ἣν Τιμώνιον προσηγόρευσε.
2090	τοῦτο δ᾽ ἔπραξε τὸ τελευταῖον, ἡνίκα προλειφθεὶς
2091	ὑπὸ τῶν φίλων ἀπῆρεν εἰς ᾿Αλεξάνδρειαν μετὰ
2092	τὴν ἐν ᾿Ακτίῳ κακοπραγίαν, Τιμώνειον "᾽ αὑτῷ
2093	κρίνας τὸν λοιπὸν βίον, ὃ
2094	ὃν διάξειν ἔμελλεν ἔρημος
2095	τῶν τοσούτων φίλων.
2096	εἶτα τὸ Καισάριον καὶ τὸ
2097	᾿Εμπόριον καὶ αἱ ἀποστάσεις" καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα
2098	τὰ νεώρια μέχρι τοῦ ἑπτασταδίου.
2099	ταῦτα μὲν
2100	τὰ περὶ τὸν μέγαν λιμένα.
2101	10. “Ἑξῆς
2102	δ᾽ Εὐνόστου λιμὴν. μετὰ τὸ ἑπτα-
2103	στάδιον:
2104	καὶ ὑπὲρ τούτου ὁ ὀρυκτός, ὃν καὶ
2105	Κιβωτὸν καλοῦσιν, ἔχων καὶ αὐτὸς νεώρια.
2106	ἐνδο-
2107	τέρω δὲ τούτου διῶρυξ πλωτὴ μέχρι τῆς λίμνης
2108	1 κρυπτός, the reading of all MSS., Jones restores, for
2109	κλειστός, Corais and the later editors.
2110	2 τιμώνειον Εἰ, Τιμώνιον other MSS.
2111	3 ai, Corais inserts ; καὶ ἀσποστάσεις KE.
2112	1 Cp. § 6 above.
2113	3 31 B.O.
2114	38
p. 51
2115	GEOGRAPHY, 17. 1. 9-10
2116	promontory Lochias, with a royal palace upon it;
2117	and on sailing into the harbour one comes, on the
2118	left, to the inner royal palaces, which are continuous
2119	with those on Lochias and have groves and numerous
2120	lodges painted in various colours.
2121	Below these lies
2122	the harbour that was dug by the hand of man and
2123	is hidden from view,! the private property of the
2124	kings, as also Antirrhodos, an
2125	isle lying off the
2126	artificial harbour, which has both a royal palace and
2127	a small harbour. +-They so called it as being a rival
2128	of Rhodes.
2129	Above the artificial harbour
2130	lies the
2131	theatre ; then the Poseidium—an elbow, as it were,
2132	projecting from the Emporium, as it is called, and
2133	containing a temple of Poseidon.
2134	To this elbow of
2135	land Antony added a mole projecting still farther,
2136	into the middle of a harbour, and on the extremity
2137	of it built a royal lodge which he called Timonium.
2138	This was his last act, when, forsaken by his friends,
2139	he sailed away to Alexandria after his misfortune at
2140	Actium,? having chosen to live the life of a Timon
2141	the rest of his days, which he intended to spend in
2142	solitude from all those friends.*... Then one comes to
2143	the Caesarium and the Emporium and the ware-
2144	houses; and after these to the ship-houses, which
2145	extend as far as the Heptastadium.
2146	So much for
2147	the Great Harbour and its surroundings.
2148	10. Next, after the Heptastadium, one comes to
2149	the Harbour of Eunostus, and, above this, to the
2150	artificial harbour, which is also called Cibotus; it too
2151	has ship-houses.
2152	Farther in there
2153	is a navigable
2154	3 Timon the Athenian was nicknamed the ‘‘ Misanthrope.”
2155	Antony,
2156	like Timon, felt that he himself also had been
2157	wronged and treated with ingratitude, and therefore hated
2158	all men (Plutarch, Antony 69).
2159	4 He slew himself in 30 B.o.
2160	39
p. 52
2161	STRABO
2162	τεταμένη τῆς Μαρεώτιδος.
2163	ἔξω μὲν οὖν τῆς
2164	διώρυγος μικρὸν ἔτι λείπεται τῆς πόλεως" εἶθ᾽ ἡ
2165	Νεκρόπολις 5 τὸ προάστειον,
2166	ἐν ᾧ κῆποί
2167	τε
2168	πολλοὶ
2169	καὶ ταφαὶ καὶ καταγωγαὶ
2170	πρὸς τὰς
2171	ταριχείας τῶν νεκρῶν ἐπιτήδειαι.
2172	ἐντὸς δὲ τῆς
2173	διώρυγος τό τε Σαράπιον καὶ ἄλλα τεμένη ἀρχαῖα
2174	ἐκλελειμμένα πως διὰ τὴν τῶν νέων 3 κατασκευὴν
2175	τῶν
2176	ἐν Νικοπόλει:
2177	καὶ γὰρ ἀμφιθέατρον καὶ
2178	στάδιον καὶ οἱ πεντετηρικοὶ ἀγῶνες ἐκεῖ συντε-
2179	λοῦνται- τὰ δὲ παλαιὰ ὠλιγώρηται.
2180	συλλήβδην
2181	δ᾽ εἰπεῖν ἡ πόλις μεστή ἐστιν ἀναθημάτων καὶ
2182	ἱερῶν:
2183	κάλλιστον
2184	δὲ τὸ γυμνάσιον, μείζους ἢ
2185	σταδιαίας ἔχον τὰς στοάς.
2186	ἐν μέσῳ δὲ τό τεῦ
2187	δικαστήριον καὶ τὰ ἄλση.
2188	ἔστι δὲ καὶ Πάνειον,
2189	ὕψος τι χειροποίητον στροβιλοειδὲς ἐμφερὲς ὄχθῳ
2190	πετρώδει διὰ κοχλίου τὴν ἀνάβασιν ἐ
2191	ἔχον" ἀπὸ δὲ
2192	τῆς κορυφῆς ἔστιν ἀπιδεῖν ὅλην τὴν πόλιν ὑπο-
2193	κειμένην αὐτῷ πανταχόθεν. ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς Νεκροπό-
2194	λεως ἧ ἐπὶ τὸ μῆκος πλατεῖα διατείνει παρὰ τὸ
2195	γυμνάσιον μέχρι τῆς πύλης τῆς Κανωβικῆς"
2196	εἶθ᾽
2197	ἹἹππόδρομος καλούμενός ἐ
2198	ἐστι καὶ αἱ παρακείμεναι 8
2199	ἄλλαι μέχρι τῆς διώρυγος τῆς Κανωβικῆς.
2200	διὰ
2201	! Μαρεώτιδος Ἐὶ, Μαραιώτιδος other MSS.
2202	* Emoz read καὶ after Νεκρόπολις.
2203	3. νέων, Groskurd, for νεκρῶν 8, νεῶν other MSS.
2204	4 στοάς.
2205	ἐν μέσῳ δὲ τό τε, Corais, for στοὰς ἐν μέσῳ. τὸ δέ.
2206	5. Ὁ (3) and the editors before Kramer add αἱ before ἄλλαι.
2207	Kramer conj. that κατοικίαι, or some word of similar meaning,
2208	has fallen out after ἄλλαι.
2209	Meineke conj. καλιαί (‘* wooden
2210	dwellings”), Vogel ἅλαι (‘‘salt-works”’), for ἄλλαι.
2211	1 Cp. the Nicopolis near Actium, and its sacred precinct,
2212	and its quinquennial games (7. 7. 6 and footnote 1).
2213	2 Of the city, not the gymnasium.
2214	40
p. 53
2215	GEOGRAPHY, 17. 1. 10
2216	canal, which extends to Lake Mareotis.
2217	Now out-
2218	side the canal there is still left only a small part of the
2219	city ;
2220	and then one comes to the suburb Necropolis,
2221	in which are many gardens and graves and halting-
2222	places fitted up for the embalming of corpses, and,
2223	inside the canal, both to the Sarapium and to other
2224	sacred precincts of ancient times, which are now
2225	almost abandoned on account of the construction of
2226	the new buildings at Nicopolis; for instance, there
2227	are an amphitheatre and a stadium at Nicopolis, and
2228	the quinquennial games are celebrated there
2229	;! but
2230	the ancient buildings have fallen into neglect.
2231	In
2232	short, the city is full of public and sacred structures ;
2233	but the most beautiful is the Gymnasium, which has
2234	porticoes more than a stadium in length.
2235	And in
2236	the middle? are both the court of justice and the
2237	groves.
2238	Here, too, is the Paneium,’ a ‘height,’ as
2239	it were, which was made by the hand of man; it has
2240	the shape of a fir-cone, resembles a rocky hill, and is
2241	ascended by a spiral road ; and from the summit one
2242	can see the whole of the city lying below it on all
2243	sides.
2244	The
2245	broad
2246	street
2247	that
2248	runs
2249	lengthwise 4
2250	extends from Necropolis past the Gymnasium to the
2251	Canobie Gate; and then one comes to the Hippo-
2252	drome, as it is called, and to the other (streets ἢ) >
2253	that lie parallel, extending as far as the Canobic
2254	3 Sanctuary of Pan.
2255	* See § 8 above.
2256	5. Both the text and the interpretation are doubtful.
2257	ὁδοί
2258	(‘‘streets’’) is not found in the MSS, ; but, although it is the
2259	natural word to supply, just as ὅδός must be supplied above
2260	with πλατεῖα (‘‘broad”),
2261	it hardly suits the context,
2262	as
2263	Kramer, who conjectures κατοικίαι (‘‘ settlements”), insists.
2264	Vogel (see critical note) simply emends ἄλλαι (‘‘ other”) to
2265	ἅλαι (‘‘ salt-works”).
2266	41
p. 54
2267	STRABO
2268	δὲ τοῦ ἱπποδρόμου διελθόντι ἡ Νικόπολίς ἐστιν,
2269	Μ
2270	/
2271	3
2272	\
2273	/
2274	/
2275	>
2276	>
2277	J
2278	ἔχουσα κατοικίαν ἐπὶ θαλάττῃ πόλεως οὐκ ἐλάττω"
2279	΄
2280	/
2281	>
2282	>
2283	Ν
2284	lol
2285	,
2286	,
2287	΄
2288	τριάκοντα δέ εἰσιν ἀπὸ τῆς ᾿Αλεξανδρείας στάδιοι.
2289	τοῦτον
2290	δὲ ἐτίμησεν
2291	ὁ Σεβαστὸς Καῖσαρ τὸν
2292	τόπον, ὅτι ἐνταῦθα ἐνίκα τῇ μάχῃ τοὺς ἐπεξιόντας
2293	᾿]
2294	“
2295	>
2296	Ν
2297	A
2298	FS
2299	/
2300	\
2301	<
2302	b]
2303	>
2304	/
2305	ἐπ᾿ αὐτὸν μετὰ Avtwviov: καὶ λαβὼν ἐξ ἐφόδου
2306	τὴν πόλιν ἠνάγκασε τὸν μὲν ᾿Αντώνιον ἑαυτὸν
2307	διαχειρίσασθαι, τὴν δὲ Κλεοπάτραν ζῶσαν ἐλθεῖν
2308	εἰς τὴν ἐξουσίαν: μικρὸν δ᾽ ὕστερον κἀκείνη ἑαυτὴν
2309	3
2310	-“
2311	-
2312	’
2313	/
2314	/
2315	>
2316	if
2317	ἐν τῇ φρουρᾷ διεχειρίσατο λάθρα δήγματι ἀσπίδος
2318	ἢ φαρμάκῳ ἐπιχρίστῳ (λέγεται γὰρ ἀμφοτέρως),
2319	καὶ συνέβη καταλυθῆναι τὴν τῶν Λαγιδῶν ἀρχήν,
2320	πολλὰ συμμείνασαν ἔτη.
2321	11. Πτολεμαῖος γὰρ ὁ Λάγου διεδέξατο ᾿Αλέξ-
2322	ανδρον, ἐκεῖνον
2323	δὲ ὁ Φιλάδελφος, τοῦτον
2324	δὲ ὁ
2325	΄
2326	.
2327	cal
2328	Evepyétns, εἶθ᾽ ὁ Φιλοπάτωρ ὁ τῆς ᾿Αγαθοκλείας,
2329	an?
2330	Cees:
2331	/
2332	5...)
2333	ς
2334	/
2335	lal
2336	ἣν
2337	εἶθ᾽
2338	ὁ ᾿7πιφανής, εἶθ᾽
2339	ὁ Φιλομήτωρ, παῖς παρὰ
2340	Ν
2341	De
2342	΄
2343	r
2344	>
2345	50
2346	Ν
2347	πατρὸς ἀεὶ διαδεχόμενος" τοῦτον δ᾽ ἀδελφὸς διε-
2348	,
2349	ec
2350	/
2351	>
2352	/
2353	Δ
2354	\
2355	4
2356	δέξατο ὁ δεύτερος Evepyérns,
2357	ὃν καὶ Φύσκωνα
2358	προσαγορεύουσι, τοῦτον δ᾽ ὁ Λάθουρος ἐπικληθεὶς
2359	“
2360	-“
2361	,
2362	ig
2363	>’
2364	\
2365	e
2366	᾽
2367	“-“
2368	C 790 Πτολεμαῖος, τοῦτον δ᾽
2369	ὁ Αὐλητὴς
2370	ὁ καθ᾽
2371	ἡμᾶς,
2372	ὅσπερ ἣν τῆς Κλεοπάτρας πατήρ.
2373	ἅπαντες μὲν
2374	οὖν οἱ μετὰ τὸν τρίτον Πτολεμαῖον ὑπὸ τρυφῆς
2375	διεφθαρμένοι χεῖρον ἐπολιτεύσαντο, χείριστα δ᾽
2376	e
2377	/
2378	\ow
2379	in
2380	XN
2381	3h
2382	te,
2383	e
2384	>
2385	/
2386	ὁ τέταρτος Kal ἕβδομος καὶ ὁ ὕστατος,
2387	ὁ Αὐλητής"
2388	a
2389	\
2390	na
2391	”
2392	’
2393	/
2394	rn τ »
2395	ὃς χωρὶς τῆς ἄλλης ἀσελγείας χοραυλεῖνἷ
2396	ἤσκησε,
2397	1 χοραυλεῖν E, χοραύλην other MSS.
2398	1 Josephus (Bell, Jud. 4. 11. 5) says ‘‘ twenty.”
2399	2 Cp. Plutarch, Antony 86.
2400	42
p. 55
2401	GEOGRAPHY, 17. 1. 10-11
2402	canal.
2403	Having passed through the Hippodrome,
2404	one comes to Nicopolis, which has a settlement on
2405	the sea no smaller than a city.
2406	It is thirty1 stadia
2407	distant from Alexandria.
2408	Augustus Caesar honoured
2409	this place because it was here that he conquered
2410	in battle those who came
2411	out against him with
2412	Antony; and when he had taken the city at the
2413	first onset, he forced Antony to put himself to death
2414	and Cleopatra to come into his power alive; but a
2415	little later she too put herself to death secretly,
2416	while in prison, by the bite of an asp or (for two
2417	accounts are given) by applying a poisonous oint-
2418	ment ;? and the result was that the empire of the
2419	sons of Lagus, which had endured for many years,
2420	was dissolved.
2421	11. For Ptolemy the son
2422	of Lagus succeeded
2423	Alexander;
2424	and
2425	he
2426	in
2427	turn was
2428	succeeded
2429	by
2430	Philadelphus, and he by Euergetes, and then he by
2431	Philopator the son of Agathocleia, and then he by
2432	Epiphanes, and then he by Philometor, a son always
2433	succeeding a father ; but Philometor was succeeded
2434	by a brother, the second Euergetes, who is also
2435	called Physcon, and he by the Ptolemy nicknamed
2436	Lathurus,? and he by Auletes of our own time, who
2437	was the father of Cleopatra.
2438	Now all the kings
2439	after the third Ptolemy, being corrupted by luxurious
2440	living, have administered the affairs of government
2441	badly, but worst of all the fourth, seventh, and the
2442	last, Auletes, who, apart from his general licentious-
2443	ness, practised the accompaniment of choruses with
2444	3 i.e. Ptolemy VII.
2445	Strabo
2446	here
2447	skips Ptolemy IX
2448	(Alexander I) and Ptolemy X (Alexander
2449	II), who
2450	ap-
2451	parently had no place in the official list of legitimate kings
2452	(cp. Letronne edition, note ad Joc.).
2453	43
p. 56
2454	STRABO
2455	Kal ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ yet ἐσεμνύνετο 5 τοσοῦτον, ὥστ᾽ οὐκ
2456	ὥκνει συντελεῖν ἀγῶνας ἐν τοῖς βασιλείοις, εἰς
2457	οὺς παρήει διαμιλλησόμενος τοῖς ἀνταγωνισταῖς.
2458	rn
2459	\
2460	>
2461	3°
2462	nA
2463	Sgr
2464	n
2465	τοῦτον μὲν οὖν οἱ ᾿Αλεξανδρεῖς ἐξέβαλον, τριῶν
2466	δ᾽ αὐτῷ θυγατέρων
2467	οὐσῶν, ὧν μία γνησία ἡ
2468	΄ὕ
2469	/
2470	πρεσβυτάτη, ταύτην
2471	ἀνέδειξαν βασίλισσαν:
2472	οἱ
2473	υἱοὶ δ᾽ αὐτοῦ δύο νήπιοι τῆς τότε χρείας ἐξέπιπτον
2474	τελέως.
2475	τῇ δὲ κατασταθείσῃ μετεπέμψαντο ἄνδρα
2476	ἐκ τῆς Συρίας Κυβιοσάκτην 8 τινά, προσποιησά-
2477	μενον τοῦ γένους εἶναι τῶν Συριακῶν βασιλέων'
2478	τοῦτον μὲν οὖν ὀλίγων ἡμερῶν ἀπεστραγγάλισεν
2479	ἡ βασίλισσα, οὐ φέρουσα τὸ βάναυσον καὶ τὸ
2480	’
2481	>
2482	ἀνελεύθερον.
2483	ἧκε & ἀντ᾽ ἐκείνου προσποιησά-
2484	μενος
2485	καὶ
2486	αὐτὸς
2487	εἶναι
2488	Μιθριδάτου
2489	υἱὸς
2490	τοῦ
2491	»
2492	/
2493	>
2494	f
2495	aA
2496	9
2497	\
2498	>
2499	Ὥ
2500	Lay
2501	Εὐπάτορος ᾿Αρχέλαος, ὃς ἣν μὲν ᾿Αρχελάου υἱὸς
2502	τοῦ πρὸς Σύλλαν
2503	διαπολεμήσαντος
2504	καὶ μετὰ
2505	al
2506	,
2507	\
2508	c
2509	’
2510	/
2511	»"
2512	ταῦτα τιμηθέντος ὑπὸ “Ῥωμαίων, πάππος δὲ τοῦ
2513	βασιλεύσαντος Καππαδόκων ὑστάτου καθ᾽ ἡμᾶς,
2514	΄
2515	\
2516	\
2517	κα
2518	>
2519	r
2520	΄
2521	5
2522	,
2523	A
2524	ἱερεὺς δὲ τῶν ἐν Πόντῳ Κομάνων.
2525	LaBwio δὲ
2526	τότε συνδιέτριψεν ὡς συστρατεύσων ἐπὶ Llap-
2527	θυαίους, λαθὼν δὲ τοῦτον κομίζεται διά τινων
2528	,
2529	\
2530	΄,"
2531	Δ
2532	ἐδ
2533	το
2534	΄
2535	εἰς τὴν βασίλισσαν καὶ ἀναδείκνυται
2536	βασιλεύς.
2537	ἐν τούτῳ τὸν Αὐλητὴν ἀφικόμενον εἰς Ῥώμην
2538	δεξάμενος ἸΤομπήιος Μάγνος συνίστησι τῇ συγ-
2539	1 γε, Corais, for δέ.
2540	2 Cu have ἐπί before τοσοῦτον.
2541	3 Κυβισάκτην C.
2542	1 Hence “ Auletes ” (‘‘ Flute-player ”).
2543	2 According to Dio Cassius (39. 13), this was
2544	Berenicé
2545	(IV).
2546	She reigned with her mother Cleopatra Tryphaena for
2547	one year (58-57 B.c.) and then alone for one year.
2548	5 Later, Ptolemy XII and XIII.
2549	4 A nickname,
2550	“ Salt-fish Dealer.”
2551	Dio Cassius (39. 57)
2552	says, ‘‘a certain Seleucus.”
2553	44
p. 57
2554	GEOGRAPHY, 17. 1. 11
2555	the flute,! and upon this he prided himself so much
2556	that he would not hesitate
2557	to celebrate
2558	contests
2559	in the royal palace, and at these
2560	contests would
2561	come forward to vie with the opposing contestants.
2562	He, however, was banished by the Alexandrians ;
2563	and since he had three daughters, of whom one,
2564	the
2565	eldest, was legitimate,
2566	they proclaimed
2567	her
2568	queen ;7 but his two sons,? who were infants, were
2569	completely excluded
2570	from
2571	service
2572	at
2573	the
2574	time.
2575	When she had been established on the throne, they
2576	sent after a husband for her from Syria, a certain
2577	Cybiosactes,4 who had pretended that he belonged
2578	to the family of the Syrian kings.
2579	Now the queen
2580	had this man strangled to death within a few days,
2581	being unable to bear his coarseness and vulgarity ;
2582	but in his place came a man who likewise
2583	had
2584	pretended that he was a son of Mithridates Eupator
2585	—I mean Archelaiis, who was son of the Archelaiis
2586	who carried on war against Sulla and afterwards was
2587	honoured by the Romans, and was grandfather of
2588	the man who was last to reign as king over the
2589	Cappadocians in our time,°® and was priest of Comana
2590	in Pontus.6
2591	At that time he had been tarrying
2592	with Gabinius,? in the hope of joining with him
2593	on an expedition against the Parthians, but without
2594	the knowledge of Gabinius
2595	he was brought by
2596	certain agents to the queen and proclaimed king.®
2597	In the meantime Pompey the Great, having received
2598	Auletes, who had arrived at Rome, recommended
2599	9,
2600	δ. On this Archelaiis, see 12. 3. 84.
2601	7 Proconsul of Syria, 57 B.c.
2602	8 He reigned only six months, being slain in battle by
2603	Gabinius (12. 3. 34).
2604	45
p. 58
2605	STRABO
2606	κλήτῳ και διαπράττεται κάθοδον μὲν τούτῳ, τῶν
2607	δὲ πρέσβεων τῶν πλείστων, ἑκατὸν ὄντων, ὄλεθρον
2608	τῶν καταπρεσβευσάντων αὐτοῦ: τούτων δ᾽ ἦν καὶ
2609	Δίων ὁ ᾿Ακαδημαϊκός, ἀρχιπρεσβευτὴς γεγονώς.
2610	καταχθεὶς οὖν ὑπὸ Γαβινίου Πτολεμαῖος τόν τε
2611	᾿Αρχέλαον ἀναιρεῖ καὶ τὴν θυγατέρα, χρόνον δ᾽
2612	οὐ πολὺν τῇ βασιλείᾳ προσθεὶς τελευτᾷ νόσῳ,
2613	καταλιπὼν δύο μὲν υἱεῖς, δύο δὲ θυγατέρας, πρεσ-
2614	βυτάτην δὲ Κλεοπάτραν. οἱ μὲν οὖν ᾿Αλεξανδρεῖς
2615	ἀπέδειξαν
2616	βασιλέας
2617	τόν τε πρεσβύτερον τῶν
2618	παίδων καὶ τὴν Κλεοπάτραν, οἱ δὲ συνόντες τῷ
2619	παιδὶ
2620	καταστασιάσαντες
2621	ἐξέβαλον τὴν Κλεο-
2622	πάτραν, καὶ ἀπῆρε μετὰ τῆς ἀδελφῆς εἰς τὴν
2623	Συρίαν.
2624	ἐν τούτῳ [Πομπήιος Μάγνος ἧκε φεύγων
2625	ἐκ ΠΠαλαιφαρσάλου πρὸς τὸ Πηλούσιον καὶ τὸ
2626	Κάσιον; ὄρος.
2627	τοῦτον μὲν οὖν δολοφονοῦσιν οἱ
2628	μετὰ τοῦ βασιλέως, ἐπελθὼν δὲ Καῖσαρ τόν τε
2629	μειρακίσκον διαφθείρει. καὶ καθίστησι τῆς Αἰ-
2630	γύπτου βασίλισσαν τὴν Κλεοπάτραν, μεταπεμ-
2631	ψώμενος ἐκ τῆς φυγῆς" συμβασιλεύειν δ᾽ ἀπέδειξε
2632	τὸν λοιπὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτῇ, νέον παντελῶς ὄντα.
2633	C 197 μετὰ δὲ τὴν Καίσαρος τελευτὴν καὶ τὰ ἐν Φιλίπ-
2634	ποις διαβὰς ᾿Αντώνιος εἰς τὴν ᾿Ασίαν ἐξετίμησεν
2635	ἐπὶ πλέον τὴν Κλεοπάτραν, ὥστε καὶ γυναῖκα
2636	ἔκρινε
2637	καὶ ἐτεκνοποιήσατο
2638	ἐξ αὐτῆς,
2639	τόν
2640	τε
2641	᾿Ακτιακὸν πόλεμον συνήρατο ἐκείνῃ καὶ συνέφυγε:'
2642	καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα
2643	ἐπακολουθήσας
2644	ὁ Σεβαστὸς
2645	Καῖσαρ ἀμφοτέρους κατέλυσε καὶ τὴν Αἴγυπτον
2646	ἔπαυσε παροινουμένην.
2647	1 Κάσιον Dhx, κάσσιον other MSS.
2648	1 So Dio Cassius (39. 13).
2649	46
p. 59
2650	GEOGRAPHY,
2651	17. 1. 11
2652	him
2653	to
2654	the
2655	Senate and
2656	effected, not
2657	only
2658	his
2659	restoration,
2660	but also the
2661	death
2662	of most of the
2663	ambassadors,
2664	one hundred
2665	in number, who
2666	had
2667	undertaken the embassy against him,! and among
2668	these was Dion the academic philosopher, who had
2669	been made
2670	chief ambassador.
2671	Accordingly,
2672	on
2673	being restored by Gabinius, Ptolemy
2674	slew
2675	both
2676	Archelaiis and his own daughter.
2677	But before he had
2678	added much time to his reign, he died of disease,
2679	leaving behind two sons and also two daughters,
2680	the eldest daughter being Cleopatra.2
2681	Now the
2682	Alexandrians proclaimed
2683	as sovereigns
2684	both
2685	the
2686	elder of the boys and Cleopatra; but the associates
2687	of the boy caused an uprising and banished Cleopatra,
2688	and she set sail with her sister to Syria.
2689	In the
2690	meantime Pompey the Great had come
2691	in flight
2692	from Palaepharsalus to Pelusium and Mt. Casius.
2693	Now Pompey was treacherously slain by the king’s
2694	party, but when Caesar arrived he put the lad
2695	to death, and, having summoned Cleopatra from
2696	exile, established her as queen of Aegypt; and
2697	he appointed her remaining brother to reign as king
2698	with
2699	her, although
2700	he was
2701	exceedingly young.
2702	After the death of Caesar and the battle of Philippi,’
2703	Antony crossed over to Asia and held Cleopatra
2704	in such extraordinary honour that he chose her
2705	as wife and had children by her; and he under-
2706	took the battle at Actium with her and fled with
2707	her; and after this Augustus Caesar pursued them,
2708	destroyed both, and put an end to Aegypt’s being
2709	ruled with drunken violence.
2710	2 The famous Cleopatra,
2711	3 42 5,0.
2712	47
p. 60
2713	STRABO
2714	12. "Erapxia δὲ νῦν ἐστι, φόρους μὲν τελοῦσα
2715	ἀξιολόγους, ὑ ὑπὸ σωφρόνων δὲ ἀνδρῶν διοικουμένη
2716	τῶν
2717	πεμπομένων
2718	ἐπάρχων del.
2719	τὸ μὲν οὖν
2720	πεμφθεὶς τὴν τοῦ βασιλέως ἔχει Taki" ὑπ᾽ αὐτῷ
2721	δ᾽ ἐστὶν ὁ δικαιοδότης, ὁ τῶν πολλῶν κρίσεων
2722	κύριος"
2723	ἄλλος
2724	δ᾽ ἐστὶν
2725	ὁ προσαγορευόμενος
2726	ἰδιόλογος,
2727	ὃς τῶν
2728	ἀδεσπότων
2729	καὶ
2730	τῶν
2731	εἰς
2732	Καίσαρα πίπτειν
2733	ὀφειλόντων
2734	ἐξεταστής ἐστι"
2735	παρέπονται δὲ τούτοις ἀπελεύθεροι Καίσαρος καὶ
2736	οἰκονόμοι, μείζω καὶ ἐλάττω πεπιστευμένοι πράγ-
2737	ματα.
2738	ἔστι δὲ καὶ στρατιωτικοῦ τρία τάγματα,
2739	ὧν τὸ ἕν κατὰ τὴν πόλιν ἵδρυται, Tarra δ᾽ ἐν
2740	τῇ χώρᾳ: χωρὶς δὲ τούτων ἐννέα μέν εἰσι σπεῖραι
2741	Ῥωμαίων, τρεῖς μὲν ἐν τῇ πόλει, τρεῖς δ᾽ ἐπὶ
2742	τῶν ὅρων τῆς Αἰθιοπίας ἐν Συήνῃ, φρουρὰ τοῖς
2743	τόποις, τρεῖς δὲ κατὰ τὴν ἄλλην χώραν.
2744	εἰσὶ
2745	δὲ καὶ ἱππαρχίαι τρεῖς ὁμοίως διατεταγμέναι
2746	κατὰ τοὺς ἐπικαιρίους τόπους.
2747	τῶν δ᾽ ἐπιχωρίων
2748	ἀρχόντων κατὰ πόλιν μὲν ὅ τε ἐξηγητής ἐστι,
2749	πορφύραν ἀμπεχόμενος. καὶ ἔχων πατρίους τιμὰς
2750	καὶ ἐπιμέλειαν τῶν τῇ πόλει χρησίμων, καὶ ὁ
2751	ὑπομνηματογράφος καὶ ὁ ἀρχιδικαστής, τέταρτος
2752	δὲ ὁ νυκτερινὸς στρατηγύς.
2753	ἦσαν μὲν οὖν καὶ
2754	ἐπὶ τῶν βασιλέων αὗται
2755	αἱ ἀρχαί, κακῶς δὲ
2756	πολιτευομένων. τῶν βασιλέων ἠφανίξετο καὶ ἡ
2757	τῆς πόλεως εὐκαιρία διὰ τὴν ἀνομίαν.
2758	ὁ γοῦν
2759	Πολύβιος γεγονὼς ἐν τῇ πόλει βδελύττεται τὴν
2760	1 ἰδιόλογος, Corais, for κύριος λόγος 8, ἴδιος λόγος other
2761	MSS.
2762	1 ¢.g. Strabo’s friend Aelius Gallus (2. 5. 12).
2763	3 Juri dicendo praefectus.
2764	48
p. 61
2765	GEOGRAPHY, 17. 1. 12
2766	12. Egypt
2767	15 now a Province; and it not only
2768	pays considerable tribute, but also is governed by
2769	prudent men!—the praefects who are sent there
2770	from time to time.
2771	Now he who is sent has the
2772	rank of the king; and subordinate to him is the
2773	administrator of justice,? who has supreme authority
2774	over most of the law-suits;
2775	and another
2776	is the
2777	official
2778	called
2779	Idiologus,?
2780	who
2781	inquires
2782	into
2783	all
2784	properties that are without owners and that ought
2785	to fall to Caesar ; and these are attended by freedmen
2786	of Caesar, as also by stewards, who are entrusted
2787	with affairs of more or less importance.
2788	There are
2789	also
2790	three legions of soldiers,
2791	one of which
2792	is
2793	stationed in the city and the others in the country ;
2794	and apart from these there are nine Roman cohorts,
2795	three in the city, three on the borders of Aethiopia
2796	in Syené, as a guard for that region, and three in
2797	the rest of the country.
2798	And there are also three
2799	bodies of cavalry, which likewise
2800	are assigned to
2801	the various critical points.
2802	Of the native officials in
2803	the city, one
2804	is the Interpreter,4 who is clad in
2805	purple, has hereditary prerogatives, and has charge of
2806	the interests of the city ; and another the Recorder ; ὃ
2807	and another the Chief Judge ;® and the fourth the
2808	Night Commander.”
2809	Now these officers existed also
2810	in the time of the kings, but, since the kings were
2811	carrying on
2812	a bad government, the prosperity of
2813	the city was
2814	also vanishing on
2815	account
2816	of the
2817	prevailing lawlessness.
2818	At any rate, Polybius, who
2819	had visited the city, is disgusted with the state of
2820	3 A kind
2821	of ‘‘Special
2822	Agent,”
2823	or
2824	‘‘ Procurator,”
2825	of
2826	Caesar.
2827	4 Interpres.
2828	5 Scriba publicus.
2829	5 Judicum praefectus.
2830	7 Praetor nocturnus.
2831	49
p. 62
2832	C 798
2833	STRABO
2834	/
2835	/
2836	,
2837	τότε κατάστασιν, καί φησι τρία γένη τὴν πόλιν
2838	“
2839	΄
2840	UA
2841	a
2842	οἰκεῖν, τό Te Λἰγύπτιον καὶ ἐπιχώριον φῦλον,
2843	,
2844	ὀξὺ καὶ ἀπολιτικόν,3 Kal TO μισθοφορικόν, βαρὺ
2845	\ 3
2846	\
2847	\
2848	>
2849	/
2850	’
2851	Εθ
2852	\
2853	lal
2854	καὶ 3 πολὺ Kal ἀνάγωγον: ἐξ ἔθους yap παλαιοῦ
2855	‘
2856	”
2857	ξένους ἔτρεφον τοὺς Ta ὅπλα ἔχοντας, ἄρχειν
2858	μᾶλλον ἢ ἄρχεσθαι δεδιδαγμένους διὰ τὴν τῶν
2859	βασιλέων οὐδένειαν᾽ τρίτον δ᾽ ἦν γένος τὸ τῶν
2860	᾿Αλεξανδρέων, οὐδ᾽ αὐτὸ εὐκρινῶς πολιτικὸν διὰ
2861	rf
2862	>
2863	/
2864	Tas αὐτὰς αἰτίας, κρεῖττον δ᾽ ἐκείνων ὅμως" Kal
2865	up
2866	εἰ
2867	ides,
2868	“EXX
2869	ὅ
2870	ἱνέκαθεν
2871	ἦ
2872	γὰρ εἰ μιγάδες,
2873	nves ὅμως ἀνέκαθεν ἦσαν
2874	fal
2875	lal
2876	Lal
2877	€
2878	Kal ἐμέμνηντο τοῦ κοινοῦ τῶν
2879	“EXAnvwv ἔθους.
2880	»
2881	/
2882	δὲ
2883	\
2884	4
2885	a
2886	/
2887	/
2888	ἠφανισμένου
2889	δὲ καὶ τούτου τοῦ πλήθους, μάλιστα
2890	lal
2891	/
2892	lal
2893	΄΄
2894	ὑπὸ τοῦ Εὐεργέτου τοῦ Φύσκωνος, καθ᾽ ὃν ἧκεν
2895	εἰς τὴν ᾿Αλεξάνδρειαν ὁ Τολύβιος (καταστασιαζό-
2896	μενος γὰρ ὁ Φύσκων πλεονάκις * τοῖς στρατιώταις
2897	ἐφίει τὰ πλήθη
2898	καὶ
2899	διέφθειρε), τοιούτων
2900	δή,
2901	>
2902	lal
2903	“
2904	΄
2905	fal
2906	φησίν, ὄντων τῶν ἐν TH πόλει, λοιπὸν ἣν τῷ ὄντι
2907	τὸ τοῦ ποιητοῦ"
2908	Αὐγυπτόνδ᾽ ἰέναι δολιχὴν ὁδὸν ἀργαλέην τε.
2909	13. Τοιαῦτα δ᾽ ἦν, εἰ μὴ χείρω, καὶ τὰ τῶν
2910	“
2911	/
2912	6
2913	¢
2914	al
2915	δ᾽
2916	,
2917	ὃ /
2918	΄
2919	ὕστερον βασιλέων.
2920	Ρωμαῖοι δ᾽ εἰς
2921	δύναμιν, ὡς
2922	εἰπεῖν, ἐπηνώρθωσαν τὰ πολλά, τὴν μὲν πόλιν
2923	διατάξαντες
2924	ὡς
2925	εἶπον,
2926	κατὰ
2927	δὲ τὴν χώραν
2928	: Except F, the MSS. read τό before ἐπιχώριον.
2929	2 Before πολιτικόν (MSS.) Tyrwhitt conj. ob; Kramer conj.
2930	ἀπολιτικόν; C. Miller ὀχλητικόν.
2931	8. The words βαρὺ καί are found only in C.
2932	ὁ πολλάκις MOzZ.
2933	5 F has καί after μή.
2934	5. Except Fx, the MSS. have καί before Ρωμαῖοι,
2935	50
p. 63
2936	GEOGRAPHY, 17. 1. 12-13
2937	things then existing; and he says that three classes
2938	inhabited the city: first, the Aegyptian or native
2939	stock of people, who were quick-tempered and not?
2940	inclined to civic life; and, secondly, the mercenary
2941	class, who were severe and numerous and intractable
2942	(for by an ancient custom
2943	they would maintain
2944	foreign men-at-arms, who had been trained to rule
2945	rather than to be ruled, on account of the worth-
2946	lessness of the kings); and, third, the tribe of the
2947	Alexandrians, who also were not distinctly inclined
2948	to civil life, and for the same reasons, but still they
2949	were better than those others,? for even though
2950	they were a mixed people, still they were Greeks
2951	by origin and mindful of the customs common to
2952	the Greeks.
2953	But after this mass of people had also
2954	been blotted out, chiefly by Euergetes Physcon, in
2955	whose time Polybius went to Alexandria (for, being
2956	opposed by factions, Physcon more often sent the
2957	masses against the soldiers and thus caused their
2958	destruction)—such being the state of affairs in the
2959	city, Polybius says, in very truth there remained for
2960	one, in the words of the poet, merely
2961	“to go to Aegypt, a long and painful journey.” 3
2962	13. Such, then, if not worse, was the state of
2963	affairs under the later kings also; but the Romans
2964	have, to the best of their ability, I might say, set
2965	most things right, having organised the city as
2966	I have said,* and having appointed throughout the
2967	1 The MSS. omit the negative (‘‘ ποῦ ἢ), without which one
2968	would naturally interpret ὀξύ as meaning
2969	‘‘ acute” rather
2970	than ‘‘ quick-tempered,”
2971	2 7.e. the first class,
2972	5 Odyssey 4. 483.
2973	* § 12 above.
2974	51
p. 64
2975	STRABO
2976	ἐπιστρατήγους τινὰς καὶ νομάρχας καὶ ἐθνάρχας
2977	καλουμένους ἀποδείξαντες, πραγμάτων οὐ μεγά-
2978	λων ἐπιστατεῖν ἠξιωμένους.
2979	τῆς δ᾽ εὐκαιρίας
2980	τῆς κατὰ τὴν πόλιν τὸ μέγιστόν ἐστιν, ὅτι τῆς
2981	Αἰγύπτου πάσης μόνος ἐστὶν οὗτος ὁ τόπος πρὸς
2982	ἄμφω πεφυκὼς εὖ, τά τε ἐκ θαλάττης διὰ τὸ
2983	εὐλίμενον, καὶ
2984	τὰ
2985	ἐκ τῆς χώρας, ὅτι πάντα
2986	εὐμαρῶς ὁ ποταμὸς πορθμεύει συνάγει
2987	τε
2988	εἰς
2989	τοιοῦτον χωρίον, ὅπερ μέγιστον ἐμπόριον
2990	τῆς
2991	οἰκουμένης ἐστί.
2992	Τῆς μὲν οὖν πόλεως ταύτας ἄν τις Rayo TAS
2993	ἀρετάς" τῆς Αἰγύπτου δὲ τὰς προσόδους * ἔν
2994	τινι λόγῳ Κικέρων φράζξει, φήσας κατ᾽ ἐνιαυτὸν
2995	τῷ τῆς Κλεοπάτρας πατρὶ τῷ Αὐλητῇ προσ-
2996	φέρεσθαι
2997	φόρον
2998	ταλάντων “μυρίων
2999	δισχιλίων
3000	πεντακοσίων.
3001	ὅπου οὖν ὁ κάκιστα καὶ ῥᾳθυμό-
3002	Tata
3003	τὴν βασιλείαν διοικῶν τοσαῦτα προσω-
3004	δεύετο,
3005	τί χρὴ νομίσαι τὰ νῦν, διὰ τοσαύτης
3006	ἐπιμελείας
3007	οἰκονομούμενα
3008	καὶ
3009	τῶν
3010	᾿Ινδικῶν
3011	ἐμποριῶν καὶ τῶν Τρωγλοδυτικῶν ἐπηυξημένων
3012	ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον ; : πρότερον μέν γε οὐδ᾽ εἴκοσι πλοῖα
3013	ἐθάρρει τὸν ᾿Αράβιον κόλπον διαπερᾶν, ὥστε ἔξω
3014	τῶν
3015	στενῶν
3016	ὑπερκύπτειν, νῦν
3017	δὲ καὶ στόλοι
3018	μεγάλοι στέλλονται μέχρι τῆς ᾿Ινδικῆς καὶ τῶν
3019	ἄκρων τῶν Αἰθιοπικῶν, ἐξ ὧν ὁ πολυτιμότατος
3020	1 Except Εἰ, the MSS. have ἅς after προσόδους.
3021	1 Strabo seems not to have known that the
3022	office
3023	of
3024	Epistrategus was in existence as far back as 181 B.c. (Victor
3025	Martin, Les Epistratiges, pp. 11, 173, Geneva, 1911).
3026	But in
3027	the time of the Ptolemies only the Thebais had an Epistra-
3028	tegus
3029	(/.c. p. 22), and, as the title indicates,
3030	he was
3031	a
3032	Military Governor.
3033	The several Epistrategi appointed by the
3034	52
p. 65
3035	GEOGRAPHY, 17. 1. 13
3036	country officials called Epistrategi
3037	1 and Nomarchs 3
3038	and Ethnarchs,? who were thought worthy to super-
3039	intend affairs of no great importance.
3040	Among the
3041	happy advantages
3042	of the
3043	city, the
3044	greatest
3045	is
3046	the fact that this is the only place in all Aegypt
3047	which is by nature well situated with reference to
3048	both things—both to commerce by sea, on account
3049	of the good harbours, and to commerce by land,
3050	because the river easily conveys and brings together
3051	everything into a place so situated—the greatest
3052	emporium in the inhabited world.
3053	Now one might call these the excellent attributes
3054	of the city; and as for the revenues of Aegypt,
3055	Cicero tells about them in a certain speech,* saying
3056	that a tribute of twelve
3057	thousand
3058	five
3059	hundred
3060	talents 5 was paid annually to Auletes, the father
3061	of Cleopatra.
3062	If, then, the man who administered
3063	the kingdom in the worst and most careless way
3064	obtained so large a revenue, what should one think
3065	of the present revenues, which are managed with so
3066	much diligence, and when the commerce with the
3067	Indians and the Troglodytes has been increased to
3068	so great an extent?
3069	In earlier times, at least, not
3070	so many as twenty vessels would dare to traverse
3071	the Arabian Gulf far enough to get a peep outside
3072	the straits, but at the present time even large fleets
3073	are despatched as far as India and the extremities of
3074	Aethiopia, from which
3075	the most valuable cargoes
3076	Romans, however, were given only administrative power,
3077	being wholly deprived of military power (/.c. p. 57).
3078	2 “Rulers of Nomes”
3079	(on the ‘‘ Nomes,” see 17. 1. 3).
3080	> Rulers of Tribes.
3081	4 No longer extant.
3082	° Cp. Diodorus Siculus (17. 52), who says six thousand
3083	talents.
3084	53
p. 66
3085	C 799
3086	STRABO
3087	,
3088	,
3089	᾽
3090	᾿
3091	”
3092	>
3093	A
3094	κομίζεται φόρτος
3095	εἰς τὴν Αἴγυπτον, κἀντεῦθεν
3096	πάλιν εἰς τοὺς ἄλλους ἐκπέμπεται τόπους" ὥστε
3097	τὰ τέλη διπλάσια συνάγεται, τὰ μὲν εἰσαγωγικά,
3098	τὰ δὲ ἐξαγωγικά: τῶν δὲ βαρυτίμων βαρέα καὶ
3099	τὰ τέλη.
3100	καὶ γὰρ δὴ καὶ μονοπωλίας ἔχει" μόνη
3101	γὰρ ἡ ᾿Αλεξάνδρεια τῶν τοιούτων
3102	ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ
3103	al
3104	-“
3105	-
3106	πολὺ
3107	καὶ ὑποδοχεῖόν
3108	ἐστι καὶ
3109	χορηγεῖ
3110	τοῖς
3111	ἐκτός.
3112	ἔτι δὲ μᾶλλον κατιδεῖν ἔστι τὴν εὐφυΐαν
3113	ταύτην περιοδεύοντι τὴν
3114	χώραν, καὶ πρῶτον τὴν
3115	παραλίαν
3116	ἀρξαμένην
3117	ἀπὸ
3118	τοῦ
3119	Καταβαθμοῦ:
3120	μέχρι δεῦρο γάρ ἐστιν
3121	ἡ Αἴγυπτος, ἡ δ᾽ ἑξῆς
3122	r
3123	,
3124	cal
3125	ἐστι Κυρηναία καὶ οἱ περιοικοῦντες βάρβαροι
3126	/
3127	Μαρμαρίδαι.
3128	14. ᾿Απὸ μὲν οὖν Καταβαθμοῦ εἰς Παραιτόνιον
3129	Lal
3130	,
3131	€
3132	εὐθυπλοοῦντι σταδίων ἐστὶν ἐννακοσίων ὁ δρόμος.
3133	>
3134	΄
3135	πόλις δ᾽ ἐστὶ καὶ λιμὴν μέγας τετταράκοντά που
3136	σταδίων:
3137	καλοῦσι
3138	δ᾽ οἱ μὲν Παραιτόνιον τὴν
3139	f
3140	«
3141	7?
3142	,
3143	\
3144	A
3145	Φ
3146	Ἂν
3147	’
3148	πόλιν, οἱ δ᾽ ᾿Αμμωνίαν.
3149	μεταξὺ δὲ ἥ τε Αἰγυπτίων
3150	Keun καὶ ἡ
3151	Αινησίσφυρα3
3152	ἄκρα, καὶ
3153	Τυνδάρειοι
3154	σκόπελοι, νησίδια τέτταρα ἔχοντα λιμένα: εἶθ᾽
3155	ἑξῆς ἄκρα Δρέπανον καὶ νῆσος Αἰνησίππεια 3
3156	Μ
3157	/
3158	\
3159	,
3160	ὴ
3161	>
3162	,
3163	4
3164	»
3165	A
3166	ἔχουσα λιμένα καὶ κώμη
3167	"Amis, ἀφ᾽ ἧς εἰς μὲν
3168	Ilapaitoviov
3169	στάδιοι
3170	ἑκατόν, εἰς δὲ Ἄμμωνος
3171	ὁδὸς ἡμερῶν πέντε.
3172	ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ Π]Ιαραιτονίου εἰς
3173	>
3174	4
3175	4
3176	/
3177	,
3178	Ν
3179	’,
3180	΄
3181	Ἀλεξάνδρειαν * χίλιοί που καὶ τριακόσιοι στά-
3182	\
3183	a
3184	,
3185	dior.
3186	μεταξὺ δὲ πρῶτον μὲν ἄκρα λευκόγειος,
3187	Λευκὴ ἀκτὴ καλουμένη, ἔπειτα Φοινικοῦς λιμὴν
3188	1 Παραιτόμιον E, Παρατόνιον F, Παραιτώνιον moxz.
3189	2 Αἰνησίσφυρα,
3190	Xylander
3191	and
3192	later
3193	editors,
3194	following
3195	Ptolemaeus (4. 5), for νησίφιρα F, νησισφύρα other MSS.
3196	3 ἐν,σσίπεια DEFKi, ἐμισίσπεια Caz, ἐνισίσπια τ, ἐνισίπεια m,
3197	ἐνίσπεια 0, Αἰνησίππη Ptolemaeus,
3198	54
p. 67
3199	GEOGRAPHY, 17. 1. 13-14
3200	are brought to Aegypt, and thence sent forth again
3201	to the other regions;
3202	so that double duties are
3203	collected, on both imports and exports ; and on goods
3204	that cost heavily the duty is also heavy.
3205	And in
3206	fact the country has monopolies also ; for Alexandria
3207	alone is not only the receptacle of goods of this
3208	kind, for the most part, but also the source of supply
3209	to the outside world.
3210	And, further, one can per-
3211	ceive more clearly these natural advantages if one
3212	travels round the country, visiting first of all the
3213	part of the coast which begins at Catabathmus—for
3214	Aegypt extends as far as that place, though the
3215	country next thereafter belongs to the Cyrenaeans
3216	and to the neighbouring barbarians, the Marmaridae.
3217	14. Now the run from Catabathmus to Paraetonium,
3218	if one sails in a straight course, is nine hundred
3219	stadia.
3220	It is a city and large harbour of about forty
3221	stadia.1
3222	Some call the city Paraetonium, but others
3223	Ammonia.
3224	In
3225	the
3226	interval,
3227	one
3228	comes
3229	to
3230	the
3231	village
3232	of the
3233	Aegyptians,
3234	to the
3235	promontory
3236	Aenesisphyra, and to the Tyndareian Rocks, which
3237	latter are four small islands with a harbour; then
3238	next to Drepanum,a promontory, and to Aenesippeia,
3239	an island with a harbour, and to Apis, a village,
3240	from which the distance
3241	to Paraetonium
3242	is one
3243	hundred stadia, and to the temple of Ammon, a
3244	five days’ journey.
3245	The distance from Paraetonium
3246	to Alexandria is approximately one thousand three
3247	hundred stadia ; and in the interval one comes first
3248	to a promontory of white earth, Leucé Acté, as it is
3249	called, and then to Phoenicus, a harbour, and to
3250	1 6. in circuit.
3251	δ εἰς ᾿Αλεξάνδρειαν, inserted by Mannert and the editors.
3252	55
p. 68
3253	STRABO
3254	καὶ ΤΙνυγεὺς κώμη: εἶτα νῆσος “Πηδωνίαϊ λιμένα
3255	»
3256	,
3257	ἔχουσα,
3258	εἶτ
3259	᾿Αντίφραι͵ μικρὸν ἀπωτέρω
3260	τῆς
3261	θαλάττης.
3262	ἅπασα μὲν ἡ χώρα αὕτη οὐκ εὔοινος,
3263	πλείω δεχομένου τοῦ κεράμου θάλατταν ἢ οἶνον,
3264	ὃν δὴ καλοῦσι Λιβυκόν, ᾧ δὴ καὶ τῷ ξύθῳ " τὸ
3265	πολὺ φῦλον χρῆται τῶν ᾿Αλεξανδρέων" σκώπτονται
3266	δὲ μάλιστα αἱ ᾿Αντίφραι: εἶθ᾽ 0 Δέρρις ὃ λιμήν,
3267	καλούμενος
3268	οὕτως
3269	διὰ
3270	τὴν
3271	πλησίον
3272	πέτραν
3273	μέλαιναν
3274	δέρρει
3275	ἐοικυῖαν:
3276	ὀνομάζουσι
3277	δὲ καὶ
3278	Ζεφύριον τὸν πλησίον τόπον, εἶτ᾽ ἄλλος λιμὴν
3279	Λεύκασπις καὶ ἄλλοι πλείους" εἶτα Kuros σῆμα'
3280	εἶτα Ταπόσειρις,, οὐκ ἐπὶ θαλάττῃ, πανήγυριν
3281	δεχομένη μεγάλην.
3282	(καὶ ἄλλη δ᾽ ἐστὶ Ταπόσειρις
3283	ἐπέκεινα τῆς πόλεως ἱκανῶς.)
3284	αὐτῆς δὲ πλησίον
3285	πετρῶδες ἐπὶ
3286	τῇ θαλάττῃ
3287	χωρίον, καὶ αὐτὸ
3288	δεχόμενον πολλοὺς
3289	τοὺς ἀκμάζοντας ἅπασαν
3290	4
3291	”
3292	Ξ
3293	10
3294	ς
3295	Π
3296	Af
3297	6
3298	\
3299	N
3300	/
3301	,
3302	ὥραν ἔτους"
3303	εἶθ᾽
3304	ἡ
3305	Under
3306	Oivn®
3307	καὶ
3308	Νικίου coun
3309	,
3310	’
3311	“-“
3312	καὶ
3313	Χερρόνησος
3314	φρούριον,
3315	πλησίον
3316	ἤδη τῆς
3317	᾿Αλεξανδρείας καὶ τῆς Νεκροπόλεως ἐν ἑβδομη-
3318	κοντα σταδίοις.
3319	ἡ δὲ Μαρεία λίμνη παρατεί-
3320	νουσα μέχρι καὶ δεῦρο πλάτος μὲν ἔχει πλειόνων
3321	1 Σιδονία Cmoz.
3322	2 ζύθῳ, Xylander, for Wye.
3323	Ξ Δέρρις EF, Δέρις other MSS.
3324	- Tag ooerpis Ehi, Ταπόσειρις with ¢ above z, D.
3325	ἀκμάζοντας, the later editors, following conj. of Tyrwhitt,
3326	emend to κωμάζοντας.
3327	6 πλινθηνή DEA, Πλιθήνη CF a.
3328	τ Μαρεία HK, Mapiva I, Μαρία other MSS.
3329	oO
3330	1 2,6. apparently,
3331	as distinguished from the two other
3332	classes of people at Alexandria (see § 12 above), and not
3333	“‘most of the people at Alexandria,” as others interpret it.
3334	2 2.6. because of the bad wine.
3335	3 7.¢. a
3336	hide.”
3337	4 i.e. like that mentioned in ὃ 16 below.
3338	56
p. 69
3339	GEOGRAPHY, 17. 1. 14
3340	Pnigeus, a village, and then to Pedonia, an island
3341	with a harbour, and then to Antiphrae, which is at
3342	only a little distance from the sea.
3343	The whole of
3344	this country is without good wine, since the wine-jars
3345	receive more sea-water than wine; and this they
3346	call “ Libyan” wine, which, as also beer, is used by
3347	most of the tribe of Alexandrians;! but Antiphrae
3348	is ridiculed most.2.
3349	Then one comes to the harbour
3350	Derrhis, so called because of the black rock near by,
3351	which resembles a “ derrhis ” ;* and the neighbouring
3352	place is also called Zephyrium.*
3353	Then to another
3354	harbour, Leucaspis ὅ and several others; and then
3355	to Cynos-Sema ;® and then to Taposeiris, not on the
3356	sea, which holds a great public festival.
3357	(There is
3358	also another Taposeiris on the other side of the city
3359	and quite far from it.)
3360	And near it’ there is a rocky
3361	place on the sea where likewise crowds of people in
3362	the prime of life 8 assemble during every season of
3363	the year.
3364	And then® one comes to Plinthiné and
3365	to the village of Nicias, and to Cherronesus,
3366	a
3367	stronghold, where we are now near Alexandria and
3368	Necropolis,
3369	a
3370	distance
3371	of seventy
3372	stadia.
3373	Lake
3374	Mareia,!© which extends even as far as this,!1 has a
3375	5 « White-shield.”’
3376	δ᾽ «*Bitch’s Monument” (cp. Vol. III, p. 377).
3377	7 The translator understands ‘‘it” to refer to the first
3378	Taposeiris,
3379	and parenthesises
3380	the
3381	preceding
3382	statement
3383	accordingly, though ‘‘it ” might refer to the second (cp. §§ 16
3384	and 17 below), in which case the parenthesis should end
3385	with ‘season of the year.”
3386	8 The later editors, except Miiller-Diibner, very plausibly
3387	emend the text
3388	to read, ‘“‘crowds
3389	of ‘revellers’”
3390	(see
3391	critical note, and ep. §§ 16 and 17 below).
3392	9 i.e. continuing from the first Taposeiris,
3393	10 Also called ‘*‘ Mareotis” (ὃ 7 above).
3394	11 4.e, Cherronesus.
3395	VOL. VIII.
3396	co
3397	Sf
p. 70
3398	C 800
3399	STRABO
3400	a
3401	,
3402	\e
3403	\
3404	,
3405	a
3406	3.
3407	ἂν
3408	ἢ πεντήκοντα καὶ ἑκατὸν σταδίων, μῆκος δ᾽ ἐλατ-
3409	᾽
3410	τόνων ἢ τριακοσίων.
3411	ἔχει δ᾽ ὀκτὼ νήσους καὶ τὰ
3412	΄΄
3413	>
3414	lal
3415	κύκλῳ πάντ᾽
3416	οἰκούμενα καλῶς" εὐοινία τέ ἐστι
3417	περὶ τοὺς τόπους, ὥστε
3418	καὶ διαχεῖσθαι πρὸς
3419	παλαίωσιν τὸν Μαρεώτην 1 οἶνον.
3420	15. Φύεται δ᾽ ἐν τοῖς Αἰγυπτιακοῖς ἕλεσι καὶ
3421	r
3422	,
3423	“
3424	Υ
3425	A
3426	ς
3427	>
3428	/
3429	/
3430	ταῖς λίμναις ἥ τε βύθλος καὶ ὁ Αἰγύπτιος κύαμος,
3431	2
3432	ΜΕ
3433	\
3434	Z.
3435	I
3436	>
3437	oh
3438	Lt
3439	ἐξ οὗ τὸ κιβώριον, σχεδόν τι ἰσοΐψεις ῥάβδοι
3440	ὅσον δεκάποδες. ἀλλ᾽ ἡ
3441	μὲν βύβλος ψιλὴ ῥάβδος
3442	ἐστὶν ἐπ᾽ “ἄκρῳ χαίτην ἔχουσα, ὁ δὲ κύαμος κατὰ
3443	πολλὰ μέρη φύλλα καὶ ἄνθη ἐκφέρει καὶ καρπὸν
3444	ὅμοιον τῷ παρ᾽ ἡμῖν κυάμῳ, μεγέθει μόνον καὶ
3445	γεύσει διαλλάττοντα.
3446	οἱ οὖν κυαμῶνες ἡδεῖαν
3447	ὄψιν παρέχουσι καὶ τέρψιν τοῖς ἐνενωχεῖσθαι
3448	βουλομένοις" εὐωχοῦνται δ᾽ ἐν σκάφαις θαλαμη-
3449	“
3450	΄
3451	‘
3452	/
3453	lal
3454	\
3455	γοῖς, ἐνδύνοντες εἰς TO πύκνωμα τῶν κυάμων Kal
3456	΄
3457	“
3458	΄
3459	”
3460	\
3461	/
3462	σκιαζόμενοι
3463	τοῖς
3464	φύλλοις:
3465	ἔστι
3466	yap
3467	σφόδρα
3468	μεγάλα, ὥστε καὶ ἀντὶ ποτηρίων καὶ τρυβλίων
3469	χρῆσθαι" ἔχει γάρ τινα καὶ κοιλότητα ἐπιτηδείαν
3470	πρὸς τοῦτ ov Kal δὴ καὶ ἡ ᾿Αλεξάνδρεια μεστὴ
3471	τούτων ἐστὶ κατὰ τὰ ἐργαστήρια, ὡς σκεύεσι
3472	χρωμένων" καὶ οἱ ἀγροὶ μίαν τινὰ τῶν προσόδων
3473	καὶ ταύτην ἔχουσι τὴν ἀπὸ τῶν φύλλων.
3474	ὁ μὲν
3475	A
3476	΄,
3477	lal
3478	id
3479	\
3480	΄ὔ
3481	Σ
3482	lal
3483	A
3484	>
3485	δὴ κύαμος τοιοῦτος: ἡ δὲ βύβλος ἐνταῦθα μὲν οὐ
3486	\
3487	»
3488	-
3489	πολλὴ φύεται (οὐ γὰρ
3490	ἀσκεῖται),
3491	ἐν δὲ τοῖς
3492	κάτω μέρεσι τοῦ Δέλτα πολλή, ἡ μὲν χείρων,
3493	1 Μαραιώτην ΟΠ Ελ, Μαρεῶτιν Fmozrz.
3494	1 7 ¢. drawn off from the lees, not merely once or twice, for
3495	early consumption, but time and again, with a view to age-
3496	ing it into old wine of superior quality.
3497	The special name
3498	58
p. 71
3499	GEOGRAPHY, 17. 1. 14-15
3500	breadth of more than one hundred and fifty stadia and
3501	a length of less than three hundred.
3502	It contains
3503	eight islands; and all the shores round it are well
3504	inhabited; and the vintages in this region are so
3505	good that the Mareotic wine is racked off with a
3506	view to ageing it.!
3507	15. The byblus? grows in the Aegyptian marshes
3508	and lakes, as also the Aegyptian cyamus,? from which
3509	comes the ciborium ;* and they have stalks approxi-
3510	mately equal in height, about ten feet.
3511	But whereas
3512	the byblus is a bare stock with a tuft on top, the
3513	cyamus produces leaves and flowers in many parts,
3514	and also a fruit like our cyamus, differing only in
3515	size and taste.
3516	Accordingly, the bean-fields afford a
3517	pleasing sight, and also enjoyment to those who
3518	wish to hold feasts therein.
3519	They hold feasts in
3520	cabin-boats, in which they enter the thick of the
3521	cyami and the shade of the leaves; for the leaves
3522	are
3523	so very large that they are used
3524	both
3525	for
3526	drinking-cups and for bowls, for these even have a
3527	kind of concavity suited to this purpose ; and in fact
3528	Alexandria is full of these in the work-shops, where
3529	they are used as vessels; and the farms have also
3530	this as one source of their revenues—I mean the
3531	revenue from the leaves.
3532	Such, then, is the cyamus.
3533	As for the byblus, it does not grow in large quantities
3534	here (for it is not cultivated), but it grows in large
3535	quantities in the lower parts of the Delta, one kind
3536	“ Mareotic” indicates both the quality and the wide use of
3537	this wine.
3538	? The Aegyptian papyrus,
3539	3 i.e. ‘ bean.”
3540	4 i.e. the “‘ seed-vessel,” of which drinking-cups were made
3541	(cp. Horace, Carmina 2. 7. 22).
3542	59
p. 72
3543	STRABO
3544	ἡ δὲ βελτίων, ἡ ἱερατική" κἀνταῦθα δέ τινες TOV
3545	τὰς προσόδους ἐπεκτείνειν βουλομένων μετήνεγκαν
3546	τὴν ᾿Ιουδαϊκὴν ἐντρέχειαν,, ἣν ἐκεῖνοι παρεῦρον
3547	ἐπὶ τοῦ φοίνικος (καὶ μάλιστα τοῦ καρνυωτοῦ) καὶ
3548	τοῦ βαλσάμου' οὐ γὰρ ἐῶσι πολλαχοῦ φύεσθαι,
3549	τῇ δὲ σπάνει τιμὴν ἐπιτιθέντες τὴν πρόσοδον
3550	οὕτως"
3551	αὔξουσι, τὴν δὲ κοινὴν χρείαν διαλυ-
3552	μαίνονται.
3553	16. ᾿Εν δεξιᾷ δὲ τῆς Κανωβικῆς πύλης ἐξιόντι
3554	ἡ διῶρύξ ἐστιν ἡ ἐπὶ Κάνωβον συνάπτουσα τῇ
3555	λίμνῃ" ταύτῃ δὲ καὶ ἐπὶ Σχεδίαν ὁ
3556	ὁ πλοῦς ἐπὶ τὸν
3557	μέγαν ποταμὸν καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν Κάνωβον, πρῶτον δὲ
3558	ἐπὶ τὴν ᾿λευσῖνα: ἔστι δ᾽ αὕτη κατοικία πλησίον
3559	τῆς te ᾿Αλεξανδρείας καὶ τῆς Νικοπόλεως ἐπ᾽
3560	αὐτῇ τῇ Κανωβικῇ
3561	διώρυγι
3562	κειμένη,
3563	διαίτας
3564	ἔχουσα καὶ ἀπόψεις τοῖς καπυρίζειν βουλομένοις
3565	καὶ ἀνδράσι καὶ γυναιξίν, ἀρχή τις Κανωβισμοῦ
3566	καὶ τῆς ἐκεῖ λαμυρίας.
3567	ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς ᾿Ελευσῖνος
3568	προελθοῦσι μικρὸν ἐν δεξιᾷ ἐστιν ἡ διῶρυξ ἀνά-
3569	1 For ἐντρέχειαν, Cobet conj. κακεντρέχειαν, citing 7. 3. 7.
3570	2 ὄντως CDFhnsz ; αὑτοῖς, Corais.
3571	1 7.e. the kind ‘‘ devoted to sacred purposes.”
3572	The superior
3573	quality consisted of the middle and broadest (about 93 inches)
3574	strips of the plant; but though originally called Hieratica,
3575	it was later called Augusta in honour
3576	of Augustus (see
3577	Encyclopedia Britannica, s. v. ‘* Papyrus.’
3578	* Dr. F. Zucker (Philologus 70, NE. 24, 1911, pp. 79-105)
3579	shows that the Romans established a government monopoly
3580	of Aegyptian papyrus;
3581	but his conclusion that under the
3582	Ptolemies there was no such monopoly and that Strabo’s
3583	words, “*some of those who wished to enhance the revenues,
3584	etc.,” mean that ‘‘a number of large proprietors misused their
3585	power, and through limiting the cultivation to their own
3586	60
p. 73
3587	GEOGRAPHY, 17. 1. i5-16
3588	being inferior, and the other superior, that is, the
3589	Hieratica.1
3590	And here, too, certain of those who
3591	wished to enhance the revenues adopted the shrewd
3592	practice of the
3593	Judaeans, which
3594	the latter had
3595	invented in the case of the palm tree (particularly
3596	the caryotic palm) and the balsam tree; for they do
3597	not allow the byblus to grow in many places, and
3598	because of the scarcity they set a higher price on it
3599	and thus increase the revenues, though they injure
3600	the common use of the plant.?
3601	16. On the right of the Canobic Gate, as one
3602	goes out, one comes
3603	to the canal which
3604	is con-
3605	nected with the lake and leads to Canobus;? and
3606	it
3607	is by this canal
3608	that one
3609	sails, not only to
3610	Schedia, that
3611	is, to the great river, but also
3612	to
3613	Canobus, though
3614	first
3615	to
3616	Eleusis.
3617	Eleusis
3618	is a
3619	settlement near both Alexandria and Nicopolis, is
3620	situated on the Canobic canal itself, and has lodging-
3621	places and commanding views for those who wish
3622	to engage in revelry, both men and women, and is
3623	a beginning, as it were, of the “Canobic” life* and
3624	the shamelessness there current.
3625	On proceeding a
3626	slight distance from Eleusis, and on the right, one
3627	advantage and to the injury of the public produced a rise
3628	in the price of papyrus,” is vigorously opposed by Professor
3629	J. P. Mahaffy (Hermathena,
3630	16, 1911, pp. 237-41), who
3631	rightly understands Strabo to refer to ‘‘ certain chancellors
3632	of the exchequer (διοικηταί) who had to meet a sudden demand
3633	by raising money as best they could.””
3634	However, in a later
3635	article (Philologus 74, N. F. 28, pp. 184-85) Zucker retracts
3636	his former interpretation of the passage, accepting Mahaffy’s.
3637	See also Wilcken, Papyruskunde, Grundziige I, 1, pp. 255-56.
3638	3 ie. “ connected ” indirectly, by a short tributary south-
3639	west of the city.
3640	* 2.6. the luxurious life at Canobus, which was proverbial.
3641	61
p. 74
3642	STRABO
3643	γουσα ἐπὶ τὴν Σχεδίαν.
3644	διέχει δὲ τετράσχοινον
3645	τῆς ᾿Αλεξανδρείας ἡ Σχεδία, κατοικία πόλεως,
3646	ἐν ἡ τὸ ναύσταθμον τῶν ᾿θαλαμηγῶν πλοίων, ἐφ᾽
3647	οἷς οἱ ἡγεμόνες εἰς τὴν ἄνω χώραν ἀναπλέουσιν"
3648	ἐνταῦθα δὲ καὶ τὸ τελώνιον τῶν ἄνωθεν καταγο-
3649	μένων καὶ ἀναγομένων:
3650	οὗ χάριν καὶ σχεδία
3651	ἔζευκται ἐπὶ τῷ ποταμῷ, ad ἧς καὶ τοὔνομα τῷ
3652	τόπῳ.
3653	μετὰ δὲ τὴν διώρυγα τὴν ἐπὶ Σχεδίαν
3654	ἄγουσαν ὁ ἑξῆς ἐπὶ τὸν Κάνωβον πλοῦς ἐστι
3655	παράλληλος τῇ παραλίᾳ τῇ ἀπὸ Φάρου μέχρι
3656	τοῦ Κανωβικοῦ στόματος" στενὴ “γάρ τις ταινία
3657	μεταξὺ διήκει τοῦ τε πελάγους καὶ τῆς διώρυγος,
3658	ἐν ἡ ἐστιν ἥ τε μικρὰ Ταπόσειρις μετὰ τὴν Νικό-
3659	πολιν καὶ τὸ Ζεφύριον, ἄκρα ναΐσκον ἔχουσα
3660	᾿Αρσινόης ᾿Αφροδίτης": τὸ δὲ παλαιὸν καὶ Θῶνίν
3661	τινα
3662	πόλιν
3663	ἐνταῦθά
3664	φασιν,
3665	ἐπώνυμον
3666	τοῦ
3667	βασιλέως τοῦ δεξαμένου 1 Μενέλαόν τε καὶ ᾿Ἑλένην
3668	ξενίᾳ.
3669	περὶ οὖν τῶν τῆς Ἑλένης φαρμάκων
3670	Ο 801 φησὶν οὕτως ὁ ποιητής"
3671	ἐσθλά, τά οἱ ἸΤολύδαμνα πόρεν Θῶνος παρά-
3672	κοιτις.
3673	17. Κάνωβος δ᾽ ἐστὶ πόλις ἐν εἴκοσι καὶ ἑκατὸν
3674	σταδίοις ἀπὸ Ἀλεξανδρείας πεζῇ ἰοῦσιν, ἐπώνυμος
3675	Κανώβου τοῦ Μενελάου κυβερνήτου, ἀποθανόντος
3676	αὐτόθι, ἔχουσα τὸ τοῦ Σαράπιδος ἱερὸν πολλῇ
3677	ἁγιστείᾳ τιμώμενον καὶ θεραπείας ἐκφέρον, ὥστε
3678	καὶ τοὺς ἐλλογιμωτάτους ἄνδρας πιστεύειν καὶ
3679	1 See § 24 below.
3680	2 “4.6. “raft” or ‘* pontoon bridge.”
3681	3 Thonis was situated at the Canobic mouth of the Nile,
3682	and in early times was the emporium of Aegypt (Diodorus
3683	62
p. 75
3684	GEOGRAPHY, 17. 1. 16-17
3685	comes
3686	to the canal which
3687	leads up to Schedia.
3688	Schedia is four schoeni! distant from Alexandria;
3689	it is a settlement
3690	of the city, and contains the
3691	station of the cabin-boats on which the praefects
3692	sail to Upper Aegypt.
3693	And at Schedia is also the
3694	station for paying duty on the goods brought down
3695	from above it and brought up from below it; and
3696	for this purpose,
3697	also, a schedia? has been laid
3698	across the river, from which the place has its name.
3699	After the canal which leads to Schedia, one’s next
3700	voyage, to Canobus, is parallel to that part of the
3701	coast-line which extends from Pharos to the Canobic
3702	mouth; for a narrow ribbon-like strip of land ex-
3703	tends between the sea and the canal, and on this,
3704	after Nicopolis, lies the Little Taposeiris, as also
3705	the Zephyrium, a promontory which
3706	contains
3707	a
3708	shrine of Aphrodité Arsinoé.
3709	In ancient times, it
3710	is said, there was also a city called Thonis here,’
3711	which was named
3712	after
3713	the king who received
3714	Menelaiis
3715	and Helen with
3716	hospitality.
3717	At any
3718	rate, the poet speaks of Helen’s drugs as follows:
3719	* goodly drugs which Polydamna, the wife of Thon,
3720	had given her.” 4
3721	17. Canobus is a city situated at a distance of one
3722	hundred and twenty stadia from Alexandria, if one
3723	goes on foot, and was named after Canobus, the
3724	pilot of Menelaiis, who died there.
3725	It contains the
3726	temple of Sarapis, which
3727	is honoured with great
3728	reverence and effects such cures that even the most
3729	reputable men believe in it and sleep in it—them-
3730	Siculus 1. 19); and King Thon was the warden of the
3731	Canobic mouth in the time of the Trojan war (Herodotus
3732	1. 113).
3733	4 Odyssey 4. 228,
3734	63
p. 76
3735	STRABO
3736	ἐγκοιμᾶσθαι
3737	αὐτοὺς
3738	ὑπὲρ ἑαυτῶν ἢ ἑτέρους:
3739	συγγράφουσι δέ τινες καὶ τὰς θεραπείας, ἄλλοι
3740	δὲ ἀρετὰς τῶν ἐνταῦθα λογίων.
3741	ἀντὶ πάντων
3742	δ᾽ ἐστίν ὁ τῶν πανηγυριστῶν ὄχλος τῶν ἐκ τῆς
3743	᾿Αλεξανδρείας κατιόντων τῇ διώρυγι: πᾶσα γὰρ
3744	ἡμέρα καὶ πᾶσα νὺξ πληθύει τῶν μὲν 3 ἐν τοῖς
3745	πλοιαρίοις καταυλουμένων
3746	καὶ
3747	κατορχουμένων
3748	ἀνέδην ὃ μετὰ τῆς ἐσχάτης ἀκολασίας, καὶ ἀνδρῶν
3749	καὶ γυναικῶν, τῶν δ᾽ ἐν αὐτῷ τῷ Κανώβῳ κατα-
3750	γωγὰς ἔχοντων, ἐπικειμένας. τῇ διώρυγι εὐφυεῖς
3751	πρὸς τὴν τοιαύτην ἄνεσιν καὶ εὐωχίαν.
3752	18. Μετὰ δὲ τὸν Κάνωβόν ἐστι τὸ Ἡράκλειον 3
3753	Ἡρακλέους ἔχον ἱερόν: εἶτα τὸ Κανωβικὸν στόμα
3754	καὶ ἡ ἀρχὴ τοῦ Δέλτα.
3755	τὰ δ᾽ ἐν δεξιᾷ τῆς
3756	Κανωβικῆς διώρυγος ὁ Μενελαΐτης ἐστὶ νομὸς
3757	ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ τοῦ πρώτου Πτολεμαίου καλού-
3758	μενος, οὐ μὰ Δία ἀπὸδϑ τοῦ ἥρωος, ὡς ἔνιοί φασιν,
3759	ὧν
3760	καὶ
3761	᾿Αρτεμίδωρος.
3762	μετὰ δὲ τὸ Κανωβικὸν
3763	στόμα ἐστὶ τὸ Βολβίτινον, εἶτα τὸ Σεβεννυτικὸν,
3764	καὶ τὸ Φατνιτικόν, τρίτον ὑπάρχον τῷ μεγέθει
3765	παρὰ τὰ πρῶτα δύο, οἷς ὥρισται τὸ Δέλτα" καὶ
3766	γὰρ ov ® πόρρω τῆς κορυφῆς σχίζεται εἰς τὸ ἐντὸς
3767	τοῦ Δέλτα.
3768	τῷ δὲ Φατνιτικῷ
3769	συνάπτει
3770	τὸ
3771	Μενδήσιον, εἶτα τὸ Τανιτικὸν καὶ τελευταῖον τὸ
3772	Πηλουσιακόν.
3773	ἔστι δὲ καὶ ἄλλα τούτων μεταξύ,
3774	ὡς ἂν ψευδοστόματα, ἀσημότερα:
3775	ἔχει μὲν οὖν
3776	ἀρεταλογίων CDEh, ἀρετολογίων x, τερατολογίων 1.
3777	μέν, Corais inserts.
3778	ἀνέδην h, and second hand in D; ἀναίδην other MSS.
3779	τό, after HpakAcioy Ex omit.
3780	ἀπό EF, ὑπό other MSS.
3781	ov F, οὐδέ other MSS.
3782	owe
3783	ὦ
3784	'
3785	μὸ
3786	64
p. 77
3787	GEOGRAPHY, 17. 1. 17-18
3788	selves on their own
3789	behalf or others for them.
3790	Some writers go on to record the cures, and others
3791	the virtues of the oracles there.
3792	But to balance
3793	all this is the crowd of revellers who go down from
3794	Alexandria by the canal to the public festivals ; for
3795	every day and every night is crowded with people
3796	on the boats who play the flute and dance without
3797	restraint and with extreme licentiousness, both men
3798	and women, and also with the people of Canobus
3799	itself, who have resorts situated close to the canal
3800	and adapted to relaxation and merry-making of this
3801	kind.
3802	18. After Canobus one comes to the Heracleium,
3803	which contains a temple of Heracles; and then to
3804	the Canobic mouth and the beginning of the Delta.
3805	The parts on the right of the Canobic canal are the
3806	Menelaite Nome, so called from the brother of the
3807	first Ptolemy ?—not, by heaven, from the hero, as
3808	some writers say, among whom is also Artemidorus.
3809	After the Canobie mouth one comes to the Bolbitine
3810	mouth, and then to the Sebennytic, and
3811	to the
3812	Phatnitic, which is third in size as compared with
3813	the first two,? which form the boundaries of the
3814	Delta; for not far from the vertex of the Delta the
3815	Phatnitic splits, sending a branch into the interior
3816	of the Delta.
3817	Lying close to the Phatnitic mouth
3818	is the Mendesian;
3819	and
3820	then one
3821	comes
3822	to the
3823	Tanitic, and, last of all, to the Pelusiac.
3824	There
3825	are also others in among these, pseudo-mouths as
3826	it were, which are rather insignificant.
3827	Their mouths
3828	1 Even Moses advocated this practice (16. 2. 35).
3829	2 On this Menelatis see Diodorus Siculus (20, 21-53) and
3830	Plutarch (Demetrius 15-17).
3831	8 The Canobic and Pelusiac.
3832	65
p. 78
3833	C 802 ε
3834	STRABO
3835	εἰσαγωγὰς τὰ στόματα, GAN οὐκ εὐφυεῖς οὐδὲ
3836	μεγάλοις πλοίοις, ἀλλ᾽
3837	ὑπηρετικοῖς
3838	διὰ
3839	τὸ
3840	βραχέα
3841	εἶναι καὶ ἑλώδη. μάλιστα μέντοι τῷ
3842	Κανωβικῷ στόματι ἐχρῶντο ὡς ἐμπορίῳ, τῶν
3843	κατ᾽ ᾿Αλεξάνδρειαν λιμένων ἀποκεκλειμένων
3844	ὡς
3845	προείπομεν.
3846	Μετὰ δὲ τὸ Βολβίτινον στόμα ἐπὶ
3847	πλέον
3848	ἔκκειται
3849	ταπεινὴ
3850	καὶ ἀμμώδης
3851	ἄκρα"
3852	καλεῖται δὲ "Ayvou κέρας" εἶθ᾽ ἡ Ἰ]ερσέως σκοπὴ
3853	καὶ τὸ Μιλησίων τεῖχος" πλεύσαντες γὰρ ἐπὶ
3854	Ψαμμιτίχου πριάκοντα ναυσὶ
3855	Μιλήσιοι (κατὰ
3856	Κυαξάρη δ᾽ οὗτος ἦν τὸν Μῆδον) κατέσχον εἰς τὸ
3857	στόμα τὸ Βολβίτινον, εἶτ᾽ ἐκβάντες ἐτείχισαν τὸ
3858	λεχθὲν κτίσμα" χρόνῳ δ᾽ ἀναπλεύσαντες εἰς τὸν
3859	Σαϊτικὸν νομὸν καταναυμα ἥσαντες "Tvdpwv πόλιν
3860	ἔκτισαν Ναύκρατιν οὐ πολὺ τῆς Σχεδίας ὕπερθεν.
3861	μετὰ δὲ τὸ τῶν Μηελησίων τεῖχος ἐπὶ τὸ Σεβεννυ-
3862	τικὸν προϊόντι στόμα λίμνα: εἰσίν, ὧν ἡ ἑτέρα
3863	Βουτικὴ καλεῖται ἀπὸ Βούτου πόλεως, καὶ ἡ
3864	Σεβεννυτικὴ δὲ πόλις καὶ ἡ Σάϊς, μητρόπολις τῆς
3865	κάτω χώρας, ἐν ἧἣ τιμῶσι τὴν ᾿Αθηνᾶν' ἐν δὲ τῷ
3866	ἱερῷ αὐτῆς ἡ θήκη κεῖται τοῦ ψΨαμμιτίχου.
3867	περὶ δὲ τὴν Βοῦτον καὶ Ἑρμοῦ πόλις ἐν “νήσῳ
3868	κειμένη" ἐν δὲ τῇ Βούτῳ “Λητοῦς ἐ
3869	ἐστι μαντεῖον.
3870	ΠΣ Ἐν δὲ τῇ μεσογείῳ τῇ ὑπὲρ’ τοῦ Σεβεννυ-
3871	τικοῦ καὶ Φατνιτικοῦ στόματος Kou ἐστὶ καὶ
3872	νῆσος καὶ πόλις ἐν τῷ Σεβεννυτικῷ νομῷ.
3873	ἔστι
3874	l ἀποκεκλειμένων 1), ἀποκεκλιμένων other MSS.
3875	2 προϊόντι HK, προσιόντι other MSS.
3876	1 7,e. to foreign imports (§ 6 above).
3877	2 Meaning ‘‘ Willow-Horn,” apparently.
3878	66
p. 79
3879	GEOGRAPHY, 17. 1. 18-19
3880	indeed afford entrance to boats, but are adapted, not to
3881	large boats, but to tenders only, because the mouths
3882	are shallow and marshy.
3883	It is chiefly, however,
3884	the Canobic mouth that they used as an emporium,
3885	since the harbours at Alexandria were kept closed,1
3886	as I have said before.
3887	After the Bolbitine mouth
3888	one comes to a low and sandy promontory which
3889	projects rather far into the sea; it is called Agnu-
3890	Ceras.2,
3891	And then to the Watch-tower of Perseus 4
3892	and the Wall of the Milesians; for in the time of
3893	Psammitichus (who lived in the time of Cyaxares
3894	the Mede) the Milesians, with thirty ships, put in
3895	at the Bolbitine mouth, and then, disembarking,
3896	fortified with a wall the above-mentioned settle-
3897	ment; but in time they sailed up into the Saitic
3898	Nome, defeated the city Inaros in a naval fight, and
3899	founded Naucratis, not far above Schedia.
3900	After
3901	the Wall of the Milesians, as one proceeds towards
3902	the Sebennytic mouth, one comes to two lakes, one
3903	of which, Buticé, has its name from the city Butus,
3904	and also to the Sebennytic city, and to Sais, the
3905	metropolis of the lower country, in which Athena
3906	is worshipped; and in her temple lies the tomb of
3907	Psammitichus.
3908	In the neighbourhood of Butus is
3909	also an Hermupolis,4 which is situated on an island ;
3910	and in Butus there is an oracle of Leto.®
3911	19. In the interior above the Sebennytic and
3912	Phatnitic mouths lies Xois, both an island and a
3913	city, in the Sebennytic Nome.
3914	Here, also, are an
3915	3 Herodotus (2. 15) appears to place the watch-tower at
3916	the Canobic mouth.
3917	4 «¢City of Hermes.”
3918	5 On Leto’s shrine and oracle in Butus, see Herodotus
3919	2. 155.
3920	67
p. 80
3921	STRABO
3922	δὲ καὶ Ἑρμοῦ πόλις καὶ Λύκου πόλις καὶ Μένδης,
3923	ὅπου τὸν Πᾶνα τιμῶσι καὶ τῶν ξῴων τράγον'
3924	ὡς δὲ Πίνδαρός φησιν, οἱ τράγοι ἐνταῦθα γυναιξὶ
3925	μίγνυνται"
3926	Μένδητα παρὰ κρημνὸν θαλάσσης,
3927	ἔσχατον Νείλου κέρας, αἰγιβάται
3928	ὅθι τράγοι γυναιξὶ μίσγονται.1
3929	πλησίον δὲ Μένδητος καὶ Διὸς πόλις καὶ αἱ περὶ
3930	αὐτὴν λίμναι καὶ Λεοντόπολις"
3931	εἶτ᾽ ἀπωτέρω ἡ
3932	Βούσιρις πόλις ἐν τῷ Βουσιρίτῃ νομῷ καὶ Κυνὸς
3933	πόλις.
3934	φησὶ δ᾽ ᾿Βρατοσθένης κοινὸν μὲν εἶναι
3935	τοῖς βαρβάροις πᾶσιν ἔθος τὴν ξενηλασίαν, τοὺς
3936	δ᾽ Αἰγυπτίους ἐλέγχεσθαι
3937	διὰ τῶν περὶ τὸν
3938	Βούσιριν μεμυθευμένων ἐν τῷ Βουσιρίτῃ νομῷ,
3939	διαβάλλειν τὴν ἀξενίαν βουλομένων τοῦ τόπου
3940	τούτου τῶν ὕστερον, οὐ βασιλέως, μὰ Δία, οὐδὲ
3941	τυράννου γενομένου τινὸς Βουσίριδος:
3942	προσεπι-
3943	φημισθῆναι δὲ καὶ τὸ
3944	Αἴγυπτόνδ᾽ ἰέναι Ege ὁδὸν ἀργαλέην τε,
3945	προσλαμβάνοντος πρὸς τοῦτο πάμπολυ καὶ τοῦ
3946	ἀλιμένου καὶ τοῦ μηδὲ τὸν ὄντα λιμένα ἀνεῖσθαι
3947	τὸν πρὸς τῇ Φάρῳ, φρουρεῖσθαι δ᾽ ὑπὸ βουκόλων
3948	λῃστῶν
3949	ἐπιτιθεμένων
3950	τοῖς
3951	προσορμιζομένοις"
3952	Καρχηδονίους δὲ καταποντοῦν, εἴ τις τῶν ξένων
3953	εἰς Σαρδὼ παραπλεύσειεν ἢ ἐπὶ Στήλας- διὰ δὲ
3954	1 The words Μένδητα.
3955	.
3956	. μίσγονται are not found in EF.
3957	Kramer and later editors reject them.
3958	1 “City of Lycus.”
3959	2 Frag. 201 (215), Schroeder.
3960	3 So Herodotus
3961	(2. 46), who also says that ‘‘In the
3962	Aegyptian language both the he-goat and Pan are called
3963	‘Mendes.’”
3964	68
p. 81
3965	GEOGRARENYS τὴ: τ τὸ
3966	Hermupolis and a Lycupolis,! and Mendes, at which
3967	place they worship Pan and, among animals, a he-
3968	goat; and, as Pindar?
3969	says, the he-goats have inter-
3970	course with women there:?
3971	“ Mendes, along the
3972	crag of the sea, farthermost horn of the Nile, where
3973	the goat-mounting he-goats have intercourse with
3974	women.”
3975	Near Mendes lie also a Diospolis* and
3976	the lakes in its neighbourhood and Leontopolis
3977	; ὃ
3978	and then, at a greater distance, the city Busiris
3979	in the Busirite Nome, and Cynospolis.6
3980	According
3981	to Eratosthenes, the expulsion of foreigners
3982	is a
3983	custom common
3984	to all
3985	barbarians, and
3986	yet the
3987	Aegyptians are condemned
3988	for this fault because
3989	of the myths which
3990	have been circulated
3991	about
3992	Busiris in connection with the Busirite Nome,’ since
3993	the later writers wish falsely to malign the inhospi-
3994	tality of this place, although, by heavens, no king
3995	or tyrant named Busiris ever existed; and, he says,
3996	the poet’s words are also constantly cited—‘‘to go
3997	to Aegypt, long and painful journey’’—the want
3998	of harbours contributing very much to this opinion,
3999	as also the fact that even the harbour which Aegypt
4000	did have, the one at Pharos, gave no access, but was
4001	guarded by shepherds who were pirates and who
4002	attacked those who tried to bring ships to anchor
4003	there;
4004	and the Carthaginians likewise, he adds,
4005	used to drown in the sea any foreigners who sailed
4006	past their country to Sardo8 or to the Pillars, and
4007	4 “City of Zeus.”
4008	5 «Vion City.”
4009	8 “Dog’s City.”
4010	7 The mythical king Busiris sacrificed all foreigners who
4011	entered Aegypt, but at last was slain by Heracles (Apollo-
4012	dorus 2. 5. 11).
4013	8 Sardinia.
4014	69
p. 82
4015	C 803
4016	STRABO
4017	“ἘΦ
4018	>
4019	΄-
4020	Ν
4021	Ν
4022	lal
4023	e
4024	la
4025	Ν
4026	ταῦτ ἀπιστεῖσθαι τὰ πολλὰ τῶν ἑσπερίων" καὶ
4027	τοὺς Πέρσας δὲ κακῶς ἡγεῖσθαι τοῖς πρέσβεσι
4028	τὰς ὁδοὺς κύκλῳ καὶ διὰ δυσκόλων.
4029	20. Συνάπτει δὲ καὶ ὁ ᾿Αθριβίτης νομὸς καὶ
4030	΄
4031	ς
4032	Αθριβις πόλις καὶ ἔτι ὁ ἹΙροσωπίτης νομός, ἐν
4033	2
4034	ε
4035	\
4036	\
4037	\
4038	΄
4039	@ ᾿Αφροδίτης
4040	πόλις.
4041	ὑπὲρ
4042	δὲ τὸ Μενδήσιον
4043	στόμα καὶ τὸ Τανιτικὸν λίμνη μεγάλη καὶ ὁ
4044	Μενδήσιός ἐστι νομὸς καὶ ὁ Λεοντοπολίτης καὶ
4045	πόλις ᾿Αφροδίτης καὶ ὁ Φαρβητίτης νομός" εἶτα
4046	τὸ Τανιτικὸν στόμα, ὅ τίνες Σαϊτικὸν λέγουσι,
4047	καὶ ὁ Τανίτης νομὸς καὶ πόλις ἐν αὐτῷ μεγάλη
4048	Tams.
4049	21. Μεταξὺ δὲ τοῦ Tavitixod καὶ τοῦ IInXov-
4050	σιακοῦ λίμναι καὶ ἕλη μεγάλα καὶ συνεχῆ κώμας
4051	ἣΝ
4052	Μ
4053	\
4054	Sh
4055	LAN
4056	\
4057	\
4058	΄
4059	΄
4060	πολλὰς ἔχοντα: καὶ αὐτὸ δὲ τὸ Πηλούσιον κύκλῳ
4061	περικείμενα ἔχει ἕλη, ἅ τινες Βάραθρα καλοῦσι,
4062	καὶ τέλματα:
4063	ὠκισται
4064	δ᾽ ἀπὸ
4065	θαλάττης
4066	ἐν
4067	πλείοσιν ἢ εἴκοσι σταδίοις, τὸν δὲ κύκλον ἔχει
4068	τοῦ τείχους σταδίων εἴκοσιν: ὠνόμασται δ᾽ ἀπὸ
4069	τοῦ πηλοῦ καὶ τῶν τελμάτων.
4070	ταύτῃ δὲ καὶ
4071	/
4072	/
4073	>
4074	e
4075	Μ
4076	>
4077	La)
4078	e
4079	a
4080	δυσείσβολός ἐστιν
4081	ἡ Αἴγυπτος ἐκ τῶν ἑωθινῶν
4082	τόπων τῶν κατὰ Φοινίκην καὶ τὴν ᾿Ιουδαίαν, καὶ
4083	5»
4084	fol
4085	,
4086	,
4087	\
4088	fol
4089	Ty
4090	/
4091	4
4092	3
4093	\
4094	ἐκ τῆς ᾿Αραβίας δὲ τῆς Ναβαταίων, ἥπερ ἐστὶ
4095	προσεχής" διὰ τούτων ἐπὶ τὴν Αἴγυπτον ἡ ὁδός.
4096	ἡ δὲ μεταξὺ τοῦ Νείλου καὶ τοῦ ᾿Αραβίου κόλπου
4097	᾿Αραβία μέν ἐστι, καὶ ἐπί γε τῶν ἄκρων αὐτῆς
4098	t/
4099	ἊΝ
4100	/
4101	,’
4102	5.
4103	Μ
4104	“
4105	/
4106	>
4107	ἵδρυται τὸ Ἰ]ηλούσιον, ἀλλ ἔρημος ἅπασά ἐστι
4108	καὶ ἄβατος στρατοπέδῳ.
4109	ὁ δὲ μεταξὺ ἰσθμὸς
4110	Πηλουσίου καὶ τοῦ μυχοῦ τοῦ καθ᾽ Ἡρώων πόλιν
4111	χιλίων. μέν ἐστι σταδίων,
4112	ὡς δὲ Ποσειδώνιός
4113	1 χιλίων (as in 1. 2. 29 and Herodotus 2. 158, 4 11),
4114	Epitome and editors, for ἐννακοσίω:.
4115	70
p. 83
4116	GEOGRAPHY, 17. 1. 19-21
4117	it is for this reason that most of the stories told
4118	about
4119	the
4120	west
4121	are
4122	disbelieved;
4123	and
4124	also the
4125	Persians, he says, would treacherously guide the
4126	ambassadors over roundabout
4127	roads and through
4128	difficult regions.
4129	20. Bordering on this Nome is the Athribite Nome
4130	and the city Athribis, and also the Prosopite Nome,
4131	in which is a City of Aphrodité.
4132	Above the Men-
4133	desian and Tanitic mouths lie a large lake and the
4134	Mendesian and Leontopolite Nomes and a City of
4135	Aphrodité and the Pharbetite Nome; and then one
4136	comes to the Tanitic mouth, which some call Saitic,
4137	and to the Tanite Nome, and to Tanis, a large city
4138	therein.
4139	21. Between the Tanitic and Pelusiac mouths lie
4140	lakes, and large and continuous marshes which con-
4141	tain many villages.
4142	Pelusium itself also has marshes
4143	lying all round it, which by some are called Barathra,!
4144	and muddy ponds; its settlement lies at a distance of
4145	more than twenty stadia from the sea, the wall has
4146	a circuit of twenty stadia, and it has its name from
4147	the pelos? and the muddy ponds.
4148	Here, too, Aegypt
4149	is difficult to enter, I mean from the eastern regions
4150	about Phoenicia and Judaea, and from the Arabia of
4151	the Nabataeans, which is next to Aegypt; these are
4152	the regions which the road to Aegypt traverses. The
4153	country between the Nile and the Arabian Gulf is
4154	Arabia, and at its extremity is situated Pelusium ;
4155	but the whole of it is desert, and impassable for an
4156	army. The isthmus between Pelusium and the recess
4157	of the gulf at Herodnpolis® is one thousand stadia,
4158	but, according to Poseidonius, less than one thousand
4159	EOP iiss
4160	2 Ὁ δὲ mud.”
4161	3 “City of Heroes.”
4162	71
p. 84
4163	STRABO
4164	φησιν, ἐλαττόνων ἢ χιλίων Kal πεντακοσίων"
4165	πρὸς δὲ τῷ ἄνυδρος εἶναι καὶ ἀμμώδης ἑρπετῶν
4166	pices ἔχει τῶν ἀμμοδυτῶν.
4167	22. ᾿Απὸ δὲ Σχεδίας ἀναπλέουσιν ἐπὶ Διέμφιν
4168	ἐν δεξιᾷ μέν εἰσι πάμπολλαι κῶμαι μέχρι τῆς
4169	Μαρείας" λίμνης, ὧν ἐστι καὶ ἡ Χαβρίου κώμη
4170	καλουμένη" ἐπὶ δὲ τῷ ποταμῷ “Ερμοῦ πόλις ἐστίν"
4171	εἷτα Γυναικῶν πόλις καὶ νομὸς Γυναικοπολίτης"
4172	ἐφεξῆς δὲ Μώμεμφις
4173	καὶ Μωμεμφίτης
4174	νομός"
4175	μεταξὺ δὲ διώρυγες πλείους εἰς τὴν Μαρεῶτιν.
4176	οἱ δὲ Μωμεμφῖται τὴν ᾿Αφροδίτην τιμῶσι, καὶ
4177	τρέφεται θήλεια βοῦς ἱερά, καθάπερ ἐν “Μέμφει
4178	ὁ ἾΑπις, ἐν Ἡλίου δὲ πόλει ὁ Μνεῦις: οὗτοι μὲν
4179	οὖν θεοὶ νομίζονται, οἱ δὲ παρὰ τοῖς ἄλλοις (παρὰ
4180	πολλοῖς γὰρ δὴ ἔν τε τῷ Δέλτα καὶ ἔξω. αὐτοῦ
4181	τοῖς μὲν ἄρρην, τοῖς δὲ θήλεια τρέφεται), οὗτοι δὲ
4182	θεοὶ μὲν οὐ νομίζονται, ἱεροὶ δέ.
4183	23. Ὑπὲρ δὲ Μωμέμφεώς
4184	εἰσι δύο νιτρίαι
4185	πλεῖστον
4186	νίτρον
4187	ἔχουσαι
4188	καὶ
4189	νομὸς Νιτριώ-
4190	της.
4191	τιμᾶται
4192	δ᾽ ἐνταῦθα ὁ Σάραπις καὶ παρὰ
4193	μόνοις τούτοις
4194	θύεται
4195	ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ πρόβατον:
4196	πλησίον. δὲ καὶ ἐνταῦθα
4197	πόλις Μενέλαος, ἐν
4198	ἀριστερᾷ δὲ ἐν τῷ Δέλτα ἐπὶ μὲν τῷ ποταμῷ
4199	Ναύκρατις, ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ ποταμοῦ δίσχοινον διέ.
4200	χουσα ἡ Σάϊς" καὶ μικρὸν ταύτης ὕπερθε τὸ τοῦ
4201	Ὀσίριδος
4202	ἄσυλον,
4203	ἐν ᾧ κεῖσθαι τὸν Ὄσιρίν
4204	φασιν.
4205	ἀμφισβητοῦσι 'δὲ τούτου πολλοί, καὶ
4206	μάλιστα οἱ τὰς Φιλὰς οἰκοῦντες τὰς ὑπὲρ Συήνης
4207	1 Μαρείας E, Σαμαρείας Dh, Σαμαρίας CF, Μαρίας πιοδισα.
4208	1 «City of Women.”
4209	2 “<City of the Sun.”
4210	72
p. 85
4211	GEOGRAPHY, 17. 1. 21-23
4212	five hundred; and in addition to its being waterless
4213	and sandy, it contains a multitude of reptiles, the
4214	sand-burrowers.
4215	22. From Schedia, as one sails towards Memphis,
4216	there are, on
4217	the right, a very large number of
4218	villages, extending as far as Lake Mareia, among
4219	which is the Village of Chabrias, as it is called;
4220	and, on the river, one comes to an Hermupolis, and
4221	then
4222	to Gynaeconpolis! and the Gynaeconpolite
4223	Nome, and, next in order, to Momemphis and the
4224	Momemphite Nome; but in the interval there are
4225	several canals which empty into Lake Mareotis.
4226	The
4227	Momemphitae honour Aphrodité ; and a sacred cow
4228	is kept there, as is Apis in Memphis and Mneuis
4229	in Heliupolis.2
4230	Now these animals are regarded as
4231	gods, but those in the other places (for in many
4232	places, indeed, both in the Delta and outside of it,
4233	either a bull or cow is kept)—those others, I say,
4234	are not regarded as gods, though they are held
4235	sacred.
4236	23. Above Momemphis are two nitre-beds, which
4237	contain
4238	very large quantities
4239	of nitre,? and the
4240	Nitriote Nome.
4241	Here Sarapis is held in honour ;
4242	and they are the only people in Aegypt who sacrifice
4243	a sheep.
4244	Near by, and
4245	in this Nome, is a city
4246	Menelaiis;
4247	and on
4248	the
4249	left, in the
4250	Delta, lies
4251	Naucratis, which is on the river, whereas Sais lies
4252	at a distance of two schoeni from the river. A little
4253	above Sais is the asylum of Osiris, in which the body
4254	of Osiris is said to lie ; but many lay claim to this,
4255	and particularly the inhabitants of the Philae which
4256	3 The ancients meant by ‘‘ nitre’’native sodium carbonate,
4257	not potassium nitrate (saltpetre), the present meaning. Pliny
4258	(31. 6) mentions the various kinds and their uses.
4259	73
p. 86
4260	C 804
4261	STRABO
4262	και τῆς ᾿Ελεφαντίνης.
4263	μυθεύουσι γὰρ δή, διότι
4264	ἡ ‘lows κατὰ πολλοὺς τόπους κατὰ γῆς θείη
4265	σοροὺς τοῦ ᾿Οσίριδος (μία δὲ τούτων ἦν ἔχουσα
4266	τὸν "Οσιριν, ἀφανὴς πᾶσι), τοῦτο
4267	δὲ πράξειε
4268	λαθεῖν
4269	βουλομένη
4270	τὸν Τυφῶνα, μὴ ἐπελθὼν
4271	ἐκρίψειε τὸ σῶμα τῆς θήκης.
4272	24. ᾿Απὸ μὲν δὴ τῆς ᾿Αλεξανδρείας ἐπὶ τὴν
4273	τοῦ Δέλτα κορυφὴν αὕτη ἡ περιήγησις, φησὶ δ᾽ ὁ )
4274	᾿Αρτεμίδωρος σχοίνων ὀκτὼ καὶ εἴκοσι τὸν ἀνά-
4275	πλουν,
4276	τοῦτο
4277	δ᾽
4278	εἶναι σταδίους
4279	ὀκτακοσίους
4280	τετταράκοντα, λογιζόμενος τριακονταστάδιον τὴν
4281	σχοῖνον'᾽ ἡμῖν μέντοι πλέουσιν ἄλλοτ᾽ ἄχλῳ
4282	μέτρῳ χρώμενοι τῶν σχοίνων ἀπεδίδοσαν τὰ
4283	ιαστήματα, ὥστε καὶ τετταράκοντα σταδίους καὶ
4284	ἔτι
4285	μείζους κατὰ
4286	τόπους
4287	ὁμολογεῖσθαι
4288	παρ᾽
4289	αὐτῶν.
4290	καὶ διότι παρὰ τοῖς Αἰγυπτίοις ἄστατόν
4291	ἐστι τὸ τῆς σχοίνου μέτρον, αὐτὸς ὁ ᾿Αρτεμί-
4292	δωρος ἐν τοῖς ἑξῆς δηλοῖ. ἀπὸ μὲν γὰρ 1 Μέμφεως
4293	μέχρι Θηβαΐδος τὴν σχοῖνον ἑκάστην φησὶν εἶναι
4294	ΒΕ
4295	τ τον ἑκατὸν εἴκοσιν, ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς Θηβαΐδος
4296	μέχρι Συήνης ἑξήκοντα, ἀπὸ δὲ Πηλουσίου πρὸς
4297	τὴν αὐτὴν ἀναπλέουσι κορυφὴν σχοίνους μὲν
4298	πέντε καὶ εἴκοσί φησι, σταδίους δὲ ἑπτακοσίους
4299	πεντήκοντα, τῷ αὐτῷ μέτρῳ χρησάμενος.
4300	πρώτην
4301	δ᾽ ἐκ τοῦ Πηλουσίου προελθοῦσιν εἶναι διώρυγα
4302	τὴν πληροῦσαν τὰς
4303	κατὰ τὰ ἕλη καλουμένας
4304	λίμνας, αἱ δύο μέν εἰσιν, ἐν ἀριστερᾷ δὲ κεῖνται
4305	τοῦ μεγάλου ποταμοῦ ὑπὲρ τὸ Πηλούσιον ἐν τῇ
4306	;
4307	/
4308	\
4309	”
4310	\
4311	/
4312	4
4313	ἥν
4314	΄,
4315	Ἀραβίᾳ: καὶ ἄλλας δὲ λέγει λίμνας καὶ διώρυγας
4316	1 So Diodorus Siculus (1. 22. 8).
4317	74
p. 87
4318	GEOGRAPHY, 17. 1. 23-24
4319	is situated above Syené and Elephantiné;! for they
4320	tell the mythical story, namely, that Isis? placed
4321	coffins of Osiris beneath the earth in several places
4322	(but only one of them, and that unknown to all,
4323	contained the body of Osiris), and that she did this
4324	because she wished to hide the body from Typhon,®
4325	fearing that he might find it and cast it out of its
4326	tomb.
4327	24. Now this is the full description of the country
4328	from Alexandria to the vertex of the Delta; and,
4329	according to Artemidorus, the voyage up the river
4330	is twenty-eight schoeni, that is, eight hundred and
4331	forty stadia, reckoning the schoenus at thirty stadia.
4332	When
4333	I made
4334	the voyage, however, they used
4335	different measures
4336	at different times when
4337	they
4338	gave the distances, so that even forty stadia, or
4339	still
4340	more,
4341	was
4342	the
4343	accepted
4344	measure
4345	of
4346	the
4347	schoenus, according to the place.
4348	That the measure
4349	of the schoenus among the Aegyptians is unstable
4350	is made clear by Artemidorus himself in his next
4351	statement;
4352	for from
4353	Memphis
4354	to Thebais
4355	each
4356	schoenus, he says,
4357	is one
4358	hundred
4359	and twenty
4360	stadia, and from Thebais
4361	to Syené sixty, and, as
4362	one sails up from Pelusium to the same vertex of
4363	the Delta, the distance, he
4364	says,
4365	is twenty-five
4366	schoeni, that
4367	is, seven
4368	hundred and fifty stadia,
4369	using the same measure.
4370	The first canal, as one
4371	proceeds from Pelusium, he says, is the one which
4372	fills the Marsh-lakes, as they are called, which are
4373	two in number and lie on the left of the great river
4374	above Pelusium in Arabia; and he also speaks of
4375	* This goddess was both sister and wife of Osiris.
4376	3 Typhon came to be identified with the eeupien god
4377	‘Set ” (brother of Osiris and Isis), who murdered
4378	Osiris.
4379	75
p. 88
4380	STRABO
4381	>
4382	“
4383	>
4384	lal
4385	/
4386	»Μ
4387	“
4388	/
4389	»Μ
4390	\
4391	ἐν τοῖς αὐτοῖς μέρεσιν ἔξω τοῦ Δέλτα.
4392	ἔστι δὲ
4393	Ν
4394	©
4395	καὶ νομὸς Σεθρωίτης παρὰ τὴν ἑτέραν λίμνην" ἕνα
4396	δὲ τῶν δέκα τῶν ἐν τῷ Δέλτα διαριθμεῖται καὶ
4397	lal
4398	=
4399	>
4400	δὲ
4401	\
4402	>
4403	\
4404	rh
4405	’ὔ
4406	/
4407	TOUTOV’
4408	εἰς
4409	δὲ Tas αὐτὰς
4410	λίμνας συμβάλλουσι
4411	καὶ ἄλλαι δύο διώρυγες.
4412	"Ἄλλη δ᾽ ἐστὶν ἐκδιδοῦσα εἰς τὴν ᾿Ερυθρὰν
4413	\
4414	\
4415	b)
4416	΄
4417	/
4418	V2
4419	pf
4420	3
4421	‘
4422	καὶ τὸν ᾿Αράβιον κόλπον κατὰ 5 πόλιν ᾿Αρσινόην,
4423	a
4424	vv
4425	/
4426	lal
4427	“
4428	\
4429	\
4430	ἣν ἔνιοι Κλεοπατρίδα καλοῦσι.
4431	διαρρεῖ δὲ Kai
4432	διὰ τῶν πικρῶν καλουμένων λιμνῶν, αἱ πρότερον
4433	μὲν ἧσαν πικραί, τμηθείσης δὲ τῆς διώρυγος τῆς
4434	λεχθείσης μετεβάλοντο 3 τῇ κράσει τοῦ ποταμοῦ,
4435	καὶ νῦν εἰσιν εὔοψοι, μεσταὶ δὲ καὶ τῶν λιμναίων
4436	ὀρνέων.
4437	ἐτμήθη δὲ ὁ ἡ διῶρυξ κατ᾽ pie pev
4438	ὑπὸ Σεσώστριος πρὸ τῶν Τρωικῶν"
4439	δὲ ὑπὸ
4440	,
4441	τοῦ Ψαμμιτίχου παιδός, apEapevou ΠΩΣ εἶτ᾽
4442	CG
4443	\
4444	a
4445	ἐκλιπόντος Tov βίον" ὕστερον δὲ ὑπὸ Δαρείου τοῦ
4446	πρώτου, διαδεξαμένου τὸ ἑξῆς ἔργον.
4447	καὶ οὗτος
4448	δὲ δόξῃ ψευδεῖ πεισθεὶς ἀφῆκε τὸ ἔργον περὶ
4449	συντέλειαν ἤδη" ἐπείσθη γὰρ μετεωροτέραν εἶναι
4450	τὴν ᾿Ερυθρὰν θάλατταν
4451	τῆς Αἰγύπτου καί, εἰ
4452	/
4453	a
4454	e
4455	X33:
4456	,
4457	>
4458	΄
4459	διακοπείη πᾶς ὁ μεταξὺ ἰσθμός, ἐπικλυσθήσεσθαι
4460	τῇ θαλάττῃ τὴν Αἴγυπτον" οἱ μέντοι Ἰ]τολεμαϊκοὶ
4461	a
4462	\
4463	Ν
4464	βασιλεῖς
4465	διακόψαντες
4466	κλειστὸν
4467	ἐποίησαν
4468	τὸν
4469	εὔριπον, ὥστε, ὅτε βούλοιντο, ἐκπλεῖν ἀκωλύτως
4470	εἰς τὴν ἔξω θάλατταν καὶ εἰσπλεῖν πάλιν.
4471	εἴρηται
4472	1 τὰς αὐτάς Groskurd, for ταύτας τάς Ex, τοσαύτας other
4473	MSS.
4474	So Kramer and later editors.
4475	2 κατά, Brequigny, for kal; so the editors.
4476	3 μετεβαλοντο, x and the editors, for μετεβάλλοντο.
4477	4 Dhi insert καί before 7%.
4478	1 The others are named in §§ 18-20 above.
4479	Pliny (5. 9)
4480	names still more.
4481	76
p. 89
4482	GEOGRAPHY, 17. 1. 24-25
4483	other lakes and canals in the same regions outside
4484	the Delta.
4485	There is also the Sethroite Nome by
4486	the second lake, although he counts this Nome too
4487	as one of the ten! in the Delta; and two other
4488	canals meet in the same lakes.
4489	25. There
4490	is another canal which empties into
4491	the Red Sea and the Arabian Gulf near the city
4492	Arsinoé, a city which some call Cleopatris.
4493	It flows
4494	also through the Bitter Lakes, as they are called,
4495	which were indeed bitter in earlier times, but when
4496	the above-mentioned canal was cut they underwent
4497	a change because of the mixing with the river,
4498	and now are well supplied with fish and full also
4499	of aquatic
4500	birds.
4501	The
4502	canal
4503	was
4504	first
4505	cut by
4506	Sesostris before the Trojan War—though some say
4507	by the son of Psammitichus,? who only began the
4508	work
4509	and then died—and later by Dareius
4510	the
4511	First,3 who succeeded to the next work done upon
4512	it.
4513	But he, too, having been persuaded by a false
4514	notion, abandoned the work when
4515	it was already
4516	near completion;
4517	for he was persuaded that the
4518	Red Sea was higher than Aegypt, and that if the
4519	intervening isthmus were cut all the way through,
4520	Aegypt would be inundated
4521	by the
4522	sea.
4523	The
4524	Ptolemaic kings,* however, cut through it and made
4525	the strait a closed passage,> so that when they
4526	wished they could sail out without hindrance into
4527	the outer
4528	sea
4529	and
4530	sail
4531	in again.
4532	But
4533	I have
4534	2 i.e. by Necos (Diodorus Siculus 1. 33. 9), or Necho, who
4535	lost 120,000 men in the effort (Herodotus 2. 158).
4536	3 So Diodorus Siculus (1. 33. 9).
4537	4 «Ptolemy IL” (Diodorus Siculus 1. 33. 11).
4538	5 « At the most advantageous place he built a cleverly
4539	contrived barrier” (Diodorus Siculus 1. 33. 11).
4540	77
p. 90
4541	STRABO
4542	δὲ καὶ περὶ τῆς τῶν ὑδάτων ἐπιφανείας καὶ ἐν τοῖς
4543	πρώτοις ὑπομνήμασι.
4544	20. Πλησίον δὲ τῆς Apawons καὶ ἡ τῶν Ἡρώων
4545	ἐστὶ πόλις καὶ ἡ “Κλεοπατρὶς ἐν τῷ μυχῷ τοῦ
4546	C 805 ᾿Αραβίου κόλπου τῷ aoe Αἴγυπτον καὶ λιμένες καὶ
4547	κατοικίαι διώρυγές TE * πλείους Kal λίμναι πλησιά-
4548	ζουσαι τούτοις" ἐνταῦθα δ᾽ ἐστὶ καὶ ὁ Φαγρωριο-
4549	πολίτης νομὸς καὶ πόλις Φαγρωριόπολις.
4550	ἡ δὲ
4551	ἀρχὴ τῆς διώρυγος τῆς ἐκδιδούσης εἰς τὴν ᾿Ερυθρὰν
4552	ἀπὸ κώμης ἄρχεται Φακούσσης, ἡ
4553	ἧ συνεχής. ἐστι καὶ
4554	ἡ Φίλωνος κώμη" πλάτος δ᾽ ἔχει πηχῶν ἑκατὸν ἡ
4555	διῶρυξ, βάθος δ᾽ ὅσον ἀρκεῖν μυριοφόρῳ νηί οὗτοι
4556	δ᾽ οἱ τόποι πλησιάζουσι τῇ κορυφῇ τοῦ Δέλτα.
4557	27. Αὐτοῦ δὲ καὶ ἡ Βούβαστος πόλις καὶ ὁ
4558	Βουβαστίτης νομός:
4559	καὶ ὑπὲρ αὐτὸν ὁ Ἥλιο-
4560	πολίτης νομός.
4561	ἐνταῦθα δ᾽ ἐστὶν ἡ τοῦ Ἡλίου
4562	πόλις ἐπὶ χώματος ἀξιολόγου κειμένη, τὸ ἱερὸν
4563	ἔχουσα τοῦ Ἡλίου καὶ τὸν βοῦν τὸν Μνεῦιν ἐν
4564	σηκῷ τινι τρεφόμενον, ὃ
4565	ὃς παρ᾽ αὐτοῖς νενόμισται
4566	εός, ὥσπερ καὶ ἐν Μέμφει ὁ "Anis.
4567	πρόκεινται
4568	δὲ τοῦ χώματος λίμναι, τὴν ἀνάχυσιν ἐκ τῆς
4569	πλησίον διώρυγος ἔχουσαι.
4570	νυνὶ μὲν οὖν ἐστι
4571	πανέρημος ἡ πόλις, τὸ ἱερὸν ἔχουσα τῷ Αὐγυπτίῳ
4572	τρόπῳ κατεσκευασμένον
4573	ἀρχαῖον, ἔχον πολλὰ
4574	τεκμήρια τῆς Καμβύσου μανίας καὶ ἱεροσυλίας,
4575	ὃς τὰ μὲν πυρί, τὰ δὲ σιδήρῳ διελωβᾶτο τῶν
4576	ἱερῶν, ἀκρωτηριάζων καὶ περικαίων, καθάπερ καὶ
4577	τοὺς ὀβελίσκους"
4578	ὧν δύο καὶ εἰς Ῥώμην ἐκο-
4579	μίσθησαν οἱ μὴ KEKAK@MEVOL τελέως, ἄλλοι δ᾽ εἰσὶ
4580	κἀκεῖ καὶ ἐν Θήβαις, τῇ νῦν Διοσπόλει, οἱ μὲν
4581	ἑστῶτες ἀκμὴν πυρίβρωτοι, ο οἱ δὲ καὶ κείμενοι.
4582	1 +e, Corais, for δέ; so the later editors.
4583	78
p. 91
4584	GEOGRAPHY, 17. τ. 25-27
4585	already discussed the levels of the bodies of water
4586	in my first commentaries.?
4587	26. Near Arsinoé one comes also to Heroédnpolis
4588	and Cleopatris, in the recess of the Arabian Gulf
4589	towards Aegypt, and to harbours and settlements,
4590	and near there, to several canals and lakes.
4591	Here,
4592	too, is the Phagroriopolite Nome and the city Pha-
4593	groriopolis.
4594	The canal which empties into the Red
4595	Sea begins at Phacussa, a village, to which the Village
4596	of Philo is contiguous; the canal has a breadth of
4597	one hundred cubits and a depth sufficient for very
4598	large merchant-vessels; and these places are near
4599	the vertex of the Delta.
4600	27. Here are both the city Bubastus and the
4601	Bubastite Nome; and above it is the Heliopolite
4602	Nome.
4603	In
4604	this Nome
4605	is Heliupolis,
4606	which
4607	is
4608	situated upon a noteworthy mound ; it contains the
4609	temple of Helios, and the ox Mneuis, which is kept
4610	in a kind of sanctuary and is regarded among the
4611	inhabitants as god, as is Apis in Memphis.
4612	In front
4613	of the mound are lakes, which receive the overflow
4614	from the neighbouring
4615	canal.
4616	The city is now
4617	entirely deserted;
4618	it contains the ancient temple
4619	constructed in the Aegyptian manner, which affords
4620	many evidences of the madness and sacrilege of
4621	Cambyses, who partly by fire and partly by iron
4622	sought to outrage the temples, mutilating them and
4623	burning them on every side, just as he did with the
4624	obelisks.
4625	Two of these, which were not completely
4626	spoiled, were brought to Rome, but others are either
4627	still there or at Thebes, the present Diospolis—
4628	some still standing, thoroughly eaten by the fire, and
4629	others lying on the ground.
4630	1}. 1. 20and i. 3. 8 ff
4631	79
p. 92
4632	C 806
4633	STRABO
4634	28. Τῆς δὲ κατασκευῆς τῶν ἱερῶν ἡ διάθεσις
4635	\
4636	\
4637	\
4638	τοιαύτη: κατὰ τὴν εἰσβολὴν τὴν εἰς TO τέμενος
4639	λιθόστρωτόν
4640	ἐστιν ἔδαφος,
4641	πλάτος μὲν ὅσον
4642	πλεθριαῖον ἢ καὶ ἔλαττον, μῆκος δὲ καὶ τρι-
4643	πλάσιον καὶ τετραπλάσιον, ἔστιν ὅπου καὶ μεῖζον"
4644	cal
4645	\
4646	r
4647	/
4648	/
4649	Vi;
4650	καλεῖται δὲ τοῦτο δρόμος, καθάπερ Καλλίμαχος
4651	εἴρηκεν"
4652	«
4653	«
4654	\
4655	2
4656	)
4657	΄
4658	ὁ δρομος ἱερὸς οὗτος ᾿Ανούβιδος.
4659	\
4660	\
4661	la)
4662	/
4663	\
4664	ten
4665	ig
4666	e
4667	4
4668	lal
4669	διὰ δὲ τοῦ μήκους παντὸς ἑξῆς ἐφ᾽ ἑκάτερα τοῦ
4670	/
4671	J
4672	“
4673	/
4674	4
4675	»Μ
4676	πλάτους σφίγγες ἵδρυνται λίθιναι, πήχει εἴκοσιν
4677	a
4678	A
4679	iy
4680	3:
4681	δ
4682	3
4683	“
4684	΄
4685	or
4686	>
4687	ἢ μικρῷ πλείους
4688	ἀπ᾽
4689	ἀλλήλων διέχουσαι, ὥσθ
4690	ἕνα μὲν ἐκ δεξιῶν εἶναι στίχον τῶν σφιγγῶν, ἕνα
4691	δ᾽ ἐξ εὐωνύμων: μετὰ δὲ τὰς σφίγγας πρόπυλον
4692	,
4693	μέγα, εἶτ᾽ ἄλλο προελθόντι πρόπυλον, εἶτ᾽ ἄλλο᾽
4694	οὐκ
4695	ἔστι δὲ διωρισμένος
4696	ἀριθμὸς οὔτε
4697	τῶν
4698	προπύλων οὔτε τῶν σφι γγῶν, ἄλλα δ᾽ ἐν ἄλλοις
4699	ἱεροῖς, ὥσπερ, καὶ τὰ μή jen Kal τὰ πλάτη τῶν
4700	δρόμων. μετὰ δὲ τὰ προπύλαια ὁ νεὼς πρόναον
4701	ἔχων μέγα καὶ ἀξιόλογον, τὸν δὲ σηκὸν σύμ-
4702	μετρον, ξόαν ov δ᾽ οὐδέν, ἢ οὐκ ἀνθρωπόμορφον,
4703	ἀλλὰ τῶν ἀλόγων ζώων τινός"
4704	τοῦ δὲ προνάου
4705	παρ᾽ ἑκάτερον πρόκειται τὰ λεγόμενα πτερά"
4706	ἔστι δὲ ταῦτα ἰσουψῆ τῷ vem τείχη Ὅσο, κατ᾽
4707	ἀρχὰς μὲν ἀφεστῶτα ἀπ᾽ ἀχλήλων μικρὸν ἢ πλέον
4708	ἢ τὸ πλάτος ἐστὶ τῆς κρηπῖδος τοῦ vee ἔπειτ᾽
4709	εἰς τὸ πρόσθεν προϊόντι κατ᾽ ee ΟΣ γραμ-
4710	1 Instead of λεγόμενα C reads μεγάλα.
4711	2 μικρῷ Dz.
4712	ἐπινευούσας, Corais and Groskurd emend to ἀπονευούσας.
4713	1 Strabo means the Aegyptian temples in general.
4714	* A sketch of the plan may be found in Tozer’s Selections,
4715	p. 356; but cp. the sketch of the pronaos in the Corais-
4716	Latronne edition.
4717	80
p. 93
4718	GEOGRAPHY, 17. 1. 28
4719	28. The plan of the construction of the temples 4
4720	is as follows:?
4721	at the entrance
4722	into the sacred
4723	precinct there is a floor paved with stones, with a
4724	breadth of about a plethrum, or less, and a length
4725	either three or four times as great, or in some cases
4726	more ; and this is called the dromus,? as Callimachus
4727	states: “ This is the dromus, sacred to Anubis.’’ 4
4728	Throughout its whole length are
4729	stone sphinxes
4730	placed in order on each of its two sides, at a distance
4731	from one another of twenty cubits or a little more,
4732	so that one row of the sphinxes is on the right
4733	and one row on the left.
4734	And after the sphinxes
4735	one comes to a large propylum,® and then, as one
4736	proceeds, another, and then another; but there is no
4737	prescribed number either of propyla or of sphinxes,
4738	and they are different in different temples, as are
4739	also the lengths and the breadths of the dromi.
4740	After the propylaea one comes to the naos,® which
4741	has a
4742	large and noteworthy pronaos,? and
4743	to a
4744	sanctuary of commensurate size, though it has no
4745	statue,
4746	or rather no statue
4747	of human
4748	form, but
4749	only of some irrational animal.
4750	On either side of
4751	the pronaos project the wings, as they are called.
4752	These are two walls equal in height to the naos,
4753	which are at first distant from one another a little
4754	more than the breadth of the foundation
4755	of the
4756	naos, and then, as one
4757	proceeds onward, follow
4758	3 Literally, ‘‘course ” or “‘run.”
4759	4 The Aegyptian Anpu, worshipped as ‘‘Lord
4760	of the
4761	Grave.”
4762	5 Literally, ‘‘ Front Gate”; but,like the Propylaea on the
4763	Acropolis at Athens, the propylum wasa
4764	considerable building
4765	forming a gateway to the temple.
4766	δ 7.e. the temple proper.
4767	* 4.e. front hall-room,
4768	81
p. 94
4769	STRABO
4770	μὰς μέχρι πηχῶν πεντήκοντα ἢ ἑξήκοντα" avay-
4771	λυφὰς δ᾽ ἔχουσιν οἱ τοῖχοι οὗτοι μεγάλων εἰδώλων,
4772	ὁμοίων τοῖς Τυρρηνικοῖς καὶ τοῖς ἀρχαίοις σφόδρα
4773	τῶν παρὰ τοῖς Ἕλλησι δημιουργημάτων.
4774	ἔστι
4775	δέ τις καὶ πολύστυλος οἶκος, καθάπερ
4776	ἐ ἐν Μέμφει,
4777	βαρβαρικὴν ἔχων τὴν κατασκευήν" πλὴν γὰρ τοῦ
4778	μεγάλων εἶναι καὶ πολλῶν καὶ πολυστίχων τῶν
4779	στύλων 1 οὐδὲν ἔχει χαρίεν οὐδὲ γραφικόν, ἀλλὰ
4780	ματαιοπονίαν ἐμφαίνει μᾶλλον.
4781	29. Ἔν δὲ τῇ Ἡλίου πόλει καὶ οἴκους εἴδομεν
4782	μεγάλους, ἐν οἷς διέτριβον οἱ ἱερεῖς" μάλιστα “γὰρ
4783	δὴ ταύτην κατοικίαν ἱερέων γεγονέναι φασὶ τὸ
4784	παλαιόν, φιλοσόφων ἀνδρῶν καὶ ἀστρονομικῶν"
4785	ἐκλέλοιπε δὲ καὶ τοῦτο νυνὶ τὸ σύστημα καὶ 7
4786	ἄσκησις.
4787	ἐκεῖ μὲν οὖν οὐδεὶς ἡμῖν ἐδείκνυτο τῆς
4788	τοιαύτης ἀσκήσεως προεστώς, ἀλλ᾽ οἱ ἱεροποιοὶ
4789	μόνον καὶ ἐξηγηταὶ τοῖς ξένοις τῶν περὶ τὰ ἱερά.
4790	παρηκολούθει δέ τις ἐξ ᾿Αλεξανδρείας ἀναπλέοντι
4791	εἰς τὴν Αἴγυπτον
4792	Αὐἰλίῳ Γάλλῳ τῷ ἡγεμόνι
4793	Χαιρήμων τοὔνομα, προσποιούμενος τοιαύτην τινὰ
4794	ἐπιστήμην, γελώμενος δὲ τὸ πλέον ὡς ἀλαξὼν
4795	καὶ ἰδιώτης.
4796	ἐκεῖ δ᾽ οὖν ἐδείκνυντο
4797	οἵ τε τῶν
4798	ἱερέων οἶκοι καὶ Πλάτωνος καὶ Εὐδόξου διατριβαί:
4799	συνανέβη γὰρ δὴ τῷ Πλάτωνι ὁ Εὔδοξος δεῦρο
4800	καὶ συνδιέτριψαν τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν ἐνταῦθα ἐκεῖνοι
4801	τρισκαίδεκα ἔτη, ὡς εἴρηταί τίσι “περιττοὺς γὰρ
4802	ὄντας κατὰ τὴν ἐπιστήμην τῶν οὐρανίων, μυστι-
4803	1 moz change all these genitives to accusatives; so Corais.
4804	1 ¢.e. in the Etruscan tombs.
4805	* Hardly Chaeremon the Alexandrian philosopher and
4806	historian, as some think.
4807	Aelius Gallus made the voyage
4808	82
p. 95
4809	GEOGRAPHY,
4810	17. 1. 28-29
4811	converging lines as far as fifty or sixty cubits ; and
4812	these walls have figures of large images cut in low
4813	relief, like the Tyrrhenian! images and the very
4814	old works of art among the Greeks.
4815	There is also
4816	a
4817	kind
4818	of hall with
4819	numerous columns (as at
4820	Memphis, for example), which is constructed in the
4821	barbaric manner ; for, except for the fact that the
4822	columns are large and numerous and form many
4823	rows, the hall has nothing pleasing or picturesque,
4824	but is rather a display of vain toil.
4825	29. In Heliupolis I also saw large houses in which
4826	the priests lived; for it is said that this place in
4827	particular was
4828	in ancient
4829	times
4830	a settlement of
4831	priests who studied philosophy and astronomy ; but
4832	both this organisation and its pursuits have now
4833	disappeared.
4834	At Heliupolis, in fact, no one was
4835	pointed out to me as presiding over such pursuits,
4836	but only those who performed the sacrifices
4837	and
4838	explained to strangers what pertained to the sacred
4839	rites.
4840	When Aelius Gallus the praefect sailed up
4841	into Aegypt, he was accompanied by a certain man
4842	from Alexandria, Chaeremon? by name, who pre-
4843	tended to some knowledge of this kind, but was
4844	generally ridiculed
4845	as
4846	a boaster and ignoramus.
4847	However, at Heliupolis the houses of the priests and
4848	schools of Plato and Eudoxus were pointed out to
4849	us ; for Eudoxus went up to that place with Plato,
4850	and they both passed thirteen years® with the priests,
4851	as is stated by some writers; for since these priests
4852	excelled in their knowledge of the heavenly bodies,
4853	about 25 B.c., but that Chaeremon was a tutor of Nero after
4854	A.D. 49.
4855	3 The Epitome reads ‘‘three years,” and Diogenes Laertius
4856	(8. 87) ‘‘sixteen months.”
4857	83
p. 96
4858	C 807
4859	STRABO
4860	\
4861	A
4862	\
4863	,
4864	na
4865	,
4866	\
4867	a
4868	κοὺς δὲ καὶ δυσμεταδότους, τῷ χρόνῳ καὶ ταῖς
4869	,
4870	ἴω
4871	θεραπείαις ἐξελιπάρησαν, ὥστε τινὰ τῶν θεωρη-
4872	/
4873	€
4874	a
4875	\
4876	\
4877	\
4878	>
4879	4
4880	e
4881	μάτων ἱστορῆσαι" Ta πολλὰ δὲ ἀπεκρύψαντο οἱ
4882	βάρβαροι.
4883	οὗτοι δὲ τὰ ἐπιτρέχοντα τῆς ἡμέρας
4884	.
4885	ΡΞ
4886	΄
4887	a
4888	/
4889	Kal τῆς νυκτὸς μύρια ταῖς τριακοσίαις ἑξήκοντα
4890	πέντε ἡμέραις εἰς τὴν ἐκπλήρωσιν τοῦ ἐνιαυσίου
4891	a
4892	cal
4893	id
4894	χρόνου παρέδοσαν.
4895	ἀλλ᾽ ἠγνοεῖτο τέως ὁ ἐνιαυ-
4896	“
4897	7
4898	τὸς παρὰ τοῖς “EXAnow, ὡς Kal ἄλλα πλείω,
4899	‘
4900	U
4901	ἕως
4902	οἱ νεώτεροι
4903	ἀστρολόγοι παρέλαβον παρὰ
4904	lal
4905	3
4906	ἈΝ
4907	Ὡς
4908	\
4909	lol
4910	τῶν μεθερμηνευσάντων εἰς τὸ
4911	᾿Ιϑλληνικὸν τὰ τῶν
4912	ἱερέων ὑπομνήματα"
4913	καὶ ἔτι νῦν παραλαμβάν-
4914	,
4915	\
4916	\
4917	aA
4918	ουσι τὰ AT ἐκείνων, ὁμοίως καὶ τὰ τῶν Χαλδαίων.
4919	an
4920	>
4921	e
4922	-“
4923	/
4924	e
4925	r
4926	30. ᾿Εντεῦθεν δὴ ὁ Νεῖλός ἐστιν ὁ ὑπὲρ τοῦ
4927	Ν
4928	\
4929	\
4930	an
4931	Δέλτα" τούτου δὴ τὰ μὲν δεξιὰ καλοῦσι Λιβύην
4932	b]
4933	/
4934	“
4935	\
4936	N
4937	Ν
4938	\
4939	?
4940	/
4941	ἀναπλέοντι, ὥσπερ
4942	Kal
4943	Ta περὶ τὴν
4944	᾿Αλεξάν-
4945	rn
4946	\
4947	’
4948	lal
4949	δρειαν καὶ τὴν Μαρεῶτιν, ta
4950	δ᾽ ἐν ἀριστερᾷ
4951	,
4952	9S
4953	ts
4954	’
4955	Ld
4956	a
4957	"ApaBiav.
4958	ἡ μὲν οὖν HXtov πόλις ἐν τῇ ᾿Αραβίᾳ
4959	fol
4960	’
4961	,
4962	ἐστίν, ἐν δὲ τῇ Λιβύῃ Κερκέσουρα πόλις κατὰ
4963	Ν
4964	50. "
4965	(2
4966	Mee
4967	/
4968	\
4969	tas
4970	Εὐδόξου
4971	κειμένη
4972	σκοπάς"
4973	δείκνυται
4974	yap
4975	,ὔ
4976	\
4977	πο
4978	ὦ
4979	,
4980	΄
4981	κ᾿
4982	σκοπή τις πρὸ τῆς Πλίου πόλεως, καθάπερ καὶ
4983	πρὸ τῆς Κνίδου, πρὸς ἣν ἐσημειοῦτο ἐκεῖνος τῶν
4984	.
4985	\
4986	Ἃς
4987	οὐρανίων τινὰς κινήσεις" ὁ δὲ νομὸς Λητοπολίτης
4988	\
4989	,
4990	οὗτος.
4991	ἀναπλεύσαντι δ᾽ ἐστὶ Βαβυλών, φρούριον
4992	ἐρυμνόν, ἀποστάντων ἐνταῦθα Βαβυλωνίων τινῶν,
4993	1 Instead of δή, Dh read δέ
4994	1 As stated in § 46 (below), they divided the year into
4995	twelve months of thirty days each, and at the end of the
4996	84
p. 97
4997	GEOGRAPHY,
4998	17. 1. 29-30
4999	albeit secretive and slow
5000	to impart it, Plato and
5001	Eudoxus prevailed upon them
5002	in
5003	time
5004	and _ by
5005	courting their favour
5006	to let them learn some of
5007	the principles of their doctrines; but the barbarians
5008	concealed most things.
5009	However, these men did
5010	teach them the fractions of the day and the night
5011	which, running over and above the three hundred
5012	and sixty-five days, fill out the time of the true
5013	year.t
5014	But at that time the true year was unknown
5015	among the Greeks, as also many other things, until
5016	the later astrologers learned them from the men
5017	who had translated into Greek the records of the
5018	priests;
5019	and even
5020	to this day they learn
5021	their
5022	teachings, and likewise those of the Chaldaeans.
5023	30. From Heliupolis, then, one comes to the Nile
5024	above the Delta.
5025	Of this, the parts on the right, as
5026	one
5027	sails up, are
5028	called
5029	Libya, as also the parts
5030	round
5031	Alexandria
5032	and
5033	Lake
5034	Mareotis,
5035	whereas
5036	those on the left are called Arabia.
5037	Now Heliu-
5038	polis is in Arabia, but the city Cercesura, which
5039	lies near the observatories of Eudoxus, is in Libya;
5040	for a kind of watch-tower is to be seen in front of
5041	Heliupolis, as also in front of Cnidus, with reference
5042	to which Eudoxus would note down his observations
5043	of certain movements of the heavenly bodies.
5044	Here
5045	the Nome is the Letopolite.
5046	And, having sailed
5047	farther up the river, one comes to Babylon, a strong-
5048	hold, where some Babylonians had withdrawn in
5049	revolt and then successfully negotiated for permission
5050	twelve months added five days (so Herodotus 2, 4), and then
5051	at the end of every fourth year added another day. Diodorus
5052	Siculus (1. 50), however, puts it thus:
5053	‘‘ They add five and
5054	one-fourth days to the twelve months and in this way complete
5055	the annual period.”
5056	85
p. 98
5057	STRABO
5058	εἶτα διαπραξαμένων ἐνταῦθα κατοικίαν παρὰ τῶν
5059	βασιλέων" νυνὶ δ᾽ ἐστὶ στρατόπεδον ἑνὸς τῶν
5060	τριῶν ταγμάτων τῶν φρουρούντων τὴν Αἴγυπτον.
5061	ῥάχις δ᾽ ἐστὶν ἀπὸ τοῦ στρατοπέδου καὶ μέχρι
5062	Νείλου καθήκουσα, δι᾽ ἧς ἀπὸ τοῦ ποταμοῦ
5063	τροχοὶ καὶ κοχλίαι τὸ ὕδωρ ἀνάγουσιν, ἀνδρῶν
5064	ἑκατὸν πεντήκοντα
5065	ἐργαζομένων δεσμίων" ἀφ-
5066	ορῶνται δ᾽ ἐνθένδε τηλαυγῶς αἱ “πυραμίδες ἐν τῇ
5067	περαίᾳ ἐν Μέμφει καί εἰσι πλησίον.
5068	31. ᾿Εγγὺς δὲ καὶ ἡ Μέμφις αὐτή, τὸ βασίλειον
5069	τῶν Αἰγυπτίων' ἔστι yap: ἀπὸ τοῦ Δέλτα τρίσχοι-
5070	νον εἰς αὐτήν.
5071	ἔχει δὲ ἱερά, τό τε τοῦ "Απιδος,
5072	ὅς ἐστιν ὁ αὐτὸς καὶ Οσιρις, ὅπου ὁ βοῦς ὁ
5073	"Amis ἐν σηκῷ τινι
5074	τρέφεται, θεός, ὡς ἔφην,
5075	νομιζόμενος, διάλευκος τὸ μέτωπον καὶ ἄλλα τινὰ
5076	μικρὰ τοῦ σώματος, τἄλλα δὲ μέλας" οἷς ση-
5077	μείοις ἀεὶ κρίνουσι τὸν ἐπιτήδειον εἰς τὴν δια-
5078	δοχήν, ἀπογενομένου ποῦ τὴν τιμὴν ἔχοντος.
5079	ἔστι δ᾽ αὐλὴ προκειμένη τοῦ σηκοῦ, ἐν ἧ καὶ
5080	ἄχλος σηκὸς τῆς μητρὸς τοῦ βοός" εἰς ταύτην
5081	δὲ τὴν αὐλὴν ἐξαφιᾶσι τὸν Απιν καθ᾽ ὥραν τινά,
5082	καὶ μάλιστα πρὸς ἐπίδειξιν τοῖς ξένοις" ὁρῶσι
5083	μὲν γὰρ καὶ διὰ θυρίδος
5084	ἐ ἐν τῷ σηκῷ, βούλονται
5085	δὲ καὶ ἔξω" ἀποσκιρτήσαντα δ᾽ ἐν αὐτῇ μικρὰ
5086	ἀναλαμβάνουσι πάλιν εἰς τὴν οἰκείαν στάσιν.
5087	1 Strabo’s statement is too concise to be clear.
5088	He refers
5089	to certain Babylonian captives who, being unable to endure
5090	the hard work imposed upon them in Aegypt, revolted from
5091	the king, seized the stronghold along the river, and gained
5092	the concession in question after a successful war (Diodorus
5093	Siculus, 1. 56. 3).
5094	2 2,6. to Babylon.
5095	3 The pyramids of Gizeh, described by Herodotus (2, 124 ff.)
5096	and Pliny (36. 16).
5097	86
p. 99
5098	GEOGRAPHY,
5099	17. 1. 30-31
5100	from the kings to build a settlement ;1 but now it is
5101	an encampment of one of the three legions that
5102	guard Aegypt.
5103	There is a ridge extending from
5104	the encampment even as far as the Nile, on which
5105	the water is conducted up from the river 2 by wheels
5106	and screws; and one hundred and fifty prisoners are
5107	employed in the work; and from
5108	here one
5109	can
5110	clearly see the pyramids* on the far side of the
5111	river at Memphis, and they are near to it.*
5112	31. Memphis itself, the royal residence of the
5113	Aegyptians, is also near Babylon; for the distance
5114	to it from the Delta is only three schoeni.®
5115	It
5116	contains temples, one of which is that of Apis, who
5117	is the same as Osiris; it is here that the bull Apis is
5118	kept in a kind of sanctuary, being regarded, as I
5119	have said, as god; his forehead and certain other
5120	small parts of his body are marked with white, but
5121	the other parts are black ;® and it is by these marks
5122	that they always choose the bull suitable for the
5123	succession, when the one that holds the honour has
5124	died.
5125	In front of the sanctuary is situated a court,
5126	in which there is another sanctuary belonging to the
5127	bull’s mother.
5128	Into this court they set Apis loose at
5129	a certain hour, particularly that he may be shown to
5130	foreigners ; for although people can see him through
5131	the window in the sanctuary, they wish to see him
5132	outside also; but when he has finished a short bout
5133	of skipping in the court they take him back again to
5134	his familiar stall.
5135	4. According to Pliny (36. 16) the pyramids were seven and
5136	one-half miles (7.e. sixty stadia) from Memphis.
5137	5 On the ‘‘schoenus,” see 17. 1. 24.
5138	8 (Ἢρ is black, and has on his forehead a triangular white
5139	spot and on his back the likeness of an eagle” (Herodotus
5140	3. 28).
5141	Pliny (8. 71) says,
5142	‘‘a crescent-like white spot on
5143	the right side.”
5144	87
p. 100
5145	C 808
5146	STRABO
5147	,
5148	\
5149	ay
5150	ο΄
5151	>
5152	,
5153	,
5154	To τε δὴ τοῦ "Απιδός ἐστιν ἱερόν, παρακείμενον
5155	fol
5156	«ς
5157	/
5158	\
5159	>
5160	Ν
5161	ne
5162	ce
5163	/
5164	τῷ ἩΗφαιστείῳ, καὶ αὐτὸ
5165	τὸ
5166	Ἠφαίστειον πολυ-
5167	τελῶς κατεσκευασμένον ναοῦ τε μεγέθει καὶ τοῖς
5168	γ᾽
5169	/
5170	toe)
5171	an
5172	,
5173	λ
5174	΄
5175	ἄλλοις.
5176	πρόκειται δ᾽ ἐν τῷ δρόμῳ καὶ μονόλιθος
5177	,
5178	”
5179	᾽
5180	\
5181	lol
5182	,
5183	/
5184	κολοσσός"
5185	ἔθος
5186	δ᾽ ἐστὶν ἐν τῷ δρόμῳ τούτῳ
5187	΄,
5188	an
5189	“
5190	\
5191	s
5192	ταύρων ἀγῶνας συντελεῖσθαι πρὸς ἀλλήλους, ODs
5193	΄
5194	/
5195	la
5196	oe
5197	e
5198	e
5199	,
5200	ἐπίτηδες τρέφουσί τινες, ὥσπερ οἱ ἱπποτρόφοι"
5201	3
5202	/
5203	΄
5204	[
5205	ἡ
5206	,
5207	συμβάλλουσι yap εἰς μάχην ἀφέντες, ὁ δὲ κρείτ-
5208	\
5209	ΝΜ
5210	΄
5211	v
5212	bab)
5213	/
5214	των νομισθεὶς ἄθλου τυγχάνει.
5215	ἔστι δ᾽ ἐν Μέμφει
5216	΄
5217	‘
5218	“-“
5219	c
5220	/
5221	καὶ Adpoditns ἱερόν, θεᾶς EXXnvidos νομιζομένης"
5222	τινὲς δὲ Σελήνης 1 ἱερὸν εἶναί φασιν.
5223	wT.
5224	,
5225	an
5226	32.
5227	"ἔστι δὲ καὶ Σαράπιον ἐν ἀμμώδει τόπῳ
5228	σφόδρα, ὥσθ᾽ ὑπ᾽ ἀνέμων θῖνας ἄμμων σωρεύεσ-
5229	ς
5230	Ψ
5231	e
5232	¢
5233	,
5234	e
5235	\
5236	/
5237	fel
5238	θαι, ὑφ᾽ ὧν αἱ σφίγγες αἱ μὲν καὶ μέχρι κεφαλῆς
5239	ἑωρῶντο ὑφ᾽ ἡμῶν κατακεχωσμέναι, αἱ δ᾽ ἡμιφα-
5240	a
5241	Φ
5242	fal
5243	\
5244	/
5245	a
5246	vets: ἐξ ὧν εἰκάζειν παρῆν
5247	τὸν κίνδυνον, εἰ τῷ
5248	/
5249	Ν
5250	Wee ἢ
5251	ὁ
5252	Ν
5253	~
5254	>
5255	/
5256	΄
5257	βαδίζοντι πρὸς τὸ ἱερὸν λαῖλαψ ἐπιπέσοι.
5258	πόλις
5259	Y
5260	Ν
5261	δ᾽ ἐστὶ μεγάλη
5262	τε καὶ evavdpos,” δευτέρα μετὰ
5263	Ὁ
5264	΄
5265	,
5266	5)
5267	a
5268	,
5269	\
5270	an
5271	Ἀλεξάνδρειαν, μιγάδων ἀνδρῶν, καθάπερ καὶ TOV
5272	lal
5273	\
5274	’,
5275	ἐκεῖ συνῳκισμένων.
5276	πρόκεινται δὲ καὶ λίμναι
5277	΄“
5278	,
5279	lal
5280	/
5281	a
5282	nr
5283	\
5284	τῆς πόλεως καὶ τῶν βασιλείων, ἃ νῦν μὲν κατέ-
5285	΄
5286	»
5287	¢
5288	>
5289	@
5290	σπασται καί ἐστιν ἔρημα, ἵδρυται δ᾽ ἐφ᾽ ὕψους
5291	καθήκοντα μέχρι τοῦ κάτω τῆς πόλεως ἐδάφους"
5292	συνάπτει δ᾽ ἄλσος αὐτῷ καὶ λίμνη.
5293	΄
5294	᾽
5295	Ν
5296	“
5297	,
5298	/
5299	33. Tettapaxovta δ᾽ ἀπὸ τῆς πόλεως σταδίους
5300	1 For Σελήνης, Nolt conj. Ελένης, citing Herod. 2. 112.
5301	2 εὔδενδρος E.
5302	1 Diodorus Siculus refers to ‘‘images made of one stone,
5303	both of himself (Sesostris) and of his wife, thirty cubits high,
5304	and of his sons, twenty cubits, in the temple of Hephaestus
5305	at Memphis.”
5306	88
p. 101
5307	GEOGRAPHY,
5308	17. 1. 31-33
5309	There is here, then, not only the temple of Apis,
5310	which
5311	lies near the Hephaesteium, but also the
5312	Hephaesteium itself, which is a costly structure both
5313	in the size of its naos and in all other respects.
5314	In
5315	front, in the dromus, stands also a colossus made of
5316	one stone
5317	;} and it is the custom to hold bull-fights
5318	in this dromus, and certain men breed these bulls for
5319	the purpose, like horse-breeders ; for the bulls are
5320	set loose and join in combat, and the one that is
5321	regarded as victor gets a prize.
5322	And at Memphis
5323	there is also a temple of Aphrodité, who is considered
5324	to be a Greek goddess,? though some say that it is a
5325	temple of Selené.?
5326	32. There is also a Sarapium at Memphis, in a
5327	place so very sandy that dunes of sand are heaped
5328	up by the winds; and by these some of the sphinxes
5329	which I saw were buried even to the head and
5330	others were only half-visible ; from which one might
5331	guess the danger if a sand-storm should fall upon a
5332	man travelling on foot towards the temple.
5333	The
5334	city is both large and populous, ranks second after
5335	Alexandria, and consists of mixed races of people,
5336	like those who have settled together at Alexandria.
5337	There are lakes situated in front of the city and the
5338	palaces, which
5339	latter, though now
5340	in ruins
5341	and
5342	deserted, are situated on a height and extend down
5343	to the ground of the city below; and adjoining the
5344	city are a grove and a lake.
5345	33. On proceeding forty stadia from the city, one
5346	2 Herodotus (2. 112) refers to the temple of the ‘‘ Foreign
5347	Aphrodité” at Memphis and identifies her with Helen ; but
5348	see Rawlinson (Vol. II, p. 157, footnote 9), who very plaus-
5349	ibly identifies her with Astarte, the Phoenician and Syrian
5350	Aphrodité.
5351	3 Goddess of the Moon.
5352	VOL. VIII.
5353	p
5354	89
p. 102
5355	STRABO
5356	e
5357	προελθόντι ὀρεινή τις ὀφρύς ἐστιν, ἐφ᾽ 7) πολλαὶ
5358	μέν εἰσι πυραμίδες, τάφοι τῶν βασιλέων, τρεῖς
5359	δ᾽ ἀξιόλογοι: τὰς δὲ δύο τούτων καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἑπτὰ
5360	θεάμασι καταριθμοῦνται" εἰσὶ γὰρ σταδιαῖαι τὸ
5361	ὕψος, τετράγωνοι τῷ σχήματι, τῆς πλευρᾶς
5362	ἑκάστης μικρῷ μεῖζον τὸ ὕψος ἔχουσαι" μικρῷ
5363	δὲ καὶ ἡ ἑτέρα τῆς SPHERES ἐστὶ μείζων: ἔχει δ᾽
5364	ἐν ὕψει μέσως Tas! τῶν πλευρῶν λίθον ἐξαιρέ-
5365	σιμον: ἀρθέντος δὲ σύριγξ ἐστὶ σκολιὰ μέχρι τῆς
5366	1 Letronne conj. μιᾶς after πως; Groskurd, Meineke and
5367	others so read.
5368	! Cheops.
5369	* Khafra.
5370	3 i.e. “high up, approximately midway”
5371	(horizontally)
5372	“between the sides” (the ἔσο sides of the triangle which
5373	forms the northern face of the pyramid).
5374	This is the mean-
5375	ing of the Greek text as it stands; but all editors (from
5376	Casaubon down), translators, and archeologists, so far as the
5377	present translator knows, either emend the text or mis-
5378	interpret it, or both (see critical note).
5379	Letronne (French
5380	translation), who is followed by the later translators, insists
5381	upon ‘moderately ” as the meaning of μέσως πως (translated
5382	above by ‘‘ approximately midway between’’), and errone-
5383	ously quotes, as a similar use of μέσως πως, 11. 2. 18, where
5384	there is no MS. authority for πως, and translates:
5385	‘“ Elle
5386	a sur ses cotés, et ἃ une élévation médiocre, une pierre qui
5387	peut s’dter.”
5388	The subsequent editors insert μιᾶς (‘fone”
5389	before τῶν πλευρῶν (* the sides’’) ; and, following them, even
5390	Sir W. M. Flinders Petrie in his monumental work (The
5391	Pyramids and Temples of Gizeh, p. 168) translates:
5392	‘‘The
5393	Greater (Pyramid), a little way up one side, has a stone that
5394	may be taken out.””
5395	These interpretations accord with what
5396	are known facts; but so does the present interpretation,
5397	which also brings out two additional facts of importance:
5398	(1) It was hardly necessary for Strabo to state the obvious
5399	fact that the stone door was ‘moderately high up one side”’
5400	of the pyramid (originally “about 55 feet vertically or 71
5401	feet on the slope,’”’ according to a private letter from Petrie,
5402	9ο
p. 103
5403	GEOGRAPHY,
5404	17. 1. 33
5405	comes
5406	to a kind
5407	of mountain-brow;
5408	on
5409	it
5410	are
5411	numerous pyramids, the tombs of kings, of which
5412	three are noteworthy; and two of these are even
5413	numbered among the Seven Wonders of the World,
5414	for they are a stadium in height, are quadrangular
5415	in shape, and their height is a little greater than the
5416	length of each of the sides ; and one! of them is
5417	only a little larger than the other.?, High up, approxi-
5418	mately midway between the sides, it has a movable
5419	stone,® and when this is raised up there is a sloping
5420	dated Sept. 16, 1930), as compared with the height of the
5421	vertex (nearly 500 feet), or that the one door was on one
5422	side of the pyramid.
5423	What he means to say is that the door
5424	was literally high up as compared with the convenient position
5425	of an entrance close to the ground, knowing, as he did, that the
5426	Aegyptians chose a high position for it in order to keep secret
5427	the passage to the royal tombs ; and, through his not unusual
5428	conciseness in such cases, he leaves the fact to be inferred.
5429	The wisdom of that secrecy is disclosed by the fact that
5430	when the Arabs, ignorant of the doorway, wished to enter the
5431	pyramid, they forced their way into it from a point near the
5432	ground through 100 feet of solid masonry, and thus by chance
5433	met the original sloping passage and discovered the original
5434	doorway. Moreover, this ‘‘ movable stone,” which was either a
5435	flap-doorthat worked on a stone pivot (Petrie /.c.) ora flat slab
5436	that was easily tilted up (Borchardt, Aegyptische Zeitschrift,
5437	XXXYV. 87), must have fitted so nicely when closed that no
5438	one unfamiliar with it could distinguish it.
5439	(2) ‘‘ The sides”
5440	here must refer to the north-west and north-east edges of the
5441	pyramid, not to its northern face—much less all four faces—
5442	just as “sides”? in the preceding sentence must mean the
5443	four sides of the base, not its plane surface.
5444	Hence, Strabo
5445	means that the doorway was purposely placed to one side of
5446	(‘‘ actually 24 feet,’ again according to Petrie’s letter), and
5447	not
5448	at, a central
5449	point between the two edges above-
5450	mentioned, which is the fact in the case—a most important
5451	part of the ruse, as was later evidenced by the fact that the
5452	Arabs began to force their way into the pyramid at the
5453	centre (see the “ Horizontal Section of the Great Pyramid”
5454	gi
p. 104
5455	STRABO
5456	θήκης. αὗται μὲν οὖν ἐγγὺς ἀλλήλων εἰσὶ \| τῷ
5457	αὐτῷ ἐπιπέδῳ" ἀπωτέρω δ᾽ ἐστὶν ἐν ὕψει “μείζονι 2
5458	τῆς ὀρεινῆς ἡ τρίτη πολὺ ἐλάττων τῶν δυεῖν,
5459	πολὺ δὲ μείζονος δαπάνης κατεσκευασμένη ἀπὸ
5460	γὰρ θεμελίων μέχρι μέσου σχεδόν τι μέλανος
5461	λίθου ἐστίν, ἐξ οὗ καὶ τὰς θυΐας κατασκευάξουσι,
5462	κομίζοντες πόρρωθεν" ἀπὸ γὰρ τῶν τῆς Αἰθιοπίας
5463	ὀρῶν, καὶ τῷ σκληρὸς εἶναι καὶ δυσκατέργαστος
5464	πολυτελῆ τὴν πραγματείαν παρέσχε.
5465	λέγεται δὲ
5466	τῆς ἑταίρας τάφος γεγονὼς ὑπὸ τῶν ἐραστῶν, ἣν
5467	Σαπφὼ μέν, ἡ τῶν μελῶν ποιήτρια, καλεῖ Δωρίχαν,
5468	ἐρωμένην τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτῆς Χαράξου γεγονυῖαν,
5469	οἶνον κατάγοντος εἰς Ναύκρατιν, Λέσβιον κατ᾽
5470	ἐμπορίαν, ἄλλοι
5471	δ᾽ ὀνομάζουσι ἱῬοδῶπιν" 3 μυ-
5472	θεύουσι δ᾽, ὅτι, λουομένης αὐτῆς, ἕν τῶν ὑποδη-
5473	μάτων αὐτῆς ἁρπάσας ἀετὸς παρὰ τῆς θερα-
5474	παίνης κομίσειεν εἰς Μέμφιν καί, τοῦ βασιλέως
5475	δικαιοδοτοῦντος mab ptou,* γενόμενος κατὰ κο-
5476	ρυφὴν αὐτοῦ ῥίψειε τὸ ὑπόδημα εἰς τὸν κόλπον'᾽
5477	1 ἐπί, before τῷ, Meineke inserts, following Kramer; ἐν,
5478	Corais.
5479	2 μείζονι moxz, μείζων other MSS.
5480	3 Ρρδῶπιν, Corais, for ‘Pédomw EF, Ῥοδόπην other MSS.
5481	4 ὑπαιθρίου, Kramer ; ἐν ὑπαίθρῳ x, ὑπαίθριος other MSS.
5482	in Richard A. Proctor’s The Great Pyramid, opposite p. 138).
5483	In short (1) μέσως πως cannot mean “moderately” in a
5484	matter of measurement (if indeed it ever means the same as
5485	μετρίως) and naturally goes with τῶν πλευρῶν, not ἐν ὕψει ;
5486	and in fact some interpreters utterly ignore the πως.
5487	(2)
5488	The insertion of μιᾶς is not only unnecessary but eliminates
5489	two important observations.
5490	1 This passage “sloped steeply down through masonry and
5491	solid rock for 318 feet,” passing through an unfinished vault
5492	92
p. 105
5493	GEOGRAPHY,
5494	17. 1. 33
5495	passage to the vault.t_
5496	Now these pyramids are near
5497	one another and on the same level; but farther on, at
5498	a greater height of the hill, is the third, which is much
5499	smaller than the two, though constructed at much
5500	greater expense ; for from the foundations almost to
5501	the middle it is made of black stone, the stone from
5502	which mortars are made, being brought from a great
5503	distance, for it is brought from the mountains of
5504	Aethiopia ; and because of its being hard and difficult
5505	to work into shape it rendered the undertaking very
5506	expensive.
5507	It is called “Tomb of the Courtesan,”
5508	having been built by her lovers—the
5509	courtesan
5510	whom Sappho? the Melic poetess calls Doricha, the
5511	beloved of Sappho’s brother Charaxus, who was en-
5512	gaged in transporting Lesbian wine to Naucratis for
5513	sale,? but others give her the name Rhodopis.4- They
5514	tell the fabulous story that, when she was bathing,
5515	an eagle snatched one of her sandals from her maid
5516	and carried it to Memphis; and while the king was
5517	administering justice in the open air, the eagle,
5518	when it arrived above his head, flung the sandal into
5519	(subterranean chamber) “46 feet long, 27 feet wide, and 10.6
5520	feet high,” and “ended in a cul-de-sac,”’ being “‘intended to
5521	mislead possible riflers of the’’ royal ‘‘ tomb” above (Knight,
5522	l.c.).
5523	Petrie’s translation of μέχρι τῆς θήκης (‘to the very
5524	foundations,” instead of ‘to the vault’’) is at least mis-
5525	leading.
5526	In the very next sentence Strabo refers to the
5527	“foundations ” (θεμελίων).
5528	Since Strabo fails to mention the
5529	vaults of the king and the queen high above, the natural
5530	inference might be that he regarded the subterranean vault
5531	as the actual royal tomb; and in that case one might assume
5532	that the tombs were rifled, not by Augustus, but before his
5533	time, perhaps by the Persians.
5534	2 Frag. 138 (Bergk) and Lyra Graeca, L.C.L., Vol. I, p.
5535	207 (Edmunds).
5536	3 So Athenaeus, 13. 68.
5537	* See Herodotus 2. 134-185.
5538	93
p. 106
5539	C 809
5540	STRABO
5541	ὁ δὲ καὶ τῷ ῥυθμῷ τοῦ ὑποδήματος καὶ τῷ
5542	παραδόξῳ κινηθεὶς περιπέμψειεν εἰς τὴν χώραν
5543	κατὰ
5544	ζήτησιν “τῆς popovons ἀνθρώπου τοῦτο:
5545	εὑρεθεῖσα
5546	δ᾽ ἐν TH πόλει τῶν Ναυκρατιτῶν
5547	ἀναχθείη καὶ “γένοιτο γυνὴ τοῦ βασιλέως, τελευ-
5548	τήσασα δὲ τοῦ λεχθέντος τύχοι τάφου.
5549	894, “Ev δέ τι τῶν ὁραθέντων ὑφ᾽ ἡμῶν ἐν ταῖς
5550	πυραμίσι παραδόξων οὐκ ἄξιον παραλιπεῖν.
5551	ἐκ
5552	γὰρ τῆς λατύπης σωροί τινες πρὸ τῶν πυραμίδων
5553	κεῖνται" ἐν τούτοις δ᾽ εὑρίσκεται ψήγματα καὶ
5554	τύπῳ καὶ μεγέθει φακοειδῆ' ἐνίοις δὲ καὶ ὡς ἂν
5555	πτίσμα οἷον ἡμιλεπίστων ὑποτρέχει" ἢ φασὶ δ᾽
5556	ἀπολιθωθῆναι
5557	λείψανα
5558	τῆς τῶν
5559	ἐργαζομένων
5560	τροφῆς" οὐκ ἀπέοικε3
5561	δέ' καὶ γὰρ οἴκοι παρ
5562	ἡμῖν λόφος ἐστὶν ἐν πεδίω παραμήκης, οὗτος δὲ
5563	ἐστὶ μεστὸς ψήφων φακοειδῶν λίθου πωρείας" 3 καὶ
5564	αἱ θαλάττιαι δὲ καὶ αἱ ποτάμιαι ψῆφοι σχεδόν τι
5565	τὴν αὐτὴν ἀπορίαν ὑπογράφουσιν'" ἀλλ᾽ αὗται μὲν
5566	ἐν τῇ κινήσει τῇ διὰ τοῦ ῥεύματος εὑρεσιλογίαν
5567	τινὰ
5568	ἔχουσιν,
5569	ἐκεῖ
5570	δ᾽ ἀπορωτέρα ἡ σκέψις.
5571	εἴρηται δ᾽ ἐν ἄλλοις καὶ διότι περὶ τὸ “μέταλλον
5572	τῶν λίθων, ἐξ ὧν αἱ πυραμίδες γεγόνασιν, ἐν
5573	ὄψει“ ταῖς πυραμίσιν ὃν πέραν ἐν τῇ ᾿Αραβία,
5574	Τρωικόν τι καλεῖται πετρῶδες ἱκανῶς ὄρος καὶ
5575	σπήλαια ὑπ᾽ αὐτῷ καὶ κώμη πλησίον καὶ τού-
5576	τοις καὶ τῷ ποταμῷ, Τροία καλουμένη, κατοικία
5577	1 ἐπιτρέχει 8, Corais following.
5578	2 For ἀπέοικε Letronne conj. ἐπέοικε.
5579	3 πωρείας, Meineke, for πορίας DEF, πωρίας other MSS. ;
5580	“πωρίνου Siebenkees and Groskurd.
5581	4 ὕψει, Corais, for ὄψει ; so the later editors.
5582	94
p. 107
5583	GEOGRAPHY,
5584	17. τ. 33-34
5585	his lap; and the king, stirred both by the beautiful
5586	shape of the sandal and by the strangeness of the
5587	occurrence,
5588	sent men
5589	in all directions
5590	into
5591	the
5592	country in quest of the woman who wore the sandal ;
5593	and when she was found in the city of Naucratis,
5594	she was brought up to Memphis, became the wife of
5595	the king, and when she died was honoured with the
5596	above-mentioned tomb.
5597	34. One of the marvellous things I saw at the
5598	pyramids should not be omitted : there are heaps of
5599	stone-chips lying in front of the pyramids ; and among
5600	these are found chips that are like lentils both in
5601	form and size ; and under some of the heaps lie win-
5602	nowings, as it were, as of half-peeled grains.
5603	They
5604	say that what was left of the food of the workmen
5605	has petrified ; and this is not improbable.
5606	Indeed, in
5607	my home-country,! in a plain, there is a long hill
5608	which
5609	is full of lentil-shaped
5610	pebbles of porous
5611	stone ; 2 and the pebbles both of the seas and of the
5612	rivers present about the same puzzling question ; but
5613	while these latter find an explanation in the motion
5614	caused by the current of water, the speculation in
5615	that other case is more puzzling.
5616	It has been stated
5617	elsewhere ® that in the neighbourhood of the quarry
5618	of the stones from which the pyramids are built,
5619	which is in sight of the pyramids, on the far side of
5620	the river in Arabia, there is a very rocky mountain
5621	which is called “ Trojan,” and that there are caves
5622	at the foot of it, and a village near both these and
5623	the river which is called Troy, being an ancient settle-
5624	1 Strabo was born at Amaseia in Pontus (Jntroduction,
5625	p-
5626	Xiv).
5627	Ho, Suing
5628	3 Not in Strabo’s Geography ; perhaps in his History (see
5629	Vol. I, p. 47, note 1),
5630	95
p. 108
5631	STRABO
5632	παλαιὰ τῶν Μενελάῳ συγκατακολουθησάντων
5633	αἰχμαλώτων Τρώων, καταμεινάντων δ᾽ αὐτόθι.
5634	35. Μετὰ δὲ Μέμφιν Ακανθος πόλις ὁμοίως
5635	ἐν τῇ Λιβύῃ καὶ τὸ τοῦ ᾽᾿Οσίριδος ἱερὸν καὶ τὸ τῆς
5636	ἀκάνθης ἄλσος τῆς Θηβαϊκῆς, ἐξ aS. τὸ κόμμι.
5637	εἶθ᾽ ὁ ᾿Αφροδιτοπολίτης νομὸς καὶ ἡ ὁμώνυμος
5638	πόλις ἐν τῇ ᾿Αραβίᾳ, ἐν ἡ λευκὴ βοῦς ἱερὰ
5639	τρέφεται.
5640	εἶθ᾽ ὁ Ἡρακλεώτης νομὸς ἐν νήσῳ
5641	μεγάλῃ, καθ᾽ ἣν ἡ διῶρύξ ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ εἰς τὴν
5642	Λιβύην ἐπὶ τὸν ᾿Αρσινοΐτην
5643	νομόν, ὥστε καὶ
5644	δίστομον εἶναι τὴν διώρυγα, μεταξὺ μέρους τινὸς
5645	τῆς νήσου παρεμπίπτοντος.
5646	ἔστί
5647	δ᾽ ὁ νομὸς
5648	οὗτος ἀξιολογώτατος τῶν ἁπάντων κατά τε τὴν
5649	ὄψιν καὶ τὴν ἀρετὴν καὶ τὴν κατασκευήν" ἐλαιό-
5650	φυτός τε γὰρ μόνος ἐστὶ μεγάλοις καὶ τελείοις δέν-
5651	δρεσι καὶ καλλικάρποις, εἰ δὲ συγκομίζοι καλῶς
5652	τις, καὶ εὐέλαιος: ὀλιγωροῦντες δὲ τούτου πολὺ
5653	μὲν ποιοῦσιν ἔλαιον, μοχθηρὸν δὲ κατὰ τὴν ὀδμήν
5654	(ἡ δ᾽ ἄλλη Αἴγυπτος ἀνέλαιός ἐστι πλὴν τῶν
5655	κατ᾽ ᾿Αλεξάνδρειαν κήπων, οἱ μέχρι τοῦ ἐλαίαν
5656	χορηγεῖν ἱκανοί εἰσιν, ἔλαιον δ᾽ οὐχ ὑπουργοῦσιν)"
5657	οἶνόν τε οὐκ ὀλίγον ἐκφέρει σῖτόν τε καὶ ὄσπρια
5658	καὶ τὰ ἄλλα σπέρματα ἀξ ρα νος θαυμαστὴν
5659	δὲ καὶ τὴν λίμνην ἐ ἔχει τὴν Μοίριδος * καλουμένην,
5660	πελαγίαν τῷ μεγέθει καὶ τῇ χρόᾳ θαλαττοειδῆ:
5661	καὶ τοὺς αἰγιαλοὺς δέ ἐστιν ὁρᾶν ἐοικότας τοῖς
5662	θαλαττίοις: ὡς ὑπονοεῖν τὰ αὐτὰ περὶ τῶν κατὰ
5663	1 Μοίριδος Ew, Μούριδος other MSS.
5664	1 So Diodorus Siculus 1. 56. 4.
5665	2 1... Mimosa Nilotica.
5666	3 i.e. gum arabic.
5667	* See § 37 below.
5668	96
p. 109
5669	GEOGRAPHY,
5670	17. 1. 34-35
5671	ment
5672	of the
5673	captive
5674	Trojans who accompanied
5675	Menelaus but stayed there.!
5676	35. After Memphis one comes to a city Acanthus,
5677	likewise situated in Libya, and to the temple of Osiris
5678	and the grove of the Thebaic acantha,? from which the
5679	gum 815 obtained. Then to the Aphroditopolite Nome,
5680	and to the city of like name in Arabia, where is
5681	kept a white cow which is sacred.
5682	Then to the
5683	Heracleote Nome, on a large island, where, on the
5684	right, is the canal which leads into Libya to the Arsin-
5685	oite Nome, so that the canal has two mouths, a part
5686	of the island intervening between the two.4
5687	This
5688	Nome is the most noteworthy of all in respect to its
5689	appearance, its fertility, and its material development,
5690	for it alone is planted with olive trees that are large
5691	and full-grown and bear fine fruit, and it would also
5692	produce good olive oil if the olives were carefully
5693	gathered.
5694	But since they neglect this matter,
5695	although they make much oil, it has a bad smell (the
5696	rest of Aegypt has no olive trees, except the gardens
5697	near Alexandria, which are sufficient for supplying
5698	olives, but furnish no oil). And it produces wine in no
5699	small quantity, as well as grain, pulse, and the other
5700	seed-plants in very great varieties.
5701	It also contains
5702	the wonderful lake called the Lake of Moeris, which
5703	is an open sea in size and like a sea in colour ; and its
5704	shores, also, resemble those of a sea, so that one may
5705	make the same supposition about this region as about
5706	5 In some countries, and generally in Asia, ‘‘ the olives are
5707	beaten down by poles or by shaking the boughs, or even
5708	allowed to drop naturally, often lying on the ground until the
5709	convenience of the owner admits of their removal; much of
5710	the inferior oil owes its bad quality to the carelessness of the
5711	proprietor of the trees” (Encyc. Brit, s.v. ‘‘Olive”’).
5712	97
p. 110
5713	C 810
5714	STRABO
5715	v
5716	,
5717	3
5718	»
5719	\
5720	\
5721	2O\
5722	,
5723	Appova τόπων καὶ τούτων (καὶ yap οὐδὲ πάμ-
5724	πολυ ἀφεστᾶσιν ἀλλήλων καὶ τοῦ IlapaiToviov),
5725	μὴ ὥσπερ τὸ ἱερὸν ἐκεῖνο εἰκάζειν ἔστι πρότερον
5726	ἐπὶ τῇ θαλάττῃ ἱδρῦσθαι διὰ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν
5727	τεκμηρίων, καὶ ταῦθ᾽ ὁμοίως τὰ χωρία πρότερον
5728	ἐπὶ τῇ θαλάττῃ ὑπῆργεν.
5729	ἡ δὲ κάτω Αἴγυπτος
5730	καὶ τὰ “μέχρι τῆς λίμνης τῆς Σιρβωνίτιδος πέλαγος
5731	ἦν, σύρρουν τυχὸν ἴσως τῇ ἜΗΙ ΕῚ τῇ κατὰ
5732	Ἡρώων πόλιν καὶ τὸν Αἰλανίτην! μυχόν.
5733	36. Εἴρηται δὲ “περὶ τούτων διὰ πλειόνων ἐν
5734	τῷ πρώτῳ ὑπομνήματι τῆς γεωγραφίας, καὶ νῦν
5735	δ᾽ ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον ὑπομνηστέον τὸ τῆς φύσεως ἅμα
5736	καὶ τὸ τῆς προνοίας ἔργον εἰς ἕν συμφέροντας:
5737	“
5738	rn
5739	΄
5740	ς
5741	)
5742	ὲ
5743	ν 8
5744	τὸ μὲν τῆς φύσεως, OTL
5745	τῶν πάντων ὑφ
5746	συννευόντων τὸ τοῦ ὅλου μέσον καὶ rbaipou:
5747	4
5748	μένων περὶ τοῦτο, τὸ μὲν πυκνότατον καὶ μεσαί-
5749	τατόν ἐστιν ἡ γῆ, τὸ δ᾽ ἧττον τοιοῦτον καὶ
5750	ἐφεξῆς τὸ ὕδωρ, ἑκάτερον δὲ σφαῖρα, ἡ μὲν
5751	στερεά, ἡ δὲ κοίλη, ἐντὸς ἔχουσα τὴν γῆν" τὸ δὲ
5752	τῆς προνοίας, ὅτι βεβούληται,
5753	καὶ αὐτὴ ποι-
5754	κίλτριά τις OVTA καὶ μυρίων ἔργων δημιουργός,
5755	ἐν τοῖς πρώτοις Coa γεννᾶν, ὡς πολὺ διαφέροντα
5756	τῶν ἄλλων, καὶ τούτων τὰ κράτιστα θεούς τε καὶ
5757	ἀνθρώπους, ὧν ἕνεκεν καὶ τὰ ἄλλα συνέστηκε.
5758	τοῖς μὲν οὖν θεοῖς ἀπέδειξε τὸν οὐρανόν, τοῖς δ᾽
5759	ἀνθρώποις τὴν γῆν, τὰ ἄκρα τῶν τοῦ κόσμου
5760	μερῶν: ἄκρα δὲ τῆς σφαίρας τὸ μέσον καὶ τὸ
5761	1 Ἐλανίτην Ὦ.
5762	2 τό, Corais inserts.
5763	3 εἰς ἐν Dhi.
5764	4 σφαιρουμένων, Corais, for σφαιρούμενον.
5765	1 See 16. 2. 30, 4. 4, 4, 18.
5766	a7 1.83.4, 93)
5767	98
p. 111
5768	GEOGRAPHY, 17. 1. 35-36
5769	that of Ammon (in fact, Ammon and the Heracleote
5770	Nome are not very far distant from one another or
5771	from Paraetonium), that, just as from the numerous
5772	evidences one may surmise that that temple was in
5773	earlier times situated on the sea, so likewise these
5774	districts were in earlier times
5775	on the sea.
5776	And
5777	Lower Aegypt and the parts extending as far as
5778	Lake Sirbonis were sea—this sea being confluent,
5779	perhaps, with the Red Sea in the neighbourhood of
5780	Herdéonpolis and the Aelanites! Gulf.
5781	36. 1 have already discussed this subject at greater
5782	length in the First Commentary of my Geography,?
5783	but now also I must comment briefly on the work of
5784	Nature and at the same time upon that of Providence,
5785	since they contribute to one result.?
5786	The work of
5787	Nature is this, that all things converge to one thing,
5788	the centre of the whole, and form a sphere around
5789	this; and the densest and most central thing is the
5790	earth, and the thing that is less so and next in order
5791	after it is the water; and that each of the two is a
5792	sphere, the former solid, the latter hollow, having the
5793	earth inside of it.
5794	And the work of Providence is
5795	this, that being likewise a broiderer, as it were, and
5796	artificer of countless works, it has willed, among its
5797	first works, to beget living beings, as being much
5798	superior to everything else, and among these the
5799	most excellent
5800	beings,
5801	both
5802	gods and men, on
5803	whose account everything else has been formed.
5804	Now to the gods Providence assigned the heavens and
5805	to men the earth, which are the extremities of the
5806	two parts of the universe ; and the two extremities of
5807	the sphere are the central part and the outermost
5808	3 The reader will
5809	remember
5810	that
5811	Strabo was
5812	a Stoic
5813	philosopher (1. 2. 3, 34).
5814	99
p. 112
5815	STRABO
5816	ἐξωτάτω.
5817	ἀλλ᾽ ἐπειδὴ τῇ γῇ περίκειται τὸ ὕδωρ,
5818	οὐκ ἔστι δ᾽ ἔνυδρον ζῷον ὁ ἄνθρωπος, ἀλλὰ χερ-
5819	σαῖον καὶ ἐναέριον καὶ πολλοῦ κοινωνικὸν φωτός,
5820	ἐποίησεν ἐξοχὰς ἐν τῇ γῇ πολλὰς * καὶ εἰσοχάς,
5821	ὥστ᾽ ἐν αἷς μὲν ἀπολαμβάνεσθαι τὸ σύμπαν ἢ καὶ
5822	τὸ πλέον ὕδωρ ἀποκρύπτον τὴν UT αὐτῷ γῆν, ἐν
5823	αἷς δ᾽ ἐξέχειν τὴν γῆν ἀποκρύπτουσαν ὑφ᾽ ἑαυτῇ
5824	τὸ ὕδωρ, πλὴν ὅσον χρήσιμον τῷ ἀνθρωπείῳ
5825	γένει καὶ τοῖς περὶ αὐτὸ ζῴοις καὶ φυτοῖς.
5826	ἐπεὶ
5827	δ᾽ ἐν κινήσει συνεχεῖ τὰ σύμπαντα καὶ μετα-
5828	βολαῖς μεγάλαις
5829	(οὐ γὰρ οἷόν
5830	τε ἄλλως τὰ
5831	τοιαῦτα καὶ τοσαῦτα καὶ τηλικαῦτα ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ
5832	διοκεῖσθαι), ὑποληπτέον, μήτε τὴν γῆν ἀεὶ συμ-
5833	μένειν οὕτως, ὥστ᾽ ἀεὶ τηλικαύτην εἶναι μηδὲν
5834	προστιθεῖσαν ἑαυτῇ μηδ᾽ ἀφαιροῦσαν, μήτε τὸ
5835	ὕδωρ, μήτε τὴν ἕδραν ἔχειν τὴν αὐτὴν ἑκάτερον,
5836	καὶ ταῦτα
5837	εἰς ἄλληλα φυσικωτάτης οὔσης καὶ
5838	ἐγγυτάτω τῆς μεταπτώσεως: ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς γῆς
5839	πολλὴν εἰς ὕδωρ μεταβάλλειν, καὶ τῶν ὑδάτων
5840	πολλὰ χερσοῦσθαι τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον, ὅνπερ καὶ ἐν
5841	τῇ γῇ, καθ᾽ ἣν αὐτὴν" τοσαῦται διαφοραί: ἡ
5842	μὲν γὰρ εὔθρυπτος, ἡ δὲ στερεὰ καὶ πετρώδης καὶ
5843	σιδηρῖτις καὶ οὕτως ἐπὶ τῶν ἄλλων.
5844	ὁμοίως
5845	δὲ καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς ὑγρᾶς οὐσίας" ἡ μὲν ἁλμυρίς, ἡ
5846	δὲ γλυκεῖα καὶ πότιμος, ἡ δὲ φαρμακώδης καὶ
5847	σωτήριος καὶ ὀλέθριος καὶ ψυχρὰ καὶ θερμή.
5848	τί
5849	οὖν θαυμαστόν,
5850	εἴ τινα
5851	μέρη τῆς γῆς, ἃ νῦν
5852	οἰκεῖται, θαλάττῃ πρότερον κατείχετο, τὰ δὲ νῦν
5853	1 πολλάς, Tzschucke, for πολλοῖς.
5854	2 καθ᾽ ἣν αὐτήν, Groskurd, for καθ᾽ ἑαυτήν.
5855	1οο
p. 113
5856	GEOGRAPHY, 17. 1. 36
5857	part.1
5858	But since water surrounds the earth, and man
5859	is not an aquatic animal, but a land animal that needs
5860	air and requires much light, Providence has made
5861	numerous elevations and hollows on the earth, so that
5862	the whole, or the most, of the water is received in
5863	the hollows, hiding the earth beneath it, and the
5864	earth projects in the elevations, hiding the water
5865	beneath itself, except so much of the latter as is useful
5866	for the human race, as also for the animals and plants
5867	round it.
5868	But since all things are continually in
5869	motion and undergo great changes (for it is not possible
5870	otherwise for things of this kind and number and
5871	size in the universe to be regulated), we must take
5872	it for granted, first, that the earth is not always so
5873	constant that it is always of this or that size, adding
5874	nothing
5875	to itself nor
5876	subtracting
5877	anything, and,
5878	secondly, that the water is not, and, thirdly, that
5879	neither of the two keeps the same fixed place, es-
5880	pecially since the reciprocal change of one into the
5881	other is most natural and very near at hand; and
5882	also that much of the earth changes into water, and
5883	many of the waters become dry land in the same
5884	manner as on the earth, where also so many variations
5885	take place ; for one kind of earth crumbles easily and
5886	others are solid, or rocky, or contain iron ore, and so
5887	with the rest.
5888	And the case is the same with the
5889	properties of liquids: one water
5890	is salty, another
5891	sweet and potable, and others contain drugs, salutary
5892	or deadly, or are hot or cold.
5893	Why, then, is it marvel-
5894	lous if some parts of the earth which are at present
5895	inhabited were covered with sea in earlier times, and
5896	1 Heaven is the outermost periphery, in which is situated
5897	everything that is divine (Poseidonius, quoted by Diogenes
5898	Laértius, 7. 138).
5899	ror
p. 114
5900	> 811
5901	STRABO
5902	πελάγη πρότερον ὠκεῖτο ; καθάπερ καὶ πηγὰς
5903	τὰς πρότερον ἐκλιπεῖν συνέβη, τὰς δ᾽ ἀνεῖσθαι,
5904	καὶ ποταμοὺς καὶ λίμνας, οὕτω δὲ καὶ ὄρη καὶ
5905	πεδία εἰς ἄλληλα μεταπίπτειν" περὶ ὧν καὶ
5906	πρότερον εἰρήκαμεν πολλά, καὶ νῦν εἰρήσθω.
5907	37. ἽΠΠ δι οὖν Μοίριδος * λίμνη διὰ τὸ μέγεθος
5908	καὶ τὸ βάθος ἱκανή ἐστι κατὰ 3 τὰς ἀναβάσεις
5909	τὴν πλημμυρίδα φέρειν καὶ μὴ ὑπερπολάζειν εἰς
5910	τὰ οἰκούμενα καὶ πεφυτευμένα, εἶτα ἐν τῇ ἀπο-
5911	βάσει τὸ πλεονάζον ἀποδοῦσα τῇ αὐτῇ διώρυγι
5912	κατὰ θάτερον τῶν στομάτων ἔχειν ὑπολειπόμενον
5913	τὸ χρήσιμον πρὸς τὰς ἐποχετείας, καὶ αὐτὴ καὶ
5914	ἡ διῶρυξ.
5915	ταῦτα μὲν φυσικά, ἐπίκειται δὲ τοῖς
5916	στόμασιν ἀμφοτέροις τῆς διώρυγος κλεῖθρα, οἷς
5917	ταμιεύουσιν οἱ ἀρχιτέκτονες τό τε εἰσρέον ὕδωρ
5918	καὶ τὸ ἐκρέον.
5919	πρὸς δὲ τούτοις ἡ τοῦ λαβυρίνθου
5920	κατασκευὴ πάρισον ταῖς πυραμίσιν ἐστὶν ἔργον
5921	καὶ ὁ παρακείμενος τάφος τοῦ κατασκευάσαντος
5922	βασιλέως τὸν λαβύρινθον.
5923	ἔστι δὲ κατὰ τὸν
5924	πρῶτον εἴσπλουν τὸν εἰς τὴν διώρυγα προελθόντι
5925	ὅσον τριάκοντα ἢ τετταράκοντα σταδίους ἐπί-
5926	πεδόν τι τραπεζῶδες χωρίον, ἔχον κώμην τε καὶ
5927	βασίλειον μέγα ἐκ πολλῶν βασιλείων, ὅσοι πρό-
5928	τερον ἦσαν νομοί: τοσαῦται
5929	γάρ εἰσιν αὐλαὶ
5930	περίστυλοι, συνεχεῖς ἀλλήλαις, ep ἕνα στίχον
5931	πᾶσαι καὶ ἐφ᾽ ἑνὸς τοίχου, ὡς ἂν τείχους μακροῦ ®
5932	προκειμένας ἔχοντος τὰς αὐλάς" αἱ δ᾽ εἰς αὐτὰς
5933	καὶ τὰς πηγάς Dh.
5934	2 Μούριδος Dhimowuz.
5935	All MSS. except E read τε after κατά.
5936	δὲ κατά KE, δὲ τὸ κατά DEA, δὲ τῷ κατά other MSS.
5937	βασιλείων, Corais, for Bamincor:
5938	μακροῦ, Corais, for μικροῦ.
5939	ἔχοντος, Corais, for ἔχοντες.
5940	NO
5941	&%
5942	»
5943	CO
5944	ν»-
5945	102
p. 115
5946	GEOGRAPHY,
5947	17. 1. 36-37
5948	if what are now seas were inhabited in earlier times ?
5949	Just as fountains of earlier times have given out and
5950	others have sprung forth, and rivers and lakes, so also
5951	mountains and plains have changed one into another.
5952	But I have discussed this subject at length before,}
5953	and now let this suffice.
5954	37. Be this as it may, the Lake of Moeris,? on
5955	account of its size and its depth, is sufficient to bear
5956	the flood-tides at the risings of the Nile and not over-
5957	flow into the inhabited and planted parts, and then,
5958	in the retirement of the river, to return the excess
5959	water to the river by the same canal at each of its
5960	two mouths? and, both itself and the canal, to keep
5961	back an amount remaining that will be useful for
5962	irrigation,
5963	While these conditions are the work of
5964	nature, yet locks have been placed at both mouths
5965	of the canal, by which the engineers 4 regulate both
5966	the inflow and the outflow of the water.
5967	In addition to
5968	the things mentioned, this Nome has the Labyrinth,
5969	which is a work comparable to the pyramids, and,
5970	near it, the tomb of the king who built the Labyrinth.
5971	Near the first entrance to the canal, and on proceeding
5972	thence about thirty or forty stadia, one comes to a flat,
5973	trapezium-shaped place, which has a village, and also
5974	a great palace composed of many palaces—as many
5975	in number as there were Nomes in earlier times
5976	: 9
5977	for this is the number of courts, surrounded by colon-
5978	nades, continuous with one another, all in a single
5979	row and along one wall, the structure being as it
5980	were a long wall with the courts in front of it; and the
5981	Po, By chy UPS
5982	5. On this lake, cp. Herodotus 2. 149,
5983	3 Cp. § 35 above.
5984	ὁ Literally, ‘‘ architects.”
5985	5 On this Labyrinth, cp. Herodotus 2. 148, Diodorus Siculus
5986	1. 66. 3, and Pliny 36, 19.
5987	6 See 17. 1. 3.
5988	103
p. 116
5989	STRABO
5990	ὁδοὶ καταντικρὺ τοῦ τείχους εἰσί.
5991	πρόκεινται δὲ
5992	τῶν εἰσόδων κρυπταί τινες μακραὶ καὶ πολλαίΐ,
5993	>
5994	>
5995	/
5996	Μ΄
5997	\
5998	\
5999	e
6000	4
6001	“
6002	δι ἀλλήλων ἔχουσαι σκολιὰς τὰς ὁδούς, ὥστε
6003	΄
6004	΄
6005	cal
6006	Ψ
6007	χωρὶς ἡγεμόνος μηδενὶ τῶν ξένων εἶναι δυνατὴν
6008	,
6009	τὴν εἰς ἑκάστην αὐλὴν πάροδόν τε καὶ ἔξοδον.
6010	τὸ δὲ θαυμαστόν, ὅτι αἱ στέγαι τῶν οἴκων ἑκάστου
6011	΄
6012	lal
6013	\
6014	μονόλιθοι,: καὶ τῶν κρυπτῶν τὰ πλάτη μονολίθοις
6015	ὡσαύτως ἐστέγασται πλαξίν, ὑπερβαλλούσαις τὸ
6016	μέγεθος,
6017	ξύλων οὐδαμοῦ καταμεμιγμένων
6018	οὐδ᾽
6019	”
6020	ef
6021	NO
6022	cal
6023	>
6024	/
6025	Ae
6026	>
6027	\
6028	\
6029	/
6030	ἄλλης ὕλης οὐδεμιᾶς. ἀναβάντα Te”
6031	ἐπὶ TO στέγος,
6032	οὐ μεγάλῳϑ ὕψει, ἅτε μονοστέγῳ, ἔστιν ἰδεῖν
6033	’
6034	Lal
6035	πεδίον λίθινον ἐκ τηλικούτων λίθων, ἐντεῦθεν δὲ
6036	/
6037	J
6038	\
6039	>
6040	ἊΝ,
6041	5
6042	/
6043	4
6044	ε
6045	fal
6046	€
6047	r
6048	πάλιν
6049	εἰς
6050	τὰς
6051	αὐλὰς ἐκπίπτοντα
6052	ἑξῆς ὁρᾶν
6053	κειμένας
6054	ὑπὸ μονολίθων
6055	κιόνων ὑπηρεισμένας
6056	e
6057	\
6058	\
6059	Μ
6060	\
6061	e
6062	»
6063	\
6064	>
6065	>
6066	>
6067	ἑπτὰ καὶ εἴκοσι" καὶ οἱ τοῖχοι δὲ οὐκ ἐξ ἐλατ-
6068	τόνων τῷ μεγέθει λίθων σύγκεινται.
6069	ἐπὶ τέλει
6070	δὲ τῆς οἰκοδομίας ταύτης πλέον ἢ στάδιον ἐπε-
6071	yovons®
6072	ὁ τάφος
6073	ἐστί,
6074	πυραμὶς τετράγωνος,
6075	Ul
6076	\
6077	Ν
6078	ἑκάστην τετράπλεθρόν πως ἔχουσα τὴν πλευρὰν
6079	ς
6080	)
6081	ε
6082	/
6083	καὶ τὸ ἴσον ὕψος" ᾿Ιμάνδης ὃ δ᾽ ὄνομα ὁ ταφείς.
6084	΄
6085	\
6086	πεποιῆσθαι δέ φασι τὰς αὐλὰς τοσαύτας, ὅτι
6087	τοὺς νομοὺς ἔθος ἣν ἐκεῖσε συνέρχεσθαι πάντας
6088	ἀριστίνδην μετὰ τῶν οἰκείων ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν,
6089	θυσίας τε καὶ θεοδοσίας καὶ δικαιοδοσίας ὃ περὶ
6090	1 μονόλιθοι 1), μονολίθου F, μονολίθῳ other MSS.
6091	2 All MSS. except E read ἐστι after τε.
6092	3 Miiller-Diibner, following conj. of Meineke, emend μέγα
6093	τῷ to μεγάλῳ.
6094	One would expect ἐν before the οὐ.
6095	4 For ἐκπίπτοντα,
6096	Letronne
6097	conj.
6098	ἐκκύπτοντα,
6099	Kramer
6100	εἰσβλέποντα.
6101	5 ἐπεχούσης, Corais, for ἀπεχούσης.
6102	6 *tudvdns, Meineke and Miiller-Diibner, for Ἰσμάνδης MSS.,
6103	Malvdns Epit. (cp. Ἰσμάνδης ὃ 42 below).
6104	104
p. 117
6105	GEOGRAPHY, 17. 1. 37
6106	roads leading into them are exactly opposite the wall.
6107	In front of the entrances are crypts, as it were, which
6108	are long and numerous and have winding passages
6109	communicating with one another, so that no stranger
6110	can find his way either into any court or out of it
6111	without a guide.
6112	But the marvellous thing is that
6113	the roof of each of the chambers consists of a single
6114	stone, and that the breadths of the crypts are likewise
6115	roofed with single slabs of surpassing size, with no
6116	intermixture anywhere of timber or of any other
6117	material.
6118	And, on ascending to the roof, which is at
6119	no great height, inasmuch as the Labyrinth has only
6120	one story, one can see a plain of stone, consisting of
6121	stones of that great size ; and thence, descending out
6122	into the courts again, one can see that they lie in a
6123	row and are each supported by twenty-seven mono-
6124	lithic pillars; and their walls, also, are composed of
6125	stones that are no smaller in size.
6126	At the end of
6127	this building, which occupies more than a stadium, is
6128	the tomb, a quadrangular pyramid, which has sides
6129	about four plethra in width and a height equal thereto.
6130	Imandes1 is the name of the man buried there.
6131	It
6132	is said that this number of courts was built because it
6133	was the custom for all the Nomes to assemble there
6134	in accordance with their rank, together with their
6135	own priests and priestesses, for the sake of sacrifice
6136	and of offering gifts to the gods and of administering
6137	1 Perhaps an error for ‘‘Mandes.”
6138	The name is spelled
6139	Ismandes in §42 below.
6140	Diodorus says ‘‘Mendes, whom
6141	some give the name Marrus.”
6142	The real builder was Maindes,
6143	or Amon-em-hat III, of the twelfth dynasty (Sayce, The Egypt
6144	of the Hebrews, p. 281).
6145	7 ἀριστίνδην, Tyrwhitt, for ἄριστον δ᾽ ἦν.
6146	8 καὶ δικαιοδοσίας, suspected by Corais and Miiller- Dibner.
6147	105
p. 118
6148	STRABO
6149	-“ἢ;
6150	,
6151	¢
6152	»“
6153	Lol
6154	τῶν μεγίστων χάριν.
6155	κατήγετο δὲ τῶν νομῶν
6156	ἕκαστος εἰς τὴν ἀποδειχθεῖσαν αὐλὴν αὐτῷ.
6157	/
6158	\
6159	r
6160	>
6161	»
6162	€
6163	\
6164	38. Παραπλεύσαντι δὲ ταῦτα ἐφ᾽ ἑκατὸν στα-
6165	δίους πόλις ἐστὶν ee Κροκοδείλων δὲ πόλις
6166	ἐκαλεῖτο πρότερον' σφρόδρα yap ἐν TO νομῷ τούτῳ
6167	τιμῶσι τὸν κροκόδειλον, καί ἐστιν ἱερὸς Tap
6168	αὐτοῖς ἐν λίμνῃ Kal’ αὑτὸν τρεφόμενος, χειροήθης
6169	τοῖς ἱερεῦσι.
6170	καλεῖται δὲ Σοῦχος" τρέφεται δὲ
6171	\
6172	ΕΣ
6173	,
6174	“
6175	σιτίοις καὶ κρέασι καὶ οἴνῳ, προσφερόντων ἀεὶ τῶν
6176	Ἢ
6177	/
6178	“
6179	b]
6180	\
6181	\
6182	@ /
6183	>
6184	/
6185	=
6186	r
6187	e
6188	/
6189	Ἴ 812 ξένων τῶν ἐπὶ τὴν
6190	θέαν ἀφικνουμένων.
6191	ὁ γοῦν ἡμέ-
6192	τερος ξένος, ἀνὴρ τῶν ἐντίμων, αὐτόθι μυσταγωγῶν
6193	ἡμᾶς, συνῆλθεν ἐπὶ τὴν λίμνην, κομίζων ἀπὸ τοῦ
6194	δείπνου πλακουντάριόν ' τι καὶ κρέας ὀπτὸν καὶ
6195	προχοϊδιόν τι μελικράτου.
6196	εὕρομεν δὲ ἐπὶ τῷ
6197	χείλει κείμενον τὸ θηρίον: προσιόντες δὲ οἱ ἱερεῖς,
6198	r
6199	«
6200	οἱ μὲν διέστησαν αὐτοῦ τὸ στόμα, ὁ δὲ ἐνέθηκε
6201	τὸ πέμμα, καὶ πάλιν τὸ κρέας, εἶτα τὸ μελίκρατον
6202	κατήρασε.
6203	καθαλόμενος δὲ εἰς τὴν λίμνην διῆξεν
6204	»
6205	Ἁ
6206	,
6207	>
6208	/
6209	\
6210	\
6211	Mv
6212	Ὁ
6213	»
6214	εἰς τὸ πέραν" ἐπελθόντος δὲ καὶ ἄλλου τῶν ξένων,
6215	κομίζοντος ὁμοίως ἀπαρχήν," λαβόντες περιῆλθον
6216	δρόμῳ καὶ καταλαβόντες προσήνεγκαν ὁμοίως τὰ
6217	προσενεχθέντα.
6218	39. Μετὰ δὲ τὸν ᾿Αρσινοΐτην καὶ 3 τὸν Ἥρακ-
6219	\
6220	Ses
6221	,
6222	,
6223	᾽
6224	ΚΡ
6225	cae
6226	,
6227	AEWTLKOV νομὸν Ἡρακλέους πόλις, EV ἢ O ὑχνεύμων
6228	τιμᾶται ὑπεναντίως τοῖς ᾿Αρσινοΐταις" οἱ μὲν γὰρ
6229	τοὺς κροκοδείλους τιμῶσι, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἥ τε
6230	1 πλακούντιον E.
6231	2 ἀπαρχάς E.
6232	3 καί, Letronne emends to κατά, Groskurd to καὶ κατά.
6233	1 For proposed restorations
6234	of the Labyrinth, see the
6235	Latronne Edition, and Petrie (The Labyrinth, Gerzeh, and
6236	τοῦ
p. 119
6237	GEOGRAPHY,
6238	17. I. 37-39
6239	justice in matters of the greatest importance.
6240	And
6241	each of the Nomes was conducted to the court
6242	appointed to it.
6243	38. Sailing along shore
6244	for a distance
6245	of one
6246	hundred
6247	stadia, one comes
6248	to the
6249	city Arsinoé,
6250	which in earlier times was called Crocodeilonpolis ;
6251	for the people in this Nome hold in very great
6252	honour the crocodile, and there is a sacred one there
6253	which is kept and fed by itself in a lake, and is tame
6254	to the priests.
6255	It is called Suchus; and it is fed
6256	on grain and pieces of meat and on wine, which are
6257	always being fed to it by the foreigners who go to see
6258	it.
6259	At any rate, our host, one of the officials, who
6260	was introducing us into the mysteries there, went
6261	with us to the lake, carrying from the dinner a kind
6262	of cooky and some roasted meat and a pitcher of
6263	wine mixed with honey.
6264	We found the animal
6265	lying on the edge of the lake ; and when the priests
6266	went up to it, some of them opened its mouth and
6267	another put in the cake, and again the meat, and
6268	then poured down the honey mixture.
6269	The animal
6270	then leaped into the lake and rushed across to the
6271	far side; but when another foreigner arrived, like-
6272	wise carrying an offering of first-fruits, the priests
6273	took it, went around the lake in a run, took hold of
6274	the animal, and in the same manner fed it what
6275	had been brought.
6276	39. After the Arsinoite and Heracleotic Nomes,
6277	one comes to a City of Heracles, where the people
6278	hold in honour the ichneumon, the very opposite of
6279	the practice of the Arsinoitae ; for whereas the latter
6280	hold the crocodile in honour—and on this account
6281	Mazghuneh, p. 28), and Myres (Annals of Archaeology and
6282	Anthropology, III, 134).
6283	107
p. 120
6284	STRABO
6285	διῶρυξ αὐτῶν ἐστι μεστὴ TOV κροκοδείλων καὶ
6286	ἡ τοῦ Μοίριδος 1 λίμνη" σέβονται γὰρ καὶ ἀπέ-
6287	χονται αὐτῶν" οἱ δὲ τοὺς ἐἰχνεύμονας τοὺς ὀλεθριω-
6288	τάτους
6289	τοῖς
6290	κροκοδείλοις,
6291	καθάπερ
6292	καὶ
6293	ταῖς
6294	ἀσπίσι: καὶ γὰρ τὰ ὠὰ διαφθείρουσιν αὐτῶν καὶ
6295	αὐτὰ τὰ θηρία, τῷ πηλῷ θωρακισθέντες" κυλισ-
6296	θέντες “γὰρ ἐν αὐτῷ ξηραίνονται πρὸς τὸν ἥλιον,
6297	εἶτα τὰς ἀσπίδας μὲν ἢ τῆς κεφαλῆς ἢ τῆς οὐρᾶς
6298	λαβόμενοι κατασπῶσιν εἰς τὸν ποταμὸν καὶ δια-
6299	φθείρουσι:
6300	τοὺς δὲ κροκοδείλους ἐνεδρεύσαντες,
6301	ἡνίκ᾽ ἂν ἡλιάζωνται κεχηνότες, ἐμπίπτουσιν εἰς τὰ
6302	χάσματα καὶ διαφαγόντες τὰ σπλάγχνα, καὶ τὰς
6303	γαστέρας ἐκδύνουσιν ἐκ νεκρῶν τῶν σωμάτων.
6304	40. “Ἑξῆς δ᾽ ἐστὶν ὁ Κυνοπολίτης νομὸς καὶ
6305	Κυνῶν πόλις, ἐν ἡ ὁ "Ανουβις τιμᾶται καὶ τοῖς
6306	κυσὶ τιμὴ καὶ σίτισις τέτακταί τις ἱερά.
6307	ἐν δὲ
6308	τῇ περαίᾳ ᾿Οξύρυγχος πόλις καὶ νομὸς ὁμώνυμος.
6309	τιμῶσι δὲ τὸν ὀξύρυγχον καὶ ἔστιν αὐτοῖς ἱερὸν
6310	Ὀξυρύγχου, καίτοι καὶ τῶν ἄλλων Αἰγυπτίων
6311	κοινῇ τιμώντων τὸν ὀξύρυγχον.
6312	τινὰ μὲν γὰρ
6313	τῶν ζῴων ἅπαντες
6314	κοινῇ τιμῶσιν
6315	Αἰγύπτιοι,
6316	καθάπερ
6317	τῶν
6318	μὲν
6319	πεζῶν
6320	τρία,
6321	βοῦν,
6322	κύνα,
6323	αἴλουρον, τῶν δὲ πτηνῶν δύο, ἱέρακα καὶ ἶβιν,
6324	τῶν
6325	δ᾽ ἐνύδρων
6326	δύο, λεπιδωτὸν
6327	ἰχθὺν
6328	καὶ
6329	ὀξύρυγχον' ἄλλα δ᾽ ἔστιν, ἃ τιμῶσι καθ᾽ ἑαυτοὺς
6330	ἕκαστοι, καθάπερ Σαΐται πρόβατον καὶ Θηβαῖται,
6331	λάτον δὲ τῶν ἐν τῷ Νείλῳ τινὰ ἰχθὺν Λατοπο-
6332	Μοίριδος, Xylander, for Μούριδος.
6333	So in ὃ 44 below.
6334	2 “City of Dogs.”
6335	108
p. 121
6336	GEOGRAPHY,
6337	17. 1. 39-40
6338	both their canal and the Lake of Moeris are full of
6339	crocodiles, for the people revere them and abstain
6340	from harming them !—the former hold in honour the
6341	ichneumons, which are the deadliest enemies of the
6342	crocodile, as also of the asp; for they destroy, not
6343	only the eggs of the asps, but also the asps themselves,
6344	having armed themselves with a breastplate of mud ;
6345	for they first roll themselves in mud, make it dry in
6346	the sun, and then, seizing the asps by either the
6347	head or the tail, drag them down into the river and
6348	kill them ; and as for the crocodiles, the ichneumons
6349	lie in wait for them, and when the crocodiles are
6350	basking in the sun with their mouths open the ich-
6351	neumons throw themselves into their open jaws, eat
6352	through their entrails and bellies, and emerge from
6353	their dead bodies.
6354	40. One comes next to the Cynopolite Nome,
6355	and to Cynonpolis,2? where Anubis is held in honour
6356	and where a form of worship and sacred feeding has
6357	been organised for all dogs.
6358	On the far side of the
6359	river lie the city Oxyrynchus and a Nome bearing the
6360	same name.
6361	‘They hold in honour the oxyrynchus*
6362	and have a temple sacred to Oxyrynchus, though
6363	the other Aegyptians in common also hold in honour
6364	the oxyrynchus.
6365	In fact, certain animals are wor-
6366	shipped by all Aegyptians in common, as, for example,
6367	three land animals, bull and dog and cat, and two
6368	birds, hawk and ibis, and two aquatics, scale-fish and
6369	oxyrynchus, but there are other animals which are
6370	honoured by separate groups independently of the
6371	rest, as, for example, a sheep by the Saitae and also
6372	by the Thebans;
6373	a Jdatus, a fish of the Nile, by
6374	3 2,6. ‘‘sharp-snouted ” (fish).
6375	A species of fish like our
6376	pike.
6377	109
p. 122
6378	STRABO
6379	λῖται, λύκον te Λυκοπολῖται, κυνοκέφαλον δὲ
6380	‘Eppotronitar, κῆβον
6381	δὲ Βαβυλώνιοι
6382	οἱ κατὰ
6383	Μέμφιν:
6384	ἔστι & ὁ κῆβος τὸ μὲν πρόσωπον
6385	ἐοικὼς
6386	σατύρῳ,
6387	Tada
6388	δὲ κυνὸς
6389	καὶ
6390	ἄρκτου
6391	μεταξύ, γεννᾶται
6392	δ᾽ ἐν Αἰθιοπίᾳ:
6393	ἀετὸν
6394	δὲ
6395	C 813 Θηβαῖοι, λέοντα δὲ Λεοντοπολῖται, αἶγα δὲ καὶ
6396	τράγον Μενδήσιοι, μυγαλῆν δὲ ᾿Αθριβῖται, ἄλλοι
6397	δ᾽ ἄλλο
6398	τι:
6399	τὰς δ᾽ αἰτίας οὐχ ὁμολογουμένας
6400	λέγουσιν.
6401	41. Ἑξῆς
6402	δ᾽ ἐστὶν
6403	᾿Ἑρμοπολιτικὴ
6404	φυλακή,
6405	τελώνιόν
6406	TL τῶν
6407	ἐκ τῆς Θηβαΐδος καταφερο-
6408	μένων:
6409	ἐντεῦθεν
6410	ἀρχὴ
6411	τῶν
6412	ἑξηκοντασταδίων
6413	σχοίνων, ἕως Συήνης καὶ ᾿Ελεφαντίνης"
6414	εἶτα ἡ
6415	Θηβαϊκὴ φυλακὴ καὶ διῶρυξ φέρουσα ἐπὶ Tari:
6416	εἶτα Λύκων πόλις καὶ ᾿Αφροδίτης καὶ Ἰ]ανῶν
6417	πόλις,
6418	λινουργῶν
6419	καὶ
6420	λιθουργῶν
6421	κατοικία
6422	τσαλαιά.
6423	42. "Επειτα Πτολεμαϊκὴ πόλις, μεγίστη τῶν
6424	ἐν τῇ Θηβαΐδι καὶ οὐκ ἐλάττων Μέμφεως, ἐ
6425	ἔχουσα
6426	καὶ σύστημα πολιτικὸν ἐν τῷ ᾿Βλληνικῷ τρόπῳ.
6427	ὑπὲρ δὲ ταύτης ἡ Αβυδος, ἐν 7 τὸ Mepvovor,
6428	βασίλειον θαυμαστῶς κατεσκευασμένον ὁλόλιθον 1
6429	τῇ αὐτῇ κατασκευῇ, ἧπερ τὸν λαβύρινθον ἔφαμεν,
6430	οὐ πολλαπλοῦν δέ: καὶ κρήνη ἐν βάθει κειμένη,
6431	ὥστε καταβαίνειν εἰς αὐτὴν διὰ κατακαμφθεισῶν 5
6432	ψαλίδων μονολίθων ὑπερβαλλουσῶν τῷ μεγέθει
6433	1 ὁλόλιθον, omitted by E.
6434	2 κατακαμφθεισῶν (see Diodorus Siculus 2. 9), Corais, for
6435	κατακαμφθέντων.
6436	For conjectures, see Kramer.
6437	1 i.e. the Aegyptian jackal (Canis lupaster).
6438	2 7.e. the dog-faced baboon (Simia hamadryas).
6439	3 See 16. 4. 16 and footnote.
6440	IIo
p. 123
6441	GEOGRAPHY,
6442	17. τ. 40-42
6443	the Latopolitae;
6444	a /ycus! by the Lycopolitae;
6445	a
6446	cynocephalus* by the Hermopolitae;
6447	a cebus® by
6448	the Babylonians who live near Memphis (the cebus
6449	has a face like a satyr, is between a dog and a bear
6450	in other respects, and is bred in Aethiopia) ; an eagle
6451	by the Thebans;
6452	a lion by the Leontopolitae ; a
6453	female and male goat by the Mendesians; a shrew-
6454	mouse? by the Athribitae, and other animals by
6455	other peoples; but the reasons which they give for
6456	such worship are not in agreement.
6457	41. One comes next to the Hermopolitic garrison,
6458	a kind of toll-station for goods brought down from
6459	the Thebais; here begins the reckoning of schoeni
6460	at sixty stadia,> extending
6461	as
6462	far as Syené and
6463	Elephantiné ; and then to the Thebaic garrison and
6464	the canal that leads to Tanis; and then to Lycopolis
6465	and to Aphroditopolis and
6466	to Panopolis, an old
6467	settlement of linen-workers and stone-workers.
6468	42. Then one comes to the city of Ptolemais,
6469	which is the largest of the cities in the Thebais, is
6470	no smaller than Memphis, and has also a form of
6471	government modelled on that of the Greeks.
6472	Above
6473	this city lies Abydus, where is the Memnonium, a
6474	royal building, which is a remarkable structure built
6475	of solid stone, and of the same workmanship as that
6476	which
6477	I ascribed
6478	to the Labyrinth, though
6479	not
6480	multiplex ; and also a fountain ὃ which lies at a great
6481	depth, so that one
6482	descends to it down vaulted
6483	galleries made of monoliths of surpassing size and
6484	4 Mus araneus.
6485	5 See § 24 above, and 11. 11. 5.
6486	5 Known as ‘‘Strabo’s Well.”
6487	See Petrie, The Osireion at
6488	Abydos, p. 2; and Naville, 7ke Tomb of Osiris, London Times,
6489	March 6 and 17, 1914.
6490	111
p. 124
6491	STRABO
6492	Kal τῇ κατασκευῆ.
6493	ἔστι δὲ διῶρυξ ἄγουσα ἐπὶ
6494	τὸν τόπον ἀπὸ τοῦ μεγάλου ποταμοῦ.
6495	περὶ δὲ
6496	τὴν διώρυγα ἀκανθῶν Αἰγυπτίων ἄλσος ἐστὶν
6497	εν
6498	PAs)
6499	,
6500	”
6501	Aye
6502	Cele,
6503	an
6504	ale
6505	ἱερὸν τοῦ ᾿Απόλλωνος.
6506	ἔοικε δὲ ὑπάρξαι ΤΟΤΕ"
6507	"A Buéos πόλις μεγάλη, δευτερεύουσα μετὰ τὰς
6508	Θήβας, νυνὶ δ᾽ ἐστὶ κατοικία μικρά: εἰ δ᾽, 2S
6509	φασιν, ὁ Μέμνων ὑ ὑπὸ τῶν Αἰγυπτίων Ἰσμάνδης 1
6510	λέγεται, καὶ ὁ λαβύρινθος Μεμνόνιον ἂν εἴη καὶ
6511	rn
6512	>
6513	n
6514	a
6515	\
6516	SS
6517	>
6518	᾽
6519	΄
6520	\
6521	ἈΝ
6522	τοῦ αὐτοῦ ἔργον, οὗπερ καὶ τὰ ἐν ᾿Αβύδῳ καὶ τὰ
6523	»
6524	/
6525	\
6526	Ν
6527	᾿]
6528	~
6529	/
6530	/
6531	Ἶ
6532	,
6533	ἐν Θήβαις: καὶ yap ἐκεῖ λέγεταί τινα Μεμνόνια.
6534	Ν
6535	Ν
6536	Α
6537	wv
6538	/
6539	5
6540	2
6541	4
6542	”
6543	>
6544	κατὰ δὲ τὴν Αβυδόν ἐστιν ἡ πρώτη αὔασις ἐκ
6545	τῶν λεχθεισῶν τριῶν ἐν τῇ Λιβύῃ, διέχουσα
6546	ὁδὸν ἡμερῶν ἑπτὰ ἐνθένδε δι ἐρημίας, εὔυδρός τε
6547	κατοικία
6548	καὶ
6549	εὔοινος
6550	καὶ
6551	τοῖς ἄλλοις
6552	ἱκανή:
6553	δευτέρα δ᾽ ἡ κατὰ τὴν Μοίριδος * λίμνην" τρίτη
6554	δὲ ἡ κατὰ τὸ μαντεῖον τὸ ἐν "Αμμωνι" καὶ αὗται
6555	δὲ κατοικίαι εἰσὶν ἀξιόλογοι.
6556	43. Πολλὰ
6557	δ᾽ εἰρηκότες περὶ τοῦ Αμμωνος
6558	τοσοῦτον εἰπεῖν βουλόμεθα, ὅτι τοῖς ἀρχαίοις
6559	μᾶλλον ἦν ἐν τιμῇ καὶ ἡ μαντικὴ καθόλου καὶ
6560	τὰ χρηστήρια, νυνὶ δ᾽ ὀλιγωρία κατέχει πολλή,
6561	τῶν Ῥωμαίων a
6562	ἀρκουμένων τοῖς Σιβύλλης χρησμοῖς
6563	καὶ τοῖς Τυρρηνικοῖς θεοπροπίοις διά Te σπλάγς-
6564	χνων καὶ ὀρνιθείας καὶ διοσημιῶν.ὃ
6565	διόπερ καὶ
6566	τὸ ἐν Ἄμμωνι σχεδόν τι ἐκλέλειπται χρηστή-
6567	plov, πτρότερον δὲ ἐτετίμητο.
6568	δηλοῦσι δὲ μάλιστα
6569	τοῦτο οἱ τὰς ᾿Αλεξάνδρου πράξεις ἀναγράψαντες,
6570	1 Σμάνδης F, Ἰμάνδης xz, Mavdns w (cp. Ἰμάνδης 17. 1. 37).
6571	2 Μοίριδος Εἰ, Movpidos other MSS.
6572	3 διοσημιῶν, Corais, for διασημειῶν.
6573	1 Spelled ‘‘Imandes”’ in ὃ 37 above (see footnote there).
6574	112
p. 125
6575	GEOGRAPHY,
6576	17. 1. 42-43
6577	workmanship.
6578	There is a canal leading to the place
6579	from the great river; and in the neighbourhood of
6580	the canal is a grove of Aegyptian acantha, sacred to
6581	Apollo.
6582	Abydus appears once to have been a great
6583	city, second only to Thebes, but it is now only a
6584	small settlement.
6585	But if, as they say, Memnon is
6586	called Ismandes! by the Aegyptians, the Labyrinth
6587	might also be
6588	a Memnonium and a work of the
6589	same man who built both the Memnonia in Abydus
6590	and those in Thebes; for it is said that there are
6591	also some Memnonia in Thebes.
6592	Opposite Abydus
6593	is the first of the above-mentioned three oases in
6594	Libya; it is a seven
6595	days’ journey distant from
6596	Abydus through a desert; and it is a settlement
6597	which
6598	abounds
6599	in water
6600	and
6601	in
6602	wine,
6603	and _ is
6604	sufficiently supplied with other things.
6605	The second
6606	oasis is that in the neighbourhood of the Lake of
6607	Moeris ; and the third is that in the neighbourhood
6608	of the oracle in Ammon; and these, also, are note-
6609	worthy settlements.
6610	43. Now that I have already said much about
6611	Ammon,?
6612	I wish
6613	to add only this: Among the
6614	ancients both divination in general and oracles were
6615	held in greater honour, but now great neglect of them
6616	prevails, since the Romans are satisfied with the ora-
6617	cles of Sibylla, and with the Tyrrhenian prophecies
6618	obtained by means of the entrails of animals, flight
6619	of birds, and omens
6620	from the sky; and on
6621	this
6622	account, also, the oracle at Ammon has been almost
6623	abandoned, though it was held in honour in earlier
6624	times ; and this fact is most clearly shown by those
6625	who have recorded the deeds of Alexander, since,
6626	2 See references in Index.
6627	113
p. 126
6628	STRABO
6629	προστιθέντες
6630	μὲν πολὺ καὶ τὸ τῆς κολακείας
6631	εἶδος, ἐμφαίνοντες δέ τι καὶ πίστεως ἄξιον.
6632	ὁ
6633	C 814 γοῦν Καλλισθένης φησὶ τὸν ᾿Αλέξανδρον φιλο-
6634	δοξῆσαι μάλιστα ἀνελθεῖν ἐπὶ τὸ χρηστήριον,
6635	ἐπειδὴ καὶ Περσέα ἤκουσε" πρότερον ἀναβῆναι
6636	καὶ Ἡρακλέα" ὁρμήσαντα δ᾽ ἐκ Παραιτονίου,
6637	καίπερ νότων ἐπιπεσόντων, βιάσασθαι: πλανώ-
6638	μενον δ᾽ ὑπὸ τοῦ κονιορτοῦ σωθῆναι, γενομένων
6639	ὄμβρων καὶ δυεῖν κοράκων ἡγησαμένων τὴν ὁδόν,
6640	ἤδη τούτων κολακευτικῶς λεγομένων" τοιαῦτα δὲ
6641	καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς: μόνῳ γὰρ δὴ τῷ βασιλεῖ τὸν ἱερέα
6642	ἐπιτρέψαι παρελθεῖν εἰς τὸν νεὼ μετὰ τῆς συνή-
6643	θους στολῆς, τοὺς
6644	δ᾽ ἄλλους
6645	μετενδῦναι
6646	τὴν
6647	ἐσθῆτα, ἔξωθέν τε τῆς θεμιστείας ἀκροάσασθαι
6648	πάντας πλὴν ᾿Αλεξάνδρου, τοῦτον δ᾽ ἔνδοθεν'
6649	εἶναι δὲ 3 οὐχ ὥσπερ ἐν Δελφοῖς καὶ Βραγχίδαις
6650	τὰς ἀποθεσπίσεις διὰ λόγων, ἀλλὰ νεύμασι καὶ
6651	συμβόλοις τὸ πλέον, ὡς καὶ παρ᾽ “Ομήρῳ,
6652	>
6653	\
6654	,
6655	gud)
6656	Ss
6657	Δ
6658	a
6659	,
6660	ἢ Kal κυανέησιν ἐπ᾽ ὀφρύσι νεῦσε Κρονίων,
6661	τοῦ προφήτου
6662	τὸν Δία ὑποκριναμένου:
6663	τοῦτο
6664	μέντοι ῥητῶς
6665	εἰπεῖν
6666	τὸν ἄνθρωπον
6667	πρὸς τὸν
6668	βασιλέα,
6669	ὅτι εἴη Διὸς υἱός.
6670	προστραγῳδεῖ δὲ
6671	τούτοις ὁ Καλλισθένης, ὅτι τοῦ ᾿Απόλλωνος τὸ
6672	ἐν Βραγχίδαις μαντεῖον ἐκλελοιπότος, ἐξ ὅτου
6673	τὸ ἱερὸν ὑπὸ τῶν Βραγχεδῶν σεσύλητο ἐπὶ Ξέρξου
6674	περσισάντων, ἐκλελοιπυίας δὲ καὶ τῆς κρήνης,
6675	τότε ἥ τε κρήνη ἀνάσχοι καὶ μαντεῖα πολλὰ οἱ
6676	1 δέτι, the editors, for δ᾽ ἔτι x, δ᾽ ὅτι other MSS.
6677	5 ἥκουε DF,
6678	3 δέ͵ Meineke inserts.
6679	LIC ps
6680	ΟΣ ΠΟ
6681	15.82 28:
6682	114
p. 127
6683	GEOGRAPHY, 17. 1. 43
6684	although they add numerous forms of mere flattery,1
6685	yet they do indicate some things that are worthy of
6686	belief.
6687	At any rate, Callisthenes says that Alexander
6688	conceived a very great ambition to go inland to the
6689	oracle, since he had heard that Perseus,
6690	as also
6691	Heracles, had done so in earlier times; and that he
6692	started
6693	from
6694	Paraetonium,
6695	although
6696	the
6697	south
6698	winds had set in, and forced his way ; and that when
6699	he lost his way because of the thick dust, he was
6700	saved by rainfalls and by the guidance of two crows.
6701	But this last assertion is flattery and so are the
6702	next: that the priest permitted the king alone to pass
6703	into the temple in his usual dress, but the rest
6704	changed their clothes; that all heard the oracles
6705	from outside except Alexander, but he inside; that
6706	the oracular responses were not, as at Delphi and
6707	among the Branchidae,? given in words, but mostly
6708	by nods and tokens, as in Homer,® ‘‘Cronion spoke
6709	and nodded assent with his dark brows ’’—the prophet
6710	having assumed the role of Zeus; that, however, the
6711	fellow expressly told the king that he, Alexander, was
6712	son of Zeus.
6713	And to this statement Callisthenes
6714	dramatically adds that,4 although the oracle of Apollo
6715	among the Branchidae had ceased to speak from the
6716	time the temple had been robbed by the Branchidae,
6717	who sided with the Persians in the time of Xerxes,®
6718	and although the spring also had ceased to flow, yet
6719	at Alexander’s arrival the spring began to flow again
6720	and that many oracles were carried by the Milesian
6721	2 i.e. at Didyma, near Miletus (14. 1. 5).
6722	3 Iliad 1. 528.
6723	4 Literally, ‘although Apollo had deserted the oracie
6724	among the Branchidae.”
6725	S11. 11: 4.
6726	115
p. 128
6727	C 815
6728	STRABO
6729	Μιλησίων πρέσβεις κομίσαιεν εἰς Μέμφιν περὶ
6730	τῆς ἐκ Διὸς γενέσεως τοῦ ᾿Αλεξάνδρου καὶ τῆς
6731	ἐσομένης περὶ Αρβηλα νίκης καὶ τοῦ Δαρείου
6732	θανάτου
6733	καὶ τῶν ἐν νον το νεωτερισμῶν.
6734	περὶ δὲ τῆς εὐγενείας 5 καὶ τὴν ᾿Ερυθραίαν ᾿Αθη-
6735	ναΐδα φησὶν ἀνειπεῖν"
6736	καὶ γὰρ ταύτην ὁμοίαν
6737	γενέσθαι. τῇ παλαιᾷ Σιβύλλῃ τῇ Ἐρυθραίᾳ.
6738	τὰ
6739	μὲν δὴ τῶν συγγραφέων τοιαῦτα.
6740	44. "Ev δὲ τῇ ᾿Αβύδῳ τιμῶσι τὸν Ὄσιριν: ἐν
6741	δὲ τῷ ἱερῷ τοῦ ᾿Οσίριδος οὐκ ἔξεστιν οὔτε wdov
6742	»
6743	>
6744	\
6745	BA
6746	4
6747	>
6748	΄
6749	an
6750	an
6751	οὔτε αὐλητὴν οὔτε ψάλτην ἀπάρχεσθαι τῷ θεῷ,
6752	καθάπερ τοῖς ἄλλοις θεοῖς ἔθος.
6753	μετὰ δὲ τὴν
6754	"A Budov Διὸς πόλις ἡ μικρά, εἶτα Τέντυρα πόλις"
6755	ἐνταῦθα
6756	δὲ
6757	διαφερόντως
6758	παρὰ τοὺς ἄλλους
6759	Αἰγυπτίους ὁ κροκόδειλος ἠτίμωται καὶ ἔχθιστος
6760	τῶν ἁπάντων θηρίων νενόμισται.
6761	οἱ μὲν γὰρ
6762	ἄλλοι, καίπερ εἰδότες τὴν κακίαν τοῦ ζῴου, καὶ
6763	ὡς ὀλέθριον τῷ ἀνθρωπίνῳ γένει, σέβονται ὅμως
6764	καὶ ἀπέχονται"
6765	οὗτοι
6766	δὲ πάντα
6767	τρόπον
6768	ἀν-
6769	ἐχνεύουσι. καὶ ἐκφθείρουσιν ὃ αὐτούς.
6770	ἔνιοι
6771	δ᾽
6772	ὥσπερ τοὺς Ψύλλους φασὶ τοὺς πρὸς τῇ Κυρηναίᾳ
6773	φυσικήν. τινα ἀντιπάθειαν ἔχειν πρὸς τὰ ἑρπετά,
6774	οὕτω καὶ τοὺς Τεντυρίτας πρὸς τοὺς κροκοδείλους,
6775	ὥστε μηδὲν UT αὐτῶν πάσχειν, ἀλλὰ καὶ κο-
6776	λυμβᾶν ἀδεῶς καὶ διαπερᾶν, μηδενὸς ἄλλου θαρ-
6777	ροῦντος.
6778	εἴς τε
6779	τὴν Ῥώμην κομισθεῖσι
6780	τοῖς
6781	κροκοδείλοις ἐπιδείξεως χάριν συνηκολούθουν οἱ
6782	Tevtupirac γενομένης τε δεξαμενῆς καὶ πήγματός
6783	τινος ὑπὲρ μιᾶς τῶν πλευρῶν, ὥστε τοῖς θηρίοις
6784	κομίσαιεν, Casaubon, for κομισθέντες.
6785	Meineke conj. διογενείας or θεογενείας.
6786	ἐκφθείρουσιν DF, διαφθείρουσιν other MSS,
6787	ωιο
6788	"Ἡ
6789	116
p. 129
6790	GEOGRAPHY,
6791	17. 1. 43-44
6792	ambassadors to Memphis concerning
6793	Alexander’s
6794	descent from Zeus, his future victory in the neighbour-
6795	hood of Arbela, the death of Dareius, and the revolu-
6796	tionary attempts in Lacedaemon.
6797	And he says that
6798	the Erythraean Athenais! also gave out an utterance
6799	concerning Alexander's high descent; for, he adds,
6800	this woman was like the ancient Erythraean Sibylla.
6801	Such, then, are the accounts of the historians.
6802	44, At Abydus they hold in honour Osiris ; and in
6803	the temple of Osiris? neither singer nor flute-player
6804	nor harp-player is permitted to begin the rites in
6805	honour of the god, as is the custom in the case of
6806	the other gods.
6807	After Abydus one comes to the
6808	Little Diospolis, and to the city Tentyra, where the
6809	people, as compared with the other Aegyptians, hold
6810	in particular dishonour the crocodile and deem it
6811	the most hateful of all animals.
6812	For although the
6813	others know the malice of the animal and how de-
6814	structive it is to the human race, still they revere it
6815	and abstain from harming it,? whereas the Tentyritae
6816	track them and destroy them in every way. Some
6817	say that, just as there is a kind of natural antipathy
6818	between the Psylli# near Cyrenaea and reptiles, so
6819	there is between the Tentyritae and crocodiles, sc
6820	that they suffer no injury from them, but even dive
6821	in the river without fear and cross over, though ne
6822	others are bold enough todoso.
6823	When the crocodiles
6824	were brought to Rome for exhibition, they were
6825	attended by the Tentyritae; and when a reservoir
6826	and a kind of stage above one of the sides had been
6827	made for them, so that they could go out of the
6828	114, 1. 34.
6829	2 On this temple, see Petrie, The Osireton at Abydos.
6830	3 So in ὃ 39 above.
6831	Αἰ
6832	15: 1.11:
6833	117
p. 130
6834	STRABO
6835	ἐκβᾶσι τοῦ ὕδατος ἡλιαστήριον εἶναι, ἐκεῖνοι
6836	ἦσαν
6837	οἱ τοτὲ pen ἐξέλκοντες δικτύῳ πρὸς τὸ
6838	ἡλιαστήριον, ὡς καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν θεατῶν ὁραθῆναι,
6839	ἐμβαίνοντες ἅμα εἰς τὸ ὕδωρ, τοτὲ δὲ πάλιν εἰς
6840	τὴν δεξαμενὴν κατασπῶντες.
6841	τιμῶσι δὲ ᾿Αφρο-
6842	δίτην: ὄπισθεν δὲ τοῦ νεὼ τῆς ᾿Αφροδίτης "Ισιδὸς
6843	ἐστιν ἱερόν: εἶτα τὰ Τυφώνια καλούμενα καὶ ἡ
6844	εἰς, Κοπτὸν διῶρυξ, πόλιν κοινὴν Αἰγυπτίων τε
6845	καὶ ᾿Αράβων.
6846	10. ᾿Εντεῦθέν ἐστιν ἰσθμὸς εἰς τὴν ᾿Ερυθρὰν
6847	κατὰ πόλιν Βερενίκην, ἀλίμενον μέν, τῇ δ᾽ εὐκαιρίᾳ
6848	τοῦ ἰσθμοῦ καταγωγὰς
6849	ἐπιτηδείους
6850	ἔχουσαν.
6851	λέγεται δ᾽ ὁ Φιλάδελφος
6852	πρῶτος στρατοπέδῳ
6853	τεμεῖν
6854	τὴν ὁδὸν
6855	ταύτην,
6856	ἄνυδρον
6857	οὖσαν, καὶ
6858	κατασκευάσαι σταθμούς, ὥσπερ τοῖς ἐμπορίοις 1
6859	ὁδεύμασι καὶ διὰ τῶν καμήλων, τοῦτο δὲ πρᾶξαι
6860	διὰ τὸ τὴν EpvOpav δύσπλουν εἶναι, καὶ μάλιστα
6861	τοῖς ἐκ τοῦ μυχοῦ πλοϊζομένοις. “ἐφάνη δ) τῇ
6862	πείρᾳ πολὺ τὸ χρήσιμον, καὶ νῦν ὁ ᾿Ινδικὸς φόρ-
6863	tos* ἅπας καὶ ὁ ᾿Αράβιος καὶ τοῦ Αἰθιοπικοῦ
6864	ὁ τῷ ᾿Αραβίῳ κόλπῳ κατακομιζόμενος εἰς Κοπτὸν
6865	φερεται, καὶ τοῦτ᾽ ἔστιν ἐμπόριον τῶν τοιούτων
6866	φορτίων.
6867	οὐκ ἄπωθεν δὲ τῆς Βερενίκης ἐστὶ
6868	Μυὸς ὅρμος, πόλις ἔχουσα τὸ “ναύσταθμον τῶν
6869	πλοϊξομένων, καὶ τῆς Κοπτοῦ οὐ πολὺ ἀφέστηκεν
6870	ἡ καλουμένη
6871	᾿Απόλλωνος
6872	πόλις, ὥστε καὶ αἱ
6873	διοοίζουσαι τὸν ἰσθμὸν δύο πόλεις ἑκατέρωθέν
6874	1 Arrian (/ndica 41) likewise uses ἐμπορίοις as an adjective,
6875	instead of ἐμπορικοῖς.
6876	It is so used nowhere else in Strabo
6877	apparently ; but the clause appears to be a direct quotation
6878	from one of Arrian’s sources.
6879	Kramer and Meineke reject
6880	it as a gloss; Groskurd and C. Miiller emend it drastically
6881	(see Kramer).
6882	* φόρτος 2, φόρος other MSS.
6883	118
p. 131
6884	GEOGRAPHY,
6885	17. 1. 44-45
6886	water and have a basking-place in the sun, these
6887	men at one time, stepping into the water all together,
6888	would drag them in a net to the basking-place, so
6889	that they could be seen by the spectators, and at
6890	another would pull them down again into the reser-
6891	voir.
6892	They worship Aphrodite; and back of her
6893	shrine is a temple of Isis.
6894	And then one comes to
6895	the Typhonia, as they are called, and to the canal
6896	that leads to Coptus, a city common to the Aegypt-
6897	ians and the Arabians.
6898	45. Thence one crosses
6899	an isthmus, which
6900	ex-
6901	tends to the Red Sea, near a city Berenicé.
6902	The
6903	city has no harbour, but on account of the favourable
6904	lay of the isthmus has convenient landing-places.
6905	It is said that Philadelphus was the first person,
6906	by means of an army, to cut this road, which
6907	is
6908	without water, and to build stations, as though for
6909	the travels of merchants on camels, and that he did
6910	this because the Red Sea was hard
6911	to navigate,
6912	particularly for those who set sail from its innermost
6913	recess.
6914	So the utility of his plan was shown by
6915	experience
6916	to be great, and now
6917	all the Indian
6918	merchandise, as well
6919	as the Arabian and such of
6920	the Aethiopian as is brought down by the Arabian
6921	Gulf, is carried to Coptus, which is the emporium
6922	for such cargoes.
6923	Not far from Berenicé lies Myus
6924	Hormus,! a city containing the naval
6925	station for
6926	sailors; and not far distant from Coptus lies Apol-
6927	lonospolis,? as it is called, so that on either side
6928	there are two cities which form the boundaries of
6929	1 But the well-known Berenicé (now Suakim) was about
6930	as far from Myus Hormus (now Kosseir)
6931	as from Coptus
6932	(now Kench); see footnote 2, next page.
6933	2 “City of Apollo.”
6934	119
p. 132
6935	STRABO
6936	εἰσιν.
6937	ἀλλὰ viv ἡ Κοπτὸς καὶ ὁ Μυὸς ὅρμος
6938	εὐδοκιμεῖ, καὶ χρῶνται τοῖς τόποις τούτοις.
6939	πρό-
6940	/
6941	”
6942	τερον μὲν οὖν ἐνυκτοπόρουν πρὸς τὰ ἄστρα βλέ-
6943	ποντες οἱ καμηλέμποροι καὶ καθάπερ 1 οἱ πλέοντες
6944	ὥδευον κομίζοντες καὶ ὕδωρ, νυνὶ δὲ καὶ ὑδρεῖα
6945	κατεσκευάκασιν, ὀρύξαντες πολὺ βάθος, καὶ ἐκ
6946	lal
6947	ἐκ
6948	5
6949	©
6950	τῶν οὐρανίων, καίπερ ὄντων σπανίων, ὅμως δεξα-
6951	\
6952	7
6953	Qe
6954	\
6955	pevas πεποίηνται.
6956	ἡ δ᾽ ὁδός ἐστιν ἕξ ἢ ἑπτὰ
6957	ἡμερῶν.
6958	ἐπὶ δὲ τῷ ἰσθμῷ τούτῳ καὶ τὰ τῆς
6959	fe
6960	/
6961	/
6962	>
6963	fa)
6964	᾽
6965	΄
6966	>
6967	σμαράγδου μέταλλά
6968	ἐστι,
6969	τῶν
6970	᾿Αράβων ὀρυτ-
6971	,
6972	“
6973	΄
6974	,
6975	\
6976	wy
6977	,
6978	τόντων βαθεῖς τινας ὑπονόμους, καὶ AAXwY λίθων
6979	πολυτελῶν.
6980	/
6981	\
6982	\
6983	A
6984	46. Μετὰ δὲ τὴν ᾿Απόλλωνος πόλιν οἱ Θῆβαι
6985	al
6986	\
6987	fr
6988	\
6989	/
6990	(καλεῖται δὲ νῦν Διὸς πόλις),
6991	“Δ᾽
6992	e¢
6993	΄
6994	/
6995	=
6996	,
6997	’
6998	“ΒΟ
6999	΄,
7000	ai?’ ἑκατόμπυλοί εἰσι, διηκόσιοι δ᾽ av’ ἑκάστην
7001	ἀνέρες ἐξοιχνεῦσι σὺν ἵπποισιν καὶ ὄχεσφιν.
7002	“Ὅμηρος μὲν οὕτω" λέγει δὲ καὶ τὸν πλοῦτον"
7003	>)
7004	οὐδ᾽ ὅσα Θήβας
7005	΄σ
7006	ff
7007	C816
7008	Αἰγυπτίας, ὅθι πλεῖστα δόμοις evi κτήματα
7009	κεῖται.
7010	fal
7011	/
7012	i
7013	Kal ἄλλοι δὲ τοιαῦτα λέγουσι, μητρόπολιν τιθέντες
7014	σι
7015	aA
7016	3
7017	5
7018	,
7019	τῆς Αἰγύπτου ταύτην" καὶ νῦν δ᾽ ἴχνη δείκνυται
7020	1 καὶ καθάπερ, omitted by F, καί by DA.
7021	1 Cp. 2. 5. 12.
7022	2 Pliny (6. 26), who speaks only of the route from Coptus
7023	to Berenicé, says that the distance was 257 Roman miles
7024	and required twelve days, and that one of the watering-
7025	places, Old Hydreuma (‘‘ Watering-place’’), near Berenicé,
7026	could accommodate 2000 persons.
7027	Strabo seems to be con-
7028	fused on the subject, since (1) there were two distinct routes ;
7029	I20
p. 133
7030	GEOGRAPHY,
7031	17. τ. 45-46
7032	the isthmus.
7033	But now
7034	it
7035	is Coptus and Myus
7036	Hormus!
7037	that have high repute; and people frequent
7038	these
7039	places.
7040	Now
7041	in earlier times the camel-
7042	merchants travelled only by night, looking to the
7043	stars
7044	for guidance, and, like
7045	the
7046	mariners,
7047	also
7048	carried water with them when they travelled ; but
7049	now they have constructed watering-places, having
7050	dug down to a great depth, and, although rain-water
7051	is scarce, still they have made cisterns for it.
7052	The
7053	journey takes six or seven days.?
7054	On this isthmus
7055	are also the mines of smaragdus,®? where the Arabians
7056	dig deep tunnels, I might call them, and of other
7057	precious stones.
7058	46. After Apollonospolis one comes to Thebes #4
7059	(now called Diospolis 5), “Thebes of the hundred
7060	gates, whence sally forth two hundred men through
7061	each with horses and chariots.” ® So Homer; and
7062	he speaks also of its wealth, “even all the revenue
7063	of Aegyptian Thebes, where lies in treasure-houses
7064	the greatest wealth.”
7065	And others also say things
7066	of this kind, making this city the metropolis of
7067	Aegypt.
7068	Even now
7069	traces of its magnitude are
7070	(2) Myus Hormus and the well-known Berenicé were far
7071	apart (see footnote above) ; (3) the journey from Coptus to
7072	the latter required about twice as much time as that to the
7073	former (cp. Mahaffy, Zhe Empire of the Ptolemies, pp. 135,
7074	184, 395, 482), and (4) if Strabo was not thinking of a
7075	Berenicé near Myus Hormus, his ‘‘isthmus” has a very odd
7076	shape (see Map at end of volume).
7077	3 Pliny (37. 17) says that there are no fewer than twelve
7078	different kinds of smaragdus, and ranks the Aegyptian as
7079	third.
7080	The Aegyptian appears
7081	to have been a genuine
7082	emerald.
7083	For an account of the mines, see Hncyc. Brit.
7084	s.v. ‘‘ Emerald.”
7085	4 Luxor.
7086	5 <“*City of Zeus.”
7087	5 Iliad 9. 383.
7088	VOL. VIII,
7089	E
7090	121
p. 134
7091	STRABO
7092	τοῦ μεγέθους αὐτῆς ἐπὶ ὀγδοήκοντα σταδίους τὸ
7093	μῆκος.
7094	ἔστι δ᾽ ἱερὰϊ πλείω, καὶ τούτων δὲ τὰ
7095	πολλὰ ἠκρωτηρίασε SHE OES νυνὶ δὲ κωμηδὸν
7096	συνοικεῖται, μέρος μέν 3 τ ἐν τῇ Ἀραβίᾳ, ἐν
7097	ἧπερ ἡ πόλις, μέρος δέ τι3 καὶ ἐν τῇ περαίᾳ,
7098	ὅπου τὸ Μεμνόνιον.
7099	ἐνταῦθα δὲ δυεῖν κολοσσῶν
7100	ὄντων μονολίθων ἀλλήλων πλησίον, ὁ μὲν σώζεται,
7101	τοῦ δ᾽ ἑτέρου τὰ ἄνω μέρη τὰ ἀπὸ τῆς καθέδρας
7102	πέπτωκε σεισμοῦ γενηθέντος, ὥς φασι.
7103	πεπί-
7104	στευται δ᾽, ὅτι ἅπαξ καθ᾽ ἡμέραν ἑκάστην ψόφος,
7105	ὡς ἂν πληγῆς οὐ μεγάλης, ἀποτελεῖται ἀπὸ τοῦ
7106	μένοντος ἐν τῷ θρόνῳ καὶ τῇ βάσει μέρους: κἀγὼ
7107	δὲ “παρὼν ἐπὶ τῶν τόπων “μετὰ "άλλου Αὐλέου
7108	καὶ τοῦ πλήθους τῶν συνόντων αὐτῷ φίλων τε
7109	καὶ στρατιωτῶν περὶ ὥραν πρώτην ἤκουσα τοῦ
7110	ψόφου, εἴτε δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς βάσεως εἴτε ἀπὸ τοῦ
7111	κολοσσοῦ εἴτ᾽ ἐπίτηδες τῶν κύκλῳ καὶ περὶ τὴν
7112	βάσιν ἱδρυμένων τινὸς ποιήσαντος τὸν ψόφον, οὐκ
7113	ἔχω διισχυρίσασθαι.
7114	διὰ γὰρ τὸ ἄδηλον τῆς
7115	αἰτίας πᾶν μᾶλλον ἐπέρχεται πιστεύειν ἢ τὸ
7116	ἐκ τῶν λίθων οὕτω τεταγμένων ἐκπέμπεσθαι τὸν
7117	ἦχον. ὑπὲρ δὲ τοῦ Μεμνονίου θῆκαι βασιλέων
7118	ἐν σπηλαίοις λατομηταὶ περὶ τετταράκοντα, θαυ-
7119	μαστῶς κατεσκευασμέναι καὶ θέας ἄξιαι.
7120	ἐν δὲ
7121	ταῖς θήκαις5 ἐπί τινων ὀβελίσκων ἀναγραφαὶ
7122	1 Kramer inserts τά after ἱερά ; and so the later editors.
7123	2 μέν, Corais, for δέ.
7124	3 μέρος δέ τι, Corais, for μέρος δὲ καί Εἰ, μέρος δ᾽ ἐστί other
7125	MSS. ; and so the later editors.
7126	* Omitted by MSS. except EF.
7127	δ Meineke, following conjecture of Zoega (De Usu Obelisc.
7128	Ρ. 169), which is approved by Kramer and Forbiger, emends
7129	θήκαις to Θήβαις.
7130	122
p. 135
7131	GEOGRAPHY, 17. 1. 46
7132	pointed out, extending as they do for a distance
7133	of eighty stadia in length;! and there are several
7134	temples, but most of these, too, were mutilated by
7135	Cambyses;2
7136	and now
7137	it
7138	is only a collection
7139	of
7140	villages, a part of it being in Arabia, where was
7141	the city, and a part on the far side of the river,
7142	where was the Memnonium.
7143	Here are two colossi,
7144	which are near one another and are each made of a
7145	single stone;
7146	one of them is preserved, but the
7147	upper parts of the other, from the seat up, fell
7148	when an earthquake took place, so it is said.
7149	It
7150	is believed that once each day a noise, as of a slight
7151	blow, emanates from the part of the latter that
7152	remains on the throne and
7153	its base;
7154	and I too,
7155	when I was present at the places with Aelius Gallus
7156	and his crowd of associates, both friends and soldiers,
7157	heard the noise at about the first hour,? but whether
7158	it came from the base
7159	or from the colossus,
7160	or
7161	whether the noise was made on purpose by one
7162	of the men who were standing all round and near
7163	to the base, I am unable positively to assert ; for on
7164	account of the uncertainty of the cause I am induced
7165	to believe anything rather than that the sound issued
7166	from stones thus fixed.
7167	Above the Memnonium, in
7168	caves, are tombs of kings, which are stone-hewn,
7169	are about forty in number, are marvellously con-
7170	structed, and are a spectacle worth seeing.
7171	And
7172	among the tombs,‘ on some obelisks,® are inscriptions
7173	1 Diodorus (1. 45) puts the circuit of the city at 140 stadia.
7174	2 See § 27 above and 10. 3. 21.
7175	3 j.e. as reckoned from sunrise.
7176	4 Perhaps an error for ‘‘ And at Thebes”’ (see critical note).
7177	5 One of these obelisks, which were erected by Rameses II,
7178	now stands in the ‘‘ Place de la Concorde” at Paris, a gift to
7179	Louis XIV from Mehemet Ali.
7180	123
p. 136
7181	C 817
7182	STRABO
7183	δηλοῦσαι τὸν πλοῦτον τῶν τότε βασιλέων καὶ
7184	es ἐπικράτειαν, ὡς μέχρι Σκυθῶν καὶ Βακτρίων
7185	᾿Ινδῶν καὶ τῆς νῦν ᾿Ιωνίας διατείνασαν, καὶ
7186	ϑύρων πλῆθος καὶ στρατιᾶς περὶ ἑκατὸν μυριάδας.
7187	λέγονται δὲ καὶ ἀστρονόμοι καὶ φιλόσοφοι “μά-
7188	λιστα οἱ ἐνταῦθα ἱερεῖς" τούτων δ᾽ ἐστὶ καὶ τὸ
7189	τὰς ἡμέρας μὴ κατὰ σελήνην ἄγειν, ἀλλὰ κατὰ
7190	ἥλιον, τοῖς τριακοι θημέροις δώδεκα μησὶν ἐπα-
7191	γόντων πέντε ἡμέρας κατ᾽ ἐνιαυτὸν ἕκαστον" εἰς
7192	δὲ τὴν ἐκπλήρωσιν τοῦ ὅλου ἐνιαυτοῦ, ἐπιτρέχοντος
7193	μορίου τινὸς τῆς ἡμέρας, περίοδόν. τινα συντιθέασιν
7194	ἐξ ὅλων ἡμερῶν καὶ ὅλων ἐνιαυτῶν τοσούτων, ὅσα
7195	μόρια τὰ ἐπιτρέχοντα συνελθόντα ποιεῖ ἡμέραν.
7196	ἀνατιθέασι
7197	δὲ τῷ Ἑρμῇ πᾶσαν τὴν τοιαύτην +
7198	μάλιστα 5 σοφίαν" τῷ δὲ Διί, ὃν μάλιστα τιμῶσιν,
7199	εὐειδεστάτη καὶ γένους λαμπροτάτου παρθένος
7200	ἱερᾶται, ἃς καλοῦσιν
7201	οἱ “EXXnves παλλάδας"3
7202	αὕτη δὲ καὶ παλλακεύει καὶ σύνεστιν οἷς βούλεται,
7203	μέχρις ἂν ἡ φυσικὴ γένηται κάθαρσις τοῦ σώματος"
7204	μετὰ δὲ τὴν κάθαρσιν δίδοται πρὸς ἄνδρα": πρὶν
7205	δὲ Sob avant, πένθος αὐτῆς ἄγεται μετὰ τὸν τῆς
7206	παλλακείας καιρόν.
7207	41. Μετὰ δὲ Θήβας ᾿Ερμωνθὶς πόλις, ἐν ἧ 6
7208	1 τοσαύτην Cmoxz.
7209	2 μάλιστα, after τοιαύτην, is omitted by the editors before
7210	Kramer.
7211	3 For παλλάδας Xylander conj. παλλακίδας (see Thesaurus,
7212	$.U. παλλακή).
7213	4 ἄνδρα oz and the editors, ἄνδρας other MSS.
7214	1 2,6. each true “‘whole day” is ly@g5 days, and each true
7215	‘‘whole year” is 365;°%°;, or 365} days.
7216	Hence they formed
7217	124
p. 137
7218	GEOGRAPHY,
7219	17. 1. 46-47
7220	which show the wealth of the kings at that time,
7221	and also their dominion, as having extended as far as
7222	the Scythians and the Bactrians and the Indians and
7223	the present Ionia, and the amount of tributes they
7224	received, and the size of army they had, about one
7225	million men.
7226	The priests there are said to have
7227	been, for the most part, astronomers and philosophers ;
7228	and it is due to these priests also that people reckon
7229	the days, not by the moon, but by the sun, add-
7230	ing to the twelve months of thirty days each five
7231	days each year; and, for the filling out of the whole
7232	year, since a fraction of the day runs over and above,
7233	they form a period of time from enough whole days,
7234	or whole years, to make the fractions that run over
7235	and above, when added together, amount to a day.!
7236	They attribute to Hermes all wisdom of this par-
7237	ticular kind; but to Zeus, whom they hold highest
7238	in honour, they dedicate a maiden of greatest beauty
7239	and most illustrious family (such maidens are called
7240	“pallades”
7241	2 by the Greeks); and she prostitutes
7242	herself, and cchabits with whatever men she wishes
7243	until the natural cleansing of her body takes place ; 4
7244	and after her cleansing she is given in marriage to
7245	aman; but before she is married, after the time of
7246	her prostitution, a rite of mourning is celebrated for
7247	her.
7248	47. After Thebes, one comes to a city Hermonthis,
7249	a period out of enough of these supernumerary fractions, when
7250	added together, to make one day ; 1.6. they intercalated a
7251	day every fourth year; a ‘practice which later passed into
7252	the Julian Calendar.
7253	Cp. § 29 (above) and footnote.
7254	2 i.e,
7255	‘‘virgin-priestesses,”
7256	if the
7257	text
7258	is correct
7259	(see
7260	critical note).
7261	Diodorus Siculus (1.47.1) calls these maidens
7262	‘‘nallacides (1.6. concubines) of Zeus.”
7263	3 7,e, until ‘‘ menstruation.”
7264	125
p. 138
7265	STRABO
7266	᾽
7267	-
7268	τε
7269	᾿Απόλλων τιμᾶται καὶ ὁ Ζεύς" τρέφεται δὲ
7270	\
7271	Σ
7272	“
7273	r
7274	”
7275	/
7276	,
7277	καὶ
7278	ἐνταῦθα
7279	Bods: ἔπειτα
7280	ἹΚροκοδείλων πόλις,
7281	a
7282	\
7283	,
7284	3
7285	᾽
7286	,
7287	΄
7288	\
7289	τιμῶσα
7290	TO θηρίον:
7291	εἶτα
7292	᾿Αφροδίτης πόλις Kal
7293	Ν
7294	lal
7295	/
7296	lal
7297	“
7298	μετὰ ταῦτα Λατόπολις, τιμῶσα ᾿Αθηνᾶν καὶ τὸν
7299	λάτον'
7300	εἶτα Εἰλειθυίας πόλις καὶ ἱερόν: ἐν δὲ
7301	r
7302	,
7303	«ς
7304	/
7305	-“
7306	τῇ περαίᾳ
7307	“‘lepdxwy πόλις, τὸν ἱέρακα τιμῶσα:
7308	G
7309	AT
7310	ed
7311	t
7312	Τὰ
7313	\
7314	ef
7315	n
7316	a
7317	eit
7318	᾿Απόλλωνος πόλις, καὶ αὕτη πολεμοῦσα τοῖς
7319	ΠΝ
7320	48.
7321	Ἣ δὲ Συήνη καὶ ἡ ᾿Ελεφαντίνη,
7322	ἡ ἡ μὲν ἐπὶ
7323	τῶν ὅρων τῆς Αἰθιοπίας καὶ τῆς Αἰγύπτου πόλις,
7324	᾽
7325	fol
7326	fol
7327	~
7328	an
7329	ἡ δ᾽ ἐν τῷ Νείλῳ προκειμένη τῆς Συήνης νῆσος
7330	ἐν ἡμισταδίῳ καὶ ἐν ταύτῃ πόλις ἔχουσα ἱερὸν
7331	Κνούφιδος καὶ νειλομέτριον, ee Μέμφις.
7332	ἔστι δὲ τὸ νειλομέτριον συννόμῳ λίθῳ" κατεσκευ-
7333	ασμένον ἐπὶ τῇ ὄχθη τοῦ Νείλου φρέαρ, ἐν ᾧ τὰς
7334	ἀναβάσεις τοῦ Νείλου " σημειοῦνται τὰς μεγίστας
7335	τε καὶ ἐλαχίστας καὶ τὰς μέσας: συναναβαίνει
7336	γὰρ καὶ συνταπεινοῦται. τῷ ποταμῷ τὸ ἐν τῷ
7337	φρέατι ὕδωρ.
7338	εἰσὶν οὖν ἐν τῷ τοίχῳ τοῦ φρέατος
7339	παραγραφαίΐί, μέτρα τῶν τελείων καὶ τῶν ἄλλων
7340	ἀναβάσεων.
7341	ἐπισκοποῦντες οὖν ταύτας διαση-
7342	μαίνουσι τοῖς ἄλλοις, ὅπως εἰδεῖεν: πρὸ πολλοῦ
7343	γὰρ ἴσασιν ἐκ τῶν τοιούτων σημείων καὶ τῶν
7344	ἡμερῶν 8 τὴν ἐσομένην ἀνάβασιν καὶ προδηλοῦσι.
7345	τοῦτο
7346	δὲ καὶ τοῖς γεωργοῖς χρήσιμον τῆς τῶν
7347	1 συννόμῳ λίθῳ, Casaubon, for σὺν μονολίθῳ ; so the later
7348	editors.
7349	2 E reads μονολίθου instead of Νείλου.
7350	3 For καὶ τῶν ἡμερῶν Casaubon conj. καὶ τεκμηρίων (‘‘evi-
7351	dences”); Corais writes καὶ μέτρων (‘‘measures”), Kramer
7352	approving.
7353	1 See § 40 above.
7354	126
p. 139
7355	GEOGRAPHY, 17. 1. 47-48
7356	where both Apollo and Zeus are worshipped ; and
7357	there, too, a bull is kept.
7358	And then to a City of
7359	Crocodiles, which holds in honour that animal.
7360	And
7361	then to a City of Aphrodité, and, after this, to
7362	Latopolis, which
7363	holds in honour Athena and the
7364	latus ;4 and then to a City of Eileithuia? and
7365	a
7366	temple ; and on the far side of the river lies a City
7367	of Hawks, which holds the hawk in honour
7368	;* and
7369	then to Apollonospolis, which also carries on war
7370	against the crocodiles.
7371	48. As for Syené* and Elephantiné, the former is
7372	a city on the borders of Aethiopia and Aegypt, and
7373	the latter is an island in the Nile, being situated in
7374	front of Syené at a distance of half a stadium, and a
7375	city therein which has a temple of Cnuphis and, like
7376	Memphis, a nilometer.
7377	The nilometer is a well on
7378	the bank of the Nile constructed with close-fitting
7379	stones,° in which are marks showing the greatest, least,
7380	and mean rises of the Nile; for the water in the well
7381	rises and lowers with the river,
7382	Accordingly, there
7383	are marks on the wall of the well, measures of the
7384	complete rises and of the others.
7385	So when watchers
7386	inspect these, they give out word to the rest of
7387	the people, so that they may know; for long before-
7388	hand they know from such signs and the days § what
7389	the future rise will be, and reveal it beforehand.
7390	This
7391	is useful, not only to the farmers with regard to the
7392	> The goddess of childbirth.
7393	3 The hawk (‘‘hierax”;
7394	see ὃ 49 below) was sacred to
7395	Apollo, as was the eagle to Zeus (Aristophanes, Lirds, 516).
7396	* Assuan.
7397	° Cp. the structure of the sewers at Rome (5. 3. 8).
7398	6 i.e. apparently, from the times of the observations as
7399	compared with the readings of the meter (but see critical
7400	note).
7401	127
p. 140
7402	C 818 ἐ
7403	STRABO
7404	ὑδάτων ταμιείας χάριν Kal παραχωμάτων καὶ
7405	διωρύγων καὶ ἄλλων τοιούτων, καὶ τοῖς ἡγεμόσι
7406	τῶν προσόδων χάριν" αἱ γὰρ μείξους ἀναβάσεις
7407	μείζους καὶ τὰς προσύδους ὑ
7408	ὑπαγορεύουσιν.
7409	ἐν δὲ
7410	τῇ Συήνῃ καὶ τὸ φρέαρ ἐστὶ τὸ διασημαῖνον τὰς
7411	θερινὰς τροπάς, διότι τῷ τροπικῷ κύκλῳ ὑπό-
7412	κεινται οἱ τόποι οὗτοι καὶ ποιοῦσιν ἀσκίους τοὺς
7413	γνώμονας
7414	κατὰ μεσημβρίαν"
7415	ἀπὸ yap τῶν
7416	ἡμετέρων τόπων, λέγω δὲ τῶν ᾿Ελλαδικῶν, προϊοῦ-
7417	σιν ἐπὶ τὴν μεσημβρίαν ἐνταῦθα πρῶτον͵ ὁ ἥλιος
7418	κατὰ κορυφὴν ἡμῖν γίνεται καὶ ποιεῖ τοὺς γνώ-
7419	μονας ἀσκίους
7420	κατὰ μεσημβρίαν"
7421	ἀνάγκη δέ,
7422	κατὰ κορυφὴν ἡμῖν γινομένου, καὶ εἰς τὰ φρέατα
7423	βάλλειν μέχρι τοῦ ὕδατος τὰς αὐγάς, κἂν βαθύ-
7424	τατα 7" κατὰ κάθετον yap ἡμεῖς τε ἕσταμεν καὶ
7425	τὰ ὀρύγματα τῶν φρεάτων κατεσκεύασται.
7426	εἰσὶ
7427	δ᾽ ἐνταῦθα
7428	τρεῖς σπεῖραι Ῥωμαίων ἱδρυμέναι
7429	φρουρᾶς χάριν.
7430	. Μικρὸν δ᾽ ὑπὲρ τῆς ᾿Ελεφαντίνης ἐστὶν ὁ
7431	ΠΣ ΟΣ καταράκτης," ἐφ᾽ ᾧ καὶ θέαν τινὰ οἱ
7432	σκαφῖται τοῖς ἡγεμόσιν ἐπιδείκνυνται" ὁ μὲν γὰρ
7433	καταράκτης ἐστὶ κατὰ μέσον τὸν ποταμόν, πε-
7434	τρώδης τις ὀφρύς, ἐπίπεδος μὲν ἄνωθεν, ὥστε
7435	δέχεσθαι τὸν ποταμόν, τελευτῶσα δ᾽ εἰς κρημνόν,
7436	καθ᾽ οὗ καταρρήγνυται τὸ ὕδωρ, ἑκατέρωθεν δὲ
7437	πρὸς τῇ γῇ ῥεῖθρον, ὃ μάλιστα καὶ ἀνάπλουν
7438	ἔχει" ἀναπλεύσαντες οὖν ταύτῃ καταρρέουσιν ἐπὶ
7439	τὸν καταράκτην καὶ ὠθοῦνται μετὰ τῆς σκάφης
7440	1 καί, before διότι, the editors omit.
7441	2 The words καὶ ποιοῦσιν.
7442	.
7443	. μεσημβρίαν are rejected by
7444	Kramer and Meineke.
7445	3 καταράκτης DE, καταρράκτης other MSS.; and so in the
7446	succeediny uses of the word.
7447	128
p. 141
7448	GEOGRAPHY,
7449	17. 1. 48-49
7450	water-distribution, embankments, canals, and other
7451	things of this kind, but also to the praefects, with
7452	regard to the revenues;
7453	for the greater rises in-
7454	dicate that the revenues also will be greater.
7455	But
7456	in Syené! is also the well that marks the summer
7457	tropic, for the reason that this region lies under the
7458	tropic circle and causes the gnomons to cast no
7459	shadow at midday ; for if from our region, I mean
7460	that of Greece, we proceed towards the south, it is
7461	at Syené that the sun first gets over our heads and
7462	causes the gnomons to cast no shadow at midday ;
7463	and necessarily, when the sun gets over our heads,
7464	it also casts its rays into wells as far as the water,
7465	even if they are very deep; for we ourselves stand
7466	perpendicular to the earth and wells are dug per-
7467	pendicular to the surface.
7468	And here are stationed
7469	three cohorts as a guard.
7470	49. A little above Elephantiné is the little cataract,
7471	on which the boatmen exhibit a kind of spectacle
7472	for the praefects
7473	;* for the cataract is at the middle
7474	of the river, and is a brow of rock, as it were, which
7475	is flat on top, so that it receives the river, but ends
7476	in a precipice, down which the water dashes ; whereas
7477	on either side towards the land there is a stream
7478	which generally can even be navigated up-stream.
7479	Accordingly, the boatmen, having first sailed up-
7480	stream here, drift down to the cataract, are thrust
7481	along with the boat over the precipice, and escape
7482	1So Pliny (2. 75) and Arrian (Jndica, 25. 7); but in
7483	reality Syené was slightly to the north of the tropic, its
7484	latitude being 24° 1’.
7485	The obliquity of the
7486	ecliptic in
7487	Eratosthenes’ time was about 23° 44’, in Strabo’s time about
7488	23° 42’, and to-day is about 23° 27’.
7489	2 e.g. Aelius Gallus, whom Strabo accompanied.
7490	129
p. 142
7491	STRABO
7492	ἐπὶ τὸν κρημνὸν καὶ σώξονται σὺν αὐτῇ * ἀπαθεῖς.
7493	τοῦ δὲ καταράκτου μικρὸν. ἐπάνω τὰς Φιλὰς εἶναι
7494	συμβαίνει, κοινὴν
7495	κατοικίαν Αἰθιόπων
7496	τε καὶ
7497	Αἰγυπτίων,
7498	κατεσκευασμένην
7499	ὥσπερ
7500	καὶ τὴν
7501	᾿Ελεφαντίνην καὶ τὸ μέγεθος ἴσην, ἱερὰ ἔχουσαν
7502	Αἰγύπτια: ὅπου καὶ ὄρνεον. τιμᾶται, ὃ καλοῦσι
7503	μὲν ἱέρακα, οὐδὲν δὲ ὅ ὅμοιον ἔμοιγε ἐφαίνετο ἔχειν
7504	τοῖς παρ᾽ ἡμῖν καὶ ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ ἱέραξιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ
7505	τῷ μεγέθει μεῖζον ἣν καὶ τῇ ποικιλίᾳ πολὺ ἐξηλ-
7506	λαγμένον.
7507	Αἰθιοπικὸν δ᾽ ἔφασαν εἶναι, κἀκεῖθεν
7508	κομίζεσθαι, ὅταν ἐκλίπη, καὶ πρότερον.Σ
7509	καὶ δὴ
7510	καὶ τότε ἐδείχθη ἡμῖν πρὸς ἐκλείψει ὃν διὰ νόσον.
7511	50. ἜἬλθομεν δ᾽ εἰς Φιλὰς ἐκ Συήνης ἀπήνῃ
7512	δι ὁμαλοῦ σφόδρα
7513	πεδίου
7514	σταδίους
7515	ὁμοῦ
7516	τι
7517	ἑκατόν.
7518	παρ᾽ ὅλην δὲ τὴν ὁδὸν ἣν ἰδεῖν ἑκατέ-
7519	ρωθεν πολλαχοῦ, ὥσπερ ἑρμαῖα, πέτρον ἠλίβατον
7520	στρογγύλον, λεῖον
7521	ἱκανῶς, ἐγγὺς σφαιροειδοῦς,
7522	τοῦ μέλανος καὶ σκληροῦ λίθου, ἐξ οὗ αἱ θυΐαι
7523	γίνονται, ἐπὶ πέτρῳ κείμενον μείξονι καὶ ἐπ᾽
7524	ἐκείνῳ πάλιν ἄλλον" ἔστι δ᾽ ὅτε αὐτοὶ καθ᾽ αὑτοὺς
7525	ἔκειντο οἱ πέτροι" ἦν δ᾽ ὁ μὲν μέγιστος τὴν διά-
7526	μετρον ποδῶν οὐκ ἐλαττόνων ἢ δώδεκα, ἅπαντες
7527	δὲ μείζους ἢ ἡμίσεις τούτων.
7528	διέβημεν δὲ εἰς
7529	τὴν νῆσον ἐπὶ πάκτωνος: ὁ δὲ πάκτων διὰ σκυ-
7530	ταλίδων πεπηγός ἐστι σκάφιον, ὥστ᾽
7531	ἐοικέναι
7532	αὐτῇ E, αὐταῖς other MSS.
7533	καὶ πρότερον is omitted by F.
7534	For ἑκατόν (p’) Groskurd reads πεντήκοντα (v’)
7535	oO
7536	nm
7537	"-
7538	1 Probably an error for ‘‘ fifty,” as Groskurd suggests (see
7539	critical note).
7540	130
p. 143
7541	GEOGRAPHY,
7542	17. 1. 49-50
7543	unharmed, boat and all. A little above the cataract
7544	lies Philae,
7545	a common settlement of Aethiopians and
7546	Aegyptians, which is built like Elephantiné and is
7547	equal to it in size; and it has Aegyptian temples.
7548	Here, also, a bird is held in honour, which they call
7549	a hawk, though to me it appeared to be in no respect
7550	like the hawks in our country and in Aegypt, but
7551	was both greater in size and far different in the
7552	varied colouring of its plumage.
7553	They said that it
7554	was an Aethiopian bird, and that another was brought
7555	from Aethiopia whenever the one at hand died, or
7556	before.
7557	And in fact the bird shown to us at the
7558	time mentioned was nearly dead because of disease.
7559	50. We went to Philae from Syené by wagon
7560	through an exceedingly level plain—a distance all
7561	told of about one hundred!
7562	stadia. Along the whole
7563	road on either side one could see in many places a
7564	stone like our Hermae;? it was huge, round, quite
7565	smooth, nearly sphere-shaped, and consisted of the
7566	black, hard stone from which mortars are made—a
7567	smaller stone lying on a larger, and on that stone
7568	again another.?
7569	Sometimes, however, it was only
7570	a single stone; and the largest was in diameter no
7571	less than twelve feet, though one and all were
7572	larger than half this measure.
7573	We crossed to the
7574	island on a pacton,
7575	The pacton is a small boat con-
7576	structed of withes, so that it resembles woven-work ;
7577	2 7.e. quadrangular pillars surmounted by a head or bust
7578	of Hermes, which were used as sign-posts or boundary-marks.
7579	3 Pocock (Travels in Egypt, in Pinkerton’s
7580	Voyages and
7581	Travels, Vol. XV, p. 265), who saw some of these stones,
7582	says that they were rocks of red granite which had turned
7583	blackish on the outside; ‘‘a rock standing up like a pillar,
7584	and a large rock on it, hieroglyphics being cut on some of
7585	them.”
7586	131
p. 144
7587	STRABO
7588	διαπιλοκίνῳ: ἑστῶτες δ᾽ ἐν ὕδατι ἢ καὶ σανιδίοις
7589	τισὶ προσκαθήμενοι ῥᾳδίως ἐπεραιώθημεν, δεδι-
7590	otes? μάτην. ἀκίνδυνα γάρ ἐστιν, ἂν μή τις
7591	ὑπέργομον ποιήσῃ τὸ πορθμεῖον.
7592	51. Καθ᾿ ὅλην δὲ τὴν Αἴγυπτον τοῦ φοίνικος
7593	ἀγεννοῦς
7594	ὄντος καὶ
7595	ἐκφέροντος
7596	καρπὸν οὐκ
7597	εὔβρωτον ἐν τοῖς περὶ τὸ Δέλτα τόποις καὶ περὶ
7598	τὴν ᾿Αλεξάνδρειαν,
7599	ὁ ἐν τῇ Θηβαΐδι
7600	φοίνιξ
7601	ἄριστος
7602	τῶν
7603	ἄλλων
7604	φύεται.
7605	θαυμάξειν
7606	οὖν
7607	ἄξιον, πῶς ταὐτὸ κλίμα οἰκοῦντες τῇ ᾿Ιουδαίᾳ
7608	καὶ ὅμοροι οἱ περὶ τὸ Δέλτα καὶ τὴν ᾿Αλεξάν-
7609	δρειαν, τοσοῦτον
7610	διαλλάττουσιν,
7611	ἐκείνης
7612	πρὸς
7613	ἄλλῳ φοίνικι καὶ τὸν καρυωτὸν γεννώσης, οὐ
7614	πολὺ κρείττονα. τοῦ Βαβυλωνίου.
7615	διττὸς
7616	δ᾽
7617	ἐστὶν ὅ τε ἐν τῇ Θηβαΐδι καὶ ὁ ἐν τῇ ᾿Ιουδαίᾳ,
7618	ὅ τε ἄλλος καὶ ὁ καρυωτός, σκληρότερος δ᾽ ὁ
7619	Θηβαϊκός, ἀλλὰ τῇ γεύσει εὐστομώτερος.
7620	ἔστι
7621	δὲ καὶ νῆσος ἡ μάλιστα ἐκφέρουσα τὸν ἄριστον,
7622	μεγίστην
7623	τελοῦσα
7624	πρόσοδον
7625	τοῖς
7626	ἡγεμόσι"
7627	βασιλικὴ γὰρ ἦν, ἰδιώτῃ δ᾽ οὐ μετῆν, καὶ νῦν
7628	τῶν ἡγεμόνων ἐστί.
7629	52. Πολλὰ δ᾽ Ἡρόδοτός τε καὶ ἄλλοι φλυαροῦ-
7630	σιν, ὥσπερ μέλος ἢ ῥυθμὸν ἢ ἥδυσμά τι τῷ
7631	Ο 819 λόγῳ τὴν τερατείαν προσφέροντες"
7632	οἷον καὶ τὸ
7633	φάσκειν περὶ τὰς νήσους τὰς πρὸς τῇ Συήνῃ
7634	καὶ τῇ ᾿Ελεφαντίνῃ, πλείους δ᾽ εἰσί, τὰς πηγὰς
7635	τοῦ Νείλου εἶναι, καὶ βάθος ἄβυσσον ἔχειν τὸν
7636	πόρον κατὰ τοῦτον τὸν τόπον.
7637	νήσους δ᾽ ὁ Νεῖλος
7638	κατεσπαρμένας ἔχει παμπόλλας, τὰς μὲν καλυπ-
7639	τομένας
7640	ὅλας
7641	ἐν ταῖς
7642	ἀναβάσεσι, τὰς δ᾽ ἐκ
7643	1 moz read οὐ before δεδιότες.
7644	2 μάτην EF, omitted by other MSS.
7645	132
p. 145
7646	GEOGRAPHY,
7647	17. 1. 50-52
7648	and though standing in water or seated on small
7649	boards, we crossed easily, being afraid without cause,
7650	for there is no danger unless the ferry-boat is over-
7651	laden.
7652	51. Throughout the whole of Aegypt the palm
7653	tree is not of a good species; and in the region
7654	of the Delta and Alexandria it produces fruit that
7655	is not good to eat; but the palm tree in the Thebais
7656	is better than any of the rest.
7657	Now it is a thing
7658	worth marvelling at, that a country which is in the
7659	same latitude as Judaea and borders on it, I mean
7660	the country round the Delta and Alexandria, differs
7661	so much, since Judaea, in addition to another palm,
7662	produces also the caryotic, which is somewhat better
7663	than the Babylonian.
7664	There are two kinds in the
7665	Thebais as well as in Judaea, both the caryotic and
7666	the other; and the Thebaic date is harder, but more
7667	agreeable to the taste. There is also an island which
7668	is particularly productive of the best date, yielding
7669	a very large revenue for the praefects; for it used
7670	to be a royal possession, and no private individual
7671	shared in it, but it now belongs to the praefects.
7672	52. Both Herodotus! and others talk much non-
7673	sense, adding to their account marvellous tales, to
7674	give it, as it were,
7675	a kind of tune or rhythm or
7676	relish ; as, for example, the assertion that the sources
7677	of the Nile are in the neighbourhood of the islands
7678	near Syené and Elephantiné (of which there are
7679	several), and that at this place its channel has a
7680	bottomless depth.
7681	The Nile has very many islands
7682	scattered along its course, of which some are wholly
7683	covered at its risings and others only partly; but
7684	tO, Psy
7685	133
p. 146
7686	STRABO
7687	μέρους, ἐποχετεύεται δὲ τοῖς κοχλιαις τὰ λίαν
7688	ἔξαλα.
7689	53. Ἦν μὲν οὖν ἡ Αἴγυπτος εἰρηνικὴ τὸ πλέον
7690	ἐξ ἀρχῆς διὰ τὸ αὔταρκες τῆς “χώρας καὶ τὸ
7691	δυσείσβολον τοῖς ἔξωθεν, ἀπὸ μὲν τῶν ἄρκτων
7692	ἀλιμένῳ παραλίᾳ καὶ πελάγει τῷ Αἰγυπτίῳ
7693	φρουρουμένη, d ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς ἕω καὶ τῆς ἑσπέρας ἐρήμοις
7694	ὄρεσι, τοῖς τε Λιβυκοῖς καὶ τοῖς ᾿Αραβίοις, ὥσπερ
7695	ἔφαμεν: λοιπὰ δὲ τὰ πρὸς νότον Τρωγλοδύται καὶ
7696	Βλέμμυες καὶ Νοῦβαι καὶ Μεγώβαροι οἱ ὑπὲρ
7697	Συήνης Αἰθίοπες" εἰσὶ δ᾽ οὗτοι νομάδες καὶ οὐ
7698	πολλοὶ οὐδὲ μάχιμοι, δοκοῦντες δὲ τοῖς πάλαι
7699	διὰ τὸ λῃστρικῶς ἀφυλάκτοις ἐπιτίθεσθαι πολ-
7700	λάκις" οἱ δὲ πρὸς μεσημβρίαν καὶ Μερόην ἀνή-
7701	κοντες
7702	Αἰθίοπες,
7703	οὐδ᾽
7704	οὗτοι
7705	πολλοὶ
7706	οὔτε
7707	ἐν
7708	συστροφῇῆ,
7709	ἅτε ποταμίαν μακρὰν
7710	στενὴν καὶ
7711	σκολιὰν οἰκοῦντες, οἵαν προείπομεν" οὐδὲ παρεσ-
7712	κευασμένοι καλῶς οὔτε πρὸς πόλεμον οὔτε πρὸς
7713	τὸν ἄλλον βίον.
7714	καὶ νῦν δὲ διάκειται παρα-
7715	πλησίως ἡ χώρα πᾶσα" σημεῖον δέ' τρισὶ γοῦν
7716	σπείραις,
7717	οὐδὲ ταύταις ἐντελέσιν,
7718	ἱκανῶς ὑπὸ
7719	τῶν Ῥωμαίων ἡ χώρα φρουρεῖται" τολμήσασι δὲ
7720	τοῖς Αἰθίοψιν ἐπιθέσθαι κινδυνεῦσαι τῇ χώρᾳ
7721	συνέπεσε τῇ σφετέρᾳ.
7722	καὶ αἱ λοιπαὶ δὲ δυνάμεις
7723	αἱ ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ οὔτε τοσαῦταί τινές εἰσιν οὔτε
7724	ἀθρόαις ἐχρήσαντο οὐδ᾽ ἅπαξ Ῥωμαῖοι: οὐ γάρ
7725	εἰσιν οὔτ᾽ αὐτοὶ Αἰγύπτιοι πολεμισταί, καίπερ
7726	ὄντες παμπληθεῖς, οὔτε τὰ πέριξ ἔθνη.
7727	Γάλλος
7728	μέν γε Κορνήλιος, ὁ πρῶτος κατασταθεὶς ἔπαρχος
7729	1 Cp. § 30 above.
7730	2 Cp. § 4 above.
7731	3 See §§ 3 and 4 above.
7732	134
p. 147
7733	GEOGRAPHY,
7734	17. 1. 52-53
7735	the exceedingly high parts of the latter are irrigated
7736	by means of screws.
7737	53. Now Aegypt was generally inclined to peace
7738	from the outset, because of the self-sufficiency of
7739	the country and of the difficulty of invasion by out-
7740	siders, being protected on the north by a harbourless
7741	coast and by the Aegyptian Sea, and on the east
7742	and west by the desert mountains of Libya and
7743	Arabia, as 1 have said;? and the remaining parts,
7744	those towards the south, are inhabited by Troglo-
7745	dytes,
7746	Blemmyes,
7747	Nubae,
7748	and
7749	Megabari,
7750	those
7751	Aethiopians
7752	who
7753	live
7754	above
7755	Syené.
7756	These are
7757	nomads, and not numerous, or warlike either, though
7758	they were thought to be so by the ancients, because
7759	often, like brigands, they would attack defenceless
7760	persons.
7761	As
7762	for those Aethiopians who extend
7763	towards the south and Meroé, they are not numerous
7764	either, nor do they collect in one mass, inasmuch as
7765	they inhabit a long, narrow, and winding stretch of
7766	river-land, such as I have described before ;* neither
7767	are they well equipped either for warfare or for any
7768	other kind of life.
7769	And now, too, the whole of the
7770	country is similarly disposed to peace.
7771	And the
7772	following
7773	is a sign of the fact:
7774	the country
7775	is
7776	sufficiently guarded by the Romans with only three
7777	cohorts, and even these are not complete ; and when
7778	the Aethiopians dared to make an attack upon them,
7779	they imperilled their own country.
7780	The remaining
7781	Roman forces in Aegypt are hardly as large as these,
7782	nor have the Romans used them collectively even
7783	once;
7784	for neither are the Aegyptians themselves
7785	warriors, although they are very numerous, nor are the
7786	surrounding tribes.
7787	Cornelius Gallus, the first man
7788	appointed praefect of the country by Caesar, attacked
7789	135
p. 148
7790	STRABO
7791	τῆς χώρας ὑπὸ Καίσαρος, τήν τε Ἡρώων πόλιν
7792	ἀποστᾶσαν ἐπελθὼν δ ὀλίγων εἷλε, στάσιν τε
7793	γενηθεῖσαν ἐν τῇ Θηβαΐδι διὰ τοὺς φόρους ἐν
7794	βραχεῖ κατέλυσε.
7795	Ἰ]ετρώνιός τε ὕστερον
7796	τοῦ
7797	᾿Αλεξανδρέων
7798	πλήθους
7799	τοσούτων
7800	μυριάδων
7801	ὁρμήσαντος ἐπ᾽ αὐτὸν μετὰ λίθων βολῆς, αὐτοῖς
7802	τοῖς
7803	περὶ
7804	ἑαυτὸν
7805	στρατιώταις
7806	ἀντέσχε,
7807	καὶ
7808	διαφθείρας τινὰς αὐτῶν τοὺς λοιποὺς ἔπαυσε.
7809	Βάλλος τε Αἴλιος μέρει τῆς ἐν Αὐγύπτῳ φρουρᾶς
7810	εἰς τὴν ᾿Αραβίαν ἐμβαλὼν εἴρηται, τίνα τρόπον
7811	ἐξήλεγξε τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ἀπολέμους ὄντας" εἰ δὴ
7812	μὴ ὁ Συλλαῖος αὐτὸν προὐδίδου, κἂν κατεστρέ-
7813	ato τὴν ὐδαίμονα πᾶσαν.
7814	9 820
7815	54. ᾿Επειδὴ δὲ οἱ Αἰθίοπες, καταφρονήσαντες
7816	τῷ μέρος τι τῆς ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ δυνάμεως ἀπεσπάσθαι
7817	μετὰ Γάλλου
7818	Αἰλίου πολεμοῦντος πρὸς τοὺς
7819	Ἄραβας, ἐπῆλθον 1 τῇ Θηβαΐδι καὶ τῇ φρουρᾷ
7820	τῶν τριῶν σπειρῶν τῶν κατὰ uray καὶ ἑλόντες
7821	ἔφθασαν τήν τε Συήνην καὶ τὴν ᾿Ελεφαντίνην
7822	καὶ
7823	Φιλὰς
7824	ἐξ ἐφόδου
7825	διὰ τὸ αἰφνίδιον
7826	καὶ
7827	ἐξηνδραποδίσαντο,
7828	ἀνέσπασαν
7829	δὲ
7830	καὶ
7831	τοὺς
7832	Καίσαρος ἀνδριάντας" ἐπελθὼν δὲ ἐλάττοσιν ἢ
7833	μυρίοις πεζοῖς Πετρώνιος, ἱππεῦσι δὲ ὀκτακο-
7834	σίοις πρὸς ἄνδρας
7835	τρισμυρίους, πρῶτον μὲν
7836	ἠνάγκασεν ἀναφυγεῖν αὐτοὺς εἰς Ψέλχιν, πόλιν
7837	Αἰθιοπικήν, καὶ πρεσβεύεται τά τε
7838	ληφθέντα
7839	ἀπαιτῶν καὶ τὰς αἰτίας, δι᾿ ἃς ἦρξαν πολέμου:
7840	λεγόντων δ᾽, ὡς ἀδικοῖντο ὑπὸ τῶν νομάρχων,"
7841	ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ἘΠ τούτους ἡγεμόνας εἶναι τῆς χώρας,
7842	ἀλλὰ Καίσαρα" αἰτησαμένων δ᾽ ἡμέρας τρεῖς εἰς
7843	1 ἐπῆλθον, Corais, for ἐπελθόντες.
7844	136
p. 149
7845	GEOGRAPHY,
7846	17. 1. 53-54
7847	Herooénpolis, which had revolted, and took it with
7848	only a few soldiers, and in only a short time broke
7849	up a sedition which had taken place in the Thebais
7850	on account of the tributes.
7851	And at a later time
7852	Petronius, when
7853	all
7854	that countless multitude
7855	of
7856	Alexandrians rushed to attack him with a throwing
7857	of stones, held out against them with merely his
7858	own body-guard, and after killing some of them put
7859	a stop to the rest.
7860	And I have already stated} how
7861	Aelius Gallus, when he invaded Arabia with a part
7862	of the guard stationed in Aegypt, discovered that
7863	the people were unwarlike; indeed, if Syllaeus had
7864	not betrayed him, he would even have subdued the
7865	whole of Arabia Felix.
7866	54. But the Aethiopians, emboldened by the fact
7867	that a part of the Roman force in Aegypt had been
7868	drawn away with Aelius Gallus when he was carrying
7869	on war against the Arabians, attacked the Thebais
7870	and the garrison of the three cohorts at Syené, and by
7871	an unexpected onset took Syené and Elephantiné
7872	and Philae, and enslaved the inhabitants, and also
7873	pulled down the statues of Caesar.
7874	But Petronius,
7875	setting out with less than ten thousand infantry and
7876	eight hundred cavalry against thirty thousand men,
7877	first
7878	foreed
7879	them
7880	to
7881	flee
7882	back
7883	to
7884	Pselchis,
7885	an
7886	Aethiopian city, and sent ambassadors to demand
7887	what they had taken, as also to ask the reasons why
7888	they had begun war; and when they said that they
7889	had been wronged by the Nomarchs,? he replied that
7890	these were not rulers of the country, but Caesar;
7891	and when they had requested three days for delibera-
7892	1 16. 4. 23.
7893	2 « Nome-rulers.”’
7894	2 νρομάρχων 8, wovdpxwy other MSS.
7895	137
p. 150
7896	STRABO
7897	βουλὴν καὶ μηδέν, ὧν ἐχρῆν, ποιούντων, προσ-
7898	βαλὼν ἠνάγκασε προελθεῖν εἰς μάχην, ταχὺ δὲ
7899	τροπὴν ἐποίησε, συντεταγμένων τε κακῶς καὶ
7900	ὡπλισμένων:
7901	μεγάλους γὰρ εἶχον θυρεούς, καὶ
7902	τούτους ὠμοβοΐνους, ἀμυντήρια δὲ πελέκεις, οἱ δὲ
7903	κοντούς, οἱ δὲ καὶ ξίφη. τινὲς μὲν οὖν εἰς τὴν πόλιν
7904	συνηλάθησαν, οἱ δ᾽ εἰς τὴν ἐρημίαν ἔφυγον, τινὰς
7905	δὲ νῆσος πλησίον ὑπεδέξατο ἐμβάντας 1 εἰς τὸν
7906	πόρον, οὐ γὰρ πολλοὶ ἦσαν ἐνταῦθα οἱ κροκό-
7907	δείλοι διὰ τὸν ῥοῦν.
7908	τούτων δ᾽ ἦσαν καὶ οἱ τῆς
7909	βασιλίσσης στρατηγοὶ
7910	τῆς Κανδάκης, ἣ καθ᾽
7911	ἡμᾶς ἦρξε τῶν Αἰθιόπων,
7912	ἀνδρική
7913	τις
7914	γυνὴ
7915	πεπηρωμένη τὸν ἕτερον τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν: τούτους
7916	τε δὴ ζωγρίᾳ λαμβάνει ἅπαντας, ἐπιπλεύσας
7917	σχεδίαις. τε καὶ ναυσί, καὶ καταπέμπει παρα-
7918	χρῆμα εἰς ᾿Αλεξάνδρειαν, ἐπελθών τε τὴν Veryw
7919	αἱρεῖ: προσαριθμουμένου δὲ τοῖς ἑαλωκόσι τοῦ
7920	πλήθους τῶν πεσόντων ἐν τῇ μάχη, τοὺς σωθέν-
7921	τας ὀλίγους παντάπασι γενέσθαι συνέβη.
7922	ἐκ δὲ
7923	Ψέλχιος ἧ ἧκεν εἰς Πρῆμνιν, ἐ
7924	ἐρυμνὴν πόλιν, διελθὼν
7925	τοὺς
7926	θῖνας, ἐν οἷς ὁ , Καμβύσου
7927	κατεχώσθη
7928	στρατὸς ἐμπεσόντος ἀνέμου.
7929	προσβαλὼν δὲ ἐξ
7930	ἐφόδου
7931	τὸ φρούριον
7932	αἱρεῖ, καὶ
7933	μετὰ ταῦτα
7934	ὥρμησεν ἐπὶ Ναπάτων' τοῦτο δ᾽ ἣν τὸ βασίλειον
7935	τῆς “Κανδάκης, καὶ ἦν ἐνταῦθα υἱὸς αὐτῆς.
7936	καὶ
7937	αὐτὴ δ᾽ ἔν τινι πλησίον ἵδρυτο χωρίῳ.
7938	πρεσ-
7939	βευσαμένης δὲ περὶ φιλίας καὶ ἀποδούσης τοὺς
7940	ἐκ Συήνης αἰχμαλώτους
7941	καὶ
7942	τοὺς ἀνδριάντας,
7943	ἐπελθὼν
7944	λαμβάνει καὶ τὰ Νάπατα, φυγόντος
7945	τοῦ παιδός,
7946	καὶ κατασκάπτει:
7947	ἐξανδραποδισά-
7948	1 For ἐμβάντας, Jones conj. ἐμβαλόντας.
7949	138
p. 151
7950	GEOGRAPHY, 17. 1. 54
7951	tion, but did nothing they should have done, he
7952	made an attack and forced them to come forth to
7953	battle; and he quickly turned them to flight, since
7954	they were badly marshalled and badly armed; for
7955	they had large oblong shields, and those too made of
7956	raw ox-hide, and as weapons some had only axes,
7957	others pikes, and others swords.
7958	Now some were
7959	driven together into the city, others fled into the
7960	desert, and others found refuge on a neighbouring
7961	island, having waded! into the
7962	channel, for on
7963	account of the current the
7964	crocodiles
7965	were
7966	not
7967	numerous there.
7968	Among these fugitives were the
7969	generals of Queen Candacé, who was ruler of the
7970	Aethiopians in my time—a masculine sort of woman,
7971	and blind in one eye. These, one and all, he captured
7972	alive, having sailed after them in both rafts and ships,
7973	and he sent them forthwith down to Alexandria; and
7974	he also attacked Pselchis and captured it; and if the
7975	multitude of those who fell in the battle be added
7976	to the number of the captives, those who escaped
7977	must have been altogether few in number.
7978	From
7979	Pselchis he went to Premnis, a fortified city, after
7980	passing through the sand-dunes, where the army
7981	of Cambyses was overwhelmed when a wind-storm
7982	struck them; and having made an attack, he took
7983	the fortress at the first onset.
7984	After this he set
7985	out for Napata.
7986	This was the royal residence of
7987	Candacé; and her son was there, and she herself
7988	was residing at a place near by.
7989	But though she
7990	sent ambassadors to treat for friendship and offered
7991	to give back the captives and the statues brought
7992	from Syené, Petronius attacked and captured Napata
7993	too, from which her son had fled, and rased it to the
7994	1 See critical note.
7995	139
p. 152
7996	U 821
7997	STRABO
7998	μενος δ᾽ ἀναστρέφει πάλιν εἰς τοὐπίσω μετὰ τών
7999	λαφύρων, δύσοδα κρίνας τὰ προσωτέρω.
8000	τὴν δὲ
8001	Πρῆμνιν τειχίσας βέλτιον, φρουρὰν ἐμβαλὼν καὶ
8002	τροφὴν δυεῖν ἐνιαυτῶν
8003	τετρακοσίοις ἀνδράσιν,
8004	ἀπῆρεν εἰς ᾿Αλεξάνδρειαν.
8005	καὶ τῶν αἰχμαλώτων
8006	τοὺς μὲν ἐλαφυροπώλησε, χιλίους δὲ Καίσαρι
8007	ἔπεμψε νεωστὶ ἐκ Καντάβρων ἥκοντι, τοὺς δὲ
8008	νόσοι διεχρήσαντο.
8009	ἐν τούτῳ μυριάσι ἹΚανδάκη
8010	πολλαῖς ἐπὶ τὴν φρουρὰν ἐπῆλθε: Πετρώνιος δ᾽
8011	ἐξεβοήθησε καὶ φθάνει προσελθὼν" εἰς τὸ φρού-
8012	ριον, καὶ πλείοσι παρασκευαῖς ἐξασφαλισάμενος
8013	τὸν τόπον, πρεσβευσαμένων, ἐκέλευσεν ὡς Καί-
8014	σαρα πρεσβεύεσθαι: οὐκ εἰδέναι δὲ φασκόντων,
8015	ὅστις εἴη Καῖσαρ καὶ ὅπη βαδιστέον εἴη παρ᾽
8016	αὐτόν, ἔδωκε τοὺς παραπέμψοντας" καὶ ἧκον εἰς
8017	Σάμον, ἐνταῦθα τοῦ Καίσαρος ὄντος καὶ μέλλοντος
8018	εἰς Συρίαν ἐντεῦθεν προϊέναι, Τιβέριον εἰς ᾿Αρ-
8019	μενίαν
8020	στέλλοντος.
8021	πάντων δὲ τυχόντων, ὧν
8022	ἐδέοντο,
8023	ἀφῆκεν
8024	αὐτοῖς
8025	καὶ
8026	τοὺς φόρους,
8027	οὺὑς
8028	>
8029	/
8030	ἐπέστησε.
8031	II
8032	1. Πολλὰ δ᾽ εἴρηται περὶ τῶν Αἰθιοπικῶν ἐν
8033	τοῖς πρότερον, ὥστε συμπεριωδευμένα ἂν εἴη τῇ
8034	Αἰγύπτῳ καὶ τὰ τούτων.
8035	ὡς δ᾽ εἰπεῖν, τὰ ἄκρα
8036	τῆς οἰκουμένης τὰ παρακείμενα τῇ δυσκράτῳ καὶ
8037	ἀοικήτῳ διὰ “καῦμα ἢ ψῦχος ἀνάγκη ἀποτεύγματα
8038	εἶναι τῆς εὐκράτου καὶ ἐλαττώματα:
8039	ταῦτα
8040	1 προσελθών F and first hand in 1), προσεισελθών C, προεισ-
8041	ελθών other MSS.
8042	140
p. 153
8043	GEOGRAPHY, 17. 1. 54-2. 1
8044	ground; and having enslaved
8045	its inhabitants, he
8046	turned back again with the booty, having decided
8047	that the regions farther on would be hard to traverse.
8048	But he fortified Premnis better, threw in a garrison
8049	and food for four hundred men for two years, and
8050	set out for Alexandria.
8051	As for the captives, he sold
8052	some of them as booty, and sent one thousand to
8053	Caesar, who had recently returned from Cantabria ;
8054	and the others died of diseases.
8055	Meantime Candacé
8056	marched against the garrison with many thousands
8057	of men, but Petronius set out to its assistance and
8058	arrived at the fortress first ; and when he had made
8059	the place thoroughly secure by sundry
8060	devices,
8061	ambassadors came, but he bade them go to Caesar ;
8062	and when they asserted that they did not know
8063	who Caesar was or where they should have to go to
8064	find him, he gave them escorts; and they went to
8065	Samos, since Caesar was
8066	there and intended
8067	to
8068	proceed
8069	to
8070	Syria from
8071	there,
8072	after despatching
8073	Tiberius to Armenia.
8074	And when the ambassadors
8075	had obtained everything they pled for, he even
8076	remitted the tributes which he had imposed.
8077	II
8078	1. In the earlier parts of my work I have already
8079	said many things about the Aethiopian! tribes, so
8080	that the description of their country may be said to
8081	be included with that of Aegypt.
8082	In general, the
8083	extremities of the inhabited world, which lie along-
8084	side the part of the earth that is not temperate and
8085	habitable,
8086	because
8087	of heat
8088	or cold, must needs
8089	be defective and inferior to the temperate part;
8090	1 See Index, s.v. ‘‘ Aethiopians.”
8091	141:
p. 154
8092	STRABO
8093	ἐκ TOV βίων δῆλα καὶ τῆς πρὸς τὰς χρείας τὰς
8094	ἀνθρωπικὰς ἀπορίας. κακόβιοί τε δὴ καὶ γυμνῆ-
8095	τές εἰσι τὰ πολλὰ καὶ νομάδες" τά τε βοσκήματα
8096	αὐτοῖς ἐστι μικρά, πρόβατα καὶ αἶγες καὶ βόες:
8097	καὶ
8098	κύνες
8099	μικροί, τραχεῖς >
8100	δὲ καὶ μάχιμοι.
8101	τάχα δὲ καὶ τοὺς Πυγμαίους ἀπὸ τῆς τούτων
8102	μικροφυΐας ὑπενόησαν καὶ ἀνέπλασαν' ἑωρακὼς
8103	μὲν γὰρ οὐδεὶς ἐξηγεῖται
8104	τῶν πίστεως
8105	ἀξίων
8106	ἀνδρῶν.
8107	2. Ζῶσί T ἀπὸ κέγχρου καὶ κριθῆς, ἀφ᾽ ὧν καὶ
8108	ποτὸν αὐτοῖς ἐστιν ἀντ᾽ ἐλαίου de? βούτυρον καὶ
8109	στέαρ:
8110	οὐδ᾽ ἀκρόδρυα
8111	ἔχουσι. πλὴν
8112	φοινίκων
8113	ὀλίγων ἐν κήποις βασιλικοῖς"
8114	ἔνιοι δὲ καὶ πόαν
8115	σιτοῦνται καὶ κλῶνας ἁπαλοὺς καὶ λωτὸν καὶ
8116	καλάμου ῥίζαν: κρέασι δὲ χρῶνται καὶ αἵματι
8117	καὶ γάλακτι καὶ τυρῷ.
8118	σέβονται δ᾽ ὡς θεοὺς
8119	τοὺς βασιλέας, κατακλείστους ὄντας καὶ οἰκουροὺς
8120	τὸ πλέον.
8121	ἔστι δὲ τὸ μέγιστον αὐτοῖς βασί-
8122	recov ἡ Μερόη, πόλις ὁμώνυμος τῇ νήσῳ.
8123	τὴν
8124	δὲ νῆσον θυρεοειδῆ φασι τὸ σχῆμα, τό τε μέγεθος
8125	τάχα πρὸς ὑπερβολὴν εἴρηται μῆκος μὲν ὅσον
8126	ge σταδίων, εὗρος δὲ χιλίων.
8127	ἔχει δ᾽ ἡ
8128	νῆσος ὃ συχνὰ καὶ ὄρη καὶ δάση μεγάλα' οἰκοῦσι
8129	δ᾽ οἱ μὲν νομάδες, οἱ δὲ θηρευτικοί, οἱ δὲ γεωργοί:
8130	ἔστι δὲ καὶ χαλκωρυχεῖα καὶ σιδηρουργεῖα καὶ
8131	χρυσεῖα καὶ λίθων γένη πολυτελῶν" περιέχεται δ᾽
8132	ἀπὸ μὲν τῆς Λιβύης θισὶ μεγάλοις, ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς
8133	᾿Δρόβίες κρημνοῖς συνεχέσιν, ἄνωθεν δ᾽ ἐκ νότου
8134	1 παχεῖς Eo, perhaps rightly.
8135	2 The MSS. read ποτὸν ποιοῦσιν αὐτοῖς ἐστιν᾽ ἔλαιον δὲ KTA.,
8136	except that ὦ TEES ἐστιν.
8137	Corais reads ποτὸν αὐτοῖς eee
8138	ἀντὶ δὲ ἐλαίου κτλ.: but Jones reads as above, copying the
8139	-
8140	phrase ἀντ᾽ ἐλαίου δέ from 3. 3. 7.
8141	142
p. 155
8142	GEOGRAPHY,
8143	17. 2. 1-2
8144	and this is clear from the modes of life of the in-
8145	habitants and from their lack of human necessities.
8146	They indeed live a hard life, go almost naked, and
8147	are nomads;
8148	and their domestic animals—sheep,
8149	goats, and cattle—are small; and their dogs are
8150	small though rough! and pugnacious.
8151	And perhaps
8152	it is from the natural smallness of the people that
8153	men have conceived
8154	of Pygmies
8155	and fabricated
8156	them ; for no man worthy of belief professes to have
8157	seen them.
8158	2. The Aethiopians
8159	live on millet and _ barley,
8160	from which they also make a drink; but instead of
8161	olive-oil they have butter and tallow.
8162	Neither do
8163	they have fruit trees, except a few date-palms in the
8164	royal gardens.
8165	But some use grass as food, as also
8166	tender twigs, lotus, and reed-roots; and they use
8167	meats, blood, milk, and cheese.
8168	They reverence as
8169	gods their kings, who generally stay shut up at
8170	home.
8171	Their greatest royal seat is Meroé, a city
8172	bearing the same name as the island.
8173	The island is
8174	said to be like an oblong shield in shape.
8175	Its size
8176	has perhaps been exaggerated : about three thousand
8177	stadia in length and one thousand in breadth.
8178	The
8179	island
8180	has both numerous
8181	mountains
8182	and
8183	large
8184	thickets ; it is inhabited partly by nomads, partly by
8185	hunters, and partly by farmers; and it has mines of
8186	copper, iron, gold, and different kinds? of precious
8187	stones.
8188	It is bounded on the Libyan side by large
8189	sand-dunes, and on the Arabian side by continuous
8190	1 Possibly an error for *‘ swift’’ (see critical note).
8191	2 Diodorus Siculus (1. 33) says ‘all kinds of precious
8192	stones.”
8193	3 ἢ νῆσος is omitted by all MSS. except F; KE reads 7
8194	Μερόη.
8195	143
p. 156
8196	C 822
8197	STRABO
8198	ταῖς συμβολαῖς τῶν ποταμῶν, τοῦ Te AotaPBopat
8199	“ΟΣ
8200	lo)
8201	f
8202	καὶ τοῦ Ἀστάποδος καὶ τοῦ ᾿Αστασόβα' πρὸς
8203	ἄρκτον δ᾽ ἡ ἐφεξῆς ῥύσις τοῦ Νείλου καὶ μέχρι
8204	Αἰγύπτου κατὰ τὴν λεχθεῖσαν πρότερον σκολιό-
8205	τητα τοῦ ποταμοῦ.
8206	ἐν δὲ ταῖς πόλεσιν αἱ οἰκήσεις
8207	>
8208	,
8209	a
8210	δ
8211	,
8212	2A
8213	, θ
8214	ἐκ φοινικίνων σχιζῶν
8215	διαπλεκομένων 3 ἢ πλίνθων.
8216	»
8217	\
8218	\
8219	oe
8220	ὮΝ
8221	>
8222	a
8223	”
8224	ὀρυκτοὶ δὲ ἅλες, καθώπερ ἐν τοῖς ᾿Αραψι" πλεο-
8225	a
8226	la
8227	“
8228	/
8229	vate. δὲ τῶν φυτῶν ὅ τε φοίνιξ Kai ἡ περσέα
8230	\
8231	cw
8232	\
8233	e
8234	/
8235	5 3 θ /
8236	δὲ
8237	Ν
8238	5
8239	΄
8240	καὶ ὁ ἔβενος καὶ ἡ κερατία
8241	npa
8242	δὲ καὶ ἐλεφάν-
8243	των ἐστὶ καὶ λεόντων καὶ παρδάλεων" εἰσὶ δὲ καὶ
8244	,
8245	.
8246	᾿
8247	4
8248	\
8249	”
8250	ἊΝ
8251	δράκοντες
8252	οἱ
8253	ἐλεφαντομάχοι
8254	καὶ
8255	ἄλλα
8256	θηρία
8257	οὗ
8258	a
8259	πλείω:
8260	καταφεύγει yap ἀπὸ τῶν ἐμπυρωτέρων
8261	\
8262	,
8263	Kal αὐχμηροτέρων ἐπὶ τὰ ὑδρηλὰ καὶ ἑλώδη.
8264	Ὑπέρκειται δὲ τῆς Μερόης ἡ Ψεβώ, λίμνη
8265	ΠΣ νῆσον ἔχουσα οἰκουμένην ἱκανῶς.
8266	συμ-
8267	βαίνει δὲ τοῦ Νείλου τὴν μὲν δυσμικὴν παραπο-
8268	ταμίαν ἐχόντων
8269	τῶν
8270	Λιβύων,
8271	τὴν δὲ πέραν
8272	Αἰθιόπων, παρὰ μέρος αὐτῶν τὴν ἐπικράτειαν εἶναι
8273	τῶν νήσων καὶ τῆς ποταμίας, ἐξελαυνομένων τῶν
8274	ἑτέρων καὶ παραχωρούντων τοῖς κρείττοσι γενο-
8275	μένοις.
8276	χρῶνται δὲ καὶ τόξοις ass τετρα-
8277	πήχεσι ξυλίνοις, πεπυρακτωμένοις" ᾧ ὁπλίξουσι
8278	δὲ καὶ τὰς γυναῖκας, ὧν αἱ πλείους κεκρίκωνται
8279	τὸ χεῖλος τοῦ στόματος χαλκῷ κρίκῳ: κωδιοφόροι
8280	δ᾽ εἰσίν,
8281	ἐρέαν
8282	οὐκ
8283	ἔχοντες,
8284	τῶν
8285	προβάτων
8286	΄
8287	΄
8288	ΠΩΣ
8289	ἃ
8290	“Δδ
8291	αἰγοτριχούντων:
8292	οἱ δὲ γυμνῆτές
8293	εἰσιν,
8294	οἱ καὶ ὃ
8295	1 »Ασταβόρα F, ᾿Ασταβάρα other MSS.
8296	2 διαπλεκομένων, Groskurd, for διαπλεκόμεναι, after which
8297	moz read καὶ τοίχων ἐκ πλίνθων, other MSS. τοίχων ἢ πλίνθων.
8298	Jones, following Kramer and C. Miiller, ejects τοίχων.
8299	3 καὶ 7 κερατία moxz, καὶ κεράτια Other MSS.
8300	4 On a conjectural omission here, see C, Miller, /nd. Var.
8301	Lect. p. 1042.
8302	144
p. 157
8303	GEOGRAPHY,
8304	17. 2. 2-3
8305	precipices, and above, on the south, by the confluences
8306	of the three rivers—the Astaboras, and the Astapus
8307	and the Astasobas!—and on the north by the next
8308	course of the Nile, which extends to Aegypt along
8309	the aforesaid windings of the river.
8310	In the cities
8311	the dwellings are made of split pieces of palm-wood
8312	woven together, or of brick.
8313	And they have quarried
8314	salt, as do the Arabians.
8315	And, among the plants,
8316	the palm, the persea,? the ebony, and the ceratia’
8317	are found in abundance.
8318	And they have, not only
8319	elephants to hunt, but also lions and leopards.
8320	They
8321	also have serpents, the elephant-fighters,
8322	as also
8323	many other wild animals; for the animals flee for
8324	refuge from the hotter and more arid regions to
8325	those that are watery and marshy.
8326	3. Above Meroé lies Psebo, a large lake containing
8327	an island that is rather well settled.
8328	And since the
8329	Libyans hold the land on the western side of the
8330	Nile and the Aethiopians that on the opposite side,
8331	it comes to pass that they take turns in dominating
8332	the islands and the river-land, one of the two being
8333	driven out and yielding place to those who have
8334	proved stronger.
8335	The Aethiopians also use bows,
8336	which are four cubits long, are made of wood, and
8337	are hardened by fire ; and they arm the women also,
8338	most of whom have a copper ring through the lip ; and
8339	they wear sheep-skins, since they have no wool,
8340	their sheep having hair like that of goats ; and some
8341	go naked, or wear round their loins small sheep-
8342	ΟΡ. Wis Wh,
8343	2 This tree is carefully described by Pliny (N. H., 13. 17).
8344	3 The carob or locust-tree.
8345	5 of καί EFh, ἢ καί other MSS., perhaps rightly.
8346	145
p. 158
8347	STRABO
8348	περιέξωνται μικρὰ κώδια ἢ τρίχινα πλέγματα
8349	εὐυφῆ.
8350	θεὸν δὲ Ψομίξουσι τὸν μὲν ἀθάνατον, τοῦ-
8351	τον
8352	δ᾽ εἶναι τὸν αἴτιον
8353	τῶν πάντων, τὸν
8354	δὲ
8355	θνητόν, ἀνώνυμόν τινα καὶ οὐ σαφῆ.
8356	ὡς δ᾽ ἐπὶ
8357	τὸ πολὺ τοὺς εὐεργέτας καὶ βασιλικοὺς θεοὺς
8358	νομίζουσι, καὶ τούτων τοὺς μὲν βασιλέας κοινοὺς
8359	ἁπάντων σωτῆρας καὶ φύλακας, τοὺς δ᾽ ἰδιώτας
8360	ὑδίως τοῖς εὖ παθοῦσιν ὑπ᾽ αὐτῶν.
8361	τῶν δὲ πρὸς
8362	τῇ διακεκαυμένῃ τινὲς καὶ ἄθεοι νομίζονται, οὕς
8363	γε καὶ τὸν ἥλιόν φασιν ἐχθαίρειν καὶ κακῶς
8364	λέγειν, ἐπειδὰν προσίδωσιν a
8365	ἀνίσχοντα, ὡς καίοντα
8366	καὶ πολεμοῦντα αὐτοῖς, καταφεύγειν τε εἰς τὰ
8367	ἕλη.
8368	οἱ δ᾽ ἐν Μερόῃ καὶ Ἡρακλέα καὶ Πᾶνα καὶ
8369	Ἶσιν σέβονται πρὸς ἄλλῳ τινὶ βαρβαρικῷ θεῷ.
8370	τοὺς δὲ νεκροὺς οἱ μὲν εἰς τὸν ποταμὸν ἐκρίπτου-
8371	σιν, οἱ δ᾽ οἴκοι κατέχουσι περιχέαντες ὕαλον"
8372	τινὲς δὲ ἐ ἐν κεραμίαις σοροῖς κατορύττουσι κύκλῳ
8373	τῶν ἱερῶν, ὅρκον τε τὸν ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν ἀπαιτοῦσι
8374	καὶ πάντων ἁγιστεύουσι μάλιστα.
8375	βασιλέας τε
8376	καθιστᾶσι
8377	τοὺς κάλλει διαφέροντας ἢ ἀρετῇ
8378	κτηνοτροφίας ἢ ἀνδρείᾳ ἢ πλούτῳ.
8379	ἐν δὲ τῇ
8380	Μερόῃ κυριωτάτην τάξιν ἐπεῖχον οἱ ἱερεῖς τὸ
8381	παλαιόν, οἵ γε καὶ τῷ βασιλεῖ προσέταττον ἔσθ᾽
8382	ὅτε ἀποθνήσκειν
8383	πέμψαντες ἄγγελον καὶ κα-
8384	C 823 θίστασαν ἀντ᾽ αὐτοῦ ἕτερον" ὕστερον δὲ κατέλυσέ
8385	τις τῶν βασιλέων τὸ ἔθος, ἐπιὼν μεθ᾽ ὅπλων ἐπὶ
8386	τὸ ἱερόν, ὅπου ὁ χρυσοῦς νεώς ἐστι, καὶ τοὺς
8387	ἱερέας ἀποσφάξας πάντας.
8388	ἔστι δὲ καὶ τοῦτο
8389	1 Diodorus Siculus (3. 39) names Zeus in connection with
8390	the three others.
8391	2 See 17. 1. 8 and footnote on “ glass.”
8392	146
p. 159
8393	GEOGRAPHY, 17. 2. 3
8394	skins or girdles of well-woven hair.
8395	They regard as
8396	god the immortal being, whom they consider the
8397	cause of all things, and also the mortal being, who
8398	is without name and not to be identified.
8399	But in
8400	general they regard their benefactors and royal per-
8401	sonages as gods: of these the kings as the common
8402	saviours and guardians of all, and special individuals
8403	as in a special
8404	sense
8405	gods to those who
8406	have
8407	received
8408	benefactions from them.
8409	Among those
8410	who live near the torrid zone, some are considered
8411	atheists, since it is said that they hate even the sun,
8412	and revile it when they behold it rising, on the
8413	ground that it burns them and carries on war with
8414	them, and flee for refuge from it into the marshes.
8415	The inhabitants of Meroé worship Heracles, Pan,
8416	and Isis, in addition to some other, barbaric, god.}
8417	As for the dead, some
8418	cast them into the river,
8419	others enclose them in glass? and keep them at
8420	home ; but some bury them around the temples in
8421	coffins made of clay; and they exact fulfilment of
8422	oaths sworn over the dead,’ and consider them the
8423	most sacred of all things.
8424	They appoint as kings
8425	those who excel in beauty, or in superiority in cattle-
8426	breeding, or in courage, or in wealth.
8427	In Meroé
8428	the highest rank was in ancient times held by the
8429	priests, who indeed would
8430	give orders
8431	even
8432	to
8433	the king, sometimes ordering him through a mes-
8434	senger to die, and would appoint another in his
8435	stead;
8436	but later one of the kings broke up the
8437	custom by marching with armed men against the
8438	temple where the golden shrine is and slaughtering
8439	all the priests.
8440	The following is also an Aethiopian
8441	3 2.6. they make the oath binding by invoking the dead as
8442	witnesses.
8443	147
p. 160
8444	STRABO
8445	ἔθος
8446	Αἰθιοπικόν'
8447	ὃς γὰρ ἂν τῶν
8448	βασιλέων
8449	πηρωθῇ μέρος τι τοῦ σώματος ὁπωσοῦν τὸ αὐτὸ
8450	πάσχουσιν οἱ συνόντες αὐτῷ μάλιστα, οἱ δ᾽ αὐτοὶ
8451	καὶ συναποθνήσκουσιν" ἐκ δὲ τούτου φυλακὴ τοῦ
8452	βασιλέως ἐστὶ πλείστη Tap αὐτῶν.
8453	περὶ μὲν
8454	Αἰθιόπων ἀρκέσει ταῦτα.
8455	4. Τοῖς δ᾽ Αἰγυπτιακοῖς καὶ ταῦτα προσθετέον
8456	ὅσα ἰδιάζοντα, οἷον ὁ Αἰγύπτιος λεγόμενος κύαμος
8457	ἐξ οὗ τὸ κιβώριον, καὶ ἡ βύβλος: ἐνταῦθα γὰρ
8458	καὶ παρ᾽ ᾿Ινδοῖς μόνον" ἡ δὲ περσέα ἐνταῦθα μόνον
8459	καὶ παρ᾽ Αἰθίοψι, δένδρον μέγα, καρπὸν ἔχον
8460	γλυκὺν καὶ μέγαν, καὶ ἡ συκάμινος ἡ ἐκφέρουσα
8461	τὸν λεγόμενον καρπὸν συκόμορον" σύκῳ γὰρ
8462	ἔοικεν, ἄτιμον δ᾽ ἐστὶ κατὰ τὴν γεῦσιν" γίνεται
8463	δὲ καὶ τὸ κόρσιον καὶ ὅμοιόν τι! πεπέρει 2 τρά-
8464	γημα, μικρῷ αὐτοῦ μεῖζον.
8465	ἰχθύες
8466	δ᾽ ἐν τῷ
8467	Νείλῳ πολλοὶ μὲν καὶ ἄλλοι χαρακτῆρα ἔχοντες
8468	ἴδιον
8469	καὶ
8470	ἐπιχώριον, γνωριμώτατοι
8471	δὲ ὅ τε
8472	ὀξύρυγχος καὶ ὁ λεπιδωτὸς καὶ λάτος καὶ ἀλάβης
8473	καὶ κορακῖνος καὶ χοῖρος καὶ φαγρώριος, ὃν καὶ
8474	φάγρον καλοῦσιν, ἔτι σίλουρος, κιθαρός, θρίσσα,
8475	κεστρεύς, λύχνος,
8476	φῦσα,
8477	βοῦς:
8478	ὀστρακίων
8479	δὲ
8480	κοχλίαι ὃ μεγάλοι,
8481	φωνὴν ὀλολυγόσιν
8482	ὁμοίαν
8483	φθεγγόμενοι" ζῷα on ἐπιχώρια καὶ ὁ ἰχνεύμων
8484	καὶ ἡ ἀσπὶς ἡ Αἰγυπτία, ἴδιον τι ἔχουσα παρὰ
8485	τὰς ἐν ἄλλοις: διττὴ δ᾽ ἐστίν, ἡ μὲν σπιθαμιαία,
8486	ἥπερ καὶ ὀξυθανατωτέρα, ἡ δ᾽ ἐγγὺς ὀργυιᾶς, ὡς
8487	τό F, τῇ CDi, τῷ other MSS.
8488	πεπέρει ‘CE, πέπερι other MSS.
8489	The text follows Corais.
8490	E reads ὀστράκων δὲ λύχνος,
8491	φῦσα, βοῦς, κοχλίαι; other MSS. ὀστρακίων δίλυχνος. φύσα (F
8492	φύσσα)ὶ, βοῦς, κοχλίαι.
8493	4 δ᾽, Corais inserts,
8494	148
8495	ω τ»
p. 161
8496	GEOGRAPHY, 17. 2. 3-4
8497	custom: whenever any one of the kings is maimed
8498	in any part of his body in any way whatever, his
8499	closest associates suffer the same thing, and they
8500	even die with him; and hence these men guard the
8501	king most carefully.
8502	This will suffice on the subject
8503	of the Aethiopians.
8504	4. But to my account of things Aegyptian I must
8505	add an enumeration of the things that are peculiar
8506	to that country,
8507	as, for example, the Aegyptian
8508	cyamus
8509	as
8510	it is
8511	called, from which
8512	ciboriwn
8513	is
8514	derived, and the byblus, for the byblus is found only
8515	here and among the Indians; and the persea?
8516	is
8517	found only here and among the Aethiopians—a large
8518	tree with large, sweet fruit; and the sycaminus that
8519	produces the fruit called sycomorus, for it resembles
8520	a sycum,® though it is not prized for its taste; and
8521	the corsium is also found here—a relish somewhat
8522	like pepper, but slightly larger.
8523	As for fish in the
8524	Nile, they are indeed many in number and different in
8525	kind, with a special indigenous character, but the best
8526	known are the oxyrynchus and the lepidotus, latus,
8527	alabes, coracinus, choerus, and phagrorius, also called
8528	phagrus, and, besides, the st/urus, citharus, thrissa,
8529	cestreus, lychnus, physa, and bos; and, among shell-
8530	creatures, there are large conchliae which emit a
8531	sound
8532	like a croak.
8533	As
8534	for indigenous animals,
8535	Aegypt has also the ichneumon and the Aegyptian
8536	asp, which latter has a peculiarity as compared with
8537	the asp of other countries; but it is of two kinds,
8538	one only a span long, which causes a quicker death,
8539	and
8540	the other nearly a fathom,
8541	as is stated by
8542	1 See 17. 1. 15.
8543	2 See § 2 above.
8544	Ss st taeanees
8545	5 ἴδιόν τι Εἰ, ἴδιον δέ τι other MSS,
8546	140
p. 162
8547	C8 4
8548	STRABO
8549	«ab Νίκανδρος ὃ τὰ Θηριακὰ γράψας εἴρηκε.
8550	καὶ τῶν ὀρνέων ἶβις καὶ ἱέραξ ὁ Αἰγύπτιος,
8551	ἥμερος mapa! τοὺς ἄλλοθι, ὡς καὶ ἡ αἴλουρος"
8552	καὶ ὁ νυκτικόραξ ἰδιότροπος ἐνθάδε: παρ᾽ ἡμῖν
8553	μὲν γὰρ ἀετοῦ μέγεθος ἴσχει Kal: φθέγγεται βαρύ,
8554	ἐν Αὐγύπτῳ
8555	δὲ κολοιοῦ μέγεθος καὶ φθογγὴ
8556	διάφορος.
8557	ἡμερώτατον δ᾽ ἡ ἴβις, πελαργώδης
8558	μὲν κατὰ σχῆμα καὶ μέγεθος, διττὴ δὲ τὴν χρόαν,
8559	ἡ “μὲν πελαργώδης, ἡ δὲ ὅλη μέλαινα.
8560	μεστὴ δ᾽
8561	αὐτῶν ἅπασα τρίοδος ἐν ᾿Αλεξανδρείᾳ, πῆ μὲν
8562	χρησίμως, πῆ δ᾽ οὐ χρησίμως" χρησίμως μέν,
8563	ὅτι πᾶν 3 θηρίον ἐκλέγει καὶ τὰ ἐν τοῖς κρεω-
8564	πωλίοις καὶ τοῖς ὀψοπωλίοις * ᾿ἀποκαθάρματα'
8565	δυσχρήστως δέ, ὃ ὅτι παμφάγον καὶ ἀκάθαρτον καὶ
8566	δυσκόλως ἀπειργόμενον ἀπὸ τῶν καθαρίων καὶ
8567	τῶν ἀλλοτρίων μολυσμοῦ DEE
8568	5. ᾿Αληθὲς δὲ καὶ τοῦ Ἡροδότου καί ἐστιν
8569	Αἰγυπτιακὸν" τὸ τὸν μὲν πηλὸν ταῖς χερσὶ φυρᾶν,
8570	τὸ δὲ στέαρ τὸ εἰς τὴν ἀρτοποιίαν τοῖς ποσί.
8571	καὶ οἱ κάκεις 1 δὲ ἴδιόν Te ἄρτου γένος, στατικὸν
8572	κοιλίας, καὶ τὸ KiKL καρπός τις σπειρόμενος ἐν
8573	ἀρούραις, Ἐξ. οὗ ἔλαιον ἀποθλίβεται
8574	εἰς μὲν
8575	λύχνον τοῖς ἀπὸ τῆς χώρας σχεδόν τι πᾶσιν, εἰς
8576	ἄλειμμα δὲ τοῖς πενεστέροις καὶ ἐργατικωτέροις
8577	u ἥμερος παρά Ki, ἥμερος γὰρ παρά other MSS.
8578	2 § Cz, ἡ other MSS.
8579	8 After πᾶν, Jones conj. that πήμονα has fallen out of the
8580	text.
8581	4 ὀψοπωλίοις Casaubon, ὀψοπώλαις Εἰ, ὑψοπώλεσιν other MSS.
8582	5 rod CEE.
8583	ὁ στέας DF, σταῖς second hand Dh, as in Herodotus 2. 36.
8584	7 of κάκης HK, κυλλάστεις conj. Dindorf in Thesaurus, s.v.
8585	1 Theriaca 168.
8586	2 A poem on poisonous animals, as the name implies.
8587	150
p. 163
8588	GEOGRAPHY,
8589	17. 2. 4-5
8590	Nicander,! who wrote the Yheriaca.2~
8591	Among the
8592	birds are found the ibis and the Aegyptian hieraz,
8593	which latter is tame, like the cat, as compared with
8594	those elsewhere ; and also the nyclicorax® is here of
8595	a peculiar species, for in our country it has the size
8596	of an eagle and a harsh caw, but in Aegypt the size
8597	of a jackdaw and a different caw.
8598	‘The ibis, however,
8599	is the tamest bird; it is like a stork in shape and
8600	size, but it is of two kinds in colour, one kind like
8601	the stork and the other black all over.4
8602	Every
8603	cross-road in Alexandria is full of them; and though
8604	they are useful in one way, they are not useful in
8605	another.
8606	The bird is useful because it singles out
8607	every ὅ animal ὁ and the refuse in the meat-shops and
8608	bakeries, but not useful because it eats everything,
8609	is unclean, and can only with difficulty be kept away
8610	from things that are clean and do not admit of any
8611	defilement.
8612	5. The statement of Herodotus?
8613	is also true, that
8614	it is an Aegyptian custom to knead mud with their
8615	hands, but suet for bread-making with their feet.
8616	Further, sakeis is a peculiar kind of bread which
8617	checks the bowels; and fist is a kind of fruit sown
8618	in the fields, from which oil is pressed, which is used
8619	not only in lamps by almost all the people in the
8620	country, but also for anointing the body by the
8621	poorer classes and those who do the heavier labour,
8622	3 2.6. “night-crow.”
8623	4 The former is the White or Sacred Ibis; it regularly
8624	visits Aegypt at the time of the inundation, coming from
8625	Nubia.
8626	5 The translator conjectures that ‘ baneful”’ has fallen out
8627	of the text after “every ”’ (see critical note).
8628	8 ¢.g. serpents (Josephus 2. 10), scorpions (Aelian 10. 29),
8629	locusts and caterpillars (Diodorus Siculus 1. 87).
8630	7 2, 36,
8631	151
p. 164
8632	STRABO
8633	καὶ ἀνδράσι καὶ γυναιξί.
8634	καὶ τὰ xoixwa}
8635	δὲ
8636	πλέγματα ,“Αἰγυπτιακά ἐστι, φυτοῦ τινος, ὅμοια
8637	τοῖς σχοινίνοις ἢ φοινικίνοις.
8638	τὸ δὲ ζύθος 2 ἰδίως
8639	μὲν σκευάξεται map ἐκείνοις,
8640	κοινὸν δ᾽ ἐστὶ
8641	πολλοῖς,
8642	καὶ παρ᾽ ἑκάστοις
8643	δὲ αἱ σκευασίαι
8644	διάφοροι.
8645	καὶ τοῦτο δὲ τῶν μάλιστα ζηλουμένων
8646	παρ᾽ αὐτοῖς
8647	τὸ πάντα
8648	τρέφειν τὰ γεννώμενα
8649	παιδία καὶ τὸ περιτέμνειν καὶ τὰ θήλεα ἐκτέμνειν,
8650	ὅπερ καὶ τοῖς ᾿Ιουδαίοις νόμιμον" καὶ οὗτοι δ᾽ εἰσὶν
8651	Αἰγύπτιοι τὸ ἀνέκαθεν, καθάπερ εἰρήκαμεν ἐν τῷ
8652	περὶ ἐκείνων λόγῳ.
8653	φησὶ δ᾽ ᾿Αριστόβουλος, ἐκ
8654	τῆς θαλάττης μηδὲν ἀνατρέχειν ὄψον εἰς τὸν
8655	Νεῖλον πλὴν κεστρέως καὶ θρίσσης καὶ δελφῖνος
8656	διὰ τοὺς κροκοδείλους" τοὺς μὲν δελφῖνας διὰ τὸ
8657	κρείττους
8658	εἶναι, τοὺς δὲ κεστρέας τῷ παρα-
8659	πέμπεσθαι ὑ ὑπὸ τῶν χοίρων παρὰ γῆν κατά τινα
8660	οἰκείωσιν φυσικήν:
8661	τῶν δὲ χοίρων ἀπέχεσθαι
8662	τοὺς κροκοδείλους, στρογγύλων ὄντων καὶ ἐχόντων
8663	ἀκάνθας ἐπὶ τῇ κεφαλῇ φερούσας κίνδυνον τοῖς
8664	θηρίοις" ἀναθεῖν μὲν οὖν ἔαρος τοὺς κεστρέας
8665	γόνον ἔχοντας, μικρὸν δὲ πρὸ δύσεως Πλειάδος
8666	καταβαίνειν τεξομένους ἀθρόους, ὅ ὅτε καὶ ἡ ἅλωσις
8667	αὐτῶν γίνεται περιπιπτόντων
8668	τοῖς φράγμασιν
8669	ἀθρόων ὃ τοιαύτην δέ τινα εἰκάζειν ἔστι καὶ
8670	περὶ τῆς
8671	θρίσσης
8672	αἰτίαν.
8673	ταῦτα
8674	καὶ περὶ
8675	Αἰγύπτου.
8676	1 κοΐκινα (textures “made of the coix-palm”), Casaubon
8677	and Meineke, for κόκκινα; but Kramer prefers κούκινα (‘made
8678	from the coco-palm ”
8679	2 Cos Ew, ζύγος other MSS.
8680	8. ἀθρόων Dh, ἀθρόον other MSS.
8681	152
p. 165
8682	GEOGRAPHY, 17. 2. 5
8683	both men and women; and further, the koikina! are
8684	Aegyptian textures made of some plant, and are like
8685	those made of rush or the date-palm.
8686	And beer
8687	is prepared in a peculiar way among the Aegyptians ;
8688	it is a drink common to many peoples, but the ways
8689	of preparing it in the different countries are different.
8690	One of the customs most zealously observed among
8691	the Aegyptians is this, that they rear every child that
8692	is born, and circumcise the males, and excise the
8693	females,” as is also customary among the Jews, who
8694	are also Aegyptians in origin, as I have already stated
8695	in my account of them.
8696	Aristobulus says that on
8697	account of the crocodiles no fish swim up into the
8698	Nile from the sea except the cestreus and the thrissa
8699	and the dolphin—the dolphin, because it is stronger
8700	than the crocodile, and the cestreus, because it is
8701	escorted by the choert4 along the bank, in accordance
8702	with some natural affinity ; and that the crocodiles
8703	keep away from the choeri, since the latter are round
8704	and have spines on the head which offer danger to
8705	the beasts.
8706	Now the cestreus, he says, runs up the
8707	river in spring when it is carrying its spawn, but for
8708	the purpose of spawning comes down
8709	in schools
8710	before the setting of the Pleiad, at which time they
8711	are captured, being caught in schools by the fenced
8712	enclosures.
8713	And some such cause might be con-
8714	jectured also in the case of the thrissa.
8715	So much
8716	for Aegypt.
8717	1 See critical note.
8718	2 2,6. remove portions of the nymphae, and sometimes of
8719	the clitoris, of the females.
8720	The operation is harmless, and
8721	analogous to that of circumcision.
8722	3 16. 2. 34.
8723	4 i.e. “pig” fish (see Athenaeus 6).
8724	VOL. VIIT.
8725	F
8726	153
p. 166
8727	C 825
8728	STRABO
8729	ΠῚ
8730	Περὶ δὲ Λιβύης ἐφεξῆς λέγωμεν, ὅπερ λείπεται
8731	μέρος τῆς συμπάσης yewypadias.! εἴρηται μὲν οὖν
8732	καὶ πρότερον πολλὰ καὶ περὶ αὐτῆς, ἀλλὰ καὶ νῦν
8733	ὅσα καίρια προσυπομνηστέον, προστιθένταςΞ καὶ τὰ
8734	μὴ λεχθέντα πρότερον. οἱ μὲν οὖν πρὸς τὰς ἠπείρους
8735	τὴν οἰκουμέι" nv διελόντες ἀνίσως διεῖλον, ἐμφαίνει
8736	γὰρ τὸ τριχῆ τὸ εἰς τρία ἴσα, τοσοῦτο δ᾽ ἀπολείπ-
8737	εται τοῦ τρίτον εἶναι μέρος τῆς οἰκουμένης ἡ
8738	Λιβύη, ὥστε καὶ συντεθεῖσα μετὰ τῆς Βὐρώπης
8739	οὐκ ἂν ἐξισάξειν δόξειε τῇ ᾿Ασίᾳ. τάχα δὲ καὶ
8740	τῆς Εὐρώπης ἐλάττων ἐστί, κατὰ δὲ τὴν δύναμιν
8741	καὶ πολλῷ Tut, ἔρημος yap ἐστιν ἡ πολλὴ τῆς
8742	μεσογαίας καὶ τῆς παρωκεανίτιδος, κατοικίαις δὲ
8743	κατάστικτός ἐστι μικραῖς, καὶ σποράσι καὶ νομα-
8744	δικαῖς ταῖς πλείσταις" πρὸς δὲ τῇ ἐρημίᾳ καὶ
8745	τὸ θηριοτρόφον ἐξελαύνει καὶ ἐκ τῆς δυναμένης
8746	οἰκεῖσθαι: πολὺ δὲ καὶ τῆς διακεκαυμένης ἐπι-
8747	λαμβάνει ζώνης.
8748	ἡ μέντοι καθ᾽ ἡμᾶς εὐξαιμόνως
8749	οἰκεῖται πᾶσα παραλία ἢ μεταξὺ Νείλου καὶ
8750	Στηλῶν, καὶ μάλιστα ἡ ὑπὸ Καρχηδονίοις γενο-
8751	μένη" ᾿ἀνυδρίαι δέ τινες κἀνταῦθα “παρεμπίπτου-
8752	σιν, οἷαι περί τε τὰς Σύρτεις καὶ τοὺς Μαρμαρίδας
8753	καὶ τὸν Καταβαθμόν.
8754	Ἔστι δὲ ὀρθογωνίου τριγώνου τὸ σχῆμα, ὡς
8755	ἄν τις ἐν ἐπιπέδῳ νοήσειε, βάσιν μεν ἔχον τὴν
8756	καθ᾽ ἡμᾶς παραλίαν τὴν ἀπὸ τῆς Αἰγύπτου καὶ
8757	l γεωμετρίας CDEF.
8758	2 προστιθέντας Ε΄, προσθέντας other MSS.
8759	Dn As ALG et 4s τὰ
8760	154
p. 167
8761	GEOGRAPHY, 17. 3. 1
8762	ΠῚ
8763	1. Next let me describe Libya, which is the only
8764	part left for the completion of my Geography as a
8765	whole.
8766	Now I have said much about this country
8767	before,! but I must now comment
8768	also on other
8769	matters in so far as they may be timely, adding what
8770	has not been said before.
8771	Now the writers who have
8772	divided the inhabited world according to continents
8773	have divided it unequally, for the threefold division
8774	indicates a division into three equal parts; but Libya
8775	lacks so much of being a third part of the inhabited
8776	world that even if it were combined with Europe it
8777	would seem not to be equal to Asia.
8778	Perhaps it is
8779	even smaller than Europe; and in power it is much
8780	inferior, for the greater part of the interior and of
8781	its ocean-coast is desert, and it is dotted with settle-
8782	ments that are small, scattered, and mostly nomadic ;
8783	and in addition to its deserts, its being a nursery of
8784	wild beasts drives out people even from land that
8785	could be inhabited; and it overlaps a considerable
8786	part of the torrid zone.
8787	However, the whole of
8788	the coast opposite to us, I mean that between the
8789	Nile
8790	and the
8791	Pillars, and
8792	particularly the part
8793	which was subject to the Carthaginians, is settled
8794	and prosperous ; but here too some parts here and
8795	there are destitute
8796	of water, as, for example, in
8797	the regions about the Syrtes, the Marmaridae,? and
8798	Catabathmus,
8799	Libya has the shape of a right-angled triangle,
8800	conceived of as drawn on a plane surface, having as
8801	base the coast opposite us, from Aegypt and the
8802	3 See ὃ 23 following.
8803	155
p. 168
8804	STRABO
8805	Νείλου μέχρι Μαυρουσίας “καὶ Στηλῶν, πρὸς
8806	ὀρθὰς δὲ ταύτῃ πλευράν, ἣν ὁ Νεῖλος ποιεῖ μέχρι
8807	Αἰθιοπίας, προσεκβαλλόντων ἡ ἡμῶν ἕως ᾽Ωκεανοῦ,
8808	τὴν δ᾽ ὑποτείνουσαν τῇ ὀρθῇ τὴν παρωκεανῖτιν
8809	ἅπασαν τὴν μεταξὺ Αἰθιόπων καὶ Μαυρουσΐων.
8810	τὸ μὲν οὖν κατ᾽ αὐτὴν τὴν “κορυφὴν τοῦ λεχθέντος
8811	σχήματος, ἤδη πως ὑποπῖπτον τῇ διακεκαυμένῃ,
8812	λέγομεν ἐξ εἰκασμοῦ διὰ τὸ ἀπρόσιτον, ὥστ᾽ οὐδὲ
8813	τὸ μέγιστον πλάτος τῆς χώρας ἔχοιμεν ἂν λέγειν"
8814	τὸ μέντοι
8815	τοσοῦτον
8816	ἐν τοῖς
8817	πρόσθεν
8818	λόγοις
8819	ἔφαμεν,
8820	ὅτι ἐξ ᾿Αλεξανδρείας
8821	εἰς Μερόην
8822	τὸ
8823	βασίλειον τῶν Αἰθιόπων πρὸς νότον ἰόντι στάδιοί
8824	εἰσι περὶ μυρίους, ἐκεῖθεν δ᾽ ἐπ᾽ εὐθείας ἐπὶ τοὺς
8825	ὅρους τῆς διακεκαυμένης καὶ τῆς οἰκουμένης ἄλλοι
8826	τρισχίλιοι.
8827	τὸ γοῦν αὐτὸ θετέον τὸ μέγιστον
8828	πλάτος τῆς Λιβύης, μυρίους καὶ τρισχιλίους ὴ
8829	τετρακισχιλίους στάδιους, μ
8830	μῆκος δὲ μικρῷ ἔλαττον
8831	ἢ διπλάσιον.
8832	τὰ καθ᾽ ὅλου μὲν ταῦτα περὶ
8833	Λιβύης" τὰ καθ᾽ ἕκαστα δὲ λεκτέον, ἀρξαμένοις
8834	ἀπὸ τῶν ἑσπερίων μερῶν καὶ τῶν ἐπιφανεστέρων.
8835	2. Οἰκοῦσι
8836	δ᾽ ἐνταῦθα Μαυρούσιοι μὲν ὑπὸ
8837	τῶν ᾿λλήνων λεγόμενοι, Μαῦροι δ᾽ ὑπὸ τῶν
8838	Ῥω αίων καὶ τῶν ἐπιχωρίων, Διβυκὸν ἔθνος
8839	ye
8840	πιχωρίων,
8841	μέγα καὶ
8842	εὔδαιμον, ἀντίπορθμον
8843	τῇ ᾿Ιβηρίᾳ.
8844	κατὰ
8845	τοῦτο δὲ καὶ ὁ κατὰ
8846	τὰς Στήλας τὰς
8847	“Ηρακλείους πορθμός ἐ
8848	ἐστι, περὶ οὗ πολλὰ εἴρηται.
8849	ἔξω δὲ προελθόντι τοῦ κατὰ τὰς Στήλας πορθμοῦ,
8850	τὴν Λιβύην ἐ
8851	ἐν ἀριστερᾷ ἔχοντι ὄρος ἐστίν, ὅπερ
8852	οἱ μὲν “EAAnves Ἄτλαντα καλοῦσιν, οἱ βάρβαροι
8853	δὲ Δύριν.
8854	ἐντεῦθεν
8855	δὲ πρόπους
8856	ἔκκειταί
8857	τις
8858	1 Μαῦροι. .. ἐπιχωρίων, Kramer transfers from a position
8859	after εὔδαιμον.
8860	156
p. 169
8861	GEOGRAPHY,
8862	17. 3. 1-2
8863	Nile to Maurusia and the Pillars, and as the side
8864	perpendicular to this that which is formed by the
8865	Nile as far as Aethiopia and by me produced to the
8866	ocean, and as the side subtending the right angle
8867	the whole of the coast between the Aethiopians and
8868	the Maurusians.
8869	Now as for the part at the very
8870	vertex of the above-mentioned figure, which begins
8871	approximately with the torrid zone, I speak only
8872	from conjecture, because it is inaccessible, so that I
8873	cannot tell even its maximum breadth, although in
8874	a previous part of my work! I have said thus much,
8875	that, as one goes southward from Alexandria to
8876	Meroé, the royal seat of the Aethiopians, the distance
8877	is about ten thousand stadia, and from there in a
8878	straight line to the boundaries between the torrid
8879	zone and the inhabited world three thousand more.
8880	At any rate, the same should be put down as the
8881	maximum breadth of Libya, I mean thirteen or four-
8882	teen thousand stadia, and a little less than double
8883	that sum as the length.
8884	This, then, is my account
8885	of Libya as a whole, but I must describe
8886	it in
8887	detail, beginning with its western, or more famous,
8888	parts.
8889	2. Here dwell a people whom the Greeks
8890	call
8891	Maurusians, and the Romans and the natives Mauri—
8892	a large and prosperous Libyan tribe, who live on the
8893	side of the strait opposite Iberia.
8894	Here also is the
8895	strait which is at the Pillars of Heracles, concerning
8896	which I have often spoken.
8897	On proceeding outside
8898	the strait at the Pillars, with Libya on the left, one
8899	comes to a mountain which the Greeks call Atlas
8900	and the barbarians Dyris.
8901	From this mountain pro-
8902	BN 4:12:
8903	157
p. 170
8904	STRABO
8905	ὕστατος πρὸς δύσιν τῆς Μαυρουσίας ai Κώτεις
8906	λεγόμεναι.
8907	πλησίον
8908	δὲ καὶ πολίχνιον μικρὸν
8909	ὑπὲρ τῆς ee ὅπερ Τίγγα καλοῦσιν οἱ
8910	βάρβαροι, Λύγγα 35 δ᾽ ὁ ᾿Αρτεμίδωρος προση-
8911	γόρευκε, ᾿Βρατοσθένης δὲ AtEov" κεῖται δ᾽ ἀντί-
8912	πορθμον
8913	τοῖς
8914	Τ'αδείροις
8915	ἐν διάρματι
8916	σταδίων
8917	ὀκτακοσίων, ὅσον ἑκάτερα διέχει τοῦ κατὰ τὰς
8918	Στήλας πορθμοῦ πρὸς νότον δὲ τῇ Λίξῳ καὶ
8919	ταῖς
8920	Κώτεσι
8921	παράκειται
8922	κόλπος ᾿Εμπορικὸς
8923	καλούμενος, ἔχων Φοινικικὰς ἐ ἐμπορικὰς κατοικίας.
8924	ἔστι μὲν οὖν πᾶσα ἡ συνεχὴς τῷ κόλπῳ τούτῳ
8925	παραλία κολπώδης, ὑπεξαιρουμένῳ δὲ τοὺς κόλ-
8926	πους καὶ τὰς ἐξοχὰς κατὰ τὸ σχῆμα τὸ τριγω-
8927	νοειδές,
8928	ὃ ὑπέγραψα, νοείσθω μᾶλλον ἐπὶ τὴν
8929	μεσημβρίαν ἅμα καὶ τὴν ἕω λαμβάνουσα τὴν
8930	αὔξησιν ἡ ἤπειρος.
8931	τὸ δ᾽ ὄρος διὰ μέσης ἐκτεινό-
8932	μενον τῆς Μαυρουσίας τὸ ἀπὸ τῶν Κώτεων μέχρι
8933	καὶ Σύρτεων οἰκεῖται καὶ αὐτὸ καὶ ἄλλα παράλ-
8934	ληλα αὐτῇ κατ᾽ ἀρχὰς μὲν ὑπὸ τῶν Μαυρουσίων,
8935	ἐν βάθει δὲ τῆς χώρας ὑπὸ τοῦ μεγίστου τῶν
8936	Λιβυκῶν ἐθνῶν, οἱ Γαίτουλοι λέγονται.
8937	3: Πλεῖστα δὲ πλάσματα τῇ ΔΛιβυκῇ παραλίᾳ
8938	τῇ ἐκτὸς apace ευ
8939	σα τα οἱ συγγραφεῖς, ἀρξάμενοι
8940	ἀπὸ τοῦ ᾿Οφέλα ὃ περίπλου" περὶ ὧν ἐμνήσθημέν
8941	που καὶ πρότερον, καὶ νῦν δὲ λέγομεν, συγγνώμην
8942	αἰτούμενοι τῆς τερατολογίας, ἐάν που βιασθῶμεν
8943	1 Τρίγκα E.
8944	2 Λύγκα E.
8945	3 "Οφρύα Ald.; Tyrwhitt conj. ᾿Απέλλα.
8946	1 The same as Tingis (3. 1. 8).
8947	3 Strabo is confusing Tingis (now Tangiers) with Lynx or
8948	Lixus (now El Araisch or Larasch) ; see ὃ 8 following.
8949	3 Cadiz.
8950	“ie. “Mercantile.”
8951	158
p. 171
8952	GEOGRAPHY,
8953	17. 3. 2-3
8954	jects a farthermost spur, as it were, towards the west
8955	of Maurusia—the Coteis, as it is called; and near
8956	by is a small town above the sea which the barbarians
8957	call Tinx,! though Artemidorus has given it the
8958	name Lynx and Eratosthenes Lixus.?
8959	It is situated
8960	across the strait opposite Gadeira® at a distance of
8961	eight hundred stadia, which is about the distance of
8962	each of the two places from the strait at the Pillars.
8963	To the south of Lixus and the Coteis lies a gulf
8964	called the Emporicus* Gulf, which contains settle-
8965	ments of Phoenician merchants.
8966	Now the whole of
8967	the coast continuous with this gulf is indented by
8968	gulfs, but one should exclude from consideration the
8969	gulfs and the projections of land, in accordance with
8970	the triangular figure which I have suggested, and
8971	conceive rather of the continent as increasing in
8972	extent in the direction of the south and east.5
8973	The
8974	mountain,® which extends through the middle of
8975	Maurusia from the Coteis to the Syrtes, is inhabited,
8976	both itself and other mountains that run parallel
8977	with Maurusia, at first by the Maurusians but deep
8978	in the interior by the largest of the Libyan tribes,
8979	who are called Gaetulians.
8980	3. The historians, beginning with
8981	The Circum-
8982	navigation of Ophelas,? have added numerous other
8983	fabrications in regard to the outside coast of Libya ;
8984	and these I have already mentioned somewhere
8985	before,8 but I am again speaking of them, asking
8986	pardon for introducing marvellous
8987	stories, if per-
8988	5 2,6. this side forms the hypotenuse and runs in a south-
8989	easterly direction.
8990	6 Atlas.
8991	7 Ophelas of Cyrené (Diodorus Siculus 18. 21, 20, 40-42,
8992	and Plutarch, Demetrius 14) ; see eritical note.
8993	8 1.1.5, and 3. 2. 13.
8994	159
p. 172
8995	STRABO
8996	ἐκπεσεῖν εἴς TL τοιοῦτο, φεύγοντες TO πάντα σιγῇ
8997	παραπέμπειν
8998	καὶ τρόπον
8999	τινὰ
9000	πηροῦν!
9001	τὴν
9002	ἱστορίαν.
9003	φασὶ δ᾽ οὖν τὸν ᾿Εμπορικὸν κόλπον
9004	ἄντρον ἔχειν εἴσω δεχόμενον τὴν θάλατταν ἐν
9005	ταῖς πλημμυρίσι μέχρι καὶ ἑπτὰ σταδίων, προ-
9006	κείμενον δὲ τούτου ταπεινὸν καὶ ὁμαλὸν χωρίον,
9007	ἔχον Ἡρακλέους βωμόν, ὃν οὐκ ἐπικλύζεσθαί
9008	φασιν ὑπὸ τῆς πλημμυρίδος" ἕν δὲ δή TL τῶν
9009	πλασμάτων νομίξω τοῦτο.
9010	ἐγγὺς δὲ τούτῳ τὸ ἐν
9011	τοῖς ἑξῆς κόλποις κατοικίας λέγεσθαι παλαιὰς
9012	Τυρίων, ἃς ἐρήμους εἶναι νῦν, οὐκ ἐλαττόνων ἢ
9013	τριακοσίων
9014	πόλεων,
9015	ἃς οἱ Φαρούσιοι καὶ
9016	οἱ
9017	Νεγρῖται 5 ἐξεπόρθησαν" διέχειν δὲ τούτους τῆς
9018	Avyyos φασιν ἡμερῶν τριάκοντα ὁδόν.
9019	4. To μέντοι τὴν Μαυρουσίαν εὐδαίμονα εἶναι 3
9020	χώραν πλὴν ὀλίγης ἐρήμου καὶ ποταμοῖς τε καὶ
9021	λίμναις κεχορηγῆσθαι παρὰ πάντων ὁμολογεῖται.
9022	μεγαλόδενδρός τε καὶ πολύδενδρος ὑπερβαλλόντως
9023	ἐστὶ καὶ πάμφορος: τὰς γοῦν μονοξύλους τρα-
9024	πέζας ποικιλωτάτας
9025	καὶ μεγίστας ἐκείνη
9026	τοῖς
9027	“Ῥωμαίοις χορηγεῖ.
9028	τοὺς δὲ ποταμοὺς ἔχειν φασὶ
9029	καὶ κροκοδείλους καὶ ἄλλα γένη ζῴων ἐμφερῆ
9030	τοῖς ἐν τῷ Νείλῳ: τινὲς δὲ καὶ τὰς τοῦ Νείλου
9031	πηγὰς πλησιάζειν οἴονται τοῖς ἄκροις τῆς Μαυ-
9032	ρουσίας.
9033	ἐν ποταμῷ δέ τινι γεννᾶσθαι βδέλλας
9034	ἑπταπήχεις, κατατετρημένα ἐχούσας τὰ βραγχία,
9035	δι ὧν ἀναπνέουσι.
9036	καὶ ταῦτα δὲ λέγουσι περὶ
9037	τῆς χώρας, ὅτι ἄμπελος φύεται δυσὶν ἀνδράσι τὸ
9038	πάχος δυσπερίληπτος,
9039	βότρυν πηχυαῖόν πως
9040	1 πηροῦν Εἰ, πληροῦν other MSS.
9041	- Νιγρῖται Eh, Νηγρῖται D, Νιγρῆτα: other MSS.
9042	3 ἔχειν
9043	160
p. 173
9044	GEOGRAPHY, 17. 3. 3-4
9045	chance I shall be forced to digress into a thing of that
9046	sort, since 1 am unwilling wholly to pass them over
9047	in silence and in a way to cripple my history.
9048	Now
9049	they say that the Emporicus Gulf has a cave which
9050	at the full tides admits the sea inside
9051	it for a
9052	distance of even seven stadia, and that in front of
9053	this gulf there is a low, level place containing an
9054	altar of Heracles, which, they say, is never inundated
9055	by the tide—and it is this that I regard as one of
9056	their fabrications.
9057	And nearly as bad as this is the
9058	statement that on the gulfs which come next after the
9059	Emporicus Gulf there were ancient settlements of
9060	Tyrians, now deserted—no fewer than three hundred
9061	cities, which were destroyed by the Pharusians and
9062	the Nigritae; and these people, they say, are at a
9063	distance of a thirty days’ journey from Lynx.
9064	4. However, it is agreed by all that Maurusia is
9065	a fertile country, except a small desert part, and is
9066	supplied with both lakes and rivers.
9067	It is surpassing
9068	in the size and in the number of its trees, and is also
9069	productive of everything; at any rate, this is the
9070	country which supplies the Romans with the tables
9071	that are made of one single piece of wood, very
9072	large and most variegated.
9073	The rivers are said to
9074	contain crocodiles, as also other kinds of animals
9075	similar to those in the Nile.
9076	Some think that even
9077	the sources of the Nile are near the extremities of
9078	Maurusia.
9079	And they say that in a certain river are
9080	found leeches! seven cubits long, with gills pierced
9081	through with holes, through which they breathe,
9082	They also say of this country that it produces a
9083	vine so thick that it can hardly be encircled by
9084	the arms of two men, and that it yields clusters of
9085	1 They meant leech-fish, 1,6. lampreys.
9086	161
p. 174
9087	C 827
9088	STRABO
9089	ἀποδιδοῦσα: βοτάνη τε ὑψηλὴ πᾶσα καὶ λάχα-
9090	νον, οἷον ἄρον 35 καὶ δρακόντιον,
9091	οἱ δὲ τῶν
9092	σταφυλίνων καυλοὶ
9093	καὶ ἱππομαράθου καὶ σκο-
9094	λύμων δωδεκαπήχεις, τὸ δὲ πάχος παλαιστῶν
9095	τεττάρων" καὶ δρακόντων δὲ καὶ ἐλεφάντων καὶ
9096	δορκάδων καὶ βουβάλων καὶ τῶν παραπλησίων
9097	ζῴων, λεόντων τε καὶ παρδάλεων, παντοδαπὴ
9098	τροφὸς ἡ χώρα ἐστί. φέρει δὲ καὶ “γαλᾶς αἰλού-
9099	ροις ἴσας καὶ ὁμοίας, πλὴν ὅτι τὰ ῥύγχη προ-
9100	πέπτωκε μᾶλλον, πιθήκων τε πάμπολυ πλῆθος,
9101	περὶ ὧν καὶ Ἰ]οσειδώνιος εἴρηκεν, ὅτι πλέων ἐκ
9102	Γαδείρων
9103	εἰς τὴν Ἰταλίαν “προσενεχθείη
9104	τῇ
9105	Λιβυκῇ παραλίᾳ καὶ ἴδοι τῶν θηρίων. μεστόν
9106	τινα τούτων ἁλιτενῆ δρυμόν, τῶν μὲν ἐπὶ τοῖς
9107	δένδρεσι, τῶν δ᾽ ἐπὶ
9108	γῆς, ἐχόντων ἐνίων
9109	καὶ
9110	σκύμνους
9111	καὶ ἐπεχόντων
9112	μαστόν:
9113	γελᾶν οὖν
9114	ὁρῶν βαρυμάστους, ἐνίους δὲ φαλακρούς, τοὺς δὲ
9115	κηλήτας καὶ ἄλλα τοιαῦτα ἐπιφαίνοντας σίνη.
9116	5. Ὑπὲρ ταύτης δ᾽ ἐστὶν ἐπὶ τῇ ἔξω θαλάττῃ ἡ
9117	τῶν ἑσπερίων καλουμένων Αἰθιόπων χώρα, κακῶς
9118	οἰκουμένη τὸ πλέον.
9119	ἐνταῦθα δὲ καὶ καμηλο-
9120	παρδάλεις
9121	φησὶν ᾿Ιφικράτης ἃ γεννᾶσθαι
9122	καὶ
9123	ἐλέφαντας καὶ τοὺς καλουμένους ῥίξεις, οἱ ταυ-
9124	ροειδεῖς μέν εἰσι τὴν μορφήν, κατὰ δὲ τὴν δίαιταν
9125	καὶ τὸ μέγεθος καὶ τὴν ἀλκὴν τὴν πρὸς μάχην
9126	1 οἷον, Jones inserts (Groskurd οἷον τό).
9127	2 ἄρον, Corais, for νεαρόν.
9128	3 «Ὑψικράτης, Corais.
9129	1 They meant in length, apparently, and not in circum-
9130	ference (cp. 2. 1. 14 and 11. 10. 1).
9131	2 Apparently Arum maculatum (cuckoo-pint) and Dracun-
9132	culus (cp. Pliny 24. 91-92 and Theophrastus 1. 6. 6,7. 12. 2).
9133	3 A kind of carrot or parsnip.
9134	162
p. 175
9135	GEOGRAPHY,
9136	17. 3. 4-5
9137	about one cubit;! and that every herb grows high,
9138	and every vegetable,
9139	as, for example, arum
9140	and
9141	dracontitum
9142	;* and the stalks of the staphylini? and
9143	the hippomarathi* and the scolymi® grow twelve
9144	cubits high and four palms thick.
9145	And for serpents,
9146	also, and elephants and gazelles and bubali® and
9147	similar animals, as also for lions and leopards, the
9148	country is a nurse in every way.
9149	It also produces
9150	ferrets’ equal in size to cats, and like them, except
9151	that their noses project further; and also a very
9152	great number of apes, concerning which Poseidonius
9153	states that, when he was sailing from Gadeira to
9154	Italy, he was carried close to the Libyan coast and
9155	saw
9156	on a low-lying shore
9157	a forest
9158	full of these
9159	animals, some in the trees and others on the ground,
9160	and some having young and suckling them; that he
9161	fell to laughing, however, when he saw some with
9162	heavy udders, some with bald heads, and others
9163	ruptured
9164	or displaying other disabilities of that
9165	kind.
9166	5. Above Maurusia, on the outside sea, lies the
9167	country of the western Aethiopians, as they are
9168	called, a country for the most part poorly settled.
9169	Here
9170	too,
9171	according
9172	to
9173	Iphicrates,8
9174	are
9175	found
9176	camelopards, elephants, and the rhizeis,9
9177	as they
9178	are called, which are like bulls in their form, but
9179	like elephants in their manner of living and their
9180	4 2,2. horse-fennel.
9181	5 An edible kind of thistle.
9182	6 Apparently the antelope bubalis.
9183	J Ojias BG;
9184	8 Possibly a copyist’s error for ‘‘ Hypicrates” (see Vol. III,
9185	p- 245, note 2).
9186	® 2,6. animals with noses ‘‘ like roots” ; perhaps the writer
9187	quoted meant the rhinoceros, but elsewhere (16. 4. 15) Strabo
9188	himself uses the word ‘‘ rhinoceros.”
9189	163
p. 176
9190	STRABO
9191	ἐλέφασιν ἐοίκασι" δράκοντάς τε λέγει μεγάλους,
9192	ὥστε! καὶ πόαν ἐπιπεφυκέναι" τοὺς δὲ λέοντας
9193	τοῖς πώλοις τῶν ἐλεφάντων ἐπιτίθεσθαι, αἱμά-
9194	ἕαντας δὲ φεύγειν, ἐπιουσῶν τῶν μητέρων" τὰς
9195	δ᾽, ἐπειδὰν ἴδωσιν ἡ
9196	ἡμαγμένους, κτείνειν" ἐπανιόντας
9197	Bobcares covrastenl ae πτώματα νεκροφαγεῖν.
9198	Βόγον δέ, τὸν βασιλέα τῶν Μαυρουσίων, ἀνα-
9199	βάντα ἐπὶ τοὺς ἑσπερίους Αἰθίοπας, καταπέμψαι
9200	τῇ γυναικὶ δῶρα καλάμους τοῖς ᾿Ινδικοῖς ὁμοίους,
9201	ὧν ἕκαστον γόνυ χοίνικας χωρεῖν 5 ὀκτώ" καὶ
9202	ἀσπαράγων δ᾽ ἐμφερῆ μεγέθη.
9203	6. Eis δὲ τὴν ἐντὸς θάλατταν πλέουσιν ἀπὸ
9204	Λυγγὸς πόλις ἐστὶ Ζῆλις καὶ Τίγξ,3 εἶτα τῶν
9205	Ἑπτὰ ἀδελφῶν
9206	ὠνήματα καὶ τὸ ὑπερκείμενον
9207	ὄρος ὄνομα Ὅς πολύθηρον καὶ ἡ μεγαλόδενδρον.
9208	τοῦ δὲ κατὰ τὰς Στήλας πορθμοῦ τὸ μὲν μῆκος
9209	λέγεται σταδίων ἑκατὸν εἴκοσι, τὸ δ᾽ ἐλάχιστον
9210	πλάτος κατὰ τὸν ᾿Βλέφαντα ἑξήκοντα.
9211	εἰσπλεύ-
9212	σαντι δ᾽ ἑξῆς πόλεις τε καὶ ποταμοὶ πλείους
9213	μέχρι Μολοχὰθ ποταμοῦ, ὃς ὁρίξει τὴν Μαυ-
9214	ρουσίων καὶ τὴν Μασαισυλίων ὅ γῆν.
9215	κεῖται ©
9216	δὲ καὶ ἄκρα μεγάλη πλησίον τοῦ ποταμοῦ καὶ
9217	Μεταγώνιον, τόπος ἄνυδρος καὶ λυπρός, σχεδὸν
9218	δέ τε καὶ τὸ ὄρος τὸ ἀπὸ τῶν Κώτεων ἢ μέχρι
9219	δεῦρο παρατείνει" μῆκος δὲ τὸ ἀπὸ τῶν Κώτεων
9220	ἐπὶ τοὺς ὅρους τοὺς τῶν Μασαισυλίων 8 στάδιοι
9221	οἷς γε, Corais.
9222	2 χωροῦν Kowz.
9223	Tiyz, the editors, for Tiya.
9224	᾿Αβήλη oz, ᾿Αβύλη Dhi.
9225	Μασαισυλίων Eh, Μασαισύλων F, Μασσαισυλίων other MSS.
9226	κεῖται, Kramer, for καλεῖται.
9227	Κώτεων E, Κωταίων other MSS.
9228	su
9229	oOwnrnr
9230	oo
9231	μ᾿
9232	164
p. 177
9233	GEOGRAPHY, 17. 3. 5-6
9234	size and their courage in fighting.
9235	And he speaks
9236	of serpents
9237	so large that even grass grows upon
9238	their backs; and says that the lions attack the young
9239	of the elephants, but, after they have drawn blood,
9240	flee when
9241	the mothers
9242	approach, and
9243	that
9244	the
9245	mothers, when they see their young stained with
9246	blood, kill them, and that the lions return to the
9247	victims and eat them.
9248	And he says that Bogus,
9249	the king of the Maurusians, when he went up
9250	against the western Aethiopians, sent down to his
9251	wife as gifts reeds like those of India, of which each
9252	joint held eight choenices,! and also asparagus of
9253	similar size.
9254	6. As one sails into the inner sea from Lynx, one
9255	comes to the city Zelis and to Tinx; and then to
9256	the Monuments of the Seven Brothers? and to the
9257	mountain
9258	that lies above them, Abilé by name,
9259	which abounds
9260	in wild animals and
9261	large trees,
9262	The length of the strait at the Pillars is said to
9263	be one hundred and twenty stadia, and the minimum
9264	breadth, measured at Elephas, sixty.
9265	On sailing into
9266	the sea, one comes next to several cities and rivers—
9267	to the Molochath® River, which forms the boundary
9268	between the lands of the Maurusians and the Masae-
9269	sylians.
9270	Near the river lies a large promontory, and
9271	also Metagonium, a waterless and barren place; and
9272	I might almost say that the mountain which begins
9273	at the Coteis extends as far as this; and its length
9274	from the Coteis to the boundaries of the Masaesylians
9275	1 About a gallon and a half.
9276	2 The seven ‘‘ Monuments” or mountain-peaks.
9277	3 Now the Mulujah.
9278	8 Μασαισυλίων, Kramer, for Μασαισύλων F, Μασσαισυλίων
9279	other MSS.
9280	165
p. 178
9281	STRABO
9282	πεντακισχίλιοι.
9283	ἔστι δὲ τὸ Μεταγώνιον κατὰ
9284	νέαν που Καρχηδόνα ἐν τῇ περαίᾳ: Τιμοσθένης
9285	δ᾽ οὐκ εὖ κατὰ Μασσαλίαν φησίν.
9286	ἔστι δ᾽ ἐκ
9287	C 828 Καρχηδόνος νέας δίαρμα εἰς Μεταγώνιον στάδιοι
9288	τρισχίλιοι, παράπλους δὲ εἰς Μασσαλίαν ὑπὲρ
9289	ἑξακισχιλίων.
9290	7. Οὕτω
9291	δ᾽ εὐδαίμονα χώραν οἰκοῦντες
9292	τὴν
9293	πλείστην οἱ Μαυρούσιοι διατελοῦσιν, ὅμως καὶ
9294	μέχρι δεῦρο τοῦ
9295	χρόνου “νομαδικῶς ξῶντες οἱ
9296	πολλοὶ.
9297	καλλωπίξονται δ᾽ ὅμως κόμης ἐμπλοκῇ
9298	καὶ πώγωνι καὶ χρυσοφορίᾳ σμήξει τε ὀδόντων
9299	καὶ ὀνυχισμῷ" σπάνιόν τε ἂν ἴδοις ἁπτομένους
9300	ἀλλήλων
9301	ἐν
9302	τοῖς
9303	περιπάτοις
9304	τοῦ
9305	παραμένειν
9306	αὐτοῖς ἄθικτον τὸν κόσμον -
9307	τῶν τριχῶν. μάχονται
9308	δ᾽ ἱππόται τὸ πλέον ἀπὸ ἄκοντος, σχοινοχαλίνοις
9309	χρώμενοι τοῖς ἵπποις καὶ γυμνοῖς, ἔχουσι δὲ καὶ
9310	μαχαίρας" οἱ δὲ πεζοὶ τὰς τῶν ἐλεφάντων δορὰς
9311	ὡς ἀσπίδας προβάλλονται" τὰς δὲ τῶν λεόντων
9312	καὶ παρδάλεων
9313	καὶ ἄρκτων
9314	ἀμπέχονται
9315	καὶ
9316	ἐγκοιμῶνται.
9317	σχεδὸν δέ TL καὶ οὗτοι καὶ οἱ
9318	ἐφεξῆς Μασαισύλιοι! καὶ κοινῶς Λίβυες κατὰ
9319	τὸ πλέον ὁμοιόσκευοί εἰσι καὶ τὰ ἄλλα ἐμφερεῖς,
9320	μικροῖς ἵπποις χρώμενοι, ὀξέσι δὲ καὶ εὐπειθέσιν,
9321	ὥστ᾽ ἀπὸ ῥαβδίου οἰακίξεσθαι. «περιτραχήλια δὲ
9322	ξύλινα ἢ τρίχινα, ἀφ᾽ ὧν ὁ ῥυτὴρ ἀπήρτηται"
9323	ἔνιοι
9324	δὲ καὶ χωρὶς ὁλκῆς ἕπονται
9325	ὡς κύνες.
9326	πέλτη μικρὰ βυρσίνη, πλατύλογχα μικρά, ἄζω-
9327	στοι πλατύσημοι χιτῶνες, ἐπιπόρπημα, ὡς ἔφην,
9328	δορὰ
9329	καὶ
9330	προθωράκιον.
9331	Φαρούσιοι3
9332	δὲ
9333	καὶ
9334	1 Μασαισύλιοι E, Μασαίσυλοι F, Μασσάσυλοι D, Μασσαίσυλοι
9335	other MSS.
9336	2 Φαυρούσιοι HK, Φαοοούσιοι C
9337	166
p. 179
9338	GEOGRAPHY, 17. 3. 6-7
9339	is five thousand stadia. Metagonium is about opposite
9340	New Carthage,! on the other side of the sea, but
9341	Timosthenes wrongly says that it is opposite Mas-
9342	salia.2,
9343	The passage across from New Carthage to
9344	Metagonium
9345	is three
9346	thousand
9347	stadia,
9348	and
9349	the
9350	coasting-voyage to Massalia is over six thousand.
9351	7. Although the most of the country inhabited
9352	by the Maurusians
9353	is so fertile, yet even to this
9354	time most of the people persist in living a nomadic
9355	life.
9356	But nevertheless they beautify their appear-
9357	ance by braiding their hair, growing beards, wearing
9358	golden ornaments, and also by cleaning their teeth
9359	and paring their nails.
9360	And only rarely can you
9361	see them touch one another in walking, for fear
9362	that the adornment of their hair may not remain
9363	intact.
9364	Their horsemen fight mostly with a javelin,
9365	using bridles made of rush, and riding bareback ;
9366	but they also carry daggers.
9367	The foot-soldiers hold
9368	before them as shields the skins of elephants, and
9369	clothe themselves with the skins of lions, leopards,
9370	and bears, and sleep in them.
9371	I might almost say
9372	that these people, and the Masaesylians, who live
9373	next after them, and the Libyans in general, dress
9374	alike and are similar in all other respects, using
9375	horses that are
9376	smal! but swift, and so ready to
9377	obey that they are governed with a small rod.
9378	The
9379	horses wear collars made of wood? or of hair, to
9380	which the rein is fastened, though some follow even
9381	without being led, like dogs. “These people have
9382	small shields made of raw- ‘hide, small spears with
9383	broad heads,
9384	wear ungirded tunics with wide borders,
9385	and, as I have said, use skins as mantles and shields.
9386	1 Now Cartagena.
9387	2 Now Marseilles.
9388	3 2,6, of tree-wool,
9389	167
p. 180
9390	STRABO
9391	Νίγρητες ἢ οἱ ὑπὲρ τούτων οἰκοῦντες πρὸς τοῖς
9392	ἑσπερίοις Αἰθίοψι, καὶ τοξεύουσι, καθάπερ καὶ
9393	οἱ Αἰθίοπες:
9394	χρῶνται
9395	δὲ καὶ δρεπανηφόροις
9396	ἅρμασι.
9397	μίσγονται δὲ καὶ τοῖς Μαυρουσίοις οἱ
9398	Φαρούσιοι διὰ τῆς ἐρήμου σπανίως, ὑπὸ ταῖς
9399	κοιλίαις τῶν ἵππων ὑπαρτῶντες τοὺς ἀσκοὺς τοῦ
9400	ὕδατος" ἔστι δ᾽ ὅτε καὶ εἰς Κίρταν ἀφικνοῦνται
9401	διά τινων τόπων ἑλωδῶν καὶ λιμνῶν.
9402	τινὰς δ᾽
9403	αὐτῶν
9404	καὶ Τρωγλοδυτικῶς
9405	οἰκεῖν φασιν ὀρύτ-
9406	τοντας
9407	τὴν γῆν.
9408	λέγεται
9409	δὲ κἀνταῦθα τοὺς
9410	θερινοὺς ὄμβρους ἐπιπολάξειν, χειμῶνος δὲ εἶναι
9411	ἀνυδρίαν: ἐνίους δὲ τῶν ταύτῃ βαρβάρων καὶ
9412	ὄφεων καὶ ἰχθύων δοραῖς
9413	ἀμπεχόναις
9414	τε
9415	καὶ
9416	στρώμασι χρῆσθαι.
9417	τοὺς δὲ Μαυρουσίους 5 ἔνιοί
9418	φασιν ᾿Ινδοὺς εἶναι τοὺς συγκατελθόντας eS
9419	δεῦρο.
9420	μικρὸν μὲν οὖν πρὸ ἡμῶν οἱ περὶ Βόγον ὃ
9421	βασιλεῖς καὶ Βόκχον κατεῖχον αὐτήν, φίλοι
9422	Ῥωμαίων ὄντες" ἐκλιπόντων δὲ τούτων, ᾿Ιούβας
9423	παρέλαβε τὴν ἀρχήν, δόντος τοῦ Σεβαστοῦ. Καί-
9424	σαρος καὶ ταύτην αὐτῷ
9425	τὴν ἀρχὴν πρὸς τῇ
9426	πατρῴᾳ: υἱὸς δ᾽ ἦν Ἰούβα τοῦ πρὸς Καίσαρα
9427	τὸν θεὸν πολεμήσαντος μετὰ Σκιπίωνος.
9428	᾿Ιούβας
9429	μὲν οὖν νεωστὶ ἐτελεύτα τὸν βίον, διαδέδεκται δὲ
9430	τὴν ἀρχὴν υἱὸς Πτολεμαῖος, γεγονὼς ἐξ ᾿Αντωνίου
9431	υγατρὸς καὶ Κλεοπάτρας.
9432	C 829
9433	8. ᾿Αρτεμίδωρος δ᾽ ᾿Ερατοσθένει μὲν ἀντιλέγει,
9434	διότι Λίξον τινά φησι πόλιν περὶ τὰ ἄκρα τῆς
9435	1 Νιγρῆτες DEA.
9436	2 For Μαυρουσίους, Meineke writes Sapoucious.
9437	3 Βόγον, Casaubon,
9438	for Βόκχο. h, Βόγκον 1, Béyxo: other
9439	MSS.
9440	* Λίξον Fs, Λίῴν other MSS.
9441	168
p. 181
9442	GEOGRAPHY, 17. 3. 7-8
9443	The Pharusians and Nigretes! who live above these
9444	people near the western Aethiopians also use bows,
9445	like the Aethiopians; and they also use scythe-
9446	bearing chariots. The Pharusians mingle only rarely
9447	even with the Maurusians when passing through the
9448	desert, since they carry skins of water
9449	fastened
9450	beneath
9451	the bellies
9452	of their horses.
9453	Sometimes,
9454	however, they come even to Cirta, passing through
9455	certain marshy regions and over lakes.
9456	Some of
9457	them are
9458	said
9459	to live like Troglodytes, digging
9460	homes in the earth.
9461	And it is said that here too
9462	the summer rains are prevalent, but that in winter
9463	there is a drought, and that some of the barbarians
9464	in this part of the world use also the skins of snakes
9465	and fish both as wraps and as bed-covers.
9466	And the
9467	Maurusians 2 are said by some to be the Indians who
9468	came thither with Heracles.
9469	Now a little before
9470	my time the kings of the house of Bogus and of
9471	Bocchus, who were friends of the Romans, possessed
9472	the country, but when these died Juba succeeded
9473	to the throne, Augustus Caesar having given him
9474	this in addition to his father’s empire.
9475	He was the
9476	son of the Juba who with Scipio waged war against
9477	the deified Caesar.
9478	Now Juba died lately,? but his
9479	son Ptolemy, whose mother was the daughter of
9480	Antony and Cleopatra, has succeeded to the throne.
9481	8. Artemidorus disputes the view of Eratosthenes
9482	because the latter calls a certain city in the neigh-
9483	1 Apparently a copyist’s error for ‘‘ Nigritae”’ (the spelling
9484	in 2. 5. 38, 16. 4. 37 and 17. 3. 3).
9485	3 Apparently an error for
9486	‘‘Pharusians”
9487	(see Sallust,
9488	Jugurtha,
9489	18, Pomponius
9490	Mela, 3. 10, Pliny,
9491	5. 8, and
9492	critical note).
9493	3 About a.p. 19,
9494	169
p. 182
9495	STRABO
9496	Μαυρουσίας τὰ ἑσπέρια ἀντὶ Avyyos: Φοινικικὰς
9497	δὲ πόλεις κατεσκαμμένας ἴ παμπόλλας τινάς, ὧν
9498	οὐδὲν ἰδεῖν ἐστιν
9499	ἴχνος:
9500	ἐν δὲ τοῖς ἑσπερίοις
9501	Mah
9502	\
9503	nee
9504	Lal
9505	/
9506	2
9507	lal
9508	Αἰθίοψι, τοὺς ἀέρας
9509	πλατεῖς φήσας,
9510	ταῖς
9511	τε
9512	ὀρθριναῖς ὥραις καὶ ταῖς δειλιναῖς παχεῖς καὶ
9513	ἀχλυώδεις εἶναι τοὺς ἀέρας: πῶς γὰρ ἐν αὐχμώ-
9514	δεσι καὶ καυματηροῖς τόποις ταῦτ᾽ εἶναι ; αὐτὸς
9515	δὲ τούτων πολὺ χείρω λέγει περὶ τοὺς αὐτοὺς
9516	τόπους"
9517	μετανάστας γάρ τινας
9518	ἱστορεῖ Λωτο-
9519	φάγους, of τὴν ἄνυδρον νέμοιντο, σιτοῖντο
9520	δὲ
9521	ny
9522	/
9523	LU
9524	Ν
9525	\
9526	Ly
9527	>
9528	59.
9529	OE
9530	δέ
9531	ωτόν, πόαν τινὰ καὶ ῥίζαν, ἀφ᾽ ἧς οὐδὲν
9532	δέοιντο
9533	ποτοῦ
9534	παρήκειν
9535	δ᾽ αὐτοὺς
9536	μέχρι τῶν
9537	ὑπὲρ
9538	f
9539	a
9540	tal
9541	Κυρήνης τόπων"
9542	τοὺς δ᾽ ἐκεῖ καὶ γαλακτοποτεῖν
9543	καὶ κρεωφαγεῖν, καίπερ ταὐτοκλινεῖς ὄντας.
9544	καὶ
9545	Γαβίνιος * δὲ ὁ τῶν Ρωμαίων συγγραφεὺς * οὐκ
9546	\
9547	ἀπέχεται τῆς τερατολογίας τῆς περὶ τὴν Μαυ-
9548	ρουσίαν' πρὸς γὰρ τῇ Λυγγὶϑ ᾿Ανταίου μνῆμα
9549	«
9550	-
9551	\
9552	cal
9553	A
9554	ἱστορεῖ Kal σκελετὸν πηχῶν ἑξήκοντα, ὃν Σερ-
9555	τώριον γυμνῶσαι καὶ πάλιν ἐπιβαλεῖν γῆν.
9556	καὶ
9557	\
9558	\
9559	a
9560	>
9561	΄
9562	,
9563	3
9564	\
9565	\
9566	8
9567	τὰ περὶ τῶν ἐλεφάντων μυθώδη φησὶ yap τἄλλα
9568	\
9569	[4
9570	f
9571	\
9572	an
9573	\
9574	]
9575	/
9576	μὲν θηρία φεύγειν τὸ πῦρ,
9577	τοὺς
9578	δ᾽ ἐλέφαντας
9579	“
9580	\
9581	>
9582	4
9583	,
9584	\
9585	“
9586	/
9587	πολεμεῖν καὶ ἀμύνεσθαι, διότι τὴν ὕλην φθείρει:
9588	πρὸς δὲ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους
9589	διαμάχεσθαι, κατα-
9590	σκόπους προπέμποντας, καί, ὅταν ἴδωσιν ἐκείνους
9591	ghevyovtas,®
9592	φεύγειν
9593	καὶ
9594	αὐτούς,
9595	ἐπειδὰν
9596	δὲ
9597	1 κατεσπασμένας Ε', κατεσκευασμένας mon.
9598	3 τοὺς ἀέρας πλατεῖς φήσας, Corais and others bracket,
9599	Meineke ejects.
9600	3 Τανύσιος Ε', Τανίσιος w.
9601	4. συγγραφέων MSS.
9602	5 Λιγγί Dmozz.
9603	8 φεύγοντας, Corais inserts,
9604	170
p. 183
9605	GEOGRAPHY, 17. 3. 8
9606	bourhood of western extremities of Maurusia “ Lixus’
9607	instead of Lynx ; and because he calls “ Phoenician”
9608	a very great number of rased cities of which no trace
9609	is to be seen ;! and because, after calling the air among
9610	the western Aethiopians “ salty,’’? he says that the
9611	air isthick and misty in the hours both of early morning
9612	and of evening.
9613	For, argues Artemidorus, how can
9614	these things be in a region that is arid and torrid?
9615	But he himself gives a much worse account of the
9616	same region, for he tells a story of certain migrants,
9617	Lotophagi,? who roam the waterless country and feed
9618	on lotus, a kind of plant and root, from eating which
9619	they have no need of drink ; and that they extend as
9620	far as the region above Cyrené; but that those in
9621	that region also drink milk and eat meat, although
9622	they are in the same latitude.
9623	And Gabinius also,
9624	the Roman historian, does not abstain from telling
9625	marvellous stories of Maurusia ; for example, he tells
9626	a story of a tomb of Antaeus near Lynx, and askeleton
9627	sixty feet in length, which, he says, Sertorius exposed
9628	to view, and then covered again with earth.4
9629	And he
9630	tells fabulous stories about the elephants ; for example,
9631	he says that whereas the other animals flee from fire,
9632	the elephants carry on war with it and defend them-
9633	selves against it, because it destroys the timber, and
9634	that they engage in battle with human beings, send-
9635	ing out scouts before them, and that when they
9636	see them fleeing, they flee too, and that when they
9637	' See ὃ 3 (above).
9638	2 The usual meaning of the Greek adjective is ‘‘ broad”’
9639	or ‘‘ flat’; but Kratosthenes must have used it in the sense of
9640	“salty.”
9641	3 Lotus-eaters.
9642	4 So Plutarch (Sertorius 9).
9643	7 δέ, omitted by MSS. except Ei.
9644	171
p. 184
9645	STRABO
9646	/
9647	/
9648	e
9649	/
9650	1
9651	/
9652	,
9653	τραύματα λάβωσιν, ἱκετηρίαν \| προτείνειν κλάδους
9654	ἢ βοτάνην ἢ κόνιν.
9655	9. Μετὰ δὲ τὴν τῶν Μαυρουσίων γῆν ἡ τῶν
9656	Μασαισυλίων 5 ἐστίν, ἀπὸ τοῦ Μολοχὰθ ποταμοῦ
9657	τὴν ἀρχὴν ΠΡ. τελευτῶσα δὲ ἐπὶ τὴν
9658	ἄκραν, ἣ καλεῖται Τρητόν,β ὅριον τῆς τε Μασαι-
9659	λίων
9660	ὁ
9661	καὶ
9662	τῆς
9663	Μασυλιέων
9664	5 γῆ
9665	idiot
9666	δ᾽
9667	συλίων Σ καὶ
9668	τῆς
9669	Μασυλιέων ὅ γῆς.
9670	στάδιοι
9671	εἰσὶν ἀπὸ τοῦ Μεταγωνίου μέχρι τοῦ Τρητοῦ ἑξα-
9672	,
9673	iG
9674	rd
9675	st
9676	f
9677	/
9678	v
9679	pets
9680	/
9681	κισχίλιοι" οἱ δ᾽ éXatTovs φασίν. ἔχει δ᾽ ἡ παραλία
9682	πόλεις τε πλείους καὶ ποταμοὺς καὶ χώραν εὐφυῆ,
9683	τῶν
9684	δ᾽ ἐν ὀνόματι ἀρκεῖ μνησθῆναι.
9685	ἔστι
9686	δὲ
9687	πόλις Σίγα ἐν χιλίοις σταδίοις ἀπὸ τῶν λεχθέν-
9688	των ὅρων, καὶ βασίλειον Σόφακος" Ὁ κατέσπασται
9689	δὲ νῦν:
9690	τὴν δὲ χώραν μετὰ Σόφακα κατέσχε
9691	/
9692	8
9693	C2
9694	,
9695	3
9696	\
9697	9
9698	a
9699	Macavacons,’
9700	εἶτα Μικίψας, εἶτα καὶ οἱ ἐκεῖνον
9701	΄
9702	᾽
9703	e
9704	la)
9705	NP.
9706	/
9707	e
9708	\
9709	rf
9710	διαδεξάμενοι, καθ᾽ ἡμᾶς δὲ ᾿Ιούβας ὁ πατὴρ τοῦ
9711	νεωστὶ
9712	τελευτήσαντος lovBa: κατέσπασται
9713	δὲ
9714	Ora
9715	2
9716	\
9717	΄,
9718	,
9719	«
9720	We
9721	,
9722	kat Lapua τὸ τούτου βασίλειον ὑπὸ
9723	Ῥωμαίων"
9724	\
9725	δὲ
9726	\
9727	Sh
9728	9 Θ
9729	a
9730	\
9731	>
9732	cE
9733	,
9734	μετὰ
9735	δὲ τὴν
9736	Σίγαν
9737	εῶν λιμὴν ἐν ἑξακοσίοις
9738	σταδίοις" εἶτ᾽ ἄλλοι ἄσημοι τόποι.
9739	τὰ μὲν οὖν
9740	ἐν βάθει τῆς χώρας ὀρεινὰ καὶ ἔρημα 19 (ἔσθ᾽ ὅτε
9741	παρέσπαρται, ἃ “κατέχουσιν ot Ταίτουλοι τ μέχρι
9742	καὶ Σύρτεων, τὰ δ᾽ ἐκεῖ πρὸς θαλάττῃ καὶ πεδία
9743	ἱκετηρίαν, Corais, for ἱκητήριον.
9744	Μασαισυλίων EF, Μασσαισυλίων other MSS.
9745	Τρητόν, inserted by the
9746	later editors from
9747	conj.
9748	of
9749	Casaubon.
9750	4 Μασαισυλίων F, Μασσαισυλίων z, Μασαισύλων other MSS.
9751	5 Μασυλιέων, Kramer, for Μασυλίβων ; Μασσυλιαίων, Corais.
9752	5 Συόφακος C, Συοφάκας DFhrxz, Σύφακος editors before
9753	Kramer.
9754	7 Σώφακα (but o above w)C, Σοφάκα Dh, Συοφάκαν rz.
9755	8 Μασανάσσης Ci, Μασανίσσης editors before Kramer.
9756	® Styav, Corais, for Σίγα.
9757	172
9758	eon
9759	μὲ
p. 185
9760	GEOGRAPHY, 17. 3. 8-9
9761	receive wounds, as suppliants they hold out branches
9762	of a tree or an herb or dust.
9763	9. After the land of the Maurusians, one comes to
9764	that of the Masaesylians, which takes its beginning at
9765	the Molochath River and ends at the promontory
9766	which is called Tretum, the boundary between the
9767	lands of the Masaesylians and the Masylians.
9768	The
9769	distance from Metagonium to Tretum is six thousand
9770	stadia, though some say less.
9771	The coast has several
9772	cities and rivers and a goodly territory, but it is
9773	sufficient to mention only those of renown.
9774	At a
9775	distance of one thousand stadia from the above-
9776	mentioned boundaries is Siga, which was the royal
9777	residence of Sophax, though itis now in ruins.
9778	After
9779	Sophax the country was possessed by Masanasses, and
9780	then by Micipsas, and then by his successors, and in
9781	my time by Juba, the father
9782	of the Juba who
9783	recently died.
9784	Zama, his royal residence, has also
9785	been laid in ruins by the Romans.
9786	After Siga, and
9787	at a distance of six hundred stadia, one comes to
9788	Theon Limen ;1 and then to the other, insignificant,
9789	places.
9790	Now the parts deep in the interior?
9791	are in-
9792	deed mountainous and desert (sometimes they are
9793	interspersed with habitations and these parts are held
9794	by the Gaetulians 3), even as far as the Syrtes, but the
9795	1 “*Gods’ Harbour.” \|
9796	2 See 17. 3. 2 (end).
9797	3 The text of the passage in parentheses is doubtful (see
9798	critical note).
9799	10 After
9800	ἔρημα Groskurd
9801	inserts
9802	τινὰ δὲ καὶ
9803	οἰκήσιμα;
9804	Meineke indicates
9805	a lacuna there;
9806	Corais conj. ὅπη for
9807	πότε.
9808	11 Γετοῦλοι Εἰ, Γέτουλοι other MSS,
9809	173
p. 186
9810	STRABO
9811	εὐδαίμονά ἐστι Kal πόλεις πολλαὶ Kal ποταμοὶ
9812	καὶ λίμναι.
9813	Ο 880
9814	10. Ποσειδώνιος δ᾽ οὐκ οἶδ᾽ εἰ ἀληθεύει, φήσας
9815	ὀλίγοις καὶ μικροῖς διαρρεῖσθαι ποταμοῖς τὴν
9816	Λιβύην:
9817	αὐτοὺς γάρ, ods ᾿Αρτεμίδωρος εἴρηκε,
9818	τοὺς μεταξὺ τῆς Λυγγὸς καὶ Καρχηδόνος καὶ
9819	πολλοὺς εἴρηκε" καὶ μεγάλους. ἐν δὲ τῇ μεσογαίᾳ
9820	ταῦτ᾽ ἀληθέστερον εἰπεῖν" εἴρηκε δὲ τούτου τὴν
9821	αἰτίαν αὐτός, μὴ γὰρ κατομβρεῖσθαι τοῖς ἀρκτι-
9822	κοῖς μέρεσι, καθάπερ οὐδὲ τὴν Αἰθιοπίαν pact:
9823	616 πολλάκις λοιμικὰ ἐμπίπτειν ὑπὸ αὐχμῶν καὶ
9824	τὰς λίμνας τελμάτων πίμπλασθαι καὶ τὴν ἀκρίδα
9825	ἐπιπολάζειν.
9826	ἔτι φησὶ τὰ μὲν ἀνατολικὰ ὑγρὰ
9827	εἶναι, τὸν γὰρ ἥλιον ἀνίσχοντα ταχὺ παραλλάτ-
9828	τειν, τὰ δ᾽ ἑσπέρια ξηρά, ἐκεῖ γὰρ καταστρέφειν.
9829	ὑγρὰ γὰρ καὶ ξηρά, τὰ μὲν Tap. ὑδάτων ἀφθονίαν
9830	ἢ σπάνιν λέγεται, τὰ δὲ παρὰ τὴν τῶν ἡλίων'
9831	βούλεται δὲ λέγειν. τὰ παρὰ τοὺς ἡλίους: ταῦτα
9832	δὲ πάντες ἀρκτικοῖς καὶ μεσημβρινοῖς κλίμασιν
9833	ἀφορίζουσι" καὶ μὴν ἀνατολικά τε καὶ δυσμικά,
9834	τὰ μὲν πρὸς τὰς οἰκήσεις λεγόμενα, καθ᾽ ἑκάστην
9835	τὴν οἴκησιν καὶ τὴν ΜΕΤ ΠΤ στ τῶν ὁριξζόντων
9836	ἄλλα ἐστίν, ὥστ᾽ οὐδ᾽ ἔνεστι 3 καθολικῶς εἰπεῖν
9837	ἐπὶ τῶν ἀπεριλήπτων τὸ πλῆθος, ὅτι τὰ μὲν
9838	ἀνατολικὰ ὑγρά, τὰ δὲ δυσμικὰ ξηρά.
9839	ὡς δὲ
9840	λέγεται
9841	πρὸς τὴν οἰκουμένην
9842	ὅλην καὶ
9843	τὰς
9844	ἀληθεύει EK, ἀληθής uz, ἀληθῆ other MSS.
9845	1
9846	2 τοὺς μεταξὺ... .. εἴρηκε, omitted by MSS. except EF.
9847	3 οὐδ᾽ ἔνεστι, Corais, for οὐδέν ἐστι.
9848	1 The text iscorrupt.
9849	Strabo probably wrote merely this:
9850	‘*for Artemidorus calls them many and large”
9851	(see critical
9852	note).
9853	174
p. 187
9854	GEOGRAPHY, 17. 3. 9-10
9855	parts there near the sea consist of fertile plains, many
9856	cities, rivers, and lakes.
9857	10. I do not know whether Poseidonius tells the
9858	truth when he says that Libya is intersected by rivers
9859	only few and small’; for merely the rivers mention-
9860	ed by Artemidorus,
9861	those between Lynx and Carthage,
9862	are by him called “both many and large.”!
9863	This
9864	statement can be made more truthfully in regard to
9865	the interior of the country; and he himself? states the
9866	cause of this, saying that “no rain falls in the north-
9867	ern parts,’ as is also said to be the case in Aethiopia,
9868	and therefore
9869	pestilences often ensue because of
9870	droughts, and the lakes are filled with mud, and the
9871	locust is prevalent.
9872	And he further says that ‘the
9873	eastern regions are moist, for the sun passes quickly
9874	when it is rising, whereas the western regions are
9875	arid, for there it turns back.” 5.
9876	For regions are called
9877	moist and arid, partly in proportion to abundance or
9878	scarcity of waters, and partly in proportion to that of
9879	the sun’s rays; but Poseidonius means to speak only
9880	of the effects of the sun’s rays; and these effects are
9881	by all writers defined by latitude, north or south ; and
9882	indeed both the eastern and western regions, when
9883	spoken of with reference to the habitations of man,
9884	vary according to each several habitation and the
9885	change in their horizons, so that it is also impossible
9886	to make
9887	a general assertion
9888	in regard to places
9889	whose number passes all comprehension that the
9890	eastern are moist and the western arid; but since
9891	such statements are made with reference to the in-
9892	2 Poseidonius.
9893	3 Thus slowing down in making the turn back, as Strabo
9894	interprets it.
9895	175
p. 188
9896	STRABO
9897	ἐσχατιὰς Tas τοιαύτας, οἵα καὶ ἡ ᾿Ινδικὴ καὶ ἡ
9898	᾿Ιβηρία, λέγοι ἄν, εἰ ἄρα, τὴν τοιαύτην ἀπόφα-
9899	σιν.
9900	τίς οὖν ἡ πιθανότης τῆς αἰτιολογίας ; ἐν
9901	γὰρ περιφορᾷ συνεχεῖ τε
9902	καὶ ἀδιαλείπτῳ τοῦ
9903	ἡλίου τίς ἂν εἴη καταστροφή ;
9904	; τό τε τάχος τῆς
9905	παραλλαγῆς 5 πανταχοῦ ἴσον. ἄλλως τε παρὰ
9906	τὴν ἐνάργειάν * ἐστι, τὰ ἔσχατα τῆς ᾿Ιβηρίας ἢ
9907	τῆς Μαυρουσίας
9908	τὰ πρὸς δύσιν ξηρὰ λέγειν
9909	ἀπαντῶν μάλιστα: καὶ γὰρ τὸ περιέχον εὔκρατον
9910	ἔχει καὶ πλείστων ὑδάτων εὐπορεῖ.
9911	εἰ δὲ τὸ
9912	καταστρέφειν τοιοῦτον εἴληπται, ὅτι ἐνταῦθα τὰ
9913	ὕστατα
9914	τῆς οἰκουμένης ὑπὲρ γῆς γίνεται, τί
9915	τοῦτο συντείνει πρὸς ξηρασίαν ; : καὶ γὰρ ἐνταῦθα
9916	καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἄλλοις τόποις τῆς οἰκουμένης τοῖς
9917	ταὐτοκλινέσι, τὸν ἴσον διαλιπὼν χρόνον τὸν τῆς
9918	νυκτός,
9919	ἐπάνεισι
9920	πάλιν
9921	καὶ
9922	θερμαίνει
9923	τὴν
9924	ἣν.
9925	11. Ἔστι δέ που αὐτόθι καὶ ἀσφάλτου πηγὴ
9926	καὶ χαλκωρυχεῖα. καὶ σκορπίων δὲ καὶ πτηνῶν ©
9927	καὶ ἀπτέρων λέγεται πλῆθος, μεγέθει 6€7 ἑπτασ-
9928	πονδύλων, ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ φαλάγγια καὶ μεγέθει
9929	καὶ πλήθει
9930	διαφέροντα:
9931	σαύρας
9932	δὲ διπήχεις
9933	φασίν.
9934	ἐν μὲν οὖν τῇ παρορείῳ λίθους εὑρίσκεσ-
9935	θαί φασι τοὺς λυχνίτας καὶ καρχηδονίους λεγο-
9936	1 εἰ, moz omit; ἄρα, x omits; the editors before Kramer
9937	read κατά ye instead of εἰ ἄρα.
9938	2 καταστροφῆς I.
9939	3 ἐνέργειαν F.
9940	4 ἔχει, Letronne, for ἔχειν.
9941	διαθερμαίνει ΕἸ.
9942	8. E inserts τε after πτηνῶν.
9943	7 After δέ, Letronne,
9944	citing 15,
9945	1. 37 (σκορπίους.
9946	..
9947	ὑπερβάλλοντας μεγέθεσι) and Lucian De Dipsad. 3, inserts
9948	ὑπερβαλλόντων καί.
9949	176
9950	nh
9951	on
p. 189
9952	GEOGRAPHY,
9953	17. 3. 10-11
9954	habited world as a whole and to such extremities of
9955	it as India and Iberia, perhaps he could make such a
9956	statement.
9957	What plausibility, however, can there be
9958	in his explanation of the cause?
9959	For in the revolution
9960	of the sun, which is continuous and unintermitting,
9961	what “turning back” could there be?
9962	And further,
9963	the speed of the sun’s transit is everywhere equal.
9964	Besides, it is contrary to the evidence ! to call the ex-
9965	tremities of Iberia or Maurusia, 1 mean the extremi-
9966	ties on the west, the most arid places in the world,
9967	for they not only have a temperate atmosphere but
9968	also are well supplied with numerous waters.
9969	But if
9970	the “ turning back” of the sun is interpreted in this
9971	way, that there it is last above the inhabited world,
9972	wherein does this contribute to aridity?
9973	For there,
9974	as well as in the other places of the inhabited world
9975	that are in the same latitude, the sun leaves an equal
9976	interval of night, and comes back again and warms
9977	the earth.
9978	11. Somewhere here 2 there are also copper mines
9979	and a spring of asphalt ; and writers speak also of
9980	a multitude of scorpions, both winged and wingless,
9981	which in size are heptaspondylic,? and likewise of
9982	tarantulas 4 which are exceptional both in size and
9983	in number; and lizards which are said to be two
9984	cubits long.
9985	Now on the mountain-side > are said
9986	to be found the
9987	‘ Lychnite”® and
9988	Carthaginian
9989	1 One MS. reads
9990	‘‘ actuality” instead of ‘‘evidence” (see
9991	critical note).
9992	2 i.e. in Masaesylia.
9993	3 7.e. they have ‘‘seven vertebrae ” (the Pandinus heros);
9994	see critical note, and ep. 15. 1. 37.
9995	4 Cp. 16. 4. 12.
9996	5 Cp. § 19 following.
9997	δ 7.e. ‘‘Luminous” stones; apparently a tourmaline.
9998	177
p. 190
9999	C 831
10000	STRABO
10001	μένους" ἐν δὲ τοῖς, πεδιοις ὀστρακίων. καὶ χηρα-
10002	μύδων * πλῆθος, οἷον ἐν τοῖς περὶ τοῦ "Ἄμμωνος
10003	λόγοις εἰρήκαμεν" καὶ δένδρον δέ ἐστι μελίλωτον
10004	καλούμενον, ἐξ οὗ σκευάζουσιν οἶνον.
10005	τινὲς δ᾽
10006	αὐτῶν καὶ δίκαρπον ἔχουσι τὴν γῆν, καὶ δύο
10007	θεριστικὰ καρποῦνται,
10008	τὰ μὲν θερινά, τὰ δ᾽
10009	ἐαρινά" ἔστι δὲ ἡ καλάμη πεντάπηχυς τὸ ὕψος,
10010	πάχος δὲ τοῦ μικροῦ δακτύλου, τὸν δὲ καρπὸν
10011	διακοσιοκαιτετταρακοντάχουν ἀποδίδωσι.
10012	τοῦ δὲ
10013	ἔαρος οὐδὲ σπείρουσιν, ἀλλὰ παλιούροις συνδεδε-
10014	μέναις ἐπικαταψήσαντες τὴν χώραν τῷ ἐκπεσόντι
10015	στάχυϊ κατὰ τὸν θερισμὸν ἀρκοῦνται τελεσι-
10016	καρπεῖ γὰρ τὸν
10017	θερινὸν
10018	καρπόν.
10019	διὰ δὲ τὸ
10020	πλῆθος τῶν θηρίων κνημῖδας ἔχοντες ἐργάζονται
10021	καὶ τἄλλα δὲ μέρη διφθεροῦνται: καθεύδοντες δὲ
10022	περιχρίουσι
10023	τοὺς
10024	κλινόποδας
10025	σκορόδοις
10026	τῶν
10027	σκορπίων χάριν καὶ παλιούροις περιδοῦσιν.
10028	12. Ἢν δ᾽ ἐνξ τῇ παραλίᾳ ταύτῃ πόλις “lor
10029	ὄνομα, ἣν ἐπικτίσας ᾿Ιούβας ὁ τοῦ ἸΠτολεμαίου
10030	πατὴρ μετωνόμασε
10031	Καισάρειαν,
10032	ἔχουσαν
10033	καὶ
10034	λιμένα καὶ πρὸ τοῦ λιμένος νησίον.
10035	μεταξὺ δὲ
10036	τῆς Καισαρείας καὶ τοῦ 'Γρητοῦ μέγας ἐστὶ λιμήν,
10037	ὃν Σάλδαν καλοῦσι:
10038	τοῦτο
10039	δ᾽ ἐστὶν ὅριον τῆς
10040	ὑπὸ τῷ ᾿Ιούβᾳ ὃ καὶ τῆς ὑπὸ τοῖς “Ῥωμαίοις:
10041	πολυτρόπως γὰρ οἱ μερισμοὶ γεγένηνται
10042	τῆς
10043	χώρας,
10044	ἅτε
10045	τῶν
10046	νεμομένων
10047	αὐτὴν πλειόνων
10048	1 χημίδων E, χηραμίδων Dez.
10049	2 δ᾽ ἐν, Casaubon, for δέ.
10050	8 "Ιόβα Ε΄.
10051	ΤΑ carbunculus (see Pliny, 37. 25 and 30).
10052	a3: 4:
10053	8. 7.e. ‘“honey-lotus.”
10054	Strabo calls the melilotus a ‘‘ tree,”
10055	178
p. 191
10056	GEOGRAPHY,
10057	17. 3. 11-12
10058	stones,! as they are called, and, in the plains, oyster-
10059	shells and mussel-shells
10060	in great quantities, like
10061	those
10062	mentioned
10063	by me
10064	in my
10065	description
10066	of
10067	Ammon.?
10068	And there is also a tree called melilotus,3
10069	from which they prepare a wine.
10070	And some of the
10071	people have land that produces two crops of grain,
10072	reaping two harvests, one in spring and the other
10073	in summer; and the stalk is five cubits in height,
10074	has the thickness of the little finger, and yields a
10075	crop 240-fold.
10076	In the spring they do not even sow
10077	seed, but harrow the ground lightly with bundles of
10078	paliuri,4 and are satisfied with the seed-grain that
10079	has fallen out of the ear at the time of the harvest ;
10080	for
10081	this
10082	produces
10083	a
10084	perfect summer
10085	crop.
10086	On
10087	account of the number of wild animals > they work
10088	with leggings on and also clothe the rest of their
10089	bodies with skins.
10090	And when they lie down to
10091	sleep, they smear the feet of their beds with garlic
10092	and tie a bunch of paliuri around them, on account
10093	of the scorpions.
10094	12. On this coast was a city named Iol, which
10095	Juba, the father of Ptolemy, rebuilt, changing its
10096	name to Caesareia; it has a harbour, and also, in
10097	front of the harbour, a
10098	small
10099	island.
10100	Between
10101	Caesareia and Tretum
10102	is a large harbour
10103	called
10104	Salda, which
10105	is now
10106	a boundary
10107	between
10108	the
10109	territories subject to Juba and the Romans ; for the
10110	divisions of the country have been made in various
10111	ways, inasmuch as its occupants have been several
10112	both here and in § 17 following, but other writers (e.g.
10113	Theophrastus,
10114	9. 40, 49) apply the name
10115	to a kind of
10116	clover.
10117	4 A kind of thorny shrub (Rhamnus paliurus).
10118	5. , ἐς reptiles in particular, apparently.
10119	179
p. 192
10120	STRABO
10121	a
10122	>
10123	γενομένων
10124	καὶ
10125	τῶν
10126	“Pwopaiwy
10127	ἄλλοτ᾽
10128	ἄλλως
10129	τούτων τοῖς μὲν φίλοις χρωμένων, τοῖς δὲ καὶ
10130	πολεμίοις" ὥστε καὶ ἀφαιρεῖσθαι καὶ χαρίξεσθαι
10131	συνέβαινεν ἄλλοις ἄλλα καὶ οὐ τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον.
10132	ἣν δὲ ἡ ἡ μὲν πρὸς τῇ Μεαυρουσίᾳ προσοδικωτέρα τε
10133	καὶ δυναμικωτέρα, ἡ
10134	ἡ δὲ πρὸς τῇ Καρχηδονίᾳ καὶ
10135	τῇ Μασυλιέων 4 ἀνθηροτέρα τε καὶ κατεσκευασ-
10136	μένη βέλτιον, καίπερ κεκακωμένη διὰ τὰ Καρχη-
10137	δόνια τὸ πρῶτον, ἔπειτα διὰ τὸν πρὸς ᾿Ιουγούρθαν
10138	πόλεμον" ἐκεῖνος γὰρ ᾿Αδάρβαλα ἐκπολιορκήσας
10139	>
10140	»
10141	,
10142	\
10143	>
10144	,
10145	,
10146	v
10147	¢
10148	/
10149	ἐν
10150	᾿Ιτύκῃ
10151	καὶ
10152	ἀνελών,
10153	φίλον
10154	ὄντα
10155	“Ρωμαίων,
10156	>
10157	/
10158	\
10159	4
10160	/
10161	Pa,
10162	”
10163	>
10164	᾽
10165	ἐνέπλησε
10166	τὴν χώραν πολέμου;
10167	εἰτ
10168	ἄλλοι ἐπ
10169	ἄλλοις συνέστησαν πόλεμοι, τελευταῖος δὲ ὁ πρὸς
10170	Σκιπίωνα
10171	Καίσαρι τῷ θεῷ συστάς, ἐν ᾧ καὶ
10172	ἢ
10173	,
10174	she?
10175	΄
10176	\
10177	A.
10178	26 Ἢ
10179	ἂν
10180	Ιούβας ἀπέθανε: συνηφανίσθησαν δὲ τοῖς ἡγεμόσι
10181	Ν
10182	[2
10183	“
10184	A Is
10185	fal
10186	\ O De
10187	ο
10188	\ Θ 4
10189	καὶ αἱ πόλεις,
10190	'Γισιαοῦς τε καὶ
10191	Ovaya?
10192	καὶ
10193	Θάλα,
10194	ἔτι δὲ καὶ Kawa, τὸ γαζοφυλάκιον
10195	τοῦ ᾿Ιου-
10196	/
10197	Νὴ
10198	΄
10199	\
10200	΄
10201	3
10202	Ν
10203	Ν
10204	e
10205	γούρθα,
10206	καὶ
10207	Zapua καὶ
10208	Ζίγχα3
10209	καὶ πρὸς
10210	ais
10211	κατεπολέμησε Καῖσαρ Σκιπίωνα ὁ θεός, πρὸς
10212	“ουσπίνῳ"
10213	μὲν πρώτον νικῶν, εἶτα πρὸς Οὐζίτοις,
10214	εἶτα πρὸς Θάψῳ καὶ τῇ πλησίον λίμνῃ, καὶ ταῖς
10215	ἄλλαις:
10216	πλησίον
10217	δὲ καὶ Ζέλλα καὶ ᾿Αχόλλα,
10218	ἐλεύθεραι πόλεις.
10219	εἷλε δ᾽ ἐξ ἐφόδου Καῖσαρ τὴν
10220	Κέρκινναν ὃ νῆσον καὶ Θέναν, πολίχνην ἐπιθαλατ-
10221	τιδίαν.
10222	τούτων πασῶν αἱ μὲν τελέως Hpavic-
10223	θ
10224	΄
10225	᾽
10226	e
10227	/
10228	΄
10229	fal
10230	Φ
10231	\
10232	noav, ai δ᾽ ἡμίσπαστοι κατελείφθησαν:
10233	Φαρὰν
10234	δ᾽ οἱ Σκιπίωνος ἱππεῖς ἐνέπρησαν.
10235	1 Μασσαιλίων moz, Μασσαισυλίων x, Μασσυλιαίων other MSS.
10236	2 Οὐάγα, Letronne, Kramer, and Meineke, for Ovara; C.
10237	Miiller conj. Οὔβατα.
10238	3 Ziyxa, Xylander, for Ζάκμα.
10239	4 “ρυσπίνῳ, Corais, for 'Ρουσπῖνον.
10240	180
p. 193
10241	GEOGRAPMYCE17. 3. 12
10242	in number and the Romans have dealt with them
10243	in different ways at different times, treating some
10244	as friends and others as enemies, the result being
10245	that different parts
10246	were
10247	taken
10248	away
10249	from,
10250	or
10251	presented to, different peoples, but not in the same
10252	way.
10253	The country towards Maurusia not only pro-
10254	duced more revenue but was
10255	also more powerful,
10256	whereas that towards Carthage and the Masylians
10257	was both more
10258	flourishing
10259	and better built up,
10260	although
10261	it had been put in a bad plight, first,
10262	on account of the Carthaginian Wars, and then on
10263	account of the war against Jugurtha; for he took
10264	by siege Adarbal, a friend of the Romans, at Itycé!
10265	and slew him, and thus filled all Libya with war;
10266	and then wars on wars broke out, and, last of all,
10267	the war that broke out between the deified Caesar
10268	and Scipio, in which even
10269	Juba was killed ; and
10270	with the leaders the cities were wiped out too, I
10271	mean Tisidius, Vaga, and Thala, as also Capsa, the
10272	treasure-hold of Jugurtha, and Zama, and Zincha,
10273	and those
10274	cities
10275	near
10276	which
10277	the deified
10278	Caesar
10279	defeated Scipio, first winning a victory over him
10280	near Ruspinum, and then near
10281	Uzita, and then
10282	near Thapsus and the lake near by, and the other
10283	cities.
10284	And near by also are
10285	Zella and Acholla,
10286	free cities.
10287	And Caesar captured at the first onset
10288	the island Cercinna, and Thena, a town
10289	on the
10290	coast.
10291	Of all these, some were utterly wiped out
10292	and the others left half-destroyed; but Phara was
10293	burned by Scipio’s cavalry.
10294	1 i.e. “Utica.”
10295	But Sallust (Jug. 25-26) says ‘‘ Cirta.”
10296	5 Κέρκινναν, Casaubon inserts.
10297	181
p. 194
10298	STRABO
10299	C 832
10300	13. Meta δ᾽ οὖν Τρητὸν ἡ Μασυλιέων 1 ἐστὶ
10301	καὶ ἡ Καρχηδονίων παραπλησία χώρα.
10302	Κίρτα
10303	τέ ἐστιν ἐν μεσογαίᾳ, τὸ Μασανάσσου 3 καὶ τῶν
10304	ἑξῆς διαδόχων βασίλειον, πόλις εὐερκεστάτη καὶ
10305	κατεσκευασμένη καλῶς τοῖς πᾶσι, καὶ μάλιστα
10306	ὑπὸ Μικίψα, ὅστις καὶ “EXAnvas συνῴκισεν ἐν
10307	αὐτῇ καὶ τοσαύτην
10308	ἐποίησεν,
10309	ὥστ᾽ ἐκπέμπειν
10310	μυρίους ἱππέας, διπλασίους δὲ πεζούς.
10311	ἥ τε δὴ
10312	Kipta
10313	ἐνταῦθα
10314	καὶ
10315	οἱ δύο
10316	ἹἹππῶνες,
10317	ὁ μὲν
10318	πλησίον ᾿Ιτύκης, ὁ δὲ ἀπωτέρω πρὸς τῷ ὃ Τρητῷ
10319	μᾶλλον, ἄμφω βασίλεια.
10320	ἡ δὲ ᾿Ιτύκη δευτέρα
10321	μετὰ Καρχηδόνα τῷ μεγέθει καὶ τῷ ἀξιώματι:
10322	καταλυθείσης δὲ “Καρχηδόνος, ἐκείνη ἣν ὡς ἂν
10323	μητρόπολις τοῖς Ρωμαίοις καὶ ὁρμητήριον πρὸς
10324	τὰς ἐν Λιβύῃ πράξεις. ἵδρυται. δ᾽ ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ
10325	κόλπῳ τῷ ἱζαρχηδονιακῷ,
10326	πρὸς θατέρῳ τῶν
10327	ἀκρωτηρίων τῶν ποιούντων τὸν κόλπον, ὧν τὸ
10328	μὲν πρὸς τῇ Ιτύκῃ καλοῦσιν ᾿Απολλώνιον, θάτε-
10329	ρον δ᾽ ᾿Ερμαίαν: καί εἰσιν ἐν ἐπόψει ἀλλήλαις
10330	αἱ πόλεις.
10331	ῥεῖ δὲ τῆς ᾿Ιτύκης πλησίον ὁ Βαγρά-
10332	δας ποταμός.
10333	εἰσὶ
10334	δ᾽ ἀπὸ
10335	Τρητοῦ
10336	μέχρι
10337	Καρχηδόνος στάδιοι δισχίλιοι πεντακόσιοι. οὔτε ὃ
10338	τοῦθ᾽ ὁμολογεῖται δὲ τὸ διάστημα οὔτε τὸ μέχρι
10339	Σύρτεων.
10340	14, Καὶ Καρχηδὼν δὲ ἐπὶ χερρονήσου τινὸς
10341	ἵδρυται, περιγραφούσης κύκλον τριακοσίων ἑξή-
10342	κοντα σταδίων "ἔχοντα, τεῖχος, οὗ τὸ ἑξηκοντα-
10343	στάδιον μῆκος Ἶ αὐτὸς ὁ αὐχὴν ἐπέχει, καθῆκον 8
10344	1 Μασσυλιέων Εἰ, Μασσαισυλίων x, Μασυλιαίων z, Μασσυλιαιων
10345	other MSS.
10346	2 Macavaooov, Kramer, for Μασσανάσσου iwx, Μασανάσου
10347	morz, Σανάσσου C, Μασανίσσου other MSS.
10348	182
p. 195
10349	GEOGRAPHY,
10350	17. 3. 13-14
10351	13. Now after Tretum one comes to the land
10352	of the Masylians, and to the land of the Cartha-
10353	ginians, which is similar thereto.
10354	Cirta, the royal
10355	residence of Masanasses and his successors, is in the
10356	interior ; it is very strongly fortified and has been
10357	beautifully built up in every way, particularly by
10358	Micipsas, who not only settled a colony of Greeks in
10359	it, but also made it so great that it could send forth
10360	ten thousand cavalry and twice as many infantry.
10361	Cirta, then, is here, and so are
10362	the two Hippos,
10363	one near Itycé and the other farther away, rather
10364	towards Tretum;
10365	and both
10366	are royal residences.
10367	Itycé was
10368	second
10369	only to Carthage in size and
10370	importance, and when Carthage was destroyed, that
10371	city served the Romans as a metropolis, and as a
10372	base of operations for their activities in Libya.
10373	It
10374	is situated in the same gulf as Carthage, near one of
10375	the two promontories which form the gulf, of which
10376	the one near Itycé is called Apollonium and the
10377	other Hermaea; and the two cities are in sight of
10378	one another.
10379	Near Itycé flows the Bagradas River.
10380	The distance from Tretum
10381	to Carthage
10382	is two
10383	thousand five hundred stadia.
10384	But neither this dis-
10385	tance nor that to the Syrtes is generally agreed upon.
10386	14. Carthage, also, is situated
10387	on
10388	a
10389	kind
10390	of
10391	peninsula, which comprises a circuit of three hun-
10392	dred and sixty stadia; and this circuit has a wall;
10393	and sixty stadia of the length of this circuit are
10394	occupied by the neck itself, which extend from sea to
10395	8 τῷ, Corais, for τῇ.
10396	4 ἐν ὄψει KE.
10397	5 Βαγράδας Εἰ, Μαγάδρας hi, Βαγάδρας other MSS.
10398	6. οὔτε, Corais, for οὐδέ,
10399	7 retxos Dhi.
10400	3 καθῆκον, Groskurd, for καθήκων,
10401	183
p. 196
10402	STRABO
10403	ἀπὸ θαλάττης ἐπὶ θάλατταν, ὅπου τοῖς Καρχη-
10404	δονίοις ἣ ἧσαν αἱ τῶν ἐλεφάντων στάσεις, καὶ τόπος
10405	εὐρυχωρής.
10406	κατὰ μέσην δὲ τὴν πόλιν "ἢ ἀκρό-
10407	πολις, ἣν ἐκάλουν Βύρσαν, ὀφρὺς ἱκανῶς ὀρθία,
10408	κύκλῳ περιοικουμένη,
10409	κατὰ
10410	δὲ
10411	τὴν “κορυφὴν
10412	ἔχουσα ᾿Ασκληπιεῖον, ὅπερ κατὰ τὴν ee 7
10413	γυνὴ τοῦ ᾿Ασδρούβα συνέπρησεν αὑτῇ.
10414	ὑπό-
10415	κεινται δὲ τῇ ἀκροπόλει ol TE λιμένες καὶ ὁ Κώθων,
10416	νησίον περιφερὲς εὐρίπῳ περιεχόμενον, ἔχοντι 3
10417	νεωσοίκους ἑκατέρωθεν κύκλῳ.
10418	15. Κτίσμα δ᾽ ἐστὶ Διδοῦς ᾿ἀγαγούσης ἐκ Τύρου
10419	λαόν: οὕτω δ᾽ εὐτυχὴς ἡ ἀποικία τοῖς Φοίνιξιν
10420	ὑπῆρξε καὶ αὕτη καὶ ἡ μέχρι τῆς ᾿Ιβηρίας τῆς
10421	τε ἄλλης καὶ τῆς ἔξω Στηλῶν, ὥστε τῆς Εὐρώπης
10422	ἔτι νῦν τὴν ἀρίστην νέμονται Φοίνικες κατὰ τὴν
10423	ἤπειρον καὶ τὰς προσεχεῖς νήσους, τήν τε Λιβύην
10424	κατεκτήσαντο πᾶσαν, ὅσην 3 μὴ νομαδικῶς οἷόν
10425	τ᾽ ἦν οἰκεῖν.
10426	ἀφ᾽ ἧς δυνάμεως πόλιν τε ἀντί-
10427	παλον τῇ Ῥώμῃ κατεσκευάσαντο καὶ τρεῖς ἐπολέ-
10428	μησαν μεγάλους πρὸς αὐτοὺς πολέμους.
10429	γένοιτο
10430	δ᾽ ἂν εὔδηλος ἡ δύναμις αὐτῶν ἐκ τοῦ ὑστάτου
10431	πολέμου, ἐν ᾧ κατελύθησαν ὑπὸ Σκιπίωνος τοῦ
10432	Αἰμιλιανοῦ, καὶ ἡ πόλις ἄρδην ἠφανίσθη.
10433	ὅτε
10434	C 833 yap ἤρξαντο πολεμεῖν
10435	τοῦτον
10436	τὸν πόλεμον,"
10437	πόλεις μὲν εἶχον τριακοσίας ἐν τῇ Λιβύῃ, ἀνθρώ-
10438	πων
10439	δ᾽ ἐν τῇ πόλει μυριάδας ἑβδομήκοντα"
10440	πολιορκούμενοι δὲ καὶ ἀναγκασθέντες τραπέσθαι
10441	πρὸς ἔνδοσιν, πανοπλιῶν μὲν ἔδοσαν μυριάδας
10442	1 αὑτῇ, Corais, for αὐτῇ.
10443	᾿ ἔχοντι, Corais, for ἔχον τε.
10444	® ὅσην Εἰ, ὅσον other MSS.
10445	4 πόλεμον IF, τρόπον other MSS,
10446	184
p. 197
10447	GEOGRAPHY,
10448	17. 3. 14-15
10449	sea; and this, a spacious place, is where the Cartha-
10450	ginians had their elephant-stalls.
10451	Near the middle
10452	of the city was the acropolis, which they called
10453	Byrsa ;1 it was a fairly steep height and inhabited
10454	on all sides, and at the top it had a temple οἱ
10455	Asclepius, which, at the time of the capture of
10456	the city, the wife of Asdrubal burnt along with
10457	herself.
10458	Below the acropolis lie the harbours, as
10459	also Cothon, a circular isle surrounded by a strait,
10460	which latter has ship-houses
10461	all round on either
10462	side.”
10463	15. Carthage was founded by Dido, who brought
10464	a host of people from
10465	Tyre.
10466	The
10467	colonisation
10468	proved to be so fortunate
10469	an enterprise for the
10470	Phoenicians, both this at Carthage and that which
10471	extended
10472	as far as Iberia—I mean
10473	the part
10474	of
10475	Iberia outside the Pillars as well as the rest of it
10476	—that even to this day the best part of continental
10477	Europe and also the adjacent islands are occupied
10478	by Phoenicians; and they also gained possession of
10479	all that part of Libya which men can live in without
10480	living a nomadic life.
10481	From this dominion they not
10482	only raised their city to be a rival of Rome, but also
10483	waged three great wars against the Romans.
10484	Their
10485	power might become clearly evident from the last
10486	war,
10487	in
10488	which
10489	they were
10490	defeated
10491	by Scipio
10492	Aemilianus and their city was utterly wiped out.
10493	For when they began to wage this war they had
10494	three hundred cities in Libya and seven hundred
10495	thousand people in their city ; and when they were
10496	being besieged and were forced to resort to sur-
10497	render, they gave up two hundred thousand full
10498	1 «« Hide.”
10499	2 7.e. both on the island and on the mainland,
10500	185
10501	VOL. VIII.
10502	G
p. 198
10503	STRABO
10504	εἴκοσι, καταπελτικὰ
10505	δὲ ὄργανα τρισχίλια, ὡς
10506	οὐ ἘΞ τ τες τ
10507	κριθέντος δὲ πάλιν
10508	τοῦ
10509	ἀναπολεμεῖν, ἐξαίφνης ὁπλοποιίαν συνεστήσαντο,
10510	καὶ ἑκάστης ἡμέρας ἀνεφέροντο θυρεοὶ μὲν ἑκατὸν
10511	καὶ τετταράκοντα πεπηγότες, μάχαιραι δὲ τρια-
10512	κόσιαι καὶ λόγχαι πεντακόσιαι, χίλια δὲ βέλη
10513	καταπελτικά, τρίχα δὲ τοῖς καταπέλταις αἱ θερά-
10514	παιναι παρεῖχον.
10515	ἔτι τοίνυν ναῦς ἔχοντες δώδεκα
10516	ἐξ ἐτῶν πεντήκοντα, κατὰ τὰς ἐν τῷ δευτέρῳ
10517	πολέμῳ συνθήκας, τότε, καίπερ ἤδη συμπεφευ-
10518	γότες εἰς τὴν βύρσαν, ἐ
10519	ἐν διμήνῳ κατεσκευάσαντο
10520	ναῦς ἑκατὸν εἴκοσι καταφράκτους, καὶ τοῦ στό-
10521	ματος τοῦ Κώθωνος φρουρουμένου, διώρυξαν ἄλλο
10522	στόμα, καὶ προῆλθεν αἰφνιδίως ὁ στόλος" ὕλη
10523	γὰρ ἣν ἀποκειμένη παλαιὰ καὶ τεχνιτῶν πλῆθος
10524	προσεδρεῦον καὶ σιταρχούμενον" δημοσίᾳ. τοιαύτη
10525	δ᾽ οὖσα Καρχηδὼν ὅμως ἑάλω καὶ κατεσκάφη.
10526	τὴν δὲ χώραν, τὴν μὲν ἐπαρχίαν
10527	ἀπέδειξαν
10528	Ῥωμαῖοι, τὴν ὑπὸ τοῖς
10529	Καρχηδονίοις, τῆς δὲ
10530	Μασανάσσην ἀπέδειξαν κύριον καὶ τοὺς ἀπογό-
10531	νους τοὺς περὶ Μικίψαν.
10532	μάλιστα γὰρ ἐσπου-
10533	δάσθη παρὰ τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις ὁ Μασανάσσης δι
10534	ἀρετὴν καὶ φιλίαν: καὶ γὰρ δὴ καὶ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ
10535	tous
10536	Νομάδας
10537	πολιτικοὺς
10538	κατασκευάσας
10539	καὶ
10540	γεωργούς,
10541	ἔτει
10542	δ᾽ ἀντὶ τοῦ λῃστεύειν διδάξας
10543	στρατεύειν.
10544	ἴδιον γάρ τι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις συνέβη
10545	1 For τρισχίλια Letronne (citing Polybius 36.4 and Appian
10546	80) conj. δισχίλια,
10547	3 σιταρκούμενον x2.
10548	1 See critical note.
10549	186
p. 199
10550	GEOGRAPHY, 17. 3. 15
10551	suits of armour and three thousand? catapults, on
10552	the assumption that they would not be engaged in
10553	war again; but when they resolved to renew the war,
10554	they suddenly organised the manufacture of arms,
10555	and each
10556	day produced one hundred and _ forty
10557	finished shields, three hundred swords, five hundred
10558	spears, and one thousand missiles for the catapults ;
10559	and the women-servants
10560	furnished
10561	hair
10562	for
10563	the
10564	catapults.
10565	Furthermore, although from fifty years
10566	back they had
10567	possessed
10568	only twelve
10569	ships,
10570	in
10571	accordance with the treaty made at the second war,
10572	they then, although they had already fled together
10573	for refuge into the Byrsa, built one hundred and
10574	twenty decked ships in two months; and since the
10575	mouth
10576	of Cothon
10577	was being guarded, they dug
10578	another mouth through and their fleet sallied forth
10579	unexpectedly ; for old timber had been stored away
10580	in readiness, and a large number of skilled workmen,
10581	maintained at public expense, had been lying in
10582	wait for this occasion.
10583	But though Carthage was so
10584	resourceful, still it was captured and rased to the
10585	ground.
10586	As for the country, the Romans proclaimed
10587	one part of it a Province,
10588	I mean the part which
10589	had been subject to the Carthaginians, and
10590	ap-
10591	pointed as sovereign of the other part Masanasses, as
10592	also his descendants, the house of Micipsas;? for
10593	Masanasses was held in very high respect among the
10594	Romans because of his valour and friendship; and
10595	indeed it was he who transformed the Nomads into
10596	citizens and farmers, and taught them to be soldiers
10597	instead of brigands.
10598	For a peculiar thing had hap-
10599	2 i.e. the three sons: Micipsas king, Golossa head of the
10600	department of war, and Mastanaba head of the department of
10601	justice (Appian, § 106).
10602	187
p. 200
10603	STRABO
10604	τούτοις" χώραν yap οἰκοῦντες εὐδαίμονα, πλὴν
10605	τοῦ
10606	θηρίοις “πλεονάζειν, ἐάσαντες ,ἐκφθείρειν »
10607	ταῦτα καὶ τὴν γῆν ἐργάζεσθαι μετὰ ἀδείας ἐπ᾽
10608	ἀλλήλοις
10609	ἐτρέποντο, τὴν δὲ γῆν τοῖς θηρίοις
10610	ἀφεῖσαν.
10611	οὕτω δ᾽ αὐτοῖς συνέβαινε πλάνητα καὶ
10612	μετανάστην βίον
10613	ζῆν, μηδὲν ἧττον τῶν ὑπὸ
10614	ἀπορίας καὶ λυπρότητος τόπων ἢ ἀέρων εἰς
10615	τοῦτο περιισταμένων τῶν βίων, ὥστε καὶ ἴδιον
10616	τοῦθ᾽ εὑρίσκεσθαι τοὔνομα τοὺς Μασαισυλίους,
10617	καλοῦνται L γὰρ Νομάδες, ἀ ἀνάγκη δὲ τοὺς τοιούτους
10618	εὐτελεῖς εἶναι τοῖς βίοις καὶ τὸ πλέον ῥιξοφάγους
10619	ἢ κρεωφάγους, γάλακτι δὲ καὶ τυρῷ τρεφομένους.
10620	ἠρημωμένης δ᾽ οὖν ἐπὶ πολὺν χρόνον τῆς Καρχη-
10621	δόνος, καὶ σχεδόν τι τὸν αὐτὸν χρόνον, ὅνπερ καὶ
10622	Κόρινθος, ἀνελήφθη πάλιν περὶ τοὺς αὐτούς πως
10623	χρόνους ὑπὸ Καίσαρος
10624	τοῦ
10625	θεοῦ, πέμψαντος
10626	ἐποίκους Ῥωμαίων τοὺς προαιρουμένους καὶ τῶν
10627	στρατιωτῶν τινας"
10628	καὶ νῦν εἴ τις ἄλλη καλῶς
10629	οἰκεῖται τῶν ἐν Λιβύῃ πόλεων.
10630	C834
10631	16. 2 Κατὰ μέσον δὲ τὸ στόμα τοῦ Καρχηδονίου
10632	κόλπου νῆσός ἐστι Κόρσουρα.
10633	ἀντίπορθμος
10634	δ᾽
10635	ἐστὶν ἡ Σικελία τοῖς τόποις
10636	τούτοις ἡ κατὰ
10637	Λιλύβαιον,
10638	ὅσον
10639	ἐν
10640	διαστήματι
10641	χιλίων
10642	καὶ
10643	πεντακοσίων
10644	σταδίων:
10645	τοσοῦτον
10646	γάρ
10647	φασι
10648	τὸ ἐκ Λιλυβαίου μέχρι Καρχηδόνος.
10649	ov πολὺ
10650	δὲ τῆς Κορσούρας διέχουσιν οὐδὲ τῆς Σικελίας
10651	1 ἐκφθείρειν (as in 17. 1. 44), Jones, for ἐκφέρειν.
10652	2 Meineke ejects Κατὰ μέσον... Αἰγίμουρος from the text,
10653	following conj. of Kramer.
10654	3 φασι F, φησι other MSS.
10655	1 ἐς Nomades”’ (‘‘ Nomads”)
10656	is the Greek name corres-
10657	ponding to the Latin ‘‘ Numidae” (‘‘ Numidians’’).
10658	188
p. 201
10659	GEOGRAPHY,
10660	17. 3. 15-16
10661	pened in the case of these people, that is, although
10662	they lived in a country blest by nature, except for
10663	the fact that it abounded in wild animals, they
10664	would forbear to destroy these and thus work the
10665	land in security, and would turn against one another,
10666	abandoning the land to the wild animals.
10667	In this
10668	way
10669	it came
10670	to pass that they kept leading
10671	a
10672	wandering and
10673	migratory
10674	life, no
10675	less
10676	so
10677	than
10678	peoples who are driven by poverty and by wretched
10679	soil or climate to resort to this kind of life ; so that
10680	the Masaesylians have obtained this as their special
10681	designation, for they are called Nomades.!
10682	Such
10683	people of necessity must lead a frugal life, being
10684	more often root-eaters than meat-eaters, and using
10685	milk and cheese
10686	for food.
10687	Be that
10688	as
10689	it may,
10690	Carthage for a long time remained desolate, about
10691	the same length of time as Corinth,? but it was
10692	restored again at about the same time as Corinth by
10693	the deified Caesar, who sent thither as colonists such
10694	Romans as preferred to go there and some soldiers ;
10695	and now
10696	it is as prosperous a city as any other
10697	in Libya.
10698	16. Opposite? the middle of the mouth of the
10699	Carthaginian Gulf is Corsura,4 an
10700	island.
10701	Across
10702	the arm of the sea, opposite this region, is that
10703	part of Sicily wherein lies Lilybaeum, at a distance
10704	of about one
10705	thousand five hundred
10706	stadia;
10707	for
10708	the distance from Lilybaeum to Carthage is said to
10709	be as great as this,
10710	Not far distant from Corsura,
10711	2 Corinth was destroyed by L. Mummius in 146 B.c., but
10712	was restored by Julius Caesar and Augustus,
10713	3 This passage, ‘‘ Opposite
10714	.
10715	.
10716	. other islands,
10717	from the text by Meineke (see critical note).
10718	4 “‘Corsura,” unless it is here confused in some way with
10719	Cossura (Pantellaria), is otherwise unknown.
10720	2) is ejected
10721	189
p. 202
10722	STRABO
10723	ἄλλαι
10724	τε
10725	νῆσοι
10726	καὶ
10727	Αἰγίμουρος.:
10728	διάπλους
10729	δ᾽ ἐστὶν
10730	ἐκ
10731	Καρχηδόνος
10732	ἑξήκοντα
10733	σταδίων
10734	εἰς τὴν προσεχῆ “περαίαν, ὅθεν εἰς I ἱέφεριν ἀνά-
10735	βασις σταδίων ἑκατὸν εἴκοσι, πόλιν 3 ἐρυμνὴν
10736	ἐπὶ “πέτρας φκισμένην.
10737	ἐν αὐτῷ δὲ τῷ κόλπῳ,
10738	ἐν ᾧπερ καὶ ἡ Καρχηδών, Τύνις ἐστὶ πόλις καὶ
10739	θερμὰ καὶ λατομίαι τινές:
10740	εἶθ᾽ ἡ Ἑρμαία ἄκρα
10741	τραχεῖα, καὶ ἐπ᾽ αὐτῇ 5 πόλις ὁμώνυμος" εἶτα
10742	Νεάπολις" εἶτ᾽ ἄκρα Ταφῖτις, καὶ ἐπ᾽ αὐτῇ λόφος
10743	᾿Ασπὶς καλούμενος ἀπὸ τῆς ὁμοιότητος, ὅνπερ
10744	συνῴκισεν ὁ τῆς Σικελίας τύραννος ᾿Αγαθοκλῆς,
10745	καθ᾽ ὃν καιρὸν ἐπέπλευσε
10746	τοῖς Καρχηδονίοις.
10747	συγκατεσπάσθησαν
10748	δὲ τῇ Καρχηδονίᾳ
10749	ὑπὸ
10750	Ῥωμαίων αἱ πόλεις αὗται.
10751	ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς Ταφί-
10752	TLO0s ἐν τετρακοσίοις σταδίοις νῆσός ἐστι Κόσ-
10753	coupos* κατὰ Σελινοῦντα τῆς Σικελίας ποταμόν,
10754	καὶ πόλιν ἔχουσα ὁμώνυμον, ἑκατὸν καὶ πεντή-
10755	κοντα σταδίων οὖσα τὴν περίμετρον, διέχουσα
10756	τῆς Σικελίας περὶ ἑξακοσίους σταδίους" ἔστι δὲ
10757	καὶ Μελίτη νῆσος ἐν πεντακοσίοις σταδίοις ἀπὸ
10758	-
10759	nt
10760	>?
10761	4
10762	/
10763	3
10764	2
10765	Ν
10766	τῆς Ἱζοσσουρου.6
10767	εἶτα ᾿Αδρύμης Ἴ πόλις, ἐν ἧ καὶ
10768	νεώρια ἦν: εἶθ᾽ αἱ Ταριχεῖαι λεγόμεναι, νησία
10769	πολλὰ καὶ πυκνά: εἶτα Θάψος πόλις, καὶ μετὰ
10770	ταύτην νῆσος πελαγία Λοπαδοῦσσα" εἶτα ἄκρα
10771	1 Alyiuopos F.
10772	2 δ᾽, after πόλιν, Corais omits.
10773	3 αὐτῆς E, αὐτήν other MSS.
10774	4 Κόρσουρα moz.
10775	5 οὖσαν MSS.
10776	6 Κοσσούρας moz.
10777	* ῬΑδρυμής F, ᾿Αδρύμις hix, “Adpuuis E, ᾿Αδρύμη moz.
10778	1 Al Djamur.
10779	2 2.6.
10780	apparently the eastern side of the Carthaginian
10781	Gulf.
10782	% Tunis, or Tunes, was situated to the south of Carthage
10783	and at the head of a vast marshy lagoon.
10784	190
p. 203
10785	GEOGRAPHY, 17. 3. 16
10786	nor
10787	yet from Sicily, are Aegimuros+ and other
10788	islands.
10789	The voyage from Carthage across to the
10790	nearest point of the opposite mainland ? is sixty
10791	stadia, from which the journey inland to Nepheris is
10792	one hundred and twenty stadia—a city fortified by
10793	nature and built upon a rock.
10794	But on the same
10795	gulf as that on which Carthage is situated lies a city
10796	Tynis,? as also hot springs and stone-quarries ; and
10797	then one comes to the rugged promontory Hermaea,
10798	and to a city on it bearing the same name;
10799	and
10800	then to Neapolis; and then to a promontory Taphitis,
10801	and to a hill on it, which, from the resemblance, is
10802	called Aspis;4 this is the hill that Agathocles, the
10803	tyrant of Sicily, colonised at the time when he
10804	sailed against the Carthaginians,
10805	But these cities
10806	were demolished by the Romans at the same time
10807	as Carthage.
10808	Ata distance of four hundred stadia
10809	from Taphitis lies an island Cossurus,> opposite the
10810	Selinus River in Sicily, and a city bearing the same
10811	name, which
10812	is one hundred and
10813	fifty stadia
10814	in
10815	circuit and is about six hundred stadia distant from
10816	Sicily; and there
10817	is also an island Melité® at a
10818	distance of five hundred
10819	stadia from the island
10820	Cossurus.?.
10821	Then one comes to a city Adrymes,§ at
10822	which there was also a naval arsenal ; and then to
10823	the
10824	Taricheiae,
10825	as
10826	they
10827	are
10828	called, which
10829	are
10830	numerous small islands lying close together; and
10831	then to a city Thapsus; and after this to Lopadussa,
10832	an island in the open sea; and then to a promontory
10833	arin me hiel des
10834	5 The same, apparently,
10835	as Cossura
10836	(cp. 2. 5. 19 and
10837	θ:.2. 11).
10838	5. Malta.
10839	7 See preceding footnote.
10840	> Also called Adrumetum.
10841	ΤΟΙ
p. 204
10842	STRABO
10843	?
10844	“A ppeovos Βαλίθωνος, πρὸς ἧ θυννοσκοπεῖον" 1
10845	εἶτα Θένα 35 πόλις παρὰ τὴν ἀρχὴν κειμένη τῆς
10846	μικρᾶς
10847	Σύρτεως.
10848	πολλαὶ
10849	δ᾽ εἰσὶ
10850	καὶ
10851	ἄλλαι
10852	μεταξὺ πολίχναι οὐκ ἄξιαι μνήμης.
10853	παράκειται
10854	δὲ τῇ ἀρχῇ τῆς Σύρτεως νῆσος παραμήκης, ἡ
10855	Κέρκιννα, ὁ εὐμεγέθης, ἔχουσα ὁμώνυμον πόλιν,
10856	καὶ ἄλλη ἐλάττων Κερκιννῖτις.
10857	17. Συνεχὴς δ᾽ ἐστὶν ἡ μικρὰ Σύρτις, ἣν καὶ
10858	Λωτοφαγῖτιν Σύρτιν λέγουσιν.
10859	éott δ᾽ Ὁ μὲν
10860	κύκλος
10861	τοῦ
10862	κόλπου
10863	τούτου
10864	σταδίων
10865	χιλίων
10866	ἑξακοσίων, τὸ δὲ πλάτος τοῦ στόματος ἑξακοσίων"
10867	καθ᾽ ἑκατέραν δὲβ τὴν ἄκραν τὴν ποιοῦσαν τὸ
10868	στόμα προσεχεῖς εἰσι τῇ ἠπείρῳ νῆσοι, ἥ τε
10869	λεχθεῖσα Κέρκιννα καὶ ἡ Μηνιγξ, πάρισοι τοῖς
10870	μεγέθεσι.
10871	τὴν δὲ “Μήνιγγα νομίζουσιν εἶναι τὴν
10872	τῶν Λωτοφάγων γῆν τὴν ὑφ᾽ ‘Ounpov λεγομένην,
10873	καὶ δείκνυταί τινα σύμβολα, καὶ βωμὸς ᾿Οδυσ-
10874	σέως καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ καρπός:
10875	πολὺ γάρ ἐστι τὸ
10876	δένδρον
10877	ἐν αὐτῇ τὸ καλούμενον λωτόν, ἔχον
10878	ἥδιστον καρπόν. πλείους δ᾽ εἰσὶν ἐν αὐτῇ πολίχναι,
10879	C 835 μία δ᾽ ὁμώνυμος τῇ νήσῳ. καὶ ἐν αὐτῇ δὲ τῇ Σύρτει
10880	πολίχναι τινές εἰσι.
10881	κατὰ δὲ τὸν μυχόν ἐστι
10882	παμμέγεθες ἐμπόριον, ποταμὸν ἔχον ἐμβάλλοντα
10883	εἰς τὸν κόλπον" διατείνει δὲ μέχρι δεῦρο τὰ τῶν
10884	ἀμπώτεων πάθη καὶ τῶν πλημμυρίδων, καθ᾽ ὃν
10885	καιρὸν ἐπὶ τὴν θήραν τῶν ἰχθύων ἐπιπηδῶσιν οἱ
10886	πρόσχωροι κατὰ σπουδὴν θέοντες.
10887	18. Μετὰ δὲ τὴν Σύρτιν Ζοῦχίς ἐστι λίμνη
10888	1 ἡ θυννοσκοπεῖον, conj. Kramer, for θυννοσκοπίαν ; E reads
10889	ἐν 4 θυννοσκοπίᾳ.
10890	3 Θένα, Corais, for @alva.
10891	3 Κέρκινα F.
10892	4 Κερκινῖτις F, Κερκινῆτις 1.
10893	192
p. 205
10894	GEOGRAPHY,
10895	17. 3. 16-18
10896	of Ammon Balithon, near which is a place for watch-
10897	ing for the tunny-fish ;1 and then to a city Thena,
10898	which lies near the beginning of the Little Syrtis.
10899	In the interval lie numerous small towns not worth
10900	mentioning.
10901	Near the beginning of the Syrtis lies
10902	a long island, Cercinna, which is rather large and
10903	contains
10904	a city of the same name;
10905	and there is
10906	another smaller island, Cercinnitis.
10907	17. Continuous
10908	with these is the Little Syrtis,
10909	which is also called the Syrtis of the Lotus-eaters.
10910	The circuit of this gulf is one thousand six hundred
10911	stadia, and the breadth of the mouth six hundred ;
10912	and at each of the two promontories which form its
10913	mouth
10914	are
10915	islands
10916	close
10917	to
10918	the mainland—the
10919	Cercinna above-mentioned and Meninx, which are
10920	about equal in size.
10921	Meninx is regarded as the land
10922	of the
10923	Lotus-eaters
10924	mentioned
10925	by Homer; and
10926	certain tokens of this are pointed out—both
10927	an
10928	altar of Odysseus and the fruit itself; for the tree
10929	which is called the lotus abounds in the island, and
10930	its fruit is delightful.
10931	There are several towns on
10932	Meninx, and one of them bears the same name
10933	as the island.
10934	On the coast of the Syrtis itself are
10935	several small towns.
10936	In the recess of the gulf is
10937	a very large emporium, which
10938	has a river
10939	that
10940	empties into the gulf; and the effects of the flow
10941	and ebb of the tides extend thus far, at which times
10942	the neighbouring inhabitants rush forth on the run
10943	to catch the fish.
10944	18. After the Syrtis, one comes to Zuchis, a lake
10945	1 Cp. 5. 2. 6, 8.
10946	5 δέ, omitted by MSS, except 7.
10947	193
p. 206
10948	STRABO
10949	σταδίων τετρακοσίων στενὸν ἔχουσα εἴσπλουν
10950	καὶ παρ᾽ αὐτὴν πόλις ὁμώνυμος πορφυροβαφεῖα
10951	ἔχουσα καὶ ταριχείας παντοδαπάς:
10952	εἶτ᾽ ἄλλη
10953	λίμνη πολὺ ἐλάττων' καὶ μετὰ ταύτην ᾿Αβρό-
10954	TOVOV πόλις καὶ ἄλλαι τινές, συνεχῶς δὲ Νεάπολις,
10955	ἣν καὶ “Λέπτιν καλοῦσιν: ἐντεῦθεν δ᾽ ἐστὶ δίαρμα
10956	τὸ ἐπὶ Λοκρῶν
10957	τῶν ᾿Επιξεφυρίων τρισχίλιοι
10958	ἑξακόσιοι στάδιοι.
10959	ἑξῆς δ᾽ ἐστὶ ποταμός:
10960	καὶ
10961	μετὰ ταῦτα διατείχισμά τι, ὃ ἐποίησαν Καρχη-
10962	δόνιοι, γεφυροῦντες βάραθράι τινα εἰς τὴν χώραν
10963	ἀνέχοντα"
10964	εἰσὶ δὲ καὶ ἀλίμενοί τινες ἐνταῦθα
10965	τόποι, τῆς ἄλλης παραλίας ἐχούσης λιμένας.
10966	εἶτ᾽ ἄκρα ὑψηλὴ καὶ ὑλώδης, a
10967	ἀρχὴ τῆς μεγάλης
10968	Σύρτεως, καλοῦσι δὲ Κεφαλάς" εἰς ταύτην δὲ τὴν
10969	ἄκραν ἐκ Καρχηδόνος στάδιοί εἰσι μικρῷ πλείους
10970	τῶν πεντακισχιλίων.
10971	19: Ὑπέρκειται δὲ τῆς ἀπὸ Καρχηδόνος ΑΚ}
10972	λίας μέχρι Κεφαλῶν καὶ μέχρι τῆς Μασαισυλίων 5
10973	ἡ τῶν Λιβοφοινίκων γῆ μέχρι τῆς τῶν 1" αιτούλων ὃ
10974	ὀρεινῆς, ἤδη Λιβυκῆς οὔσης.
10975	ἡ δ᾽ ὑπὲρ τῶν
10976	Γαιτούλων ἐστὶν ἡ τῶν Γαραμάντων γῆ παράλ-
10977	ληλος
10978	ἐκείνῃ, ὅθεν οἱ Καρχηδόνιοι
10979	κομίζονται
10980	λίθοι.
10981	τοὺς δὲ Γαράμαντας ἀπὸ τῶν Αἰθιόπων
10982	τῶν παρωκεανιτῶν
10983	ἀφεστάναι φασὶν ἡμερῶν
10984	ἐννέα ἢ καὶ δέκα
10985	ὁδόν, τοῦ δὲ "Αμμωνος
10986	καὶ
10987	πεντεκαίδεκα.
10988	μεταξὺ
10989	δὲ τῆς Γαιτούλων
10990	καὶ
10991	1 βάθρα Dhi.
10992	2 Μασαισυλίων, Kramer, for Μασσαισυλείων F, Μασσαισυλίων
10993	other MSS.
10994	3 Ταιτούλων, Xylander, for Γετούλων.
10995	* καί, before τῶν, Meineke omits.
10996	1 The Cinifo.
10997	194
p. 207
10998	GEOGRAPHY, 17. 3. 18-19
10999	with a circuit of four hundred stadia; it has a narrow
11000	entrance, and near it is a city bearing the same
11001	name which contains dye-factories and all kinds of
11002	fish-salting establishments;
11003	and then to another
11004	lake, which is much smaller; and after this to a city
11005	Abrotonum and to several others; and contiguous
11006	to these is Neapolis, which is also called Leptis; and
11007	from here the passage across to the Epizephyrian
11008	Locrians
11009	is three
11010	thousand
11011	six
11012	hundred
11013	stadia.
11014	Next in order one comes to a river;! and after-
11015	wards
11016	to a kind of cross-wall which the Cartha-
11017	ginians built, wishing to bridge over some gorges
11018	which extend up into the interior.
11019	There are also
11020	some harbourless regions here, although the rest of
11021	the coast has harbours.
11022	Then one comes to a lofty,
11023	wooded promontory, which forms the beginning of
11024	the Great Syrtis and is called Cephalae;? and the
11025	distance to this promontory from Carthage is a little
11026	more than five thousand stadia.
11027	19. Above the coast-line which extends from Car-
11028	thage to Cephalae and to the land of Masaesylians
11029	lies the land of the Libo-Phoenicians, which extends
11030	to the mountainous country of the Gaetulians, where
11031	Libya? begins.
11032	The land above the Gaetulians is
11033	that of the Garamantes, which lies parallel to the
11034	former and
11035	is the land whence the Carthaginian
11036	stones are brought.
11037	The Garamantes are said to be
11038	distant from the Aethiopians who live on the ocean
11039	a nine or ten days’ journey, and from Ammon fifteen.
11040	Between the Gaetulians and our seaboard ® there
11041	2 τος Heads.”
11042	5. 7.e, the true Libya, as distinguished from Libo-Phoenicia,
11043	4 See 17. 3. 11.
11044	® 7.e. the Mediterranean seaboard.
11045	195
p. 208
11046	STRABO
11047	τῆς ἡμετέρας παραλίας πολλὰ μὲν πεδία, πολλὰ
11048	δὲ ὃ ὄρη καὶ λίμναι μεγάλαι καὶ ποταμοί, ὧν τινες
11049	καὶ καταδύντες ὑπὸ γῆς “ἀφανεῖς γίνονται.
11050	λιτοὶ
11051	δὲ σφόδρα τοῖς βίοις εἰσὶ καὶ τῷ κόσμῳ, πολυ-
11052	yuvarKes δὲ καὶ πολύπαιδες, τἄλλα δὲ ἐμφερεῖς
11053	τοῖς νομάσι τῶν ᾿Αράβων' καὶ ἵπποι δὲ καὶ βόες
11054	μακροτραχηλότεροι * τῶν
11055	Tap ἄλλοις.
11056	ἱππο-
11057	φόρβια & ἐστὶν ἐσπουδασμένα διαφερόντως τοῖς
11058	βασιλεῦσιν,
11059	ὥστε
11060	καὶ
11061	ἀριθμὸν
11062	ἐξετάξεσθαι
11063	πώλων κατ᾽ ἔτος εἰς μυριάδας δέκα.
11064	τὰ δὲ πρό-
11065	βατα
11066	γάλακτι
11067	καὶ
11068	κρέασιν
11069	ἐκτρέφεται,
11070	καὶ
11071	μάλιστα πρὸς τοῖς Αἰθίοψι.
11072	τοιαῦτα
11073	μὲν τὰ
11074	ἐν τῇ μεσογαίᾳ.
11075	20. Ἣ δὲ μεγάλη Σύρτις τὸν μὲν κύκλον ἔχει
11076	σταδίων τρισχιλίων " ἐννακοσίων τριάκοντά που,
11077	τὴν δ᾽ ἐπὶ τὸν μυχὸν διάμετρον χιλίων πεντακοσίων,
11078	τοσοῦτον δέ που καὶ τὸ τοῦ στόματος πλάτος. ἡ
11079	χαλεπότης δὲ καὶ ταύτης τῆς Σύρτεως καὶ τῆς
11080	C 836 μικρᾶς, ὅτι πολλαχοῦ τεναγώδης ἐ
11081	ἐστὶν ὁ βυθὸς καὶ
11082	κατὰ τὰς ἀμπώτεις καὶ τὰς πλημμυρίδας συμβαίνει
11083	τισὶν ἐμπίπτειν εἰς τὰ βράχη καὶ καθίζειν, σπάνιον
11084	δ᾽ εἶναι τὸ σωζόμενον σκάφος.
11085	διόπερ πόρρωθεν
11086	τὸν παράπλουν ποιοῦνται, “φυλαττόμενοι, μὴ
11087	ἐμπέσοιεν εἰς τοὺς κόλπους ὑπ᾽ ἀνέμων ἀφύλακτοι
11088	ληφθέντες" τὸ μέντοι παρακίνδυνον τῶν ἀνθρώ-
11089	πων ἁπάντων διαπειρᾶσθαι ποιεῖ, καὶ μάλιστα
11090	τῶν παρὰ γῆν περίπλων'
11091	εἰσπλέοντι δὴ τὴν
11092	μεγάλην Σύρτιν
11093	ἐ ἐν δεξιᾷ μετὰ τὰς Κεφαλάς ἐστι
11094	λίμνη τριακοσίων που σταδίων τὸ μῆκος, ἑβδομή-
11095	κοντα δὲ τὸ πλάτος, ἐκδιδοῦσα εἰς τὸν κόλπον,
11096	1 μακροτράχηλοι Εἰ, μακροχηλότεροι CDkz.
11097	2 τρισχιλίων (,γ), Kramer inserts.
11098	196
p. 209
11099	GEOGRAPHY,
11100	17. 3. 19-20
11101	are not only many plains, but also many mountains,
11102	large lakes, and rivers, some of which sink beneath
11103	the earth and become
11104	invisible.
11105	The inhabitants
11106	are very simple in their modes of life and in their
11107	dress; but the men have many wives and many
11108	children, and in other respects are like the nomadic
11109	Arabians; and both horses and cattle have longer
11110	necks than those of other countries.
11111	Horse-breed-
11112	ing is followed with such exceptional interest by the
11113	kings that the number of colts every year amounts
11114	to one hundred thousand.
11115	The sheep are brought
11116	up on milk and meats, particularly in the regions
11117	near Aethiopia.
11118	Such
11119	is my account of the in-
11120	terior.
11121	20. The Great Syrtis has a circuit of about three
11122	thousand and nine hundred and thirty stadia, and a
11123	diameter, to the inmost recess, of one thousand five
11124	hundred stadia, and also a breadth at the mouth of
11125	about one thousand five hundred.
11126	The difficulty
11127	with both this Syrtis and the Little Syrtis is that in
11128	many places their deep waters contain shallows, and
11129	the result is, at the ebb and the flow of the tides,
11130	that sailors sometimes fall into the shallows and stick
11131	there, and that the safe escape of a boat is rare.
11132	On this account sailors keep at a distance when
11133	voyaging along the coast, taking precautions not to be
11134	caught off their guard and driven by winds into these
11135	gulfs.
11136	However, the disposition of man to take risks
11137	causes him to try anything in the world, and par-
11138	ticularly voyages along coasts.
11139	Now as one sails
11140	into the Great Syrtis, on the right, after Cephalae is
11141	passed, one comes to a lake about three hundred
11142	stadia in length and seventy in breadth, which
11143	empties into the gulf and contains both small islands
11144	197
p. 210
11145	STRABO
11146	ἔχουσα καὶ νησία καὶ ὕφορμον πρὸ τοῦ στόματος.
11147	μετὰ δὲ τὴν λίμνην τόπος ἐστὶν ᾿Ασπὶς καὶ λιμὴν
11148	κάλλιστος τῶν ἐν τῇ Σύρτει. συνεχὴς
11149	δὲ ὁ
11150	Εὐφράντας πύργος ἐστίν, ὅριον τῆς πρότερον
11151	Καρχηδονίας γῆς καὶ τῆς Κυρηναίας τῆς ὑπὸ
11152	Πτολεμαίῳ"
11153	εἶτ᾽ ἄλλος τόπος, Χάραξ καλού-
11154	μενος, ᾧ ἐμπορίῳ ἐχρῶντο Καρχηδόνιοι κομίζοντες
11155	οἶνον, ἀντιφορτιζόμενοι δὲ ὀπὸν καὶ σίλφιον παρὰ
11156	τῶν ἐκ Κυρήνης λάθρα πα ακομιξόντων" εἶθ᾽ οἱ
11157	Φιλαίνων βωμοί: καὶ μετὰ τούτους Αὐτόμαλα,
11158	φρούριον φυλακὴν ἔχον, ἱδρυμένον κατὰ τὸν
11159	μυχὸν τοῦ κόλπου παντός.
11160	ἔστι δ᾽ ὁ διὰ τοῦ
11161	μυχοῦ τούτου παράλληλος, τοῦ μὲν δι’ ᾿Αλεξαν-
11162	δρείας μικρῷ νοτιώτερος, χιλίοις σταδίοις, τοῦ δὲ
11163	διὰ Καρχηδόνος ἐλάττοσιν ἢ δισχιλίοις:
11164	συμ-
11165	Ἵ
11166	1. δ᾽ ἂν
11167	τῇ
11168	μὲν
11169	καθ᾽ Ἡρώ
11170	ἮΝ
11171	ὴν ἐν τῷ
11172	πίπτοι
11173	ἂν τῇ μὲν κα
11174	ρώων πόλιν τὴ
11175	μυχῷ τοῦ ᾿Αραβίου κόλπου, τῇ δὲ κατὰ τὴν
11176	μεσόγαιαν τῶν Μασαισυλίων" καὶ τῶν Μαυρου-
11177	σίων.3
11178	τὸ λειπόμενον ἤδη τῆς παραλίας ἐστὶν
11179	εἰς πόλιν Βερενίκην στάδιοι ee πεντακόσιοι.
11180	ὑπέρκεινται δὲ τοῦ μήκους τοῦδε ὃ παρήκοντες καὶ
11181	μέχρι τῶν Φιλαίνου βωμῶν οἱ “προσαγορευόμενοι
11182	Νασαμῶνες, Λιβυκὸν ἔθνος" ἔχει δὲ τὸ μεταξὺ
11183	διάστημα καὶ λιμένας
11184	οὐ πολλοὺς
11185	ὑδρεῖά τε
11186	σπάνια.
11187	ἔστι δὲ ἄκρα λεγομένη Ψευδοπενιάς, ἡ
11188	ἐφ᾽ τὴς ἡ Βερενίκη τὴν θέσιν ἔχει παρὰ λίμνην
11189	τινὰ Τριτωνιάδα, ἐν ἣ μάλιστα νησίον ἐστὶ καὶ
11190	συμπίπτοι, Jones, for πίπτοι.
11191	3 Μασαισύλων MSS.
11192	ὅπου, before τὸ λειπόμενον, Kramer ejects.
11193	χίλιοι, Letronne, for ἐννακισχίλιοι.
11194	πλάτους, after τοῦδε, the editors omit,
11195	WevdoreAlas E
11196	oan
11197	fF
11198	ὦ
11199	μ
11200	198
p. 211
11201	GEOGRAPHY, 17. 3. 20
11202	and a mooring place in front of its mouth.
11203	After
11204	the harbour one comes to a place called Aspis,! and
11205	to the finest harbour in the Syrtis.
11206	Continuous with
11207	this is the Euphrantas Tower, the boundary between
11208	the former country of the Carthaginians and the
11209	Cyrenaean
11210	country
11211	as
11212	it was
11213	under
11214	Ptolemy
11215	;?
11216	and then one comes to another place, called Charax,
11217	which the Carthaginians used as an emporium, taking
11218	wine thither and in exchange receiving loads of
11219	silphium-juice and silphium from merchants who
11220	brought them clandestinely from Cyrené; and then
11221	to the Altars of the Philaeni; and after these to
11222	Automala, a stronghold which has a garrison and is
11223	situated
11224	at the inmost recess of the whole gulf.
11225	The parallel of latitude through this gulf is a little
11226	more to the south than that through Alexandria,
11227	one thousand stadia, and than that through Carthage,
11228	less than two thousand stadia; but it would coincide
11229	with the parallel which passes through the Hero-
11230	dnpolis situated on the recess of the Arabian Gulf
11231	and through the interior of the countries of the
11232	Masaesylians and the Maurusians.
11233	‘The remainder
11234	of the coast from here on to the city Berenicé is one
11235	thousand
11236	five hundred
11237	stadia
11238	in length.
11239	Lying
11240	inland above this stretch of coast, and extending
11241	even
11242	as far as the Altars of the Philaeni, is the
11243	country of the Nasamones, as they are called, a
11244	Libyan tribe.
11245	In the intervening distance
11246	there
11247	are only a few harbours; and the watering-places
11248	are scarce.
11249	There is, however, a promontory called
11250	Pseudo-penias, on which Berenicé is situated, near a
11251	certain lake, Tritonias, in which the principal things
11252	ΤΟΣ shields»
11253	2 See 17. 1. 5.
11254	199
p. 212
11255	C 837
11256	STRABO
11257	ἱερὸν τῆς ᾿Αφροδίτης
11258	ἐν αὐτῷ. ἔστι δὲ καὶ
11259	λιμὴν:
11260	Ἑσπερίδων,
11261	καὶ
11262	ποταμὸς
11263	ἐμβάλλει
11264	Λάθων.
11265	ἐνδοτέρω
11266	δὲ τῆς Βερενίκης
11267	ἐστὶ τὸ
11268	μικρὸν “ἀκρωτήριον λεγόμενον. Βόρειον, ὃ ποιεῖ
11269	τὸ στόμα τῆς
11270	ὕρτεως πρὸς τὰς Κεφαλάς.
11271	κεῖται δὲ ἡ Βερενίκη κατὰ τὰ ἄκρα τῆς ἸΠελοπον-
11272	νήσου, κατὰ τὸν καλούμενον ᾿Ιχθύν' καὶ ἔτι κατὰ
11273	τὴν Ζάκυνθον, ἐν διάρματι σταδίων τρισχιλίων
11274	ἑξακοσίων.
11275	ἐκ ταύτης τῆς πόλεως τριακοσταῖος
11276	πεζῇ περιώδευσε τὴν Σύρτιν Μάρκος Κάτων, κατά-
11277	γων στρατιὰν πλειόνων ἢ μυρίων ἀνδρῶν, εἰς μέρη
11278	διελὼν τῶν ὑδρείων χάριν' ὥδευσε δὲ πεζὸς ἐν
11279	ἄμμῳ βαθείᾳ καὶ καύμασι.
11280	μετὰ δὲ Βερενίκην
11281	πόλις ἐστὶ Ταύχειρα,; ἣν καὶ ᾿Αρσινόην καλοῦσιν"
11282	εἶθ᾽ ἡ Βάρκη πρότερον, νῦν δὲ Πτολεμαΐς" εἶτα
11283	Φυκοῦς ἄκρα, ταπεινὴ μέν, πλεῖστον δ᾽ ἐκκειμένη 3
11284	πρὸς ἄρκτον παρὰ τὴν ἄλλην Λιβυκὴν παραλίαν"
11285	κεῖται δὲ κατὰ Ταίναρον τῆς Λακωνικῆς ἐν διάρ-
11286	ματι δισχιλίων. ὀκτακοσίων “σταδίων. ἔστι
11287	δὲ
11288	καὶ πολίχνιον ὁμώνυμον τῇ ἄκρᾳ.
11289	οὐ πολὺ δὲ
11290	τοῦ Φυκοῦντος ἀπέχει τὸ τῶν Κυρηναίων ἐ
11291	ἐπίνειον
11292	ἡ ᾿Απολλωνία,, ὅσον ἑκατὸν
11293	καὶ ἑβδομήκοντα
11294	σταδίοις, τῆς δὲ Βερενίκης χιλίοις, τῆς δὲ Κυρήνης
11295	ὀγδοήκοντα, πόλεως μεγάλης
11296	ἐν τραπεζοειδεῖ
11297	πεδίῳ κειμένης, ὡς ἐκ τοῦ πελώγους ἑωρῶμεν
11298	αὐτήν.
11299	1 For λίμην, Dodwell conj. λίμνη, and Kramer and Meineke
11300	so write (but see Kramer’s note).
11301	2 Ταύχειρα E, Τάρχειρα CDFhisw, Τεύχειρα other MSS.
11302	3 δ᾽ ἐκκειμένη, Casaubon, for δὲ κειμένη.
11303	4 ᾿Απολλωνία (as in ὃ 21 following), Meineke, for ᾿Απολ-
11304	λωνιάς.
11305	200
p. 213
11306	GEOGRAPHY, 17. 3. 20
11307	are an isle and on it a temple of Aphrodité.
11308	In
11309	this region are also the Harbour!
11310	of the Hesperides
11311	and the river Lathon which empties into it. Farther
11312	inside? than Berenicé lies the small promontory called
11313	Boreium, which with Cephalae forms the mouth of
11314	the Syrtis.
11315	Berenicé lies opposite the promontories
11316	of the Peloponnesus, opposite Ichthys, as it is called,
11317	and also opposite Zacynthos, the distance
11318	across
11319	being three thousand six hundred® stadia.
11320	Setting
11321	out from this city Marcus Cato travelled round the
11322	Syrtis by land in thirty days,* leading an army of
11323	more than ten thousand men, having separated them
11324	into divisions on account of the scarcity of watering-
11325	places; and he travelled on foot in deep sand and
11326	scorching heat.
11327	After Berenicé one comes to a city
11328	Taucheira, which is also called Arsinoé; and then
11329	to a city formerly called Barcé, but now Ptolemais ;
11330	and then to a promontory Phycus, which is low-lying
11331	and projects farthest towards the north as compared
11332	with the rest of the Libyan coast; it lies opposite
11333	Taenarum in Laconia, the distance across being two
11334	thousand and eight hundred stadia; and there is
11335	also a small town which bears the same name as the
11336	promontory.
11337	Not far distant from Phycus is the
11338	naval station
11339	of the Cyrenaeans, Apollonia, about
11340	one hundred and seventy stadia from Phycus, one
11341	thousand from Berenicé, and eighty from Cyrené, a
11342	large city situated in a trapezium-shaped plain, as it
11343	looked to me from the sea.
11344	1 Some would emend “ Harbour” to ‘“ Lake”’ (see critical
11345	note).
11346	= va inside the Syrtis, towards the south (see Map XV,
11347	end of vol.).
11348	3 Cp, 10. 2. 18.
11349	4 In 47 B.c., on his march to join Metellus Scipio.
11350	201
p. 214
11351	STRABO
11352	21. Ἔστι
11353	δὲ Θηραίων
11354	κτίσμα,
11355	Λακωνικῆς
11356	/
11357	A
11358	\
11359	/
11360	>)
11361	/
11362	A
11363	,
11364	νήσου, ἣν καὶ Καλλίστην ὠνόμαζον τὸ παλαίον,
11365	ὥς φησι καὶ Καλλίμαχος"
11366	Καλλίστη τὸ πάροιθε, τὸ δ᾽ ὕστερον οὔνομα
11367	Θήρη,
11368	μήτηρ εὐίππου πατρίδος ἡμετέρης.
11369	κεῖται δὲ τὸ τῶν Κυρηναίων ἐπίνειον κατὰ τὸ
11370	ἑσπέριον
11371	τῆς Κρήτης
11372	ἄκρον,
11373	τὸ τοῦ
11374	Κριοῦ
11375	μέτωπον,
11376	ἐν διάρματι δισχιλίων
11377	σταδίων" ὁ
11378	πλοῦς Λευκονότῳ.
11379	λέγετα: δὲ ἡ Κυρήνη κτίσμα
11380	Βάττου"
11381	πρόγονον δὲ τοῦτον
11382	ἑαυτοῦ φάσκει
11383	Καλλίμαχος" ηὐξήθη δὲ διὰ τὴν ἀρετὴν
11384	τῆς
11385	χώρας" καὶ γὰρ ἱπποτρόφος ἐστὶν ἀρίστη καὶ
11386	καλλίκαρπος, καὶ πολλοὺς ἄνδρας
11387	ἀξιολόγους
11388	ἔσχε καὶ δυναμένους ἐλευθερίας ἀξιολόγως προΐσ-
11389	τασθαι καὶ πρὸς τοὺς ὑπερκειμένους βαρβάρους
11390	ἰσχυρῶς ἀντέχειν. τὸ μὲν οὖν παλαιὸν αὐτόνομος
11391	ἦν ἡ πόλις" εἶτα οἱ τὴν Αἴγυπτον κατασχόντες
11392	Μακεδόνες αὐξηθέντες ἐπέθεντο αὐτοῖς, ἀρξάντων
11393	τῶν περὶ Θίβρωνα τῶν ἀνελόντων τὸν “Αρπαλον"
11394	βασιλευθέντες δὲ χρόνους τινὰς εἰς τὴν Ῥωμαίων
11395	ἐξουσίαν ἦλθον, καὶ νῦν ἐστιν ἐπαρχία τῇ Κρήτῃ
11396	συνεζευγμένη. τῆς δὲ Κυρήνης ἐστὶ epee
11397	ἥ τε ᾿Απολλωνία καὶ ἡ Βάρκη καὶ ἡ Ταύχειρα 5
11398	καὶ Βερενίκη καὶ τὰ ἄλλα πολίχνια τὰ πλησίον.
11399	22. Ὁμορεῖ δὲ τῇ Κυρηναίᾳ ἡ τὸ σίλφιον
11400	φέρουσα καὶ τὸν ὀπὸν τὸν Κυρηναῖον, ὃ
11401	ὃν ἐκφέρει
11402	τὸ σίλφιον ὀπισθέν.
11403	ἐγγὺς δ᾽ AOE τοῦ ἐκλιπεῖν,
11404	ἐπελθόντων τῶν βαρβάρων κατὰ ἔχθραν τινὰ καὶ
11405	1 δισχιλίων (8) Casaubon, for χιλίων (,α).
11406	2 Ταύχειρα (ev above av) Εἰ, Τεύχειρα moz.
11407	202
p. 215
11408	GEOGRAPHY,
11409	17. 3. 21-22
11410	21. Cyrené was founded by colonists from Thera,
11411	a Laconian
11412	island, which
11413	in ancient
11414	times was
11415	called Callisté, as Callimachus says:
11416	“ Callisté was
11417	its
11418	first
11419	name,
11420	but
11421	its
11422	later
11423	name
11424	was
11425	Thera,
11426	mother
11427	of my
11428	fatherland,
11429	famed
11430	for
11431	its good
11432	horses.”
11433	The naval station of the Cyrenaeans lies
11434	opposite the western promontory of Crete, Criume-
11435	topon, the distance across being two thousand stadia.
11436	The voyage is made with Leuconotus.!_
11437	Cyrené is
11438	said to have been founded by Battus;? and Calli-
11439	machus asserts that Battus was his ancestor.
11440	Cyrené
11441	grew strong because of the fertility of its territory,
11442	for it is excellent for the breeding of horses and
11443	produces beautiful fruit, and it had many men who
11444	were noteworthy and who were able to defend its
11445	liberty in a noteworthy manner and to resist strongly
11446	the barbarians
11447	who
11448	lived above them.
11449	Now in
11450	ancient times the city was independent; and then
11451	the
11452	Macedonians,
11453	who
11454	had
11455	taken possession
11456	of
11457	Aegypt, grew in power and attacked the Cyrenaeans,
11458	under the leadership of Thibron and his associates,
11459	who had slain Harpalus; and having been ruled by
11460	kings for some time the city came under the power
11461	of the Romans and is now joined with Crete into
11462	one
11463	Province.
11464	But Apollonia,
11465	Barcé, Taucheira,
11466	Berenicé, and the other towns near by, are depen-
11467	dencies of Cyrené.
11468	22. Bordering on Cyrenaea is the country which
11469	produces silphium and the Cyrenaean juice, which
11470	latter
11471	is produced by the silphium through
11472	the
11473	extraction of its juice.
11474	But it came near giving
11475	out when the barbarians invaded the country be-
11476	1 A south wind (see 1. 2. 21).
11477	3. About 631 8.0.
p. 216
11478	C 838
11479	STRABO
11480	φθειράντων!
11481	τὰς ῥίζας τοῦ
11482	φυτοῦ.
11483	εἰσὶ
11484	δὲ
11485	νομάδες.
11486	ἄνδρες δ᾽ ἐγένοντο γνώριμοι Κυρηναῖοι
11487	᾿Αρίστιππός
11488	τε
11489	ὁ Σωκρατικός, ὅστις καὶ τὴν
11490	Κυρηναϊκὴν κατεβάλετο φιλοσοφίαν, καὶ θυγάτηρ,
11491	᾿Αρήτη τοὔνομα, ἥπερ διεδέξατο τὴν σχολήν, καὶ
11492	ὁ ταύτην πάλιν διαδεξάμενος υἱὸς ᾿Αρίστιππος,
11493	ὁ κληθεὶς Μητροδίδακτος, καὶ ᾿Αννίκερις, ὁ δοκῶν
11494	ἐπανορθῶσαι τὴν Κυρηναϊκὴν αἵρεσιν καὶ παρα-
11495	γαγεῖν ἀντ᾽ αὐτῆς τὴν ᾿Αννικερίαν.
11496	Κυρηναῖος δ᾽
11497	ἐστὶ καὶ Καλλίμαχος καὶ Epatoobévns, ἀμφότεροι
11498	τετιμημένοι παρὰ τοῖς Αἰγυπτίων βασιλεῦσιν,
11499	ὁ μὲν ποιητὴς ἅμα καὶ περὶ γραμματικὴν ἐσπου-
11500	δακώς, ὁ δὲ καὶ ταῦτα καὶ περὶ φιλοσοφίαν καὶ τὰ
11501	μαθήματα, εἴ τις ἄλλος, διαφέρων.
11502	ἀλλὰ μὴν
11503	καὶ Καρνεάδης
11504	(οὗτος
11505	δὲ τῶν ἐξ ᾿Ακαδημίας
11506	ἄριστος φιλοσόφων ὁμολογεῖται) καὶ ὁ Kpovos
11507	δὲ ᾿Απολλώνιος ἐκεῖθέν ἐστιν, ὁ τοῦ διαλεκτικοῦ
11508	Διοδώρου διδάσκαλος,
11509	τοῦ καὶ αὐτοῦ Κρόνου
11510	προσαγορευθέντος, μετενεγκάντων τινῶν τὸ τοῦ
11511	διδασκάλου ἐπίθετον ἐπὶ τὸν μαθητήν.
11512	μετὰ δὲ
11513	τὴν ᾿Απολλωνίαν ἐστὶν ἡ λοιπὴ τῶν Κυρηναίων
11514	παραλία μέχρι Καταβαθμοῦ σταδίων δισχιλίων
11515	διακοσίων,
11516	οὐ
11517	πάνυ
11518	εὐπαράπλους"
11519	καὶ
11520	γὰρ
11521	λιμένες ὀλίγοι καὶ ὕφορμοι καὶ κατοικίαι
11522	καὶ
11523	ὑδρεῖα.
11524	τῶν δὲ μάλιστα ὀνομαζομένων κατὰ τὸν
11525	παράπλουν τόπων τό τε Ναύσταθμόν ἐστι καὶ
11526	τὸ Ζεφύριον πρόσορμον ἔχον καὶ ἄλλο Ζεφύριον
11527	καὶ ἄκρα Χερρόνησος λιμένα ἔχουσα" κεῖται δὲ
11528	1 φθειρόντων Εἰ.
11529	204
p. 217
11530	GEOGRAPHY, 17. 3. 22
11531	cause of some grudge and destroyed the roots of the
11532	plant.
11533	The inhabitants
11534	are nomads.
11535	The Cyre-
11536	naeans who became famous were
11537	Aristippus the
11538	Socratic philosopher, who also laid the foundations
11539	of the Cyrenaic philosophy; and his daughter, Areté
11540	by name, who succeeded him as head of the school ;
11541	and again her son
11542	Aristippus, Areté’s successor,
11543	who was called Métrodidactus ;1 and Anniceris, who
11544	is reputed to have revised the doctrines of the
11545	Cyrenaic sect and to have introduced in place of it
11546	those of the Annicerian
11547	sect.
11548	Callimachus, also,
11549	was a Cyrenaean, and Eratosthenes, both of whom
11550	were held in honour by the Aegyptian kings, the
11551	former being a poet and at the same time a zealous
11552	student of letters, and the latter being superior,
11553	not only in these respects, but also in philosophy,
11554	and in mathematics, if ever
11555	a man was.
11556	Further-
11557	more, Carneades, who by common agreement was
11558	the best of the Academic philosophers, and also
11559	Apollonius Cronus, were
11560	from Cyrené, the latter
11561	being the teacher of Diodorus the Dialectician, who
11562	also was given the appellation “Cronus,”
11563	certain
11564	persons having transferred the epithet of the teacher
11565	to the pupil.
11566	After Apollonia one comes
11567	to the
11568	remainder of the coast of the Cyrenaeans, which
11569	extends as far as Catabathmus, a distance of two
11570	thousand two hundred stadia; the coasting-voyage
11571	is not at all easy, for there are but few harbours,
11572	mooring-places, settlements,
11573	and
11574	watering-places.
11575	Among the places along the coast that are
11576	best
11577	known are Naustathmus and Zephyrium, which has
11578	anchorage, and a second Zephyrium, and a pro-
11579	montory Cherronesus, which has a harbour,
11580	This
11581	1 4,e, ‘ Mother-taught.”
11582	205
p. 218
11583	STRABO
11584	κατὰ Κύκλον! τῆς Κρήτης ἐν διάρματι χιλίων
11585	καὶ πεντακοσίων σταδίων νότῳ" εἶτα Ἡράκλειόν τι
11586	ἱερὸν καὶ ὕπερ αὐτοῦ κώμη Παλίουρος" εἶτα λιμὴν
11587	Μενέλαος καὶ ‘A poavis,” ἄκρα ταπεινὴ ὕφορμον
11588	ἔχουσα" εἶτα μέγας λιμήν, καθ᾽ ὃν ἡ ἐν τῇ Κρήτη
11589	Χερρόνησος
11590	ἵδρυται, δισχιλίων ὃ που σταδίων
11591	δίαρμα ἀπολείπουσα μεταξύ' ὅλη γὰρ σχεδόν τι
11592	τῇ παραλίᾳ ταύτῃ ἀντίκειται παράλληλος ἡ
11593	Κρήτη στενὴ καὶ μακρά. μετὰ δὲ τὸν μέγαν λιμένα
11594	ἄλλος λιμὴν Τ]λῦνος, καὶ ὑπὲρ αὐτὸν Τετρα-
11595	mupyia’*
11596	καλεῖται
11597	δὲ ὁ τόπος Κατάβαθμος:
11598	μέχρι δεῦρο ἡ Κυρηναία.
11599	τὸ δὲ λοιπὸν ἤδη
11600	μέχρι Παραιτονίου, κἀκεῖθεν εἰς ᾿Αλεξάνδρειαν,
11601	εἴρηται ἡμῖν ἐν τοῖς Αἰγυπτιακοῖς.
11602	23. Τὴν δ᾽ ὑπερκειμένην ἐν βάθει χώραν τῆς
11603	Σύρτεως καὶ τῆς Κυρηναίας κατέχουσιν, οἱ Λίβυες,
11604	παράλυπρον καὶ αὐχμηράν: πρῶτοι μὲν οἱ Νασ-
11605	αμῶνες, ἔπειτα Ψύλλοι
11606	καί
11607	τινες
11608	Ταίτουλοι,5
11609	ἔπειτα Ταράμαντες"
11610	πρὸς ἕω δ᾽ ἔτι μᾶλλον οἱ
11611	Μαρμαρίδαι, προσχωροῦντες ἐπὶ πλέον τῇ Κυρη-
11612	ναίᾳ καὶ “παρατείνοντες μέχρι Ἄμμωνος.
11613	τεταρ-
11614	τος μὲν οὖν φασιν ἀπὸ τοῦ μυχοῦ τῆς μεγάλης
11615	Σύρτεως τοῦ κατ᾽ Αὐτόμαλά πως βαδίζοντας ὡς
11616	1 For Κύκλον, Corais (citing 8. ὅ. 1) writes Κώρυκον ; but
11617	Kramer rightly objects, proposing Μάταλον instead.
11618	2 *Apdavis, Meineke, following Kramer, for ᾿Αρδανίξις.
11619	3 δισχιλίων, Letronne and most later editors, for τρισ-
11620	χιλίων.
11621	4 The words καλεῖται
11622	.
11623	.
11624	. Κυρηναία are rightly transposed
11625	from a position after ᾿Αλεξανδρείαν by Kramer, who also
11626	omits ἢ καί before εἴρηται.
11627	5 Τέτουλοι MSS.
11628	5. Μαρμαρίδαι Εἰ, Μαρμαρῖται other MSS.
11629	206
p. 219
11630	GEOGRAPHY,
11631	17. 3. 22-23
11632	promontory lies opposite Cyclus! in Crete; and the
11633	distance across is one thousand five hundred stadia
11634	if one has a south-west wind; and then one comes
11635	to a kind of temple of Heracles, and, above it, to
11636	a village called Paliurus; and then one comes to a
11637	harbour, Menelaiis, and to Ardanis, which is a low-
11638	lying promontory with a mooring-place ; and then to
11639	a large harbour, opposite which lies the Cherronesus
11640	in Crete, the interval between the two places being
11641	about two 5 thousand stadia; indeed, I might almost
11642	say that Crete as a whole, being narrow and long,
11643	lies opposite, and parallel, to this coast.
11644	After the
11645	large harbour one comes to another harbour, which
11646	is called Plynus, and above it lies Tetrapyrgia ;* but
11647	the place is called Catabathmus; and Cyrenaea ex-
11648	tends thus far.
11649	The remaining part of the coast,
11650	extending to Paraetonium and thence to Alexandria,
11651	I have already mentioned in my account of Egypt.
11652	23. The country lying deep in the interior above
11653	the Syrtis and Cyrenaea, a barren and arid region,
11654	is occupied by the Libyans:
11655	first by the Nasamones,
11656	and then by the Psyllians and certain Gaetulians,
11657	and then by the Garamantes, and, still more towards
11658	the
11659	east, by the
11660	Marmaridae, who border to a
11661	greater extent on Cyrenaea and extend as far as
11662	Ammon.
11663	Now it is said that persons going on foot
11664	from the recess of the Great Syrtis, from about the
11665	neighbourhood of Automala, approximately in the
11666	1 «Cyclus” is doubtful (see critical note).
11667	2 The MSS. read ‘‘ three”’ (see critical note).
11668	5 2,6.
11669	Four Towers.”
11670	1 τοῦ
11671	κατ᾽
11672	Αὐτόμαλά
11673	πως,
11674	Kramer,
11675	for τοὺς
11676	κατ᾽
11677	αὐτὸ
11678	μαλακῶς.
11679	207
p. 220
11680	C 839
11681	STRABO
11682	ἐπὶ χειμερινὰς ἀνατολὰς εἰς Avytha? ἀφικνεῖσθαι.
11683	Μ
11684	\
11685	€
11686	/
11687	®.
11688	>
11689	\
11690	fol
11691	»
11692	ἔστι
11693	δὲ ὁ τόπος
11694	οὗτος ἐμφερὴς τῷ
11695	Αμμωνι,
11696	/
11697	fr
11698	φοινικοτρόφος τε Kal εὔυδρος: ὑπέρκειται δὲ τῆς
11699	/
11700	\
11701	/
11702	Κυρηναίας 5 πρὸς μεσημβρίαν: μέχρι μὲν σταδίων
11703	fol
11704	᾽
11705	ἑκατὸν καὶ δενδροφόρος ἐστὶν ἡ yh
11706	μέχρι ὃ
11707	”
11708	€
11709	\
11710	/
11711	/
11712	>
11713	’
11714	Ag
11715	ἄλλων ἑκατὸν σπείρεται μόνον, οὐκ ὀρυξοτροφεῖ
11716	δ᾽ ἡ γῆ διὰ τὸν αὐχμόν.
11717	ὑπὲρ δὲ τούτων ἡ τὸ
11718	/
11719	/
11720	/ 4
11721	>
11722	wa
11723	€
11724	ote
11725	\
11726	e
11727	σίλφιον φέρουσά
11728	ἐστιν:
11729	εἶθ᾽ ἡ ἀοίκητος Kal ἡ
11730	rn
11731	΄
11732	»
11733	a
11734	τ
11735	\
11736	,
11737	,
11738	τῶν Γαραμάντων.
11739	ἔστι δ᾽ ἡ τὸ σίλφιον φέρουσα
11740	‘
11741	΄
11742	rn
11743	\
11744	στενὴ καὶ παραμήκης Kal παράξηρος, μῆκος μὲν
11745	ὡς ἐπὶ τὰς ἀνατολὰς ἰόντι ὅσον σταδίων χιλίων,
11746	“
11747	,
11748	,
11749	πλάτος δὲ τριακοσίων ἢ μικρῷ πλειόνων τό γε
11750	γνώριμον:
11751	εἰκάζειν
11752	μὲν γὰρ ἅπασαν πάρεστι
11753	διηνεκῶς τὴν ἐπὶ τοῦ αὐτοῦ παραλλήλου κειμένην
11754	τοιαύτην εἶναι κατά τε τοὺς ἀέρας καὶ τὴν τοῦ
11755	φυτοῦ φοράν, ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἐμπίπτουσιν ἐρημίαι πλείους,
11756	οὐδ τοὺς πάντας τόπους ἴσμεν.
11757	παραπλησίως δ᾽
11758	ἀγνοεῖται καὶ τὰ ὑπὲρ τοῦ "Ἄμμωνος καὶ τῶν
11759	7)
11760	/
11761	a
11762	’
11763	,
11764	2>Q?
11765	A
11766	Ψ
11767	αὐάσεων μέχρι τῆς Αἰθιοπίας.
11768	οὐδ᾽ ἂν ἔχοιμεν
11769	λέγειν τοὺς ὅρους οὔτε τῆς Αἰθιοπίας οὔτε τῆς
11770	>
11771	“-“
11772	lal
11773	Λιβύης, ἀλλ᾽
11774	οὐδὲ τῆς πρὸς Αἰγύπτῳ τρανῶς,
11775	μή τι γε τῆς πρὸς τῷ ὠκεανῷ.
11776	A
11777	r
11778	-“
11779	24. Τὰ μὲν οὖν μέρη τῆς καθ᾽ ἡμᾶς οἰκουμένης 5
11780	οὕτω διάκειται" ἐπεὶ δ᾽ οἱ “Ῥωμαῖοι τὴν ἀρίστην
11781	1 εἰς Αὔγιλα, Kramer inserts.
11782	2 τῆς, after Κυρηναίας, Groskurd ejects.
11783	3 E reads οὐ ῥιζοτροφεῖ,
11784	other MSS. ὀρυζοτροφεῖ,
11785	before
11786	which Corais and the later editors insert οὐκ.
11787	* φέρουσα, omitted by all MSS. except 7.
11788	5 ov, Hopper inserts.
11789	208
p. 221
11790	GEOGRAPHY,
11791	17. 3. 23-24
11792	direction of winter sunrise,! arrive at Augila on the
11793	fourth day.
11794	This region resembles Ammon, being
11795	productive of palm-trees and also well supplied with
11796	water.
11797	It lies above Cyrenaea to the south, and for
11798	a distance of one hundred
11799	stadia produces trees,
11800	but for another hundred the land
11801	is only sown,
11802	although, on account of its aridity, the land does not
11803	grow rice.2_
11804	Above this region is the country which
11805	produces silphium;
11806	and then one comes
11807	to the
11808	uninhabited country and to that of the Garamantes.
11809	The country which produces silphium
11810	is narrow,
11811	long, and somewhat arid, extending in length, as
11812	one goes approximately towards the east, about one
11813	thousand stadia, and in breadth three hundred or a
11814	little more, at least that part which is known; for
11815	we may conjecture that all lands lying in unbroken
11816	succession
11817	on
11818	the same
11819	parallel
11820	of latitude are
11821	similar as regards both climate and plants, but since
11822	several deserts intervene, we do not know all these
11823	regions.
11824	Similarly, the regions above Ammon and
11825	the oases as far as Aethiopia are likewise unknown.
11826	Neither
11827	can
11828	we
11829	tell
11830	the
11831	boundaries
11832	either
11833	of
11834	Aethiopia or of Libya, nor
11835	yet accurately even
11836	those of the country next to Aegypt, much less of
11837	that which borders on the Ocean.
11838	24. This, then, is the lay of the different parts of
11839	our inhabited world; but since the Romans occupy
11840	1 See Vol. I, p. 105.
11841	2 One major MS. reads ‘‘roots” instead of ‘‘rice” (see
11842	critical note).
11843	ὃ Ta μὲν οὖν μέρη τῆς καθ᾽ ἡμᾶς οἰκουμένης (as in 2. 5. 34),
11844	Kramer, for τὰ μὲν οὖν μέρη τῆς οἰκουμένης (Dhz adding τά
11845	before μέρη).
11846	209
p. 222
11847	STRABO
11848	αὐτῆς καὶ γνωριμωτάτην κατέχουσιν, ἅπαντας
11849	ὑπερβεβλημένοι
11850	τοὺς
11851	πρότερον ἡγεμόνας, ὧν
11852	μνήμην ἴσμεν, ἄξιον καὶ διὰ βραχέων καὶ τὰ
11853	τούτων εἰπεῖν.
11854	ὅτι μὲν οὖν ἐκ μιᾶς ὁρμηθέντες
11855	πόλεως τῆς Ῥώμης ἅπασαν τὴν ᾿Ιταλίαν ἔσχον
11856	διὰ τὸ πολεμεῖν καὶ πολιτικῶς ἄρχειν, εἴρηται,
11857	καὶ διότι μετὰ τὴν ᾿Ιταλίαν τὰ κύκλῳ προσεκτή-
11858	σαντο, τῇ αὐτῇ ἀρετῇ χρώμενοι.
11859	τριῶν
11860	δὲ
11861	ἠπείρων. οὐσῶν, τὴν τ Εὐρώπην σχεδόν τι
11862	πᾶσαν ἔχουσι, πλὴν τῆς 1 ἔξω τοῦ “στρου καὶ
11863	τῶν μεταξὺ τοῦ Ῥήνου καὶ τοῦ Τανάϊδος παρω-
11864	κεανιτῶν:
11865	τῆς δὲ Λιβύης ἡ καθ᾽ ἡμᾶς παραλία
11866	πᾶσα ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῖς ἐστιν, ἡ δὲ ἄλλη ἀοίκητός ἐστιν
11867	ἢ λυπρῶς καὶ νομαδικῶς οἰκεῖται" ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ
11868	τῆς ᾿Ασίας ἡ καθ᾽ ἡμᾶς παραλία πᾶσα ὑποχείριός
11869	ἐστιν, εἰ μή τις τὰ τῶν ᾿Αχαιῶν καὶ Ζυγῶν καὶ
11870	᾿Ηνιόχων ἐν λόγῳ τίθεται, λῃστρικῶς καὶ νομα-
11871	δικῶς ζώντων ἐν στενοῖς καὶ λυπροῖς χωρίοις"
11872	τῆς δὲ μεσογαίας καὶ τῆς ἐν βάθει τὴν μὲν
11873	ἔχουσιν αὐτοί, τὴν δὲ Παρθυαῖοι καὶ οἱ 3 ὑπὲρ
11874	τούτων βάρβαροι, πρός τε ταῖς ἀνατολαῖς καὶ
11875	ταῖς ἄρκτοις Ἰνδοὶ καὶ Βάκτριοι καὶ Σκύθαι,
11876	eit “ApaBes καὶ Αἰθίοπες" προστίθεται δὲ ἀεί
11877	τι παρ᾽ ἐκείνων αὐτοῖς.
11878	ταύτης δὲ τῆς συμπάσης
11879	χώρας τῆς ὑπὸ Ῥωμαίοις ἣ
11880	ἣ μὲν βασιλεύεται, ἣ
11881	ἣν 3
11882	δ᾽ ἔχουσιν αὐτοὶ καλέσαντες ἐπαρχίαν, καὶ πέμ-
11883	πουσιν ἡγεμόνας καὶ φορολόγους.
11884	εἰσὶ δέ τινες
11885	1 τῶν Τὰ.
11886	2 of, omitted by all MSS. except E.
11887	3 ἥν, Corais, for 7.
11888	LG. 4212:
11889	2 Danube.
11890	3 Rhine.
11891	* Don.
11892	5 See 11. 2. 12.
11893	6 2.6. on the south.
11894	210
p. 223
11895	GEOGRAPHY 5; τῇ. 2. 24
11896	the best and the best known portions of it, having
11897	sur passed all former rulers of whom we lave record,
11898	it is worth while, even though briefly, to add che
11899	following account of them.
11900	Now I have already
11901	stated 1 that, setting out with only one city, Rome,
11902	the Romans acquired the whole of Italy through
11903	warfare and statesmanlike rulership, and that, after
11904	Italy, by exercising the same superior qualities, they
11905	also acquired the regions round about Italy.
11906	And
11907	of the continents, being three in number, they hold
11908	almost the whole of Europe, except that part of
11909	it which lies outside the Ister? River and the parts
11910	along the ocean which lie between the Rhenus ὃ and
11911	the Tanais*
11912	Rivers.
11913	Of Libya, the whole of the
11914	coast on Our Sea is subject to them; and the rest
11915	of the country is uninhabited or else inhabited only
11916	in a wretched or nomadic fashion.
11917	In like manner,
11918	of Asia also, the whole of the coast on Our Sea is
11919	subject to them, unless one takes into account the
11920	regions
11921	of the Achaei
11922	and
11923	the
11924	Zygi and
11925	the
11926	Heniochi,® who live a piratical and nomadic life in
11927	narrow and sterile districts ; and of the interior and
11928	the country deep inland, one part is held by the
11929	Romans themselves and another by the Parthians
11930	and the barbarians beyond them; and on the east
11931	and north live Indians and Bactrians and Scythians,
11932	and then® Arabians and Aethiopians;
11933	but some
11934	further portion is constantly being taken from these
11935	peoples and added to the possessions of the Romans.
11936	Of this whole country that is subject to the Romans,
11937	some parts are indeed
11938	ruled by kings, but the
11939	Romans
11940	retain
11941	others
11942	themselves,
11943	calling them
11944	Provinces, and send to them praefects and collectors
11945	of tribute.
11946	But there are
11947	also some
11948	free cities,
11949	211
p. 224
11950	STRABO
11951	καὶ ἐλεύθεραι πόλεις, ai μὲν ἐξ ἀρχῆς κατὰ φιλίαν
11952	προσελθοῦσαι, τὰς δ᾽ ἠλευθέρωσαν αὐτοὶ κατὰ
11953	τιμήν.
11954	εἰσὶ δὲ καὶ δυνάσται τινὲς καὶ φύλαρχοι
11955	καὶ ἱερεῖς ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῖς.
11956	οὗτοι μὲν δὴ ζῶσι κατά
11957	τινας πατρίους νόμους.
11958	C840
11959	25. Αἱ δ᾽ ἐπαρχίαι διήρηνται ἄλλοτε μὲν ἄλλως,
11960	ἐν δὲ τῷ παρόντι, ὡς Καῖσαρ ὁ Σεβαστὸς διέ-
11961	ταξεν" ἐπειδὴ γὰρ ἡ πατρὶς ἐπέτρεψεν αὐτῷ τὴν
11962	προστασίαν τῆς ἡγεμονίας
11963	καὶ
11964	πολέμου καὶ
11965	εἰρήνης κατέστη κύριος διὰ βίου, δίχα διεῖλε
11966	πᾶσαν τὴν χώραν καὶ τὴν μὲν ἀπέδειξεν
11967	ἑ ἑαυτῷ,
11968	τὴν δὲ τῷ δήμῳ: ἑαυτῷ μέν, ὅση στρατιωτικῆς
11969	φρουρᾶς ἔχει χρείαν (αὕτη δ᾽ ἐστὶν ἡ βάρβαρος
11970	καὶ πλησιόχωρος τοῖς μήπω κεχειρωμένοις ἔθνεσιν
11971	ἢ “λυπρὰ καὶ δυσγεώργητος, ὥσθ᾽ ὑπὸ ἀπορίας
11972	τῶν ἄλλων, ἐρυμάτων δ᾽ εὐπορίας το... καὶ
11973	ἀπειθεῖν), τῷ δήμῳ δὲ τὴν ἄλλην, ὅση εἰρηνικὴ
11974	καὶ χωρὶς ὅπλων ἄρχεσθαι ῥᾳδία" ἑκατέραν δὲ
11975	τὴν μερίδα εἰς ἐπαρχίας διένειμε πλείους, ὧν αἱ
11976	μὲν καλοῦνται Καίσαρος, αἱ δὲ τοῦ δήμου.
11977	καὶ
11978	εἰς μὲν τὰς Καίσαρος ἡγεμόνας " καὶ διοικητὰς
11979	Καῖσαρ πέμπει, διαιρῶν ἄλλοτε ἄλλως τὰς χώρας
11980	καὶ πρὸς τοὺς καιροὺς πολιτευόμενος, εἰς δὲ τὰς
11981	δημοσίας ὁ δῆμος στρατηγοὺς ἢ ὑπάτους.
11982	καὶ
11983	αὗται δ᾽ εἰς μερισμοὺς ἄγονται διαφόρους, ἐπειδὰν
11984	1 ὅση F, ὅσην ἦν other MSS.
11985	nee Casaubon,
11986	for ἡγεμονείας F, ἡγεμονίας other
11987	1 7.e. ‘‘tribal chiefs.”
11988	2 In Latin principatus.
11989	3 During office called ‘‘ propraetors.”
11990	212
p. 225
11991	GEOGRAPHY,
11992	17. 3. 24-25
11993	of which some came
11994	over
11995	to the Romans at the
11996	outset as friends, whereas others were set free by
11997	the Romans
11998	themselves
11999	as
12000	a mark
12001	of honour.
12002	There are also some potentates and phylarchs?! and
12003	priests subject to them.
12004	Now these live in ac-
12005	cordance with certain ancestral laws.
12006	25. But
12007	the
12008	Provinces
12009	have
12010	been divided in
12011	different ways
12012	at different times, though at the
12013	present time they are as Augustus Caesar arranged
12014	them ; for when his native land committed to him
12015	the foremost place? of authority and he became
12016	established as lord for life of war and peace, he
12017	divided the whole of his empire into two parts,
12018	and assigned one portion to himself and the other
12019	to the Roman people; to himself, all parts that had
12020	need of a military guard (that is, the part that was
12021	barbarian and in the neighbourhood of tribes not
12022	yet subdued, or Jands that were sterile and difficult
12023	to bring under cultivation, so that, being unprovided
12024	with
12025	everything
12026	else,
12027	but
12028	well
12029	provided
12030	with
12031	strongholds, they would try to throw off the bridle
12032	and refuse obedience), and to the Roman people
12033	all the rest, in so far as it was peaceable and easy to
12034	rule without arms; and he divided each of the two
12035	portions into several Provinces, of which some are
12036	called
12037	“Provinces
12038	of
12039	Caesar’?
12040	and
12041	the
12042	others
12043	“Provinces of the People.’”’
12044	And to the “ Provinces
12045	of Caesar’’ Caesar sends legati? and procurators,
12046	dividing the countries in different ways at different
12047	times
12048	and
12049	administering
12050	them
12051	as
12052	the
12053	occasion
12054	requires, whereas to the “ Provinces of the People”
12055	the people send praetors or proconsuls, and these
12056	Provinces also are brought under different divisions
12057	whenever expediency requires.
12058	But at the outset
12059	213
p. 226
12060	STRABO
12061	κελεύῃ τὸ συμφέρον.
12062	ἀλλ᾽ ἐν ἀρχαῖς ye™ διέθηκε
12063	ποιήσας ὑπατικὰς μὲν δύο, Λιβύην τε, ὅση ὑπὸ
12064	“Ῥωμαίοις ἔξω τῆς ὑπὸ Ιούβᾳ μὲν πρότερον, νῦν
12065	δὲ Πτολεμαίῳ τῷ ἐκείνου παιδί, καὶ ᾿Ασίαν τὴν
12066	ἐντὸς “AXvos καὶ τοῦ Ταύρου πλὴν Γαλατῶν καὶ
12067	τῶν ὑπὸ ᾿Αμύντα γενομένων ἐθνῶν, ἔτι δὲ Βιθυνίας
12068	καὶ τῆς Προποντίδος: δέκα δὲ στρατηγικάς,Σ κατὰ
12069	μὲν τὴν Εὐρώπην καὶ τὰς πρὸς αὐτῇ νήσους τήν
12070	τε ἐκτὸς ᾿Ιβηρίαν λεγομένην, ὅση περὶ τὸν Βαῖτιν
12071	ποταμὸν καὶ τὸν "Αναν 3 καὶ τῆς Κελτικῆς τὴν
12072	Ναρβωνῖτιν, τρίτην δὲ Σαρδὼ μετὰ Κύρνου, καὶ
12073	Σικελίαν τετάρτην, πέμπτην δὲ καὶ ἕκτην τῆς
12074	᾿Ιλλυρίδος τὴν πρὸς τῇ Ἠπείρῳ καὶ Μακεδονίαν,
12075	aes δ᾽ ᾿Αχαῖαν μέχρι Θετταλίας καὶ Αἰτωλῶν
12076	L ᾿Ακαρνάνων καί τινων ᾿Ηπειρωτικῶν ἐθνῶν,
12077	ὅσα 7H) Μακεδονίᾳ προσώριστο, ὀγδόην δὲ Κρήτην
12078	μετὰ τῆς Κυρηναίας, ἐννάτην δὲ Κύπρον, δεκάτην
12079	δὲ Βιθυνίαν μετὰ τῆς Προποντίδος καὶ τοῦ Ἰ]όντου
12080	τινῶν μερῶν. τὰς δὲ ἄχλας ἐπαρχίας ἔχει Καῖσαρ,
12081	ὧν εἰς ἃς μὲν πέμπει τοὺς ἐπιμελησομένους ὑπα-
12082	τικοὺς ἄνδρας, εἰς ἃς δὲ στρατηγικούς, εἰς ἃς δὲ
12083	καὶ ἱππικούς.
12084	καὶ βασιλεῖς δὲ καὶ δυνάσται καὶ
12085	δεκαρχίαι τῆς ἐκείνου μερίδος καὶ εἰσὶ καὶ ὑπῆρξαν
12086	ao,
12087	ἀεί.
12088	1 ye, Corais, for τε,
12089	2 στρατηγικάς, Corais, for στρατηγίας.
12090	3 καὶ τὸν ἼΑναν, editors before Kramer, for καὶ τὸν “Ataka
12091	(“Arraxa MSS.), which is suspected by later editors and
12092	ejected by Meineke.
12093	214
p. 227
12094	GEOGRAPHY, 17. 3. 25
12095	Caesar organised the Provinces of the People by
12096	creating, first, two consular provinces; I mean (1)
12097	Libya, in so far as it was subject to the Romans,
12098	except the part which was formerly subject to Juba
12099	and is now
12100	subject to Ptolemy his son, and (2)
12101	the part of Asia that lies this side the Halys River
12102	and
12103	the
12104	Taurus,
12105	except
12106	the
12107	countries
12108	of
12109	the
12110	Galatians and of the tribes which had been subject
12111	to Amyntas, and also of Bithynia and the Propontis ;
12112	and, secondly,
12113	ten
12114	praetorial
12115	provinces,
12116	first, in
12117	Europe and the islands near it, I mean (1) Iberia
12118	Ulterior, as it is called, in the neighbourhood of the
12119	Baetis and Anas? Rivers, (2) Narbonitis in Celtica,
12120	(3) Sardo? together with Cyrnus,® (4) Sicily, (5 and
12121	6) Macedonia and, in Illyria, the country next to
12122	Epeirus, (7) Achaea as far as Thessaly and Aetolia
12123	and Acarnania and certain Epeirotic tribes which
12124	border on Macedonia, (8) Crete along with Cyrenaea,
12125	(9) Cypros,
12126	and
12127	(10)
12128	Bithynia
12129	along with
12130	the
12131	Propontis and certain parts of the Pontus.
12132	But the
12133	rest of the Provinces are held by Caesar; and to
12134	some of these he sends as curators men of consular
12135	rank, to others men
12136	of praetorian rank, and
12137	to
12138	others men
12139	of the rank of knights.
12140	Kings, also,
12141	and potentates and decarchies are now, and always
12142	have been, in Caesar’s portion.
12143	1 « Anas” is a correction for ‘‘ Atax,” the Atax being the
12144	present Aude in France.
12145	* Sardinia.
12146	> Corsica.
12147	215
p. 228
p. 229
12148	INDEX OF NAMES, PLACES, AND
12149	SUBJECTS
12150	[The translator
12151	has
12152	tried
12153	to make this Index virtually complete.
12154	The
12155	references are to volume and page.]
12156	A
12157	AARASSUS, a city in Pisidia, 5, 481
12158	Aba
12159	in
12160	Phocis,
12161	whence
12162	Thracian
12163	colonists set out for Euboea, 5, 5
12164	Aba, daughter of Xenophanes and
12165	queen of Cilicia, 6, 343
12166	Abae, the oracle of, in Phocis, 4, 369
12167	“ Abantes,’’ Homer’s name for the
12168	Euboeans, 5. 5
12169	“ Boca a former name of Euboea,
12170	.5
12171	Abaris,
12172	“‘ Hyperborian’’
12173	priest and
12174	prophet of Apollo, healer, traveller,
12175	and deliverer from plagues; held in
12176	high esteem by the Greeks, 3, 201
12177	Abas the hero, brought a colony to the
12178	plain of the Thessalians and named
12179	the plain
12180	‘‘ Pelasgian Argos,’
12181	4,
12182	403;
12183	early
12184	king
12185	of
12186	Abantis
12187	(Euboea), 5. 5
12188	Abdera
12189	in Iberia, founded by the
12190	Phoenicians, 2, 81
12191	Abdera (Balastra)
12192	in Thrace, scene
12193	of the myths about Abderus, and
12194	ruled over by Diomedes, 3. 365;
12195	named
12196	after
12197	Abderus,
12198	8.
12199	367;
12200	temple of Jason at, built by Par-
12201	menion, 5. 333;
12202	‘* beautiful colony
12203	of the Teians,’’ 6. 239
12204	Abderus of Abdera in Thrace;
12205	the
12206	myths about, 3. 265; devoured by
12207	the horses of Diomedes, ὃ, 367
12208	Abeacus, king of the Siraces in the
12209	time of King Pharnaces, once sent
12210	forth 20,000 cavalry, 5, 243
12211	Abella
12212	(Avella
12213	Vecchia),
12214	in Oam-
12215	pania, 2, 461
12216	VOL. VITI.
12217	Abii
12218	(‘‘ Resourceless
12219	men’’),
12220	the
12221	Homeric,
12222	‘‘men
12223	most
12224	just,’’
12225	are
12226	wagon-dwelling Scythians and Sar-
12227	matians, 3, 179, 181, 189, 195, 205,
12228	209, 245 (“ just and resourceless ’’),
12229	5, 419
12230	Abilé (or Abilyx, q.v.), Mt., in Mauru-
12231	sia,
12232	at the
12233	Strait
12234	of Gibraltar,
12235	abounds in wild animals and trees,
12236	8. 165
12237	Abilyx (Ape) Mountain, in Libya, by
12238	some regarded as one of the Pillars
12239	of Heracles, 2, 135
12240	Abisarus, a king in India, 7, 49
12241	Abonuteichus in Paphlagonia, 5, 387
12242	Aboracé, in the Syndic territory, near
12243	the Cimmerian Bosporus, 5, 199
12244	Aborras River, the, in Mesopotamia,
12245	1. 233
12246	Abrettené, in Mysia in Asia, 5, 499
12247	Abrotonum, a city on coast of Libya,
12248	8.195
12249	Abus, Mt., in Asia, whence flow the
12250	Euphrates and the Araxes, 5. 321;
12251	a part of the Taurus, 5, 335
12252	Abydon (the Homeric Amydon), on
12253	the Axius River in Macedonia, 3,
12254	341, 343, 345, 347
12255	Abydus, 6. 5; 30 stadia from Sestus,
12256	3.379; by Scylax called a boundary
12257	of Troy, 6. 9, 19, 21; the voyage
12258	to, from Byzantium, 6, 13;
12259	the
12260	parts
12261	round,
12262	colonised
12263	by
12264	the
12265	Thracians after the Trojan War,
12266	. 23; mentioned by Homer, 6, 37;
12267	history and geographical position of,
12268	6, 41; length of pontoon-bridge at,
12269	6, 43; after the Trojan War the
12270	He
12271	21}
p. 230
12272	INDEX OF NAMES, PLACES, AND SUBJECTS
12273	home of Thracians, and then of
12274	Milesians,
12275	and
12276	later
12277	burned
12278	by
12279	Dareius, 6. 43; distance from, to
12280	the Aesepus River, 6. 45; 70 stadia
12281	from Dardanus, 6, 59; colonised by
12282	Milesians, 6, 207
12283	Abydus near the Nile, where are the
12284	Memnonium, of the same workman-
12285	ship as the Labyrinth, and a mar-
12286	vellous fountain (“‘ Strabo’s Well’’),
12287	8. 111; now only a small settle-
12288	ment, 8. 113 ; Osiris worshipped at,
12289	8.117
12290	Acacesium,
12291	in Arcadia, falsified by
12292	some writers, according to Callima-
12293	chus, 3. 193
12294	Academia, the, at Athens, 4. 265
12295	Academic,
12296	philosophers,
12297	the;
12298	Oar-
12299	neades the best of, 8. 205
12300	Acalandrus (Salandra) River, the, in
12301	southern Italy, 3. 117
12302	Acamas the Athenian, founded Soli in
12303	Oypros, 6. 381
12304	Acamas, Oape, in Oypros, 6. 376, 381,
12305	383
12306	Acantha, the Thebale (Mimosa Nilo-
12307	tica), from which gum arabic is
12308	obtained, 8. 97; the Aegyptian, a
12309	grove of, near Abydus, sacred to
12310	Apollo, 8. 113
12311	Acanthus (Hierisos), on the isthmus of
12312	Athos, founded by the Andrians, 3,
12313	353; on the Singitic Gulf near the
12314	canal of Xerxes, 3, 355
12315	ae in Libya, above Memphis,
12316	. 97
12317	Acarnan, son
12318	of Alcmaeon;
12319	nania named after, 5, 73
12320	Acarnania, borders on the Ambracian
12321	Gulf, 3.301; acquired by Diomedes,
12322	8. 305; bounded by the Acheloiis
12323	River, 4,17; deserted lands of, well
12324	adapted to horse-raising, 4, 229;
12325	borders
12326	on
12327	‘Thessaly,
12328	4,
12329	description of, 5, 23-31;
12330	once a peninsula of, 5, 31;
12331	once
12332	ruled by Icarius, father of Penelopé,
12333	and his sons, 5, 35, 69;
12334	various
12335	places in, 5, 61, 63; acquired by
12336	Laertes and the Cephallenians, 5,
12337	67; took partin the Trojan war, but
12338	was not so-named at that time, 5.
12339	69, though Ephorus says
12340	it did
12341	not take part init, 5.71; obtained
12342	autonomy from the Romans, 5, 73;
12343	218
12344	Acar-
12345	the
12346	Curetes
12347	withdrew
12348	to, from
12349	Aetolia, 5.77; now included within
12350	8 Roman Province, 8, 215
12351	Acarnanians, the, a Greek people, 4,
12352	5; joined the Aetolians in war, 4
12353	389;
12354	disputed the possession
12355	of
12356	Paracheloitis with the Aetolians, 5,
12357	57; now reduced to impotence, 5,
12358	65; so named, according to Archa-
12359	machus, because they kept their
12360	heads “‘ unshorn,’’ 5, 185.
12361	Acarnanians,
12362	The Polity of the, by
12363	Aristotle, 3, 289
12364	Acathartus Gulf, the, in the Arabian
12365	Gulf, 7, 317
12366	Acéin Phoenicia (see Ptolemais), 7, 271
12367	Acerrae (see Acherrae)
12368	Acesines River, the, in India, 7, 27,
12369	35, 47, 49, 51
12370	Achaea
12371	in
12372	Asia,
12373	settled
12374	by the
12375	Achaeans in Jason’s crew, 5. 203;
12376	welcomed Mithridates Eupator, 5.
12377	205;
12378	coast of, 5. 207;
12379	life and
12380	country of, 8. 2
12381	Achaea
12382	in the
12383	Peloponnesus
12384	(also
12385	referred to as
12386	“‘ Ionia’’), occupied
12387	by the Achaeans from Laconia, 4,
12388	133; subject
12389	to Agamemnon,
12390	4,
12391	167; colonised by Tisamenus after
12392	the return of the Heracleidae, 4, 235
12393	Achaea in Thessaly, by some called
12394	the same as Phthia, 4, 403
12395	Achaeae, the;
12396	abrupt cliffs in Tri-
12397	phylia, 4, 63
12398	‘* Achaean Argos,’’ Laconia called, by
12399	Homer, 4 137, and
12400	the whole
12401	Peloponnesus called, 4, 155
12402	Achaean League, the, joined by the
12403	Argives, 4, 185; voluntarily gave
12404	Aratus
12405	of Sicyon
12406	the
12407	supreme
12408	authority ; and places belonging to,
12409	4, 207; famous for its constitution,
12410	arbitrator for the Thebans, and dis-
12411	solved by the Macedonians, 4, 211;
12412	organisation,
12413	administration,
12414	and
12415	members of, and the time of its
12416	reaching the height of its power, and
12417	the time of its dissolution, 4, 217;
12418	dissolution of, compared with that
12419	of the Amphictyonic, 4, 357
12420	Achaeans, the; Homeric use of term,
12421	1.129, 4, 401,5,495; migrations of,
12422	1. 227; in Asia, 1, 495; cities of, in
12423	southern Italy, 3. 41; sent Leucip-
12424	pus to colonise Metapontium, 3, 55;
p. 231
12425	INDEX OF NAMES, PLACES, AND SUBJECTS
12426	an Aeolic tribe, drove the Ionians
12427	out of the Peloponnesus, 4, 7; coun-
12428	try of, extends from Cape Araxus to
12429	Sicyonia, 4, 15; once had charge of
12430	temple at Olympia,
12431	4, 103;
12432	in
12433	Laconia, emigrated to Peloponne-
12434	sian Ionia (Achaea), 4, 133, 137;
12435	in Thessaly, came with Pelops into
12436	the Peloponnesus
12437	and settled
12438	in
12439	Laconia, 4, 135; came under the
12440	dominion of Rome, 4, 185; drove
12441	the Athenian Ionians out of the
12442	Aegialus,
12443	4. 209, 219;
12444	long
12445	re-
12446	mained a powerful and independent
12447	people, both under kings and later
12448	under democracy, 4, 211; after the
12449	submersion
12450	of Helicé divided
12451	its
12452	territory among the neighbours, 4,
12453	215; once surpassed even the Lace-
12454	daemonians,
12455	4, 217;
12456	the twelve
12457	places settled by, 4. 219; in Pontus,
12458	are a colony of the Orchomenians,
12459	4, 341;
12460	all the Phthiotae in Thes-
12461	saly, subjects of Achilles, so called,
12462	4. 401, 413; Naval Station of, at
12463	Troy, 6. 61, 71, about 20 stadia from
12464	the present Ilium,
12465	if not to be
12466	identified with the Harbour of the
12467	Achaeans, only about 12 stadia from
12468	it, 6. 73, where are the altars of the
12469	twelve gods, 6. 159; the beach of, in
12470	Cypros, 6, 377
12471	Achaecarus, great diviner among the
12472	Bosporeni, 7. 289
12473	Achaeium, the, where begins the part
12474	of the mainland that belongs to
12475	Tenedos, 6. 63, 89, 91, 93
12476	Achaemenidae, the, a tribe in Persis,
12477	7.157
12478	Achaeus, grandfather of Attalus I., 6.
12479	167
12480	Achaeus, the son
12481	of Xuthus, after
12482	whom the Achaeans were named, 4,
12483	209
12484	Achaia, a city in Aria, 5, 279
12485	Acharaca in Asia, between Tralleis and
12486	Nysa, where is the Plutonium, and
12487	also the Charonium, at which re-
12488	markable cures occur, 6. 259
12489	Achardeiis River, the;
12490	rises in the
12491	Caucasus and empties into Lake
12492	Maeotis, 5. 243
12493	Acheloiis the river-god, defeated by
12494	Heracles, 5. 57, 59
12495	Acheloiis River (Aspropotamos), once
12496	called ‘‘ Thoas,’’ the; by silting up
12497	sea joined isles to mainland, 1. 221;
12498	joined by the Inachus, 3. τὸ;
12499	; emp-
12500	ties
12501	into
12502	the
12503	sea,
12504	8. 309,
12505	311;
12506	separates Aetolia from Acarnania,
12507	4. 17, 5. 23, 25, 55; myths concern-
12508	ing god of, 5. 57, 59
12509	Acheloiis River (also called Peirus), in
12510	Elis, 4. 43
12511	Acheloiis
12512	River,
12513	the, in Phthiotis,
12514	flows near Lamia, 4. 413
12515	Acheron
12516	(Arconti?)
12517	River,
12518	the,
12519	in
12520	Italy, which flows past Pandosia in
12521	Bruttium, 3. 17
12522	Acheron (Phanariotikos) River, the,
12523	in Thesprotia,
12524	8. 17;
12525	flows past
12526	Pandosia and empties into Glycys
12527	Limen (‘‘ Sweet Harbour’’), 3. 299;
12528	tows from the Acherusian Lake, 3.
12529	ol
12530	Acheron
12531	River,
12532	the,
12533	in Triphylia,
12534	empties into the Alpheius; why so
12535	named, 4. 53
12536	Acherrae (Gela), in Campania, 2. 461
12537	Acherusian Lake (Lago di Fusaro), the,
12538	in Campania, 1. 95, 2. 439, 443; by
12539	some identified with Gulf Lucrinus
12540	and
12541	by Apollodorus
12542	with
12543	Gulf
12544	Avernus, 2. 447
12545	Acherusian Lake, the (a marsh near
12546	Kastri), whence flows the Acheron
12547	River
12548	in Thesprotia,
12549	3. 301
12550	(in
12551	footnote 2, page 209, ‘‘ Fusaro’’ is
12552	an error)
12553	Achilletum in Asia, a village on the
12554	Cimmerian
12555	Bosporus
12556	where
12557	the
12558	strait is narrowest, 8. 241; has a
12559	temple of Achilles, 5. 197
12560	Achilleium, the, in the Troad, fortified
12561	by the Mitylenaeans against Sig-
12562	eium, 6.77; where isthe monument
12563	of Achilles, 6. 79, 91
12564	Achilles, the shield of, bordered by
12565	Oceanus, 1. 13; sacked Lesbos but
12566	spared Lemnos, 1. 165; the island
12567	Leucé, off the mouth of the Borys-
12568	thenes in the Euxine, sacred to, 3.
12569	221, 227; the Race Course of (Cape
12570	Tendra), 3. 227, 229; grandfather of
12571	the Pyrrhus who ruled over the
12572	Molossians, 3. 309; the subjects of,
12573	called Phthians, 8. 385; promised
12574	seven cities on the Messenian and
12575	Asinaean Gulfs by Agamemnon, 4,
12576	109, one of these being Pedasus
12577	219
p. 232
12578	INDEX OF NAMES, PLACES, AND SUBJECTS
12579	(Methoné, now Modon), 4, 111, 115;
12580	promised to bring Patroclus back to
12581	his native city Opus in Locris, 4.
12582	379; the domain of, in Thessaly, 4.
12583	399-419;
12584	son-in-law of Lycomedes
12585	and father of Neoptolemus, 4. 427;
12586	“« alone knew how to hurl the Pelian
12587	ashen spear,’’ 5. 21; temple of, at
12588	Achilleium on the Cimmerian Bos-
12589	porus, 5. 197; numerous cities in
12590	the Troad outside Ilium sacked by,
12591	and Briseis taken captive by, at
12592	Lyrnessus,
12593	6.
12594	15;
12595	slew
12596	King
12597	Cycnus of Colonae, 6. 35; monu-
12598	ment of, near Sigeium in the Troad,
12599	6. 61; on the cowardice of Hector,
12600	6. 71; pursued Aeneias to Lyrnes-
12601	sus, 6. 105, 107; laid waste Thebé
12602	and
12603	lLyrnessus,
12604	taking
12605	captive
12606	Chryseis
12607	and
12608	Briseis,
12609	6.
12610	121;
12611	Palisade of, at Astyra, 6. 129; slew
12612	Eétion, 6. 149, and his seven sons, 6.
12613	151
12614	Acholla in Libya, a free city, 8. 181
12615	Acidon River, the, in Triphylia, flows
12616	past Chaa and the tomb of Iar-
12617	danus, 4. 65
12618	Acila, Cape, in Arabia, opposite Cape
12619	Deiré, 7. 315
12620	Acilisené in Asia;
12621	followers of Ar-
12622	menus settled in, 5. 231, 333; the
12623	Euphrates borders on, 5. 297, 425;
12624	geographical position of, 5.321; an-
12625	nexed
12626	to Armenia,
12627	5. 325;
12628	has
12629	many temples of Anaitis, 5. 341
12630	Aciris (Agri) River, the, in Italy, 3. 49
12631	Acisené
12632	(Acilisené?)
12633	in
12634	Armefiia;
12635	Artaxias the king of, 5. 325
12636	Acmon, one of the Idaean Dactyli, 5.
12637	117
12638	Aconite, the plant, grows in the terri-
12639	tory of Heracleia Pontica, 5. 381
12640	Aconites, the, a tribe in Sardinia, 2.
12641	361
12642	Acontius, Mt., in Phocis, extending
12643	60
12644	stadia
12645	to
12646	Parapotamii,
12647	and
12648	whither
12649	the
12650	Orchomenians
12651	emi-
12652	grated, 4. 341
12653	Acorns, eaten two-thirds of the year
12654	by Lusitanian mountaineers, 2. 75;
12655	the, in Persia, 7. 181
12656	Acqui (see Aquae Statiellae)
12657	Acra, a village on the Cimmerian Bos-
12658	porus, 5. 197
12659	Acraea, in Laconia, 4. 47
12660	220
12661	Acraephiae (or Acraephium, g.v.), 8
12662	city on Lake Copais, 4. 321
12663	Acraephium (or Acraephiae, g.v., now
12664	in ruins near Karditza) in Boeotia,
12665	on a height near Mt. Ptoiis and Lake
12666	Copais, 4. 329, and identified with
12667	the Homeric Arné, which by some is
12668	said to have been swallowed up by
12669	Lake Copais, 4. 331
12670	Acragantini, the Emporium of the,
12671	20 Roman miles from the Heraelei-
12672	um, 3. 57
12673	Acragas, still endures, 3. 81; the salt-
12674	lakes near, on which people float like
12675	wood, 3. 91
12676	Acrathos,
12677	Cape, on the Strymonic
12678	Gulf, 3. 353
12679	Acridophagi (‘‘ Locust-eaters’’), the,
12680	in Aethiopia; manner of capture of
12681	locusts by, 7. 327
12682	Acrisius, reputed to have been the first
12683	heed of the Amphictyonic League,
12684	. 907
12685	Acritas (Cape Gallo), the beginning of
12686	the Messenian Gulf, 4, 113
12687	Acrocorinthus, the, one of the two
12688	strategic
12689	points in the Pelopon-
12690	nesus, according to Demetrius of
12691	Pharos,
12692	4. 119,
12693	121;
12694	taken
12695	by
12696	Aratus from Antigonus Gonatas, 4.
12697	217; whence Strabo says he beheld
12698	Cleonae, 4. 187; description of, 4.
12699	191-195;
12700	altitude of, 34 stadia, 4.
12701	191; has a small temple of Aphro-
12702	dité and the spring Peirené,
12703	4.
12704	193; wide view from summit of,
12705	4.195
12706	Acrolissus, a fortress near Lissus in
12707	Iilyria, 3. 265
12708	Acrothoi, a city
12709	‘“‘ near the crest of
12710	Athos,” 3. 355, 357
12711	Acté, the eastern coast of Argolis,
12712	colonised
12713	by Agaeus
12714	and
12715	Dei-
12716	phontes after the return
12717	of the
12718	Heracleidae, 4. 235
12719	Acté (or Acticé, i.e. Attica), takes a
12720	crescent-shaped bend towards Oro-
12721	pus, 4. 243
12722	Actian Apollo (see Apollo, the Actian),
12723	the; temple of, near the Ambracian
12724	Gulf, 5. 25, 31
12725	Actian Games, the, sacred to Actian
12726	Apollo, designated as “ Olympian,”
12727	celebrated in the suburbs of Nico-
12728	polis Actia, 3. 308
p. 233
12729	INDEX OF NAMES, PLACES, AND SUBJECTS
12730	Acticé (or Acté, te. Attica), named
12731	after Actaeon, 4. 265
12732	Actium,
12733	first city of Acarnania
12734	at
12735	mouth of Ambracian Gulf, 5. 31;
12736	670 stadia from the HNvenus River,
12737	5. 63; Antony’s misfortune at, 8.
12738	39, and flight from, 8. 181
12739	Actium, the War of (31 B.0.); Bogus
12740	the king of the Maurusians put to
12741	death by Agrippa during, 4, 111
12742	Acusilaiis the Argive (fl. fifth century
12743	B.C.; wrote works entitled History
12744	and Genealogies);
12745	on the Cabeiri,
12746	δ. 115
12747	Acuteia in Iberia, city of the Vac-
12748	caeans, 2. 65
12749	Acyphas (see Pindus, the city), 4. 415
12750	Ada, daughter of Hecatomnos, wife of
12751	her brother Hidrieus, succeeded her
12752	husband,
12753	was
12754	banfished
12755	by
12756	her
12757	brother Pixodarus, but was restored
12758	to her kingdom by Alexander, 6, 285
12759	Ada,
12760	daughter
12761	of
12762	Pixodarus
12763	by
12764	Aphenis a Cappadocian, 6. 285
12765	Adada, a city in Pisidia, 5. 481
12766	Adae in Asia Minor, 6, 159
12767	Adarbal
12768	(Adherbal),
12769	frtend
12770	of the
12771	Romans,
12772	slain
12773	by Jugurtha
12774	at
12775	Itycé (Utica, 112 B.c.), 8. 181
12776	Adda River, the (see Addua)
12777	Addua (Adda)
12778	River,
12779	the, 2. 227;
12780	rises in Mt. Adula and empties into
12781	Lake Larius, 2. 273, 313
12782	Adeimantus (known only as courtier
12783	of Demetrius Poliorcetes), a native
12784	of Lampsacus, 6. 37
12785	Adherbal (see Adarbal)
12786	Adiabené, in Assyria, 7.193 ; borderson
12787	Babylonia, 7. 203, 223; belongs to
12788	Babylonia but has its own ruler, 7.
12789	228
12790	Adiabeni, the, in Assyria, also called
12791	Saccopedes (‘‘ Sack-feet’’), 7. 225
12792	Adiatorix, the son of Domnecleius the
12793	tetrarch of the Galatians, attacked
12794	the
12795	Romans
12796	shortly
12797	before
12798	the
12799	Battle of Actium but was later slain
12800	together with his son, 5. 379, 437
12801	Adibogion, wife of Menodotus the Per-
12802	gamenian, mother of Mithridates,
12803	and, according to report, the con-
12804	cubine of Mithridates Eupator, 6.
12805	169
12806	Adige River, the (see footnote 3 in
12807	Vol. 11, p. 284)
12808	Admetus, said to have founded Tamy-
12809	nae in Kuboea in honour of Apollo,
12810	5. 15
12811	Adonis, Byblus in Syria sacred to, 7.
12812	263
12813	Adonis River, the, in Syria, 7. 263
12814	Ador (Adon?),
12815	caused
12816	the fortress
12817	Artageras
12818	on
12819	the
12820	Euphrates
12821	to
12822	revolt, 5. 327
12823	Ad Pictas (see Pictae)
12824	Adramyttium;
12825	geographical position
12826	of, 6. 5, 123; by Charon placed in
12827	the Troad,
12828	6. 9;
12829	colony
12830	of the
12831	Athenians,
12832	6.
12833	103;
12834	is
12835	Mysian,
12836	though once subject to the Lydians,
12837	and said to have been founded by
12838	them—a notable city, but suffered
12839	misfortunes, 6. 129
12840	Adramyttium,
12841	Gulf
12842	of (or Idaean
12843	Gulf), 6. 13; where live most of the
12844	Leleges and Cilicians, 6. 97, 103, 133
12845	Adrapsa (Gadrapsa ἢ), in Bactriana, 7.
12846	147
12847	Adrasteia (or Adresteia), the goddess,
12848	no temple of, at Adrasteia in the
12849	Troad, 6. 29, 31
12850	Adrasteia the goddess; temple of, near
12851	Cyzicus, 6. 31
12852	Adrasteia (see Adrasteia, Plain of), in
12853	the Troad, 6. 21, 25; named after
12854	King Adrastus, the first founder of a
12855	temple of Nemesis, 6. 29
12856	Adrasteia, the Plain of, now subject to
12857	Cyzicus, 5. 461, 503
12858	Adrasteia, Mt., opposite Cyzicus, for a
12859	time occupied by Mithridates, 5. 503
12860	Adrastus (Adrestus) the king, son of
12861	Meropé,
12862	4.
12863	185;
12864	the
12865	chariot
12866	(‘‘ harma’’) of, said to have been
12867	smashed
12868	to pieces
12869	at Harma
12870	in
12871	Boeotia, 4. 295; Diomedes the heir
12872	of, 5. 71; first founder of a temple
12873	of Nemesis, and Adrasteia in the
12874	Troad named after, 6. 29
12875	Adrestus (see Adrastus), 6. 31
12876	Adria, in Italy (see Atria); Matrinum
12877	the port-town of, 2. 429
12878	Adrian Mountain, the, cuts Dalmatia
12879	into two parts, 8. 261
12880	Adrias (see Adriatic Sea)
12881	Adriatic
12882	Sea,
12883	the,
12884	comprises
12885	the
12886	Ionian Gulf, 1. 475; forms a boun-
12887	dary of Italy, 1. 493;
12888	colony of
12889	Veneti on, 2. 235; shape and size
12890	of, 2. 305; said to have been named
12891	221
p. 234
12892	INDEX OF NAMES, PLACES, AND SUBJECTS
12893	after the city Atria (Adria), 2. 317;
12894	temple of Diomedes in very recess of,
12895	2. 319; visible, according to Poly-
12896	bius, from the Haemus Mountain,
12897	8. 251; term ‘‘ Adriatic ’”’ originally
12898	applied only to inner part of, but
12899	now also to whole of, and derived
12900	from the name of a river, 3. 267, 269
12901	(see footnote on “8 river’’)
12902	Adrumetum (see Adrymes)
12903	Adrymes (Adrumetum),
12904	in Cartha-
12905	ginia, where is a naval arsenal, 8.
12906	191
12907	Adula (Saint-Gothard),
12908	Mt., in the
12909	Alps, 2. 227, 273, 313
12910	Adultery; death the penalty for, in
12911	Arabia Felix, 7. 365
12912	Aea, on the Phasis River in Colchis;
12913	Jason’s expedition to, 1. 75, 167, 171
12914	Aea, the spring,
12915	empties
12916	into the
12917	Axius River, 3. 343, 347
12918	Aeacidae,
12919	the;
12920	the
12921	kings
12922	of the
12923	Molossians belonged to family of,
12924	8. 297; ancestors of Alexander the
12925	Great, 6. 57
12926	Aeacus, son of Zeus and Aegina, king
12927	of Aegina, head of the house of the
12928	Aeacidae, and finally one of the
12929	judges in Hades, 3. 297, 4. 179
12930	“ Aeaea,’’ home of Circé, invented by
12931	Homer, 1. 75, 171
12932	Aeaneium, a sacred precinct in Locris
12933	named after Aeanes who was slain
12934	by Patroclus, 4. 381
12935	Aeanes, slain involuntarily by Patro-
12936	clus; asacred precinct and spring in
12937	Locris named after, 4. 381
12938	Aeanis, a spring in Locris named after
12939	Aeanes who was slain by Patroclus,
12940	4. 381
12941	Aeas River, the, in Greece, flows to-
12942	wards the west into Apollonia, 3. 79
12943	Aeci, the (see Aequi)
12944	Aedepsus (Lipso), in Euboea;
12945	hot
12946	springs at, once ceased to flow be-
12947	cause of earthquake, 1. 223;
12948	lies
12949	opposite Cynus in Locris, and is 160
12950	stadia
12951	distant
12952	from
12953	it, 4. 379;
12954	seized by Ellops, 5.7
12955	Aedile, the, at Nemausus,
12956	a Roman
12957	citizen, 2. 203
12958	Aedui, the, separated from the Se-
12959	quani by the Arar River, 2.199; geo-
12960	graphical position of, 2. 225, 229
12961	Aeétes, ruler of Colchis, 1.167, 169,171
12962	222
12963	Aega, the promontory; used to be the
12964	name of the whole of the mountain
12965	now called Cané or Canae, 6. 133
12966	Aegae in Asia, an Aeolian city, 6. 159
12967	Aegae, one of the twelve cities in which
12968	the Achaeans settled, has a temple
12969	of Poseidon, but inhabitants of were
12970	later transferred to Aegeira, 4. 219;
12971	also called Aega, now uninhabited,
12972	and is owned by Aegium, 4, 223
12973	Aegae (Limni), in Euboea, has the
12974	same name as the city in Achaea,
12975	4.
12976	219;
12977	whence,
12978	probably,
12979	the
12980	Aegaean Sea took its name, 4. 221;
12981	on a high mountain, where is the
12982	temple of Aegaean Poseidon, lying
12983	120 stadia from Anthedon, 4. 297
12984	Aegaeae in Cilicia, 6. 355
12985	Aegaean Sea, the; dimensions of, and
12986	islands
12987	in, 1. 477, 481;
12988	washes
12989	Greece on two sides, 3. 295, 297,
12990	327, 353, 381;
12991	probably took its
12992	name
12993	from
12994	Aegae
12995	(Limni)
12996	in
12997	Euboea, 4. 221; borders on Crete,
12998	5.121; origin of name of, 6. 133
12999	Aegaleum (Malia), Mt., in Messenia;
13000	the Messenian Pylus at foot of, 4.
13001	109
13002	Aegeira, one of the twelve cities in
13003	which the Achaeans settled, 4, 219
13004	Aegeirussa in Megara, 4, 255
13005	Aegesta in Sicily (Egesta or Segesta or
13006	Aegestaea,
13007	now
13008	near, Calatafimi),
13009	founded by Aegestes the Trojan,
13010	8. 11, 57, 81; the hot springs at, 3.
13011	91; where Aeneias is said to have
13012	landed, 6. 107; rivers near, named
13013	by Aeneias, 6. 109
13014	Aegestes the Trojan, founded Aegesta
13015	in Sicily, 3. 11, 81
13016	Aegeus, son of King Pandion, received
13017	from his father the shore-lands of
13018	Attica, 4. 247, 249
13019	Aegiali (or Aegialeia), earlier name of
13020	Sicyon, 4. 207
13021	Aegialians,
13022	the, inhabitants
13023	of the
13024	Peloponnesian Ionia (Achaea), 4. 167
13025	Aegialus,
13026	a
13027	village
13028	and
13029	shore
13030	in
13031	Paphlagonia, mentioned by Homer,
13032	5. 377, 387
13033	Aegialus (or Aegialeia,‘* Shore-land ’’),
13034	the,
13035	in
13036	the
13037	Peloponnesus,
13038	the
13039	Homeric,
13040	4.
13041	185;
13042	joined
13043	the
13044	Achaean
13045	League,
13046	and was
13047	once
13048	called Ionia, 4. 207, 209
p. 235
13049	INDEX OF NAMES, PLACES, AND SUBJECTS
13050	Aegilieis, the Attic deme, 4. 271
13051	Aegilips, the Homeric, in the island
13052	Leucas, 5. 33
13053	Aegimius, king of the Dorian Tetra-
13054	polis, driven from throne, brought
13055	back by Heracles, and adopted the
13056	latter’s son, Hyllus, 4. 387
13057	Aegimuros (Al Djamur), lies off Sicily
13058	and Libya, 1. 473, 3. 103
13059	Aegina, the island, in the Myrtoan
13060	Sea, 1. 477; lies off Epidaurus in the
13061	Saronic Gulf, 4. 153; belonged to a
13062	kind of Amphictyonic League of
13063	seven cities, 4. 175; description and
13064	history of, 4. 179-181;
13065	180 stadia
13066	in circuit, and once mistress of the
13067	sea, 4. 179;
13068	once called Oenoné,
13069	various colonisations of, and silver
13070	first coined in, 4. 181;
13071	“1165 to-
13072	wards
13073	the
13074	blasts
13075	of the
13076	south
13077	wind ’’ from Salamis, 4. 251; Peleus,
13078	father
13079	of Achilles, fled from,
13080	to
13081	Thessaly, 4. 413
13082	Aegina, a place in Epidauria, 4. 177
13083	“ Aeginetan merchandise,’’ proverbial
13084	petty wares, 4. 181
13085	Aeginetans,
13086	the,
13087	called
13088	Myrmidons
13089	(‘ Ants’’),
13090	4
13091	179;
13092	sent
13093	forth
13094	colonists to Cydonia in Crete and
13095	to Umbria in Italy, 4. 181; shared
13096	in the glory
13097	of the victory
13098	at
13099	Salamis, 4, 253
13100	Aeginium, a city of the Tymphaeans
13101	in northern Greece, 3. 311
13102	Aegisthus,
13103	prevails
13104	upon
13105	Clytaem-
13106	nestra, 1. 57
13107	Aegium (Vostitza), in Achaea, made
13108	up of seven or eight communities,
13109	4, 23; the Homeric, 4. 185; one of
13110	the twelve
13111	cities
13112	in which
13113	the
13114	Achaeans settled,
13115	4. 219; has a
13116	considerable population, and here,
13117	in story, Zeus was nursed by a goat,
13118	4. 223 ; 1400 stadia from Cape Maleae
13119	and 200 from Cyrrha, 4. 233; the
13120	oracle given out to people of, 5. 21
13121	Aegletan Apollo, the; temple of, on
13122	the island Anaphé, 5. 161
13123	Aegletes (Apollo), 1. 169
13124	Aegospotami, now in ruins; the battle
13125	at, 8. 141;
13126	where the stone (i.e.
13127	meteor) fell during the Persian war,
13128	8. 377
13129	Aegua (Escua?) in Iberia, where the
13130	sons of Pompey were defeated, 2, 21
13131	Aegypt,
13132	the Lower, a ‘‘ gift of the
13133	Nile,’’ 1. 111;
13134	subject to inunda-
13135	tions, 1. 119; the gift of the Nile, 1.
13136	131; formerly covered by sea, 1.
13137	185;
13138	geographical position of, 1.
13139	481;
13140	not watered
13141	by rains,
13142	but
13143	supplied
13144	by Aethiopia,
13145	2.
13146	189;
13147	canals and dikes in, like those in the
13148	land of the Heneti in Italy, 2. 3093
13149	Homer ignorant
13150	of, according to
13151	Apollodorus, 8. 189;
13152	a voyage of
13153	three or four days, and 5000 stadia
13154	distant, from Cape Samonium in
13155	Crete, 5. 125;
13156	the kings of, co-
13157	operated with the Cilician pirates,
13158	6. 329; in many respects like India,
13159	7. 41;
13160	borders on Syria, 7. 239;
13161	detailed description and history of,
13162	8. 7-141;
13163	inundated by the Nile,
13164	8.7; divided into Nomes, 8. 9, and
13165	lesser units, 8.11; the Delta of, also
13166	called
13167	Lower Aegypt,
13168	8. 13-15;
13169	seized by Cambyses, 8.19; different
13170	definitions of, 8. 21; Alexandria the
13171	most important place in, 8. 23; the
13172	shore of, 8. 25, 37-41;
13173	the later
13174	kings of, and their final overthrow
13175	by Augustus, 8.47; now a Roman
13176	province, 8. 49; well organised by
13177	the Romans, 8. 51; large revenues
13178	of, 8. 53,61; natural advantages of,
13179	8. 55; products of soil of, 8. 59-61;
13180	canals in, 8. 61-65, 75-79; mouths
13181	of Nile
13182	in, 8. 65-71;
13183	Nomes
13184	in,
13185	8. 67-109;
13186	lakes in, 8. 67;
13187	diffi-
13188	cult to enter from Phoenicia and
13189	Judaea, 8. 71; plan of construction
13190	of temples in, 8. 81; the Lower, i.e.
13191	the Delta, 8. 15, probably once sub-
13192	merged by sea, 8. 99; from the
13193	outset generally inclined to peace,
13194	8. 135; products peculiar to, 8. 149
13195	Aegyptian Delta, has a base of 1300
13196	stadia, 7. 59
13197	Aegyptian fortress, the, in Syria, 7.
13198	265
13199	Aegyptian fugitives, the, called ‘‘ Sem-
13200	britae,’’ 8. 5
13201	Aegyptian kings, the;
13202	failed, 3. 145
13203	Aegyptian
13204	Memoirs,
13205	the,
13206	on
13207	the
13208	straightforward
13209	character
13210	of the
13211	Scythians, 3. 201
13212	Aegyptian priests, the, believed that
13213	Island Atlantis once existed, 1. 391
13214	223
13215	the line of,
p. 236
13216	INDEX OF NAMES, PLACES, AND SUBJECTS
13217	Aegyptian Screw, the (see Screw)
13218	Aegyptian Sea, the; the part of the
13219	Mediterranean off Aegypt, 1. 129,
13220	473, 481, 6. 375, 8. 31
13221	Aegyptian Sycaminus (mulberry-tree),
13222	the, found in Aethiopia, 7. 331
13223	Aegyptian tribes, the, in Judaea, 7.
13224	281
13225	Aegyptian women,
13226	sometimes
13227	bear
13228	from four to seven children, 7. 37
13229	Aegyptians, the;
13230	migrations
13231	of, to
13232	Aethiopia and Colchis, 1. 227; the
13233	Island of the, 1. 235; philosophers,
13234	not by nature, but by training and
13235	habit, 1. 395; the fugitive, 1. 457;
13236	custom of, in exposing the sick upon
13237	the streets, followed by the Lusita-
13238	nians in Iberia, 2.77; said by some
13239	writers to be akin to the Colchians,
13240	5. 211; often mentioned by Homer,
13241	5. 423; compared with the Indians,
13242	7. 21; invented geometry, 7. 271;
13243	regarded
13244	as
13245	ancestors
13246	of
13247	the
13248	Judaeans,
13249	7. 281;
13250	according
13251	to
13252	Moses, wrong in representing divine
13253	beings by the images of beasts, 7.
13254	283;
13255	use asphalt for embalming
13256	corpses, 7. 297; treacherously mur-
13257	dered Pompey the Great near Mt.
13258	Casius, 7.279; lead a civilised life,
13259	8.9; early kings of, especially pre-
13260	judiced against the Greeks, 8. 27-
13261	29; wuative stock of, at Alexandria,
13262	8.51; not warriors, 8. 135; circum-
13263	cise males and excise females, 8. 153
13264	“* Aegyptians, the Village of the,’’ in
13265	Aegypt, 8. 55
13266	Aegyptus River, the (see Nile)
13267	Aegys, in north-western Laconia, used
13268	as a base of operations by Eurys-
13269	thenes and Procles, 4. 133; on the
13270	borders of Laconia and Arcadia, 5.
13271	11
13272	Aela, a city near the head of the
13273	Arabian Gulf, 7. 277
13274	Aelana, on the Arabian Gulf, 7. 313
13275	Aelanites, a gulf in the recess of the
13276	Arabian Gulf near Arabia and Gaza,
13277	7. 277, 313, 341, 343
13278	Aelius Catus (consul with C. Sentius,
13279	A.D. 4), transplanted 50,000 persons
13280	from among the Getans to Thrace,
13281	now called Moesians, 3. 209
13282	Aelius
13283	Gallus,
13284	praefect
13285	of Aegypt,
13286	commander of expedition to Arabia
13287	224
13288	Felix, 1. 453; sent by Augustus to
13289	explore Arabia, Aethiopia, and other
13290	places, 7. 353; utterly deceived by
13291	Syllaeus the Nabataean, and met
13292	with great difficulties in his expedi-
13293	tion, 7. 355-363; voyage of, up the
13294	Nile, 8. 83; Strabo at Thebes with,
13295	8. 123; would have subdued the
13296	whole
13297	of Arabia
13298	Felix, had not
13299	Syllaeus betrayed him, 8. 137
13300	Aemilian Way, the, 2. 327; built by
13301	M. Aemilius Scaurus through Pisa
13302	and to Derton, 2. 329-331; another
13303	Aemilian
13304	Way,
13305	succeeding
13306	the
13307	Flaminian, 2. 331
13308	Aemilianus, Quintus Fabivs Maximus
13309	Allobrogicus, cut down 200,000 Celti
13310	at the confluence of the Khodanus
13311	and Isar Rivers, 2. 197, 219
13312	Aemilius Paulus (see Paulus)
13313	Aenaria, the isle (see Pithecussa)
13314	Aenea, one of the cities destroyed by
13315	Cassander, 3. 343, 349
13316	Aenea (Come?), see Nea Comé, 6. 91
13317	Aeneias,
13318	explorer
13319	and
13320	founder
13321	of
13322	cities,
13323	1. 177;
13324	wanderings
13325	of, a
13326	traditional fact, 2. 55;
13327	activities,
13328	and death, of, in Italy, 2. 379;
13329	sojourned at Laurentum and Ardea,
13330	2.393; Caieta, the nurse of, 2. 397;
13331	Dardania in the Troad subject to,
13332	5. 461; leader of the Dardanians in
13333	the Trojan War, 6. 19, 45;
13334	the
13335	parts subject to, 6. 45;
13336	by the
13337	Romans
13338	regarded
13339	as
13340	their
13341	first
13342	founder, 6. 57;
13343	Dardania subject
13344	to, 6. 65; Ascanius the son of, with
13345	Scamandrius,
13346	founded
13347	Scepsis, 6.
13348	105; variant accounts of, 6. 107;
13349	by some said to have landed at
13350	Aegesta in Sicily with Elymus, to
13351	have seized Eryx and Lilybacum,
13352	and then to have settled in Italy, 6.
13353	107, 109; territory subject to, 6.
13354	119
13355	Aenesippeia, an isle off Aegypt, 8. 55
13356	Aenesisphyra,
13357	ἃ.
13358	promontory
13359	in
13360	Aegypt, 8. 55
13361	Aeniana, a city in Asia, 5. 249
13362	Aenianians, the;
13363	once lived about
13364	Dotium
13365	and
13366	Mt.
13367	Ossa,
13368	1. 227;
13369	inhabitants of Mt. Oeta, bordering
13370	on the Epicnemidian Locrians, 4,
13371	387; destroyed by the Aetolians
13372	and the Athamanians, 4. 389; the

Provenance

title: Jones – The Geography of Strabo, vol. VIII: book XVII (Loeb, 1932) — archive.org text layer
dialect: none
source: text layer of corpus/incoming/histories/historians/strabo-geography-xvii/geographyofstrab08strauoft.pdf (archive.org OCR; tools/build_repository.py histories())
licence: public domain in Canada (author died ≤ 1971, verified; LICENCES.md §7) — US position (recorded, does not gate the class; PD-CA 2026-09-26): US: published 1931–1963 — renewal not checked (records the US position only; PD-CA 2026-09-26: Canada decides)
share: public
attribution: Jones – The Geography of Strabo, vol. VIII: book XVII (Loeb, 1932); public domain in Canada (death years verified: H. L. Jones d.1954 (https://www.wikidata.org/wiki/Q21524303 d. 1954-10-31; LC heading in https://archive.org/metadata/geographyofstrab08strauoft gives only "b. 1879"); Sterrett d.1914 (same LC record, 1851-1914) — staged at corpus/incoming/histories/historians/strabo-geography-xvii/geographyofstrab08strauoft.pdf from https://archive.org/details/geographyofstrab08strauoft (HIST-1, 2026-09-29)); OCR text by the Kemetic project, Yousef Hanna 2026.
file: History/Historians – Greek and Roman/Strabo — Geography, book XVII (Egypt and Libya)/geographyofstrab08strauoft.text-layer.L0.txt

Cite as:

Jones – The Geography of Strabo, vol. VIII: book XVII (Loeb, 1932) — archive.org text layer. text layer of corpus/incoming/histories/historians/strabo-geography-xvii/geographyofstrab08strauoft.pdf (archive.org OCR; tools/build_repository.py histories()). Layers as published by the Kemetic project (Yousef Hanna), 2026: Coptic · Cairene · Kemetic, /doc/history/historians-greek-and-roman/strabo-geography-book-xvii-egypt-and-libya/geographyofstrab08strauoft.text-layer/. Jones – The Geography of Strabo, vol. VIII: book XVII (Loeb, 1932); public domain in Canada (death years verified: H. L. Jones d.1954 (https://www.wikidata.org/wiki/Q21524303 d. 1954-10-31; LC heading in https://archive.org/metadata/geographyofstrab08strauoft gives only "b. 1879"); Sterrett d.1914 (same LC record, 1851-1914) — staged at corpus/incoming/histories/historians/strabo-geography-xvii/geographyofstrab08strauoft.pdf from https://archive.org/details/geographyofstrab08strauoft (HIST-1, 2026-09-29)); OCR text by the Kemetic project, Yousef Hanna 2026.

What the layers are

L0 witness
The text as its witness or edition has it, original spelling; its dialect is a description and is never standardized.

L0.5 transliteration
For Egyptian texts: the transliteration with the editors' marks turned into the symbols ° * < > _ ^ (ruled 2026-09-10). For papyri: the edition's Leiden marks as the same symbols, and the editors' readings beside the scribe's as ‹scribe→editors› (ruled PAP-3).

L1 Cairene
Standardized Greco-Bohairic spelling and grammar, generated by code from the layer above under the rulings of the project.

L2 Kemetic
The Kemetic alphabet, generated by code from L1.

English
Quoted translations where they exist, credited; otherwise model drafts, marked as drafts.